1952Chassis TE300, TE315, Models 5204, 5206, 5210, 5211, 5212 22 to 26 (Similar Chassis TE286, TE302, Models 4162, 5170-5173) Bendix Radio and Television Models T171, C172, C182, and

Most - Often - Needed

1952

Television

Servicing Information

Compiled by

M. N. BEITMAN

SUPREME PUBLICATIONSCHICAGO

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

FOREWORD

In this new "1952 Television Servicing Information"manual are included circuit diagrams and essential servicefacts on every popular set of this period of all makes.The flattering reception given to the previous volumesof SUPREME TV series, encouraged us to believe that ourselection and editing of factory material for thesemanuals fits your liking and requirements.

The list of Contents is given on pages 3 and 4,while a complete Index by manufacturers and model (orchassis) numbers begins on page 191. Refer to thislist and index to find the TV material you need.

Our sincere thanks and appreciation is extendedto all manufacturers whose television sets are de-scribed in this manual.

March 1, 1952Chicago.

2

M. N. Beitman

THEORY

PRA( Ill F t 2 EXPERII.nct.

THIS IS A MARK OFSUPREME PUBLICATIONS

Copyright, 1952, bySUPREME PUBLICATIONS,

Chicago, Illinois

All rights reserved,including the rightsto reproduce or quotethe contents of thisbook, or any portionthereof, in any form.


CONTENTS

Admiral CorporationModels using 21B1, 21C1, 21D1, 21E1, 21F1, 21G1, 21H1, 21J1,21K1, 21L1, 21M1, 21N1, 21P1, 21Q1, 21T1, 21V1, 21W1, 21Y1 5 to 19

Air King Products (CBS -Columbia, Inc.)Model 700-100, 700-120, 700-140 20 to 21

Arvin Industries, Inc.Chassis TE300, TE315, Models 5204, 5206, 5210, 5211, 5212 22 to 26

(Similar Chassis TE286, TE302, Models 4162, 5170-5173)

Bendix Radio and TelevisionModels T171, C172, C182, and C200 27Models T170, T173, C174, C176, C176B, T190, 2051, 2060, 2070,

3051, 6001, 6003, 6100, and 7001 28

Crosley Corp.Chassis 321-4, 323, 331, 356, 357, 359, and 363 29 to 34

(For list of models using these chassis see page 29)

DeWald Radio Manufacturing Corp.Models ET -140R, ET -141R, DTg162R, DT -163R, ET -170,

ET -171, ET -172, and DT -190D 35 to 38

Allen B. DuMont LaboratoriesRA -111A, RA -112A, and RA -113 39 to 42

Emerson Radio and Phonograph Corp.Models 686L, 687L, 696L, Chassis 120142-B 43 to 46Models 699B, 7003,-D, 701B, -D, Chassis 120148B, 120153B,

and 120158B 47 to 50

Fada Radio & Electric Co. 51 to 56S6C55, S6T65, S7C20, S7C30, S7T65, S20C10, S20T20, S1055, 51060

Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.Coronado TV Models 15TV1-43-8957A, -9015A, -9016A

(Similar Models 15TV1-43-8958A, -90204, -9021A)

General Electric Co.Models 17T1, 17T2, 17T3, 17C103, 17C104, 17C105, 17C107,

17C108, 17C109 (for other similar models see page 61)Models 20C150, 20C151, and 24C101

57 to 60

61 to 6667 to 68

The Hallicrafters Co.Models 17804C, 17812, 17813, 17815-H, 17819, 17824, 17825,

17838, 17848, 17849, 17850 (See page 69 for similar sets) 69to72Models 17810, 17905, and 20872 73 to 76

Hoffman Radio Corp.Chassis 180, 183, 184, 185, 186, and 187 77 to 82

(For list of models using these chassis, see page 77)


The Magnavox Co.Series 104 (For models see page 83) 83 to 84

Majestic Radio & Television, Inc. (Formerly Garod)Series 106 and 108 (For list of models see page 86) . . . . 85 to 88

John Meek Industries, Inc.Chassis 9021 to 9024, and 9026 (Models listed on page 89) . 89 to 92

Montgomery Ward & Co.Models 15WG-3046C, 15WG-3049A, 15WG-3050, 15WG-3051C . . . 93 to 96

Motorola, Inc.Chassis TS -196, TS -214, TS -228, TS -236, and TS -307 . . . 97 to 104

(For list of models using these chassis, see page 97)Chassis TS -216, TS -314, TS -315 (List of models on page 105) 105-106

Olympic Radio & TelevisionModels 752U, 753U, 755U, 764U, 766U, and 769 107 to 110

Philco Corporation52-T1610, 52-T1612, 52-T1802, 52-T1804, 52-T1808,52-T1812, 52-T1831, 52-T1839, 52-T1840, 52-T1841,52-T1844, 52-T1882, 52-T2106, 52-T2108, 52-T2110,52-T2142, 52-T2144, 52-T2145, 52-T2182, 52-T2245,

52-T1810,52-T1842,52-T2140,52-T2282 111-120

R.C.A. VictorModels 7T103, -B, 7T104, -B, 7T112, -B, 7T122, -B, 7T123, -B,

7T124, 7T125B, 7T132 (Chassis KCS47B, C, D, F, G) . .

Models 4T101, 4T141 (Chassis 61 and KCS-62)Models 17T153, 17T155, 17T160, 17T174 (Chassis KCS-66)Model 16T152 (Chassis KCS-47E)Models 21T176, 21T177, 21T178, 21T179

Raytheon Manufacturing Co. (Belmont Radio)Chassis 20AY21, Models C -2001A, -02A, -05A, -06A, -07A,

Sentinel Radio Corp.Models 438 to 444, and IU-438 to IU-444

Sparks-Withington Co. (Sparton)Models 5107X, 5152X, 5163X, Chassis 26SS171

(For list of similar models, see page 153)

Stewart -Warner ElectricModels 9200, 9202, 9203, and 9204 series

Stromberg-Carlson Co.321 series (317 series is similar)

Sylvania Electric ProductsChassis 1-502-1 (For similar sets and models see page

Western Auto Supply Co. (Truetone)Models 2D1185B, 2D1190, 2D1194, and 2D2052

Westinghouse Electric Corp.Chassis V-2200-1, V-2204-1 (For list of models see

(List of similar sets is given on page 182)

44iZenit1 Radio Corp.Chassis 20J21, 20J22, 21J20, 21J21 (List of models

121 to 124125 to 130131 to 137

138139 to 142

-08A 143-146

147 to 152

153 to 158

p. 181)

p. 185) 185-190

159 to 166

167 to 170

171) 171-177

178 to 180

181-184


AdmiralAdmiral SERVICE NOTES for models using 21T1, 21V1, 21W1, 21Y1

21B1, 21C1, 21D1, 21E1, 21F1, 21G1, 21H1, 2111, 21K1, 2111,

21M1, 21N1, 21P1, 21Q1 and 5D2, 3C1 CHASSIS

THESE IMPORTANT NOTES MUST BE READ AND CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD IN ORDER TOCORRECTLY APPLY MATERIAL IN THIS ADMIRAL SECTION TO VARIOUS CHASSIS.

The basic circuit of Chassis 21F1, 21G1, 21M1, 21N1, 21P1, 21Q1, 21T1,and 21V1 of recent production is shown on pages 10 and 11. This is ba-sically the same circuit as used in all 21 -series chassis, but the maindifferences of types and various production runs are explained under thePRODUCTION CHANGES section, pages 12 to 15, 18, and 19. The early setsof this series used conventional AGC (V304 was a 6AL5), and are similarto the sets described in the "1951 Television Servicing" manual on pages15 to 18. The circuit of recent production sets (in this book on pages10 and 11) shows the TV chassis with 3C1 AM radio, and this circuit usesgated AGC (V304 is now a 6AU6). The straight TV sets of this type omitthe radio and the associated connector plug. For sets that use 5D2 AM -FMradio, refer to the 1951 volume for needed radio data.

Chassis 21W1 and 21Y1 use a similar circuit to those of other sets inthe 21 -series and is shown on pages 16 and 17. The main difference isin the use of a built-in AM radio tuner.

The alignment material presented on pages 6 to 9 inclusive, is appli-cable in the main to all these sets.

Since a great many Admiral television models used more than one typeor run of chassis, it is suggested that in each case you locate theactual chassis number and run number to serve as your guide to the rightservice material. Such chassis information is stamped on the back ofeach chassis. Because of this fact, model numbers will not be listedhere or covered in the index. In general, model numbers have a specialreference only to the cabinets employed.

TOUCH-UP OF RATIO DETECTOR SECONDARYUSING TELEVISION SIGNAL (A7, BOTTOM

SLUG OF T201)This adjustment is accessible through the 1/4" hole

(just below T201) in bottom of the cabinet or the chassismounting shelf, located toward the left side facing therear of the set. Removal of the chassis is therefore notrequired. Adjustment need be made on one channelonly. Proceed as -follows:a. Turn set on and allow about 15 minutes for warm up.b. Tune set for normal picture and sound. Slightly ad-

vance the picture and volume controls until the buzzis audible.

c. Carefully insert a non-metallic alignment tool throughthe opening in cabinet bottom below T201. An align-ment tool with a screwdriver blade or hexagonal endis required depending on the transformer used, see

* note below. When the alignment tool engages thebottom tuning slug A7, adjust the slug for best soundwith minimum buzz level. Do this carefully as onlyslight rotation in either direction will generally berequired. Correct adjustment point is located be-tween the two maximum buzz peaks that will benoticed when turning the slug back and forth about1/4 to 1/2 turn.

d. If necessary, repeat individual channel slug adjust.ment and conclude with retouching the ratio detectorsecondary. Note: If oscillator adjustment is requiredfor other channels, it will not be necessary to repeatthe ratio detector secondary adjustment after oncecorrectly adjusting it.

If ratio detector transformer (T201) has hollow hexagonal coreslugs, bottom slug adjustment A7 can be made from top ofchassis, if you use alignment tool #98A30-7 (available atAdmiral Distributor). Bottom slug (A7) can be reachedthrough the hole in the core of the upper slug (A5).


Admiral 2161, 21C1, 21D1, 21E1, 21F1, 21G1, 21H1, 21J1, 21K1, 21L1, 21P1, 21Q1,

TELEVISION ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

B

GENERALComplete alignment consists of the following individual

procedures and should be performed in this sequence.a. IF Amplifier Alignment.b. IF Response Curve Check.c. 4.5 MC Sound IF Alignment.d. RF and Mixer Alignment.e. Overall RF and IF Response Curve Check.f. HF Oscillator Adjustment.

TEST EQUIPMENTTo properly service this receiver, it is recommended

that the following test equipment be available.IMPORTANT: Many service instruments do not

meet the requirements given below. A list of recom-mended equipment is available from Admiral distributors.Oscilloscope

Standard oscilloscope, preferably one with a wide bandvertical deflection, vertical sensitivity at least .5 volt(RMS) per inch.

Signal Generator4.5 MC frequency.18 to 30 MC frequency range.50 to 90 MC frequency range.

170 to 225 MC frequency range.Must have a built-in calibration crystal for checkingdial accuracy.

Sweep GeneratorSweep generator must provide sweep frequencies from

18 to 30 MC range:50 to 90 MC range:

170 to 225 MC range:Output: adjustable; at least one -tenth volt maximum.Output impedance: 300 ohms balanced to ground.A sweep generator not having constant output voltage

over the swept range and linear sweep, will producecurves which are widely different from the ideal curvesshown in the following pages. If repeated difficulty isencountered in obtaining these curves, the sweep gen-erator should be checked. A simple check is to observethe response curve for a set that is in alignment.

Before suspecting the generator, be sure the alignmentinstructions in this manual have been followed carefully.Vacuum -Tube Voltmeter

Preferably with low range (3 volt) DC zero centerscale and a high voltage probe (30,000 volt range).

ALIGNMENT TOOLSAn alignment tool kit consisting of one metallic and

one non-metallic screwdriver is available under part num-ber 98A30-3. A non-metallic alignment tool with a screw-driver point at one end and hexagonal wrench (for hol-low hexagonal core slugs) at the other is available underpart number 98A30-7.

with at least10 MC sweep width.

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENTTo service TV chassis with radio disconnected, complete the b. Connect negative terminal of a 3 volt bias battery to test

heater circuit by connecting a jumper from pin "L" to pin "K" point "T", positive to chassis.

of socket M503. See schematic. c. Set receiver to channel 12 or an unassigned high channelto prevent signal interference during IF alignment. Set

a. Before starting alignment, be sure IF cover shield is Picture control fully to right (clockwise).mounted to the chassis. If the set does not have a cover d. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment toshield, do not use one. warm up.

StepSignal

Gen. Freq.VTVM and Signal

Generator Connections Instructions Adjust

1 25.3 MCVTVM high side to test point "V",common to chassis.Generator high side to 6J6 (V102)tube shield; insulate shield fromchassis. Connect low side to chassisnear 6J6 tube base.

Use lowest DC scale on VTVM.When peaking, keep reducing gen-erator output for VTVM reading ofapprox. 1 volt or less.

mAluman.d A2 for maxi -

2 23.1 MC A3 and A4 for maxi -mum.

3 Make the "IF Response Curve Check" given below.

IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECKReceiver Controlsand Bias Battery

SweepGenerator

MarkerGenerator Oscilloscope Instructions

Set Channel Selec- Connect high side If an external Connect to test Check curve obtained againsttor on channel 12 to 6J6 mixer-osc. marker generator point "V" through ideal response curve in fig. 9A.or an unassigned tube shield. Insu- is used, loosely con- a de -coupling filter. Note tolerances on curve.high channel. Pic- late tube shield ple high side to See figure 7. Mark- Keep marker and sweep out-ture control fully to from chassis, low sweep generator er pips on scope puts at very minimum to pre -the right. Connectnegative of 3 volt

side to chassisground. Set sweep

lead on tube shield,low side to chassis.

will be more dis-tinct if a condenser

vent overloading. A reductionin sweep output should re -

bias battery to testpoint "T"; positive

frequency to 23MC,and sweep width ap-

Marker frequenciesindicated on IF Re-

from 100 mmfd to1000 mmfd is con-

duce response curve ampli-tude without altering the

to chassis. proximately 7MC. sponse curve. netted across theoscilloscope input.

shape of the response curve.If the curve is not withintolerance or the markers arenot in the proper location onthe curve, touch-up with IFsings as indicated in fig. 9B.


2161, 21C1, 21D1, 21E1, 21F1, 21G1, 21H1, 21J1, 21K1, 21L1, 21P1, 21Q1, Admiral

4.5 MC SOUND IF ALIGNMENTSee page 4" for touch-up of ratio detector using television signal without test equipment.

a. Connect signal generator high side to point "V" through d. Use a NON-METALLIC alignment tool. If Ratio Det.a .01 mfd. condenser, connect low side to chassis. Transformer (T201) has hollow core slugs, bottom slug ad -

b. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to justment A7 can be made from top of chassis, if you usewarm up. alignment tool #98A30-7 obtainable from Admiral Dis-

c. Set Picture control fully to the right (clockwise). tributor.

Step Signa Gen.Freq.l (MC) VTVM Connections Instructions Adjust

When using a signal generator, be sure to check It against a crystal calibrator or other frequency standardfor accurate frequency calibration at 4.5 MC. Accuracy required is within one kilocycle.IMPORTANT: If a signal generator and frequency standard are not available, alignment can be made usinga TV station signal. Tune in a station and follow steps 1 and 2 below. If necessary use a higher scale on theVTVM.

I

Set toexactly4.5 MC

High side totest point "Y";

common to chassis.Use lowest DC scale on VTVM.

A5' and A6 for maximum (keepreducing generator output tokeep VTVM at approx. 1 volt).

2 High side totest point "Z";

common to chassis.

Use zero center scale on VTVM,if available.

A7 for zero on VTVM (the cor-rect zero point is located between

.a positive and a negative maxi -mum). If A7 was far off, repeatstep 1.

ALIGNMENT HINTAfter becoming familiar with alignment procedure, some servicemen simplify subsequentalignment of sets by merely using the essential alignment data given in figures 7 and 8.

A7-.©

A6-4TEST POINT L301

T V3050,000WHITE WIRE LEAD

6AC7 VOR OHMS65116

330 MMFD-- TOGROUND TO CHASSIS SCOPE

CHASSIS GROUND

DECOUPLING FILTER SHOWN IN DOTTED LINES

L302

Figure 7. Bottom View ShowingTest Point Connections.

21.25MCMARKER

OUT NOT

BE VISIBLE)

AT LEAST 9S'/.

4 SIEC

.4-22 MC MARKER

&APPROX.AS%-1 - -

mfAlutco FROM

Figure 9A. Ideal IF Response Curve.

25.75MCMARKER

50.4

- 30 %MAXIMUMDIFFERENCE IN HEIGHT OF PEAKSSHOULD NOT EXCEED 30').

HIGHEST PEAK

V

AI2INDIVIDUAL ADJ.

(AllovERAAL OSCILLATOR ADJ.

L1030

C104 GAGS6C66

6J6 6BC5C110 ,..,...,-., ,-,,,, C102

@I \;_.--, .5",,,,V102

-.I-WMIXER RF AMP RF AMP

510 A9 A8

V

A423.IMC MAX.

MIXER PLATE

A225.3mC MAX

1ST IF

v301 0 tie Ir

1301 V302

Z Y

A3 Al23.1 MC MAX. e5.3s4c MAX.

2ND IF 3RD IF

C1303 V304 VIDEO NET A 14C (MS)s 04 WM Al (AM

V303IF

64LSCO 4O)

RATIO NT V202

L201

6AU6[0 1 /--Nf- . \....1

Hp if

(UNDERSIDE) jSOUND PRIMARY SECONDARY

TAKE -OFF RATIO5DE T. RATIO

7CET.A6 A A( 4.5MC MAX 4.5MC MAX. 4.5k10

7201

Figure 8. Top View of Chassis Showing Alignment Data.

25.75 MCMARKER

TOUCH-UP OF Al AND A2 DILL CENTRALLY INCREASE PEAR.alt ALSO CHANCE POSITION OF 221IC MAUER.

3

3

25.75MGMARKER

TOUCH-UP OF At AID Al AU CENERALLE INCREASE PEAR.SILL ALSO CRINGE POSITION OF 251514C MARKER.

Figure 9B. IF Response Curves, Incorrect Shape.


8


RF AND MIXER ALIGNMENTa. Connect negative of 3 volt bias battery to test point "T", erator output at a minimum, marker pipe just barely visible.

positive to chassis. If it is difficult to to obtain a curve ofsufficient amplitude, remove battery and connect a wire c. Connect oscilloscope through a 10,000 011111 resistor to test

point "W" on tuner (Fig. 11). Keep scope leads awayjumper from test point "T" to chassis. from chassis.

b. Connect sweep generator to antenna terminals. If sweep d. Set channel selector to Channel 12.generator does not have a built-in marker generator, looselycouple a marker generator to the antenna terminals. To e. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver to warm up and testavoid distortion of he response curve, keep sweep gen- equipment.

Step Marker Gen.Freq. (MC)

Sweep Gen.Frequency Instructions

.

I

205.25(Video Carrier)

209.75(Sound Carrier)

SweepingChannel 12.

See frequencytable below,

Check for curve shown below. If necessary, adjust A8, A9 and A10 (figure 11)as required. Adjusting A9 will generally shift the center of the response curvein relation to the video and sound carrier markers. A8 and A10 should bealternately adjusted for best gain with flat top appearance. Consistent withproper band width and correct marker location, response curve should havemaximum amplitude and flat top appearance.

2

Set the sweep generator tosweep the channel to be checked. Set the marker generatorfor the corresponding videocarrier frequency and soundcarrier frequency.

Check each channel operating in the service area for curve shown below.In general, the adjustment performed in step 1 is sufficient to give satisfactoryresponse curves on all channels. However, if reasonable alignment is not ob-tanned on a particular channel, (a) check to see that coils have not been inter -mixed, or (b) try replacing the pair of coils for that particular channel, or(c) repeat step 1 for the weak channel as a compromise adjustment to favorthis particular channel. If a compromise adjustment is made, other channelsoperating in the service area should be checked to make certain that theyhave not been appreciably affected.

DIP SHOULD NOT

EXCEED 30% OF101Ai. HEIGHT 4.5 MC

MARKER, VIDEO CARRIER MARKER, SOUND CARRIER

Full skirt of curve will generally not be visible.Figure 10. RF Response Curve.

V

Al2 INDIVIDUAL CADJ.ADJ.

Al I OVERALL OSCILLATOR ADJ.

LI030/C104 SAGS

60866J6 6BC5

C110 C102

V102 V101

W

RF AMP RF AMP

Lllt12_t_;9r±8j

Figure 11. Top of TV Tuner, ShowingAdjustment Location.

FREQUENCY TABLE

ChannelNumber

ChannelFreq.,MC

VideoCarrier,

MC

SoundCarrier,

MCHF Ose.,

MC2 54- 60 55.25 59.75 813 60. 66 61.25 65.75 874 66. 72 67.25 71.75 935 76. 82 77.25 81.75 1036 82. 88 83.25 87.75 1097 174.180 175.25 179.75 2018 180.186 181.25 185.75 2079 186.192 187.25 191.75 213

10 192-198 193.25 197.75 21911 198-204 199.25 203.75 22512 204-210 205.25 209.75 23113 210.216 211.25 215.75 237

OVERALL OSCA4 ADJUSTMENT

All

TUNING ROTOR

SHORNAT HALF ROTATION

Figure 12.

Ii

3

4 FLAT OF SELECTOR SHAFT CENTERED'-iETIIEEN CHANNEL COILS 3 AND 4.

Front View of TV Tuner.

616 TUBE SHIELD

A10

Al2INDIVIDUAL CHANNEL

RH ADJUSTMENT

(TURRET POSITIONED TOADJUST CHANNEL TT


21B1, 21C1, 21D1, 21E1, 21F1, 21G1, 21H1, 2111, 21K1, 21L1, 21P1, 21Q1, Admiral

9

OVERALL RF AND IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK(Using sweep generator and oscilloscope)

Receiver Controlsand Bias Battery

SweepGenerator

MarkerGenerator Oscilloscope Instructions

Picture Control ful-Iv to the right.Channel selector onChannel 12 or otherunassigned highchannel. Connectnegative of 3 voltbias battery to testpoint "T", positiveto chassis.

Connect to antennaterminals. Set gemera tor to sweepchannel selected.Keep generator out-put as low as pos-sible, to preventoverloading. Se efrequency table onopposite page.

if an external mark-er generator is used,loosely couple highside to sweep gen.era:or lead. Markerfrequencies areshown in frequencytable on oppositep.,ge.

Connect to pointbV" through a de-coupling network asshown in fig. 7.

Compare the response curseobtained against the idyllcurse shown in figure 13A. Ifthe curse is not within toler-once, touch up the IF slugsas instructed below. It shouldnever be necessary to turnslugs more than one turn ineither direction. If the curveis satisfactory on the channelchecked, all other channelsshould also be satisfactor.IMPORTANT: When sweepoutput is reduced, responsecurve amplitude on scopeshould also decrease, hutcurse shape should remainthe same. If curve shapechanges, reduce Sweep outputand/or the scope gain untilthe shape does not change.

ROT IN EARLY SETS

(WITHOUT TRAP 130T)VIDEO CARRIER

MARKER

- - -..it-"

50% AT LEAST

___I --_-_7_ 4

L30% MAXIMUM

DIFFERENCE IN HEIGHT OF PEAKSSHOULD NOT EXCEED 30'4

NEASURED FROM HIGHEST PEAK

Figure 13A. Ideal Overall BF and IF ResponseNote that video carrier (marker) on the "Overall

Response Curve" will appear on the oppositecurve as compared to the "IF Response Curve"This is due to action of the mixer tube.

SOUND

MARKER

OATVISIBLE)

95%

Curve.

sidefigure

Response

CARRIER

NOT BE

POINT

RF-IFof the

9A.

VIDEO CARRIERNARTER T,onO

...----'

MORE IRAN 30%

i

:OW NOT WiTRiN TOLERANCE. CURVE CAN CFNERALLy BF

CORRECTED BY INCREASING CON SIDE CT, Al AND A2

Figure 1319. Overall RF and IF

VIDEO CARRIERv[ (MARKER

SOUND

...---/ CARRIER

MORE THAN 30%

i

DuRBE NOT 011(11 TOLERANCE. MBE CAN GENERALLY BE

coRREDTE0 BY INCREASING TON! SU (III At AO 44.

Cures, Incorrect Shape.

HF OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT(Using a signal generator)

HF oscillator adjustment can be made using a crystal calibrated signalgenerator. Note that adjustment "All" (figure 11) is an overall oscil-lator adjustment and should only be made when the mixer -oscillator tubeis replaced. Generally "All" adjusts with about 3/16" of screw threadexposed. Make adjustments as follows:

Receiver Control Settings Signal Generator Instructions

Set channel selector for each than-net to be adjusted. Set "Tuning"control at half rotation. Turn vol-ume control fully to the right(clockwise).

Connect to antenna terminals. Setgenerator to exact frequency of11F oscillator. See frequency tableon opposite page. Set generator formaximum output.

Connect a wire jumper from test point"W" on the tuner to test jack "Z". Seefigure 8. Remove the ratio detector tubeV202 (6AL5). Carefully adjust the in -dividual oscillator slug Al2 until a whistle(beat) is heard in the speaker of thereceiver.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION I

SCHEMATIC NOTESRun numbers are rubber stamped at the rear of the chassis.Numerical symbols Lj, 1], etc. indicate run numbers for 21B1

chassis, numerical symbols ZL,,zt, .zt.. etc. indicate run numbers for21F1 chassis (Th, n, ri), etc. indicate run numbers for 21K1 chassis, andnumerical symbols 0, ®, ®, etc. indicate run numbers for all 21 series.

0 0, 0, 0, etc. indicate alignment points and alignment connections.

SERVICING RADIO SEPARATELYThe radio can be operated without the tele.

vision chassis if a 2PA1 power supply (used inTV-radio.phono models employing the 20Z1 (12")television chassis) is available. To operate theradio, connect a 3,000 ohm, 5 watt resistor (part61A1-15) from pin "M" to "N" on the powersupply socket.

This resistor drops the B plus voltage forproper operation.

0 0

01 1 N

A N

I

1000 51415,51111

Power SupplySocket, (InsideChassis View).

SERVICING TV SEPARATELYIn combination models, to service the television chassis with the radio

disconnected, it will be necessary to complete the heater circuit by con-necting a jumper wire between pins "L" and "K" of socket M503.

_e_----ClI611/1 MOW tort1111 1/If DOES III 11/11 TO -IfIfY/S/01 IVY- *MIS.

L.

11611-111115111

TV TUNER 94C37-1106611 SIIIICK SETTING SELECTS PAIR OFCOILS 001 S 002 101 CRAINFL DESIRED

6E101 OR 68[1 'J.71; gilla4C11-16)1ST 12v115110RI

L106FAMP

AFALICII 111E1.

11015

7 SY

11015 a WI co.1."

)

T;l0

troy6".

104

5-5

CRS

171

LIO2A

.C10151 (1104

L10213

1112

2201

2C22"4--1, {AM, 2201

TO PIN 1

Of 1203 - 4,72)2

1 -4611210 TO PIN 5

13221$2, oF 0204

II irlEt

_1_*01 slit -4-11,-

1

® II42716

5 10 TE1111111. OF ELEC.

270* 1011041521 1422

CIRCUIT .FOR 63B6-3 COUPLATE

10

MEI NUR

7401

4

1303

See page 12 for waveformand voltage data, severalproduction changes, andtop view of chassis.

1301,7302

11509

411 leIfl 501145(5 flan IOW 'Ir1IfOfriSulf0 11111 fillf &tow MI SOWS

1

00600 Or

6J6RF 111XER

V102A

CIO/ I

11062201

ALOE

15VrEll. VEI T

IP 1251

VEIT.9006VIII.

1/2 6SNiCTVERT. 06C .,622

1. V40IA1E0

0404 110A Illf 2

/01 1402- 12J-7.0047 _.my

I I

_,.0401 0402 .403 1E1101

L _10021005 TO947- - J

1506

VEIT.1

SOA

1441501

1404I.2 NEC.

1405IPSO

VEIT, NOLO

04011

11

0405

654VERT. OUTPUT

V40211.1751 1402

:IYV 1500A.

141111E0 *WY

1106MEC VEIT le.

04014. 16011511

-SEE[S ;7)171611.

5001

1411LIST - 120

1401NE ICNT

1756E0

71

R115 C112

Mr 10

151

111111167 T 7

L701 5

6BE6CONVERTER

viol

C/03i 2

L_RACK

0

110r

6 IN

0701

1.103150

. L702

/0

1101

221

Schematic

T7012

r.e T'

61024-,/vvv-4-

1011

Clot II.1 I

6BA6IF AMP.0702

110Y

Slr

err0101.005T

1C106

1201

C201 /100

6.11111FT

L1031 23.110

120r -1307- _

L

1101

1014v**,

116 IO!I

11E0 11=0

_IS315TOM

--CHU 63111014 is22

5511

VEIL

r1101.35V Aolob,

RUE

o c71f414141.7:11$4 56".

-1311 TEL

1412

III SIO

.14

HIS

104011

120110

T403AVERTICAL

OFF. IRE41.0A

TOTAL

A-111

VIII.

C514

12054.

6AU6151.1F

53011./Or

2

1504 1000

- 00!VIII

SOV140/

Jr 7

141305

CHIA C5011

"Or

1506

0015 - 0016

M III

1701T702 o GIEU 001tire

6AL5RATIO DU.

1204 V202

6AU6

T301_c 1

2531IC 2

J 1

2 11301

61

0502.1 03021

)1A015 .003

11071000

240 IFV302I1Jor

/301

IMO5100ST.

131651000

130225.1110 Or

trk

6AG5SR Ifv303

1151

1201471

/OP

1101

1001

Ism qpsAISO

12AU7MC. SEP

CLIPPER5403

JOY

II 111016

211

Or

2 51

1414221E0

C40121

C410

.02 .01

64211.2 NEC

6411

0.21151

11111111111

1/26SNiCT1411 5,1/14111619t

0000

VIII

050001.

Th

00,1101

0I 7

11

11251000

14040000

0412001

Sig

14211001

ST. 1

4

"Th ISV1401

NOI.7V j\i\

6AL5SYIC. DISC.

V404/5/1

14272

a 4Y

2115

.000

11401

47110

AI0417

1401*OIL I

LOCI

1421C4111

(14501.1511.1 TO 47

211

1451

5100

0111

A05151.

120II $011S171 NOI NI MATT/01S 1410 !


for 21F1, 21G1, 21M1, 21N1, 21P1, 21Q1, 21T1, 21V1 Television Chassis; 3C1 (AM only) radio.Note: This schematic applies only to chassis stamped Run 18 to Run 20.

7702

9704NW'219

11

705

2200211

3 - __J1 -1.1Y

6507DET-IVO-AT AIM

0703

C 709

00

100 171

0710

CIII.01

NEG

511012 R1010

?PioII

3CI RADIOVOLUME CONTROL

117101 II" 01101

+-A7-7N

C1I2- ,PHO100 11010 \

5 3

72.VC113

.002C714 VOA, 29(0

.005 TONE

0017101

L

C207

1106 , 1710"1-0520 *405 11101 M707ISE) WC 15 2 NEC

C0011.411" 6116.5 SOI#CONA' 11111 SNOOK AI NMI

6AV6C201 SOUND AYR

041 0203OSP

00,1. 120142509

301.1013

COON

WO

HI501INT

4.7 NEC ,,tI_ 1200541A.OR -?.r -

NOR

2V

PEAT

$1090

290110

"UT

3

M70 10702

M703GUMMI

SW 70

SW702

RE00

M704 M705 10706 0Po01) (E-NOTOR

llI. I Po

/NOM Ulf DOES ROT APPLY TrIfifYIS10.1 ow- MODELSIro J..04 204 a/S/0 OW AK CONN/14110# SETS.)

6V661SOUND OUTPUT

2 V204 190P 140/0

Cilt160111

12104704 3 py

1212

11E0

14301 1154

L30115326600

L3028334

I

ISOY #10/0IISY IV 0214

.005

I 5213I 330I IN

Tr/64' 411/0

d_Ct131

.-1-20 NED

6AC7 L303VIDEO AP ra14416--

V305 !WA

ILUE

Ar 90/ '- - DR- ' co,, I .ry 0300Oil

,.../ 1116'L304,,

o SISIS R20,31) 0330E

4 a :.170 L.., _ _R31 I

Ri

...52L-1-24

JY

C3041 4.03071204(0 201130 8321 C311

2101

45 V 104NOR. NW

_1. A_

1106 NO If OVIC torON trSfIS WIC PMIM/1/1C SNOW II NOM

6SN7CTNON 05DV405 /NY

C420

1411 3130 120011431Tin 0421 111

" 6101433

1201

1434251

-901 1010

14351200IV

6B06GTNW OUTPUT

V406

4.7014 -104137 Vi 0123

25801.011310

115P

5 1441

11705: 4 2 4

1063141130

ID

0125

.0111440

114 401

21

Fig S III I CCU 011II10 IOW POW CMIS KW .102

93255609

01 3000151

1331 75005,

IA

rm.

80

G H JP N M L I(

FRONT (PIN) VIE1 OF PLUG NT 4,

0 (115101 CHASSIS) 41311 OF

SOCKET 8503

COUPONS IP DASHED01101 /WS 001 Y /ff SETS

OS/IC A 11 Illf CAW.

R111

22n

10708A

10503 1

riar, orb, 115011 WO 45021M203 OILY M C0111/141101 SETS 2125

L_

2

0310lo

047 461,-LH

EIRICIONESS

...4aL,AAA,Rara_

100K 10011

9/Calf WE NMI'S11411 1101 Itilf SOCKET

/SOCKET WWII ION TOO

L402VIDIN

0011101

1B3C7H.V. RUINER

V407

41011444

6124UPI,521

11140CP4o 024AP/

MINH/1.51CAUIIOI: 13104VOLTAGE 01 COIFOF METAL MEG.DO *Of MUM

210 MODE 1E10 12.54

1129500

ere2

75511414

if44101

f108111111

1.161)14507,RON

:NIEL!

6114676121

1101101 VII Of((Lim SOT 440/ SOCHIV40B

(75511

L406 "4. 11.

430'

Off 91075 I 5445 2

146 -10001

501. OEF.03 TORE 143113 J14* TOTAL

110TE

203NOR.

4

FOCUS COIL

L404- yam25 1111 16541 90A

BLUE

1416 150

0101C TO PS 04371011101 (C301C)I 60E0

II1150211

2650

SW 501

015.1114.,

OC DO

!C, 90

Admiral

0

CADUSE0IN10861-IITION 1100305 ONLY.

TELLOI75015P4C

5U4c .FIL,"

RECTIFIER I e I

05014 k RBI I

oar S Ji0 .. of

J101'

1E011 1

713 111 I-Fp. I

CHEN

302

51102

0

I D

H L

0

M501M5021

"MOCK

2/011IIIK AC

CONNECT/O# /I

*IfIEY/S/04 0011S1IS

.41

P

YYP

V403,121117

V306

V203(1) AND 0 II 05111

0316

L305

-C-C)Aa- ""V301C3036

V304

0201

711.1011

RED

SLUE

8

6CD6cV406

IA/M504 cu ssisSOCKET ONLY

PIN 2 Of636

(0201)

M505

*47 6.1Y IC

MELLIONi

AC

10506

1450T

510502

P11010

LICE5111CM

//1P IC(NM COMP T. LICE

= 1306019

t---) )11 G312111_

1104: I 00iG103 .001 1

11050

V101

!114_.3 .001

11

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONAdmiral data below refers to schematic pp. 10-11.

WAVEFORM DATA(Waveforms given on schematic)

Waveforms taken with picture control set fully to the right, all other controls set fornormal picture (in sync).

Waveforms at video and sync stages obtained with transmitted signal input to receiver.

The oscilloscope sweep is adjusted for 30 cycles (which is one-half of the verticalfrequency), or for 7875 cycles (which is one-half of the horizontal frequency) so that twopulses appear on the screen.

The peak -to -peak voltage readings shown are subject to some variations due to responseof the oscilloscope and parts tolerances.

TV VOLTAGE DATA(Voltages given on schematic)

PICTURE control turned fully clockwise. CHANNEL control set on an unused channel.Other front controls set at approximately half rotation. Vert. Lin. and Height set atapproximately half rotation.

Voltages marked with an asterisk will vary widely with control setting.In combination models, B+ voltages in TV chassis will be slightly higher when set is

switched to radio position. Alternate voltage readings for radio and TV are shown forsound output tube V204 (6V6GT).

Line voltage 117 volts AC.

Voltages measured with a vacuum tube voltmeter between tube socket terminals andchassis, unless otherwise indicated.Voltages at V101, V102, V306 measured from top of socket with tube removed.

Antenna disconnected from set with terminals shorted.

CAUTIONPulsed high voltages are present on the cap of V406, and on the filament terminals and

cap of the 1B3GT tube. NO ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO TAKE MEASURE.MENTS FROM THESE POINTS WITHOUT SUITABLE TEST EQUIPMENT.

Picture tube 2nd anode voltage can be measured from the 2nd anode connector andshould be taken only with a high voltage instrument such as a kilovoltmeter. 2nd anodevoltage is approximately 12.5 KV. Proper filament voltage check of the 1B3GT tube maybe made by observing filament brilliancy as compared with that obtained with a 1.5 voltdry cell battery.

SERVICE HINTSREMOVING VERTICAL BARS FROM PICTURE

Shadow -type vertical bars (usually at the left of thepicture) can be eliminated or minimized by adding afilter (part number A3459S) to the horizontal outputcircuit. However, before deciding that a filter is required,be certain that the horizontal drive and width controlshave been adjusted according to the instructions onpage 8 of this service manual. Also check to see that thepicture tube cathode lead (from pin 11) is not close tothe horizontal output tube V406. This lead should bedressed as far away as possible from the horizontaloutput tube.

If 'tertical bars are still present after picture tubesocket lead dress has been checked, install a filter (partnumber A3459S) according to the instructions packedwith each filter. This filter should eliminate the verticalbars, or reduce the brightness of the bars to a minimum.

12

PRODUCTION CHANGES

B PLUS AND AUDIO COUPLATECIRCUIT CHANGE

RUN 18 in 21K1 Chassis, RUN 19 in 21F1, 21G1,21M1, 21N1, 21P1, 21Q1 Chassis, RUN 20 in21T1 and 21V1 Chassis

Changes were made in the B+ circuit to thesound amplifier V203 (6AV6) and to the first anode(pin 10) of picture tube V306. The schematic in

this supplement has these changes incorporated.Fuse failure in sets having these changes will resultin loss of both sound and picture.

In some sets audio couplate, part number 63B6-3was replaced with couplate 63B6-5. When couplate63B6-3 is used, terminal 3 is unused and R215(270,000 ohms, 1/2 watt) is connected in series withterminal 5. When couplate 63B6.5 is used, R210 is470,000 ohms, and R211 is omitted. Couplate 63B6-5is shown in the schematic. A sketch of couplate63136-3 is shown at the left of schematic.

fl MAMA

05C. i MIXER..--.VL02

cA.Wt----, )V101 VERT. OUTPUT

RF AMP V402TEST POINTS & mc. IWO DAMPEN

- 1ST

PICTURE TUBE

V306

SOUNDAiip. Y203

SOUND t---\,,,

VERT OSC ;t19,

f-"NN

Y AMP

ZrsV33:21112 :DKR.

DISC.Vt2.9

C202 r3331F3ARIldP. \".V4°3 Si9CC6SPE. RN

DEL V304OR t ---N

ACC

osc:W 1j0RATIO e-

V201

SOUND

IF

\..3._(f.,/ vimAMP.

RECTIFIER

7

V406

NOR OUTPUT

V407

N.V. RECT.

L ) Ill AMP. 2505. FUSE

Top View of Chassis

BUZZ CAUSED BY PICKUP THROUGHSHIELDED AUDIO CABLE

High buzz level can be caused by pickup throughcomponents in the audio circuit which are spaced tooclose to components in the vertical sweep circuits. Acommon cause of high sync buzz level is that the shieldedaudio cable (connecting to the volume control R208A)is too close to the vertical output tube (V402). Theshielded audio cable should be dressed so that it will notcome close to the vertical output tube. Also be sure thatone end of the shield is soldered to the chassis.

INTERMITTENT SOUND, PICTURE or SYNC(in sets with socket M509 and plug M510)

Poor contact between the color converter plug M510and socket M509 can cause (1) no sound (2) no sync(3) no picture, sound or raster, or a combination ofthese troubles.

If poor socket contact is suspected as being the causeof trouble, remove the plug and tighten the socket con-tacts with a pair of long nose pliers.

CHANGE to IMPROVE AUDIO RESPONSEon RADIO OPERATION

# Run 2 in 21C1 ChassisR210 was changed from 270,000 ohms to 150,000

ohms, (part #60B8-154) and R211 was changed from100,000 ohms to 47,000 ohms, (part #60B8-473) to im-prove audio response on radio operation.

C433 ADDED to OBTAIN SUFFICIENTWIDTH

*Run 3 in 21C1 Chassis


2161, 21C1, 21D1, 21E1, 21F1, 21G1, 21H1, 21J1, 21K1, 21L1, 21P1, 21Q1, Admiral

PRODUCTION CHANGESAt the start of production, chassis were not stamped with a run number,

therefore some chassis will not have a run number stamp.Production changes are coded RUN 1, RUN 2, etc., as given in the

headings below. Run number (stamped on chassis) indicates that thischassis has the change(s) incorporated which are explained under thatparticular run number heading below, as well as all changes (lower runnumbers) made prior to that time. For example, a 21C1 chassis stampedRUN 4 will also include the changes incorporated in the 21C1 chassisunder RUN 1, RUN 2, and RUN 3.

RESISTOR R303 CHANGED to INCREASEB+ VOLTAGE to RF TUNER

In later production resistor R303 was changed from1000 ohms to 470 ohms, 1/2 watt, part number 60B8-471.Changing this resistor to a lower value increases the B+voltage applied to the RF tuner, thereby providing anincrease in sensitivity. This increased sensitivity will beapparent in fringe or weak signal areas. This resistorchange should be made only in sets having less than 105volts at the RF tuner B+ lead.

R430 WATTAGE CHANGED

examination of this type of interference will reveal thatthe fine lines of the herringbone pattern will vary inaccordance with the speech or music on the adjacentlower channel. This can be checked by quickly turningthe channel selector to the lower channel.

Since FM interference from other sources will alsoproduce a herringbone pattern, it should definitely bedetermined that the interference is caused by the ad-jacent lower channel before installing the trap. Afterinstalling the trap, realign slug A4 (mixer plate coilL103) ; see "IF Amplifier Alignment", page 6.

# Run 1 in 21C1 Chassis CHANGE to IMPROVE SYNC STABILITY

Resistor R430 was changed from 12,000 ohms, 1/2 t Run 5 in 21C1 Chassis, Run 2 in 21B1 Chassiswatt to 12,000 ohms, 2 watt (part #60B20-123) to pre- An RC filter consisting of a parallel combination of avent possible increase in resistance of R430. 270,000 ohm, 1/2 watt resistor (part number 60B8-274)

and a 150 mmfd, mica condenser (part number 65B21-151) is connected between resistor R323 and condenserC308. Resistor R323 was changed from 8,200 ohms to18,000 ohms, 1/2 watt (part number 60B8-183). Thesechanges will improve sync stability (immunity to noise)in areas having low signal strength and a high noise level.

DIFFERENT TUBES USED in 2nd and 3rdIF STAGES

Runs 3 & 4 in 2161 Chassis produced at Cortland*Run 5 in 21B1 Chassis produced at Bloomington*Run 1 in 21D1 Chassis, Run 1 in 21.11 Chassis

Some sets use a 6AU6 tube in the 1st IF stage, andTo obtain sufficient sweep width, C433 (.002 mfd,600V) was added across width coil L402. Do not make

a pair of 6AG5, 6BC5, or 6CB6 tubes, instead of 6AU6

this change in sets with gated AGC.tubes in the 2nd and 3rd IF stages (V302, V303). Forcomplete information on the use of these tubes, seeschematic. Note that these tubes are not directly inter -

HERRINGBONE PATTERN INTERFERENCE changeable, since they differ in pin numbering, in use

t Run 4 in 21C1 Chassis, Run 1 in 2161 Chassis of tube shields, and in use of R330.IMPORTANT: Alignment is generally required after

Later production sets have an Adjacent Lower Chan- replacing IF tubes. Check the IF alignment, and pre-nel Sound Trap (L307, C314) added between the con- ferably, also the over-all RF and IF response curve afternector lug (terminal of C113) on the TV tuner and pin tube replacement.1 of the 1st IF amplifier tube V301. This trap (partnumber 72A102) is pre -tuned to 27.25 MC. C433 CHANGED to OBTAIN SUFFICIENT

This trap will eliminate herringbone interference pat- WIDTH

tern produced by the sound carrier of the adjacent lower Run 2 in 21D1 Chassis, Run 2 in 21.11 Chassis.channel in the same locality, especially when the wanted C433 is .002 mfd, .0047 mfd, or .01 mfd, 600 volts, asstation is weaker than the interfering station. Close required to obtain sufficient width. Increasing the size

This change was incorporated at beginning of production of all other chassis.The 21B1 chassis has been run at two plants. Sets produced at the Cortland plant have "Cortland Plant" printed on the model label. 13Sets produced at Bloomington have "Bloomington Plant" printed on the model number label.


14


of condenser C433 provides greater sweep width withslight reduction in picture brightness. When adding orreplacing C433 use the smallest capacity possible whichwill produce sufficient sweep width. Do not make thischange in sets with gated AGC.

VERTICAL OUTPUT TUBE (V402)CHANGED

Run 4 in 21B1 Chassis produced at Bloomington*

The vertical output tube 6S4 (V402) was changed toa 6SN7GT. See inset on figure 26 for circuit. Note thatresistance values of R404, R406, and R411 are changedwhen a 6SN7GT is used.

Some sets may also use a 6SN7GT tube instead of a6S4 tube at V402. Note that 6SN7GT pin numberingdiffers from that of the 6S4.

DIFFERENT TUBE USED for SYNCSEPARATOR and CLIPPER (V403)

Run 5 in 21B1 Chassis produced at Bloomington*A 6SN7GT tube is used instead of a 12AU7 at V403.

Note that 6SN7GT pin numbering differs from the12AU7.

DIFFERENT SOUND AMPLIFIER TUBE(V203)

Run 3 in 21D1 Chassis, Run 5 in 21D1 ChassisRuns 1, 2, 5 use a 6AV6 miniature tube in the sound

amplifier stage V203, while Runs 3 and 4 use a 6SQ7metal or a 6SQ7GT glass tube. To prevent pick-up ofhum, a tube shield (part number 87A8) is used with the6SQ7GT glass tube. Note that the 6SQ7 pin numberingdiffers from the 6AV6.

DIFFERENT TUBE USED for SYNCDISCRIMINATOR (V404)

Run 4 in 21D1 Chassis (see same heading at right).

PILOT LIGHT SOCKET ADDEDRun 3 in 21J1 Chassis

A pilot light socket, part #87A6-3 was added, to ac-commodate the 110 volt phono compartment pilot light.

CHANGES to REDUCE AUDIO HUM onTV OPERATION

Run 5 in 21B1 Chassis, Run 8 in 21C1 Chassis,Run 6 in 21D1 Chassis

In some chassis (especially early 21D1 chassis) asharp audible hum can be heard in the speaker with andwithout a TV station tuned in. Check for trouble asfollows:1. If the brightness control also varies hum level, it will

generally be found that the sound amplifier (V203)is a glass 6SQ7 tube which may be used without atube shield. To minimize hum level either use atube shield or change to a metal 6SQ7 tube.

The 21B1 chassis has been run at two plants. Sets produced at theSets produced at Bloomington have "Bloomington Plant" printed on

2. If the vertical hold control also varies the hum fre-quency, the hum is introduced from the vertical out-put stage. Change Condenser C211 from a .047 toat least a .47 mfd., 400 volt condenser. In manycases it may be necessary to use an electrolytic con-denser as large as 10 mfd. to completely eliminatethe hum.

3. If hum (buzz) is only evident when station is tunedin, check IF alignment. In some 21D1 chassis, three6AG5 tubes were used in the IF stages. In order toobtain a good IF curve (with the sound carrier lowenough), it is necessary to change the first IF tubeto a 6AU6, ground pin 2, and re -align the IF stages.Be sure that the 4.5 MC sound IF adjustments arealigned with a station signal as described on page15. Buzz can generally be reduced farther afteralignment on station signal by turning sound takeoff coil L201 slug out about 1/4 turn.

INTERLOCK OMITTED FROM YOKE andFOCUS COIL CONNECTORS USED in19" SETS

Run 1 in 21H1 Chassis, Run 4 in 21J1 ChassisThe 110 volt AC interlock circuit connections were

omitted from the focus coil and deflection yoke con-nectors (M404 and M406) used in 19" sets.

SOCKET and PLUG ADDED for ATTACH-MENT of a COLOR CONVERTER

Run 6 in 21B1 Chassis; Run 9 in 21C1 Chassis;Run 7 in 21D1 Chassis; Run 5 in 21J1 Chassis;Run 2 in 21H1 Chassis

A 9 contact socket M509 was added at the rear of theTV chassis to provide B+ voltages and 110 volt ACpower for attachment of a color converter. See schematic,figure 26 or 27.

Plug M510 fits into socket M509 to complete the B+circuits when a color converter is not used. The plughas jumpers wired between pins 1 and 2, between pins 3and 4, and between pins 5 and 6.

A few of the early sets with socket M509 had electro-lytic condenser C432 (60 raid) connected to pin 8 ofV501 (5U4G) tube.

Note: In some later 21B1 chassis, plug M510 andwiring connections to socket M509 were omitted.

RunRun

DIFFERENT TUBES USED for SYNCDISCRIMINATOR (V404)6 in 21J1 Chassis; Run 4 in 21D1 Chassis7 in 2181 Chassis; Run 10 in 21C1 Chassis;

A 12H6 tube may be used instead of a 6AL5 tube forV404 sync discriminator. A 6H6 tube was also used insome sets. The pin numbering for the 12H6 and 6H6 isidentical; the 6AL5 pin numbering is different.

When the 12H6 tube is used for V404, an auto -trans -

Cortland plant have "Cortland Plant" printed on the model label.the model number label.


21 B1, 21C1, 21D1, 21E1, 21F1, 21G1, 21H1, 21J1,

former T502 ( part number 80B32) is used to step up the6.3 volts to 12.6 volts required for the heater of the12H6 tube. The low end (black lead) of T502 connectsto chassis ground, the center tap (green lead) connectsto pin 7 of V408, the high end (yellow lead) connectsto pin 7 of 12H6 (V404).

The circuit for the 6116 is the same as for the 12H6tube except that T502 auto -transformer is not used. Heatervoltage (6.3 volts AC) connects to pin 7 of 6H6 tube(V404).

Replacing 12H6 Tube with a 6H6 Tube. If a12H6 is not available for replacement, a type 6H6 tubemay be used in place of the 12H6 if the followingchanges to the heater circuit are made:1. Remove the transformer lead from pin 7 of the V404

(12H6) socket Tape the lead to prevent it shortingto chassis.

2. Connect a lead from pin 7 of V404 socket to pin 7of V401 socket.

CHANGE in FOCUS CIRCUITRun 10 in 21B1 Chassis

In late 21B1 chassis, a permanent magnet focusingassembly (part number 94C35.1) is used. The partseliminated from the B plus (filter) circuit when the PMfocus assembly is used are focus coil 1A04 and focuscontrol R446. These parts have been replaced with chokecoil L405 (part number 74B18-4) and resistor R449 (100ohms, 7.5 watt, part number 61A1-20) connected inseries. The choke with the resistor in series are in thefilter circuit between filter condensers C407 and C432.

21K1, 21L1, 21P1, 21Q1, AdmiralVIDEO DETECTOR and AGC CIRCUITCHANGED

Run 12 in 21B1 Chassis, Run 3 in 21F1 ChassisLate production 21B1 sets and 21F1 sets employ a

1N64 germanium diode (M301) as a video detectorand a 6AU6 tube (V304) as a gated AGC stage. Thesesets use a 6AU6 tube in the 1st and 2nd IF stages anda 6AG5 tube in the 3rd IF stage. A cover shield is notused on the bottom of the IF amplifier sub -chassis. Forsets with these circuit changes, see figures 18A and 18B.

CHANGE to PREVENT PICTURE CUT-OFFand to STABILIZE PICTURE BRIGHTNESS

Run 13 in 21B1 Chassis, Run 4 in 21F1 ChassisThe following changes were made to the B+ circuit

to prevent possible picture cut-off due to blocking ofthe video amplifier. (This blocking may occur if theTV set is tuned to a very strong TV signal which coulddrive the video amplifier to cut-off. With the video am-plifier at cut-off, B+ voltage applied to the cathode ofthe picture tube will increase thereby making the gridvoltage more negative with respect to cathode, drivingthe picture tube to cut-off. Also since the gated AGCtube is dependent upon voltage from the video amplifierfor its operation, blocking of the video amplifier willcause no AGC voltage to be developed and the systemwill remain blocked.)

Diagrams of voltage distribution and partial schematicsbefore and after the change was made are shown infigures 17A, 17B, 18A and 18B. Note the changes madein the B+ circuit to the 3rd IF amplifier, AGC tube,video amplifier and picture tube. Resistor R336 (4,000ohms, 5 watt).

R319 B+ VOLTAGE

C30T8 3000 15;--"E, FROM PIN 8 OF 5040205101-

C3OTAI

20 IrDI

12

AAA' .44000 55

8+ VOLTAGE

FROM L404 OR R449

V101 V102 V201 V204 V301 V302 V303 V304 V305 V40113 V4036AG5,6BC5, 6J6 6AU6 6V6GT 6AU6 6AU6 6AG5 6AU6 6AC7 6SN7GT 12 AU 7

OR 6CB6 RF OSC & SOUND IF SOUND OUTPUT 1ST IF 2ND IF 3RD IF GATED ACC VIDEO AMP SYNC INV SYNC SEP

RF AMP MIXER & CLIPPER

Figure 17A. Diagram Showing Section of B+ Distribution of 21B1 Chassis StampedRun 12 and 21F1 Chassis Stamped Run 3. Partial schematic shown in figure 18A.

C30TAJ 1C30TB

20 MFMO MID

TL

5 5

V 101 V102 V201 V204 V301 V3026AG5,6BC5 6J6 6AU6 6V6GT 6AU6 6AU6

OR 6CB6,RF AMP

RF OSC &

MIXER

SOUND IF SOUND OUTPUT 1ST IF 2ND IF

R319

3000 15W

0338-vvvv-75C0 511

V303 V3046AG5 6AU63RD IF OM ACC

8+ VOLTAGE

FRON PIN 8 OF 5U4C

Continuedon page 18.

V3056AC7

8

V401 B V4036SN7GT 12 AU 7

VIDEO AMP SYNC INV SYNC SEP

& CLIPPER

Figure 17B. Diagram Showing Section of B+ Distribution of 21B1 Chassis StampedRun 13 or Run 14 and 21F1 Chassis Stamped Run 4 or Run 5. Partial schematic shown

in figure 18B. 15

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION 1

Admiral CorporationAl 0 0,0, etc. indicate alignment points and alignment connections.

VOLTAGE DATA(Voltages given on schematic)

TV voltages taken with function switch on "TV" position. PICTURE control turnedfully clockwise. CHANNEL control set on an unused channel. Other front controlsset at approximately half rotation. Vert. Lin. and Height set at approximately halfrotation. TV antenna disconnected from set with terminals shorted.

Radio voltages at V701 and V702 taken with function switch on "Rad" position;voltages measured from underside of tube sockets. When measured from top of tubesockets (with tube removed), B plus voltage at pins 5 and 6 of V701 and V702 will beapproximately 275 volts.

B plus voltages at V203 and V204, will be slightly higher when set is switched to "Rad"position. Voltages marked with an asterisk will vary widely with control setting.

Line voltage 117 volts AC. Voltages measured with a vacuum tube voltmeter between tube socket terminals and

chassis, unless otherwise indicated.Voltages at V101, V102, V306 measured from top of socket with tube removed.

5011311 SNOINII TV POSITION

511031

16

TV TUNER 94C37-111111E1 SWITCH SETTING SELECTS PAIN OFCOILS 1101 1 1102 100 CHANNEL DESIRED.

6 BO7 OR 6 BK 1 CHANCED MN11P4

CINO1111001 TUNfA

ISIS 2ND RE SIP

LIOIA

1101

221);

SY

3

_A_C1202

56056

IJOr

9 110

0045.3

1303C305

'.1

1:11102 A

I, C106ri 3 100 II 3

I

1-F1113 C111

- Ann -C101

1451' 10

.5-3 I

I

1101I

II: L1032201 p 21 INC

'I-C113

120

, -1307_-, -Sr

0051 p110.1000

11110.0012

1000 11028

1112

2201

1102 C102 till'411 31 I 2201

317031 311031 $110304

I 44 17033

1 2 1211 VIII Of FUNCTION SIITCN 61003511030 ALTERNATE 511101 52011113 51111

NEC

C104

5-. 4 -V -11T02 1403 1 '30"1 2211 1200 1200 IT

I 101.1.01...S401 J402 0403

! TOW r, T..,_ ,___,

lit,. 1404

i 2 1123

VE117.1405illEC

1111. NOLO

OW 44 HITE

1/2 6SN1CT6E11. OSC

2405 V401A

,tgi4t.)111.110

22° 12-A.

930*

C1E15

14411501

LTO2C

0405

*-1

Schematic for 21W1, 21Y1 Televisio

1704

L _

6BE6R6BA6IfCONVERTE LW

V701 /ror 0r T701

?1.1

L _6 7005

Or

C704

(1- .A/W -101

C7150 COL I0

T. .LT2 I104 .1I221

Ir5

V702 4,,

/P.

0103150

2

/0

_{.C101=.1

1702

1301, T 302

1309

III WI rOirIES (WE INV '" 111EIS0/1(0 WI 'Or!W1t40510 PION SO! C201

II HID

7

C406

147 !1111

01

11406

MAC

C40711

6,16IF 1111U

v102A

C101

00I i/7 r,-1411

10 Af

CIo9 ITOSC.

V102S+

0II0 er,1411113.5-3 Ctlt

I

150VEIL.

BLUE

110VERT.

910VEIT.

6S4VERT. OUTPUT

0102 r HOE I T-Nufll

INN101

Am/11101L11

6

SEE -c7331111FLI1401

16115_ 1111LIST 120

M2.11131

1401NU

TEL

11011

T/0 Nil

II

111011

151

1.

5303 410

_ C31211044

1403*VERTICAL

Of F 1011

16.5A its'sTOTAL 42.211f0

1357

1501

C314

120 1301

3% 101

5% C3011

1304 1000

30TERI

for111.

.or

6AU6SOUND IF

0201 wy

1201

T7011702

03

Z 0111.61211 3031

1204

611.5*MO DE T

V202

6AU6151 IF

V 301

Is,,6

030347

C3011

II )I0015 0415

1301 f.25.310

11

1506 ItIll 1

5301

044

3 1

-Jr.7,

130161

15021 C3021

6AU6210 Ifv302liOr

'Mr.23022325- or

I3

NAI

51005%

A015 "+" 1013

1110

12AUTSIX SEP1 CLIPPER

0403JOY

.70.

2111'4

/005

2 Sr

C409

1421

11 NEC

.01

II

1/26SNTCT

1411SV0115YNC. INS.

05" 5 C4I2.001

250Volt

250

_.!

1020

loll5%

1437SOK 4v-5%

6A15SYNC. 0150

V404ar

0415

H JOS

1421

,nt:

4104

C414

If SIN 0(75 PNW MI orairtr


and Radio Chassis. Run 20.

1104vvvv.

211It

CO?005

1::L11- 17,

11106

INC

-J M701 M702

VI

In Run 21 in Chassis 2111to improve function ofwidth control, R437 waschanged to 1 meg. andC431 to 0.2 mfd.

M704 64705 1470P°°°5 TEf110101

541(1019 LEADS

1105

11000

%Floe

9

o

P

587030

FOCUS COIL AND DEFLECTION YOKECONNECTORS USED IN 21W1 AND 21Y1CHASSIS.

TO ENO 11214 AlOF MI6._ TO n1100100

oF 1402

100611 44036011111 VIED

10 0(111E1 104411IT10

OF 1446 6431

TO TO

C40/0 04011

TfaCIPFT.Ilit.00,111,(4.04 T40341/T/ VIII OFT

5,E0j 400 OSIATCST011'11'

BLUE

r

$00411 8405601104 VIEW

PLUG NMP11 VIII

FOC4140400011. L - IL AC1

8201C201 11101-0Dd'c b 08

111 Alia

Tf0201-) .0017

- 0206

POI]

031038

Ca

6AV6£4 0E T. (30. 11. LIP

-/Pr

V203 ,404.

6 11209

11 NEC

0210

501111130001 COMM

72Z

)IC2000

8211

121

530058

10211r -I C212

I .01.005 12101

15011

1211 , 12122410TON0111101.

0216

1002

911-1 VA'

6V6sTSOUND OUTPUT

0204 my

102138201FD

14203

1TuEtT0201' IA 02III Ell

TDOS

L

NG5tl IF 7303303

IJS, Ill

SII50

6 2

13041005

C3031004

0312

1000

50r 11

NOK

6A U6 Ir GATED ACE,

2VVEAL

C30

64 U

166

304

033*OR

3'

WIIIL303 j

IIP r ----I 01

05 '

301 64 ib, . s - -'C301

-33,-

ft,L 301

V3

, 0 IY UN .1

61100 6(15_

1325 06"L302

11543150 M

1.304

13402161

644) L _

E C310R32,32208011 .041

1 "I

206

1334 a, i

5%PICTURE - 4100

ANN,

VIDEO DE1

1331

2201

Nor3161(4_,

2

11011

133910321Tr T20

!.413231M

501,

VIII

1324

0 Or

P/ClUE AS/ 0111671O III!S Prot reit 501111

mew MIMI 170 ISM)11114

2IEP4A

063

11101114111 "091326 0 1321

1001 1001

V306

...1110CIEVWAGE12.5.4121.11.111.51(Min2.11

03076 I 103016201F0 20410 1121: CS

2101 ,13

301 r

3V

01

RSV %AR

4011101LOCI

431 AMY S 1411

512 .fr 330

or-lv

35, C 1201

1432 14311510 1511

-a-44342511

)101111M

1C2151415,40 1435

CM Z 1200II rr

0134

143153.

430

1

01171 71311 3000

151

F4.4324

1.04, 221

_J

4.1K1.501

5U4cRECTIFIER

V501/1 1E01

IC

YIDS 15 IMO II VIII(Ir) CIMSSIS. Will MIMIMIC OM

6SN7CTAOA OSC0405 INV C 20 1434

5 62" 1431C 21 If

6CD6cX01.091111

-SD,10

51 42402-3210 3

I C424

NOR DRIVE

4/OM10160M

V406

144041

II

1441

It0425

041

11421100221

1331 1511St

1B3CTX.Y.RECTIFIER

V407

7404 1443

2.16

?NO 111011 1010 12.510

1443

14444101

04212 7 500

14444106

61(84(11TEM 1101

1404

SOCKET

SNELL

6104GT0429-

500

100141001N soV10211101OF

084110084110aIt4 V401 09.- - - - -1

11/ L 5 ?NoC43051

a 11 1

11.4022

14036L _ _.

1000 I

11011001. 0(6. YORE C430-9 a0011100 3,. 1416 TOM 0401

I III Air If IIIIICAINC(0 WI 5 iu r I""4:1=1-'2I

C421.35

2 14 34

L403 400.

318I6 20 1111

201Nol CCM _- UMT

ROW: 111010 Oif

h'ITEL

99".111010 01

5111038

FOCUS COIL

L404111

71110/4

&Ors 1E0

CREE 1

sdr dr

©04020

©404.6 0

00408

V204

V401

V305

V302

To PIN 5

OF va0/1

74038iTOR 013.

COILRED 14,1011i.

0

430514 8445FARTS

LIST_ MOO

WRITE -

6806CTNOR 011101

0406

/of

1

SW 01r-_

J

005011=05021

111(11000

21501,101 $MK IC

INT

11010 01

P4010OPE

01031 11010

TEL

IN 10 ON

PNONO Off

RADIO

3 TEL.

MIMIC

V403

0 0 0o V3060

o0406

4405 0

V203

C314

L3050 0V301

0303

V304

.043

CUM

.004

51(

4.1

44 °,7

V202TELL°,

0103

V101

1.403

L306

17


AdmiralTO 0201.

TO R203

21B1, 21C1, 21D1, 21E1, 21F1, 21G1, 21H1, 21J1, 21K1, 21L1, 21P1, 21Q1,

2000

6AG5HOR

3RD. IF

V303

5

A_.....j. 50V ...Al

HOR.

T-1303 6AU6253110 ORDUGC VIDEO DU,

105Y 11 ..;1,31.30, V304BOY

M301.4 1464

' /051 l'' :I 61 2r R332ott. R33I6 2 2208 6800

L301

7//SY 7 L302

9334/Y

1304

1005

43331508

$17110303 R312 41,1501.004 t 1000

4 VOLTAGE

10151 IF. 2110 IF.AND INNER

10 TEST POI TIT '14-

TO PI11 1 05 0403

3002+C 6

100

O

7/Y

6AC7 L303VIDEO AMP r

V305 j 4320

875

3 #.31,

6

93:'75 3: 5( R 118012)

47001534

5%PICTURE

33I J

L30r4_

R335I470 L_

Co09

1R321

:10K

832411108

11325

5606

*80

C310

.041 002

0

//CLONE lull Y0[IAOIS141(1 MN roll SOCIff

ISNIff If10YE0 !ROM fall

BRICHTNESS I/048321 R326 8327

11323,1111

4700 LOON 100

11336 4000

V306

1611141611417814

170842001420.014

2110 ANODE

IVMOM: NICK

+I C3076

20K0C3081

.047111

Figure 18A. Partial Schematic Showing and Pictureand 21F1 Chassis Stamped Run 3.

TO 0201;0 8203

2000NOR

508NOR.

3RD. IF

V303 25.34C_ PAT)IjkIr.la..31305 V304

100Y1

ri 61 26 2

C311

/113041005

111:13111 S3034501:004

6+ VOLTAGETO 1ST 11.2361F.

AND TUNER

T303

8312

1000

TO TEST Puri'

RSV16

IE.CC731

TO PIN 2 OF 0403

VIDEO DET

1329: 1031527081

115C3111_

L _J2oNFA

11319 3000..ree

ISO

Tube Circuit

6AC7 L303VIDEO AMP 1-10000,

V305 : R320 ,

7.10' 8 "" "K3 *.S1

I4

R315

47005%

105282086)93:6

1500

PICTURE

tNOR.

-4-L50 r7641

G30141 1C3078

20410 -1- 20680

03004

113351

t103014 511

$R3282211

VOLTAGE ON CONEOF METAL TOES.DO NOT GROUND.

By VOLTAGEFROM L404 OR 8449

Br vOLTACEFROM PIN 3 OF SU4C

in 21B1 Chassis Stamped Run 12

43245608

/It IS Y83255604

1 0310'8321 - .047

:1011

470 L __I

i

0329: 1C31527011 -TT150

L _

2

8319 3000IS I

83!11 7500

51

Figure 18B. Partial Schematic Showing BA- and Picture Tube Circuit in 21B1 Chassis Stamped Run 13or Run 14 and 21F1 Chassis Stamped Run 4 or Run 5.

IYerillf loll 1011475

1411,11 1100 OW 500111

ISPC1f1 1110110 /WI IWO

10

RAPTNESS ila1326 R327

100110r±

C31 8320.0471 22K

V306

16814167P417014tc P4

2001420014

2110 ANODE

11.51

CAUTION: RICH

VOLTAGE ON CONEOF METAL TUBES.

00 NO 1 CROUND.

- 8+ VOLTACEFROM L404 OR 8449

114 VOLTAGE

ER011 PI4 8 OF 5040

was omitted from the circuit. Resistor R338 (7,500ohms, 5 watt) was wired in parallel with R319.

To prevent a decrease in brightness when strong sig-nals are received, resistor R324 (in the cathode circuitof the picture tube) was changed from 180,000 ohms to560,000 ohms.

Adding Changes to Prevent Picture Cut-offIf picture cut-off resulting from blocking of the video

amplifier is experienced with a 21B1 chassis stampedRun 12 or 21F1 chassis stamped Run 3, the changesbelow should be made. See figure 19 and proceed asfollows:

1. Remove resistor R336 (4,000 ohms).

2. Connect a 7,500 ohm, 5 watt resistor R338 (partnumber 61A1-18) across R319.

S.

4.

Connect together the positive terminals of filter con-18densers C307A and C307B.

Change resistor R324 from 180,000 ohms to 560,000

ohms, 1/2 watt (part number 60B8-564).5. Erase the old run number from the chassis and mark

in the next higher run number.

STEP

STEP2

STEP CONNECT C30IA 1,C3O7B

3 TOCETHER

CONNECT 7500 OHMS. 55

REMOVE 0336

4000 OHMS

ACROSS 0319

STEP4

CHANCE 0324 TO

560K IONS

Figure 19. Diagram Showing Changes to be Added to Pre-vent Picture Cut-off in 21E11 Chassis StampedRun 12 and 21F1 Chassis Stamped Run 3.


2161, 21C1, 21 D1, 21E1, 21F1, 21G1, 21 H1, 21J1,

SOCKET M509 and PLUG M510 ADDEDand

AGC TEST POINT WIRED to a TEST JACKRun 14 in 21B1 Chassis, Run 5 in 21F1 Chassis

Color Connectors. A 9 -contact socket M509 wasadded at the rear of the TV chassis to provide B+voltages, and 110 volt AC power for attachment of acolor converter. Plug M510 fits into the socket to com-plete the B+ circuits when a color converter is not used.The plug has jumpers wired between pins 1 and 2, be-tween pins 3 and 4, and between pins 5 and 6. In someearlier production sets, plug M510 and the wiring tosocket M509 were omitted. Note: Sets which have theB+ circuits wired to socket M509 will not operate unlessthe plug (with jumpers connected) or a color converter isplugged into the socket to complete the B+ circuits.

AGC Test Point. To make test point "T" (AGCbuss) available from the top of the chassis, this test pointhas been wired to the test jack adjacent to test jack "Z".See figure 7 and figure 8 for location of test points.

CHANGE TO IMPROVE FOCUSRun 8 in 21B1 Chassis

Some long neck 16TP4 picture tubes (Raytheon andDumont brands) were used in some 21B1 chassisstamped Run 8. In order to obtain satisfactory focuswhen these picture tubes were used, a 10 watt bleederresistor from 12,000 to 15,000 ohms was added from

21K1, 21L1, 21P1, 21Q1, Admiraljunction of resistors R326 and R211 to chassis ground.Important: It may be necessary to remove this resistorto obtain satisfactory focus when replacing an originallong neck 16TP4 tube with a short neck tube.

DIFFERENT TUBE USED FOR VIDEOAMPLIFIER V305

In some late 21B1 sets a 6AH6 miniature tube is usedin place of the 6AC7 tube for video amplifier V305. Nocircuit changes arc necessary when substituting tubeshut the socket will have to be changed.

CHANGE in 3C1 RADIO to IMPROVE TONEQUALITY

The following changes were made in later production3C1 radio chassis for improved tone quality.

Resistor 11709 was changed from 27.000 ohms to82,000 ohms (part number 60B8-823).

Condenser C712 was changed from 250 mmfd. to 100mmfd. (part number 65B6-3). C713 was changed from.01 mfd. to .002 mfd. (part number 64B5-25). C714 waschanged from .002 to .005 mfd. (part number 64B5.12).The schematic figure shows the 3C1 radio with thesechanges added.DIFFERENT TUBE (V703) USED in 3C1 RADIO

Early sets used a 6AV6 tube for V703 (Det-AVC-AF).Later production sets use the 6SQ7metal tube equivalent. Note that 6SQ7 pin numberingdiffers from that of 6AV6.

SERVICE HINTSVERTICAL ROLL in 21D1 CHASSIS

In some sets enough 60 cycle ripple from the verticaloutput stage may be present in the B+ supply to appearin the sync circuits. This ripple voltage will occasionallybe strong enough to trigger the vertical oscillator. If this60 cycle ripple has shifted in phase with respect to theoriginal vertical output signal, it will cause vertical"roll" (loss of vertical sync).

This condition can be corrected by changing the B+connections of the vertical output tube V402 (6W6GT)as follows:1. Locate the red lead from vertical output transformer

T402 which connects to the terminal strip directlybelow the transformer. Also locate the white leadwith black tracer (from the deflection yoke) whichconnects to same terminal. Disconnect both leadsfrom terminal strip.

2. Connect both leads to the junction of C427 and L403,through a 5,000 ohm, 5 watt decoupling resistor,(part number 61A1-8). The decoupling resistor maybe three 15,000 ohm, 2 watt resistors (part number60B20-153) connected in parallel.

3. Connect a 20 mfd, 450 volt electrolytic condenser(part number 67A21-1) from the junction of the twoleads and the decoupling resistor to chassis ground.(Connect the negative of the condenser to chassisgrand.)

SYNC TROUBLE DUE to INCORRECTVALUE of R323 RESISTOR

If sync difficulty or picture fuzziness is experienced,check resistor R323 to see that it is 18,000 ohms.

REMOVING RETRACE LINES

In some areas, where the signal strength is low, it isoften desirable to operate a receiver with the contrastreduced and the brightness turned up.

Under these conditions several bright retrace lines maybe visible in the picture. If the following changes aremade, the brightness control may be turned fully onwithout the retrace lines being visible. To add thischange to the circuit proceed as follows:1. Connect a 270,000 ohm, 1/2 watt resistor (part num-

ber 60B8-274) in series with pin 2 (grid) of thepicture tube and the lead connected from the junctionof C310 and R327.

2. Connect a .05 mfd condenser (part number 64B5-22)from the junction of C406 and R407 to pin 2 (grid)of the picture tube.

NOTE: If picture smears on white screen, use a 47,000ohm resistor in place of the 270,000 ohm resistor. Also,if shading at the top of the picture is evident reduce thecondenser value in step 2 to as low as .001 mfd.

19

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONCBS -COLUMBIA INC. V 4 V5 V7

6BC5 6AU6 1/2 6AL52N0 1 F DE T

23.0MC

C100270

T7

LINE SWITCH GANGEDTO VOLUME CONTROL

117 VAC

1

16.3 VAC

L- 1 -- V - -I

....--wy

.263V

IV I F

5.6K 39RI R2

270

LI ii 264"6

22KR3

2 CIO270

V66AU6

3RD

7.f... 1500 82 82-4.7 1500-.- C4b R5 --1-, C7. R7

C 5b1500

.V.V33 -r-t -r-1- ,25R9 -=.'-- - 200V- C6

3.3m

V 205U4G

RECTIFIER

VI5

6AL5

TO TUNER

PICTURE

CARRIER

SOUNDCAW LER

2 55 25 5975

3 61.25 65.75

4 6725 7175

5 7725 8175

8325 87 75

7

8

17525 179 75

181.25 185759 187 25 191 75

10 193.25 1977519925 20375

12 20525 209753 211 25 215 75

20

- R30120

t2 IN/ U.S

V 14

1213117

NOTE

L 13

V17

6806

V6 CEI.

cue' 1500

()4

V 11

6116

5 TS6406

0 0150

AAA,IMR 10

6 25.4 MC

1500

TC53

82RI2

CII22

It-

o RFCL3

RII5WHITE 82

L6

5

=1ZREO

1500C eb

ALL CAPACITORS MARKED LESS THAN I,IN MFD.ALL CAPACITORS MARKED MORE THAN I,IN MMF, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.ALL CAPACITORS RATED 600V UNLESS NOTEDALL RESISTORS IN OHMS UNLESS NOT EDALL VOLTAGES TAKEN WITH 117 AC LINEAND NO INCOMING SIGNAL .VOLTAGE MEASUREDWITH A DC VACUUM TUBE VOLT METER.GONTRAS1CONTROL AT MINIMUM POSITION.

O C -I00 IS PART OF TUNER IN SOME SETS.e700 -91 ; -93 ONLY, LOW SIDE OF C52 TO HIGH

SIDE OF L8B, INSTEAD OF AS SHOWN.la C72 TO BE USED ONLY WITH VERT. OSC, TRAN-PB-10125

-© IS NORMAL CONNECTION:WITH CONTINUOUS TUNER,IS CONNECTED TO so, C9 IS ADDED, a R100 IS OMITTED;

R I IS 2000 OHMS, 15 W, AND R29 IS 75 OHMS, 15 W.*SOME SETS USE TWO 60 OHM RESISTORS IN SERIES.

SCHEMATIC

700-100,-120, -140

V4

CT-1-1 2 500 01500M. 15 W

R 31

ORANGE

5

I.5KPio

CONTRAST

Cie20AC3450 CI

itC 1 .1

2 01*00450 b

1220KR 33

V156AL5

MORI Z PHASEDETECTOR

NOTER24;R25*R26,C24 C259 C60 IMYBE SUBSTITUTED FOR BY AUDIOCOU PLATE A.K. PART NtP13 2002CONNECTED AS SHOWN.

2.7KR5I

R54 R55100K 100K

C38C6 I .005

4.7KR52

005C39

C40.005

4I

L7


V 11 A

1/212BH7tr VIDEO

RI3 Li7SS 47K

R69228IW

C58 C16_1_3

R20120

TI

85R7260

R73

81.1111

V96AU6RATIO DET

DRIVER

478 12

)7V88 5

61.161 2I2KN VIDEO

1421.8 K

'SAN

RED

GREE

L 12

Ri8 cI74.7K .052W

00

RI9

C19005

R21100K

*VOA

-r-C69 500C 59

1.8K

R67

V 10 V216AL5 6SQ7SOUND DE T 141 AUDIO

7

R23

2 C20 47

= .001

C21.05

56

C23 1MFD

50v2

C24

VOLUME P11(D2 50 K

005 R24ION 3

C 25® ® 05 ®

IIC 6 0ToolR25470K

4 0

VI312BH7

DC RESTORER, SYNCCLI PPE R. SYNC AMPLIFIER

PHASE SPLITTER

VI4AI/2 12BH7

VERT SWEEPBLOCKING OSC.

04-,A6 R77

1C49IV1V-YELK 8 IGHTNESSR46Î 82K R44 P3 100KV148- 1/2 12f3H7

V I I

6V6-GTAUDIO OUTPUT

VI2PICTURE TUBE

11 10

270 K

T3

r,:t 3

BLUE

0,23RED

4

R273301W SU

10 .FD,W 450 V

C 2c

2.0 ANODETO Hy.

FOCUSCOIL1- 16

IT SPEAKER

T3

BLUE

132RED

3

FOCUS

82 flR 28

5 -SPEAKER

aoonWW

P2

VERT SW. OUT

6

4

K

Al

C68.002

R3822K

BLUE

7 GREEN T 515 m

2

8C34

82K 4700YELL I:RE9t

154VERT C72 36SPE ED0OI 470K .051MEG R 42005 01 5

C3I C32 C0033

P5 R45.r1F-

R82 I R39 R40 051- 4127K 22K 1.5 Al

3.3KR36

.001 001C29 C30

NOTER38,R39-,R40;C31;C32 a C33 MAY BE SUBSTITUTEDFOR BY INTEGRATOR COUPLATE A.K. PART N1.P8-20150 AS SHOWN

8.2xR37 HEIGHT

..1,1yFLLo

C26

1450 V

5M

47KR78

39K

T4BLUE

100 MEDggi e 25V

VERTICALIFEARI TY

3000 2P6WW

C 37

R48- 3.3K030490

R86

RED

GRE 1

1

5601YELLOW I

C71

0250

R74 1W

47KR75150K

33KIW

IC 48. 01

20ft CT,WWP8

V. GENTR47470K

IW

V16I2BH 7

HORIZ SWEEP050

2.7 KR58

C4720 MAW

1500 V.

C45C44 T 270390

3903 9 K C43

r 1ca 2

R57

I. 3900

VI7

I X 2 V18H V RECTIFIER

V12 FOR700- ICO 17674A700-120 20CP-1700 -140 EC C

R684.7K

R704.7 K

2W

21

RED

PLUG (PIN END!

SOCKET

v 10E0

SYNC.

Clb16.1 40 MFD

450V

C65MF 6B Q 6-GTN2500V HORIZ SWEEP

OUTPUT

80

46

I100K 260KR59 R60

82 5R63

2W150

470K F161R62

C6405

10mFD

25VC 66

T 637.IIIEIII

7

4 daei5K

V

aIII " WIDTHLIO

6

IC 6 3-.05

5

3ry y

74) C62.1 C50 12 V

25 k 2FE)__4

6W4 -GTV19 1-1

HORIZ.

pm: 4'47 11.88

I

I

L _ _ ;.J

100 WW

PT HORZ C

KINESCOPE2 na ANODE

CBS -COLUMBIA(FormerlyAir King)Models

700-100,-120, -140.

21


ARVIN INDUSTRIES, Inc.

MODELS 5204-5206-5210-5211-5212

CHASSIS TE 300, TE 315The circuit diagram on pages 24 and 25, is exact for a recent production

of Chassis TE315. Chassis TE300 uses a 20" picture tube and is almostidentical in circuit to the TE315. The alignment for these two chassisis the same and is presented here. Refer to the correct chassis viewsas given below and on page 23.

You will find Chassis TE286, used in Model 4162, with a 16" tube, andChassis TE302, used in Models 5170, 5171, 5172, 5173, with a 17" tube,are similar to the sets covered in these pages. There are some circuitdifferences, as for example, V17 is 6SN7GT and not 6S4, cathode of V12is returned to ground and not -12 v. In the main, however, these setsare sufficiently similar for you to benefit through the use of these notesin servicing these additional Arvin sets.

TONEPNONO NEIGHT

CN OFF VERTICAL HCRIZ WENT- CNANNELVOLUME NO, HOLD NESS SWnt'' DISTarCE SELECTOR

CONTRAI I / I/ IVERTICALI'TUMNGLINEARITY

22

DEDI KACE 4D41,,EI

AL'iW0 it

FCCAL,E11 AG)

ION

W LTN 02NTIR.

SWET ERG. TV__r Nt',;

TOP VIEW - CHASSIS TE300

[ C17

NIGH .01.TAGCA402'

(V22;

021

,i aLIN LII

6NCRIZ RILLINEARITY LO

NOCK

7-1C123

T10644E5 El T2,5 IL,

tit6

TO?ifa 0<n01.6M LO CiZruc. (T.)

Irral

4.720 T 113FOW ER

eq, TRANS.

BOTTOM VIEW - CHASSIS TE300

HI -VOLTAGE WARNING -ON METAL PIT TUBE RECEIVERS UNCOUPLE ANODE CONNECTOR LEAD AT SOCKET BEFORE ALIGNMENTI. ALLOW ABOUT 15 MINUTES FOR RECEIVER AND TEST EQUIPMENT TO WARM UP.2 PULL THE AG.C. TUBE, VI4, OUT.3. CONNECT A BIAS BATTERY (-2V) TO THE A.G.C. -- PIN I OF V13, POSITIVE BATTERY TERMINAL TO GROUND.4. Ug A NON-METALLIC ALIGNMENT SCREWDRIVER TOOL.5 GOOD GROUND CONNECTIONS BETWEEN RECEIVER AND TEST EQUIPMENT IS VERY NECESSARY-- A METAL SURFACE BENCH

TOP FOR THE EQUIPMENT TO BE BONDED TO IS HIGHLY DESIRABLE.6 LOCAL - DISTANCE SWITCH IN " DISTANC E " POSITION.

STEP EQUIPMENT CONNECT TO I FREQUENCIES ADJUST INSTRUCTIONS

I. VTVM ACROSS R138 T

ISOLATE VTVM LEAD WITH18K ISOLATING RESISTOR.239R.F SIGNAL

GENERamPIN I , V7 OR TUNERTEST POINT 75 MC

BOTTOM OF T105 8 TIO7 FORMIN.

VTVM ON LOWEST XALE -TUNER ON CHANNEL 2.

3. SAME SAME 47. 25 MC BOTTOM OF TIO9 FOR MIN, r - ,11.6

4542 25

FID 1.

1.145E0 42 75

r I.F. RESPONSE PIN 4 OF via_416 39 7

FIG.2

SEE NOTE 2

4. SAME SAME 47.25MG FOR MIBOTTOM

NOF 7106

.

5. SAMESAME 41.6 MC BOTTOM OF 7103 FOR IN

TUNER TEST POINT 41.3 MC BOTTOM OF 7104 FOR MIN.

6. SAME SAME 42 25MC TOP OF 7104 8 T 1 05 FORMAX.

7. SAME SAME 43.1 MC TOP OF 7107 FOR MAX

8 SAME SAME 45 MC TOP OF 7109 FOR MAX

9. SAME SAME 45.3 MC TUNER UNIT , TI, FOR MAX START WITH CORE IN ANDTUNE OUT.

10. SAME SAME 45.75 MC TOP OF T106 FOR MAX.

II. SAME GROUNDED SHIELDUNDER V7

45 75, 45, 42.75,4225 41.6

USED AS A MARKER GENER-ATOR

12.OSCILLOSCOPE ACROSS RI 38 ISOLATE SCOPE LEAD WITH IRKRESISTOR. SET BIAS AT -3 VOLTS.

13 SWEEP GENERAlIZRANTENNA

TERMINALS CHANNEL 10 TOUCH-UP CORES ON TOP FORDESIRED RESPONSE CURVE.

SWITCH TUNER TEl CHANNEL 10.

14. SAME SAME MARKER 41.6397

TI08 (CATHODE TRAP) SEE NOTE 2

IS. SAME SAME CHECK ALL CHANNELS

NOTE TIO6 6 Ti AFFECTS HIGH FREQUENCY SIDE-- T107 a 0109 AFFECTS TILT ON Top Cl WOVE- - 7104 6 1105 AFFECTS LOW FREQUENCY SIDE

NOTE2. INCREASE SCOPE ON TO SEE SOUND PORCH aeTwEEN 41.6 AND 397 MARKERS DIOS ADJUST TO FLATTEN PORCH - - SEE FIG 2

VIDEO I F AND TRAP ALIGNMENT


Arvin Chassis TE300, TE315, Models 5204, 5206, 5210, 5211, 5212, continued

SOUND [F. ALIGNMENT TABLE

STEP ECUIPME NT CONNECT TO FREQUENCIES ADJUST INSTRUCTIONS

I. VTVM ACROSS R107 (T101) -5V SCALE

2.SIGNAL

GENERATORPIN 2 OF VII 4.5 MC

TOP B BOTTOM OF T101 8 11DP OF

L101 FOR MAX OUTPUT ON VTVM

SET SIGNAL INPUT FOR

APPROXIMATELY -2V ON OW

3. VTVMJUNCTION OF RI I I ANDRII2 (DISCRIMINATOROUTPUT)

BOTTOM OF T102 FOR MAXIMUM

OUTPUT.SAME INPUT AS STEP 2.

4. VTVMJUNCTION OF RII3 aC115 (DISCRIMINATOROUTPUT )

TOP OF TIO2 FOR ZERO. SAME INPUT AS STEP 2.

5. VTVM ACROSS R107 (7101) -1.50 SCALE

6.SIGNAL

GENERATOR PIN 4 OF V12 4.5 MC ADJUST LI08 FOR MINIMUM.USE 20K ISOLATING RESIS-TOR IN SIGNAL GENERATORLEAD.

NOTE DISCONNECT ALL TEST EQUIPMENT, TUNE IN A STATION FOR BEST PICTURE IF BUZZ IS PRESENT ADJUST TOP OF TIO2 FOR MINIMUM.

roTEST

aTOG ADJ.57S NC.TOOT ADJ

T102 SECDISCIMEPECCR

FOCALIZEN 104

KINESCOPE21111.4

..........

rEtf SOC1iT Efili

OEFL ICIKE SDI (VENT)DEFL. %SEE SEM.(SEEMM-'

ION TRAP

CN-OFF

CONTRAST--..

TONE LOCALLINEARITYPHONO DISTANCE N

VERTICRL HCFRZ 5310.17-HC/LD HOLD/ NESS/ HEIGHT

FINME[1 11

'RPM

124 :127 0123

TUNERUNIT

0177

PPM VOLTAGE CAGE 1(v227.)

.v21)

'* TtD 4

V15 M.0

@ ("G.

4,Z2.26r611 iumc.

47M9m-Z. E11 T 113

POWERTRANS.

WIDTHCONTROL

LII6HORIZ.LOG(

TOP VIEW - CHASSIS TE315 BOTTOM VIEW - CHASSIS 7E315TUNER OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT

A High -Channels adjustment, A4, and a Low -Channels adjustment, A5, of the R. F. oscillator is accessible whenthe channel tuning knobs are removed. These two adjustments are shown on the Tuner Unit View.

HIGH -CHANNELS

1. Set the Channel Selector Switch to the highest available station between channels 7 and 13.2. Set the Fine Tuning to mid -position.3. Adjust A4 for best picture definition.

4. The remaining lower "High -Channels" should be within the range of the Fine -Tuning.

LOW -CHANNELS

1. Set the Channel Selector Switch to the highest available station between channels 2 and 6.

2. Set the Fine -Tuning to mid -position.

3. Adjust A5 for best picture definition.4. The remaining lower "Low -Channels" should be within the range of the Fine -Tuning.

NOTE: The design purpose of A4 and A5 is for optimum adjustment for channel 13 and channel 6-for optimumHigh and Low channels coverage. The above procedure gives optimum adjustment for any available stations.


SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Arvin

HOMIEST SYMBOLNUMBERS ASSIGNED

C '2061227.9

Gi70 JUNCTIONR216 4 C162

10 KEYED *GCWINDING, TH1

PIN 6, Y164

COLORSOCKET

0 0

010 0

COLOR 0,09.YPLUG

1 ST. SOUND I.F.

V/ 6AU6 ,*1205

0913StTO JUNCTIONR219 ANDR214

NOTE. 'GREEN DOT' YOKES0174 IS 68R223 IS 1000

PIN 5,v11

17- - - - -

I.FII

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM NOTES,

L RESISTANCES ARE SHOWN IN 046;K 1000, MEG 1,000,000.

L CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN(I) ME IN MFD AND MORE THAN (I)IN MMFD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

3.0011. RESISTANCE VALUES LESS THAN(I) OHN IRE NOT MOWN.

4.ARROM AT CONTROLS INDICATECLOCKWISE ROTATION.

6.0.C. VOLTAGES ARE READ WITHVOLTOHNYST USING 100K ISOLAT-ING RESISTOR ON THE PRAE-ANTENNATERMINALS SHORTED -LINE VOLTAGE117 V -GO-. VOLTAGES SHOULD READWITHIN 20% EXCEPT VERY LOWVALUES AND WHERE NOTED WITH ANASTERISK (6).

S.CIAGILLATOR INACTIONS VOLTAGEMEASMED AT TUNER TEST POINT(-1.25 V DC. TO -2.5V.D

ECM/WIT WAVEFORMS TAKEN WITHHMI RESPONSE 900PE STATION.TIDIED M- PICTURE IN SYNC ANDUNBAR; CONTRAST MAXIMUM.!DISHINESS MAXIMUM (FORAPPOSES OF SCOPE CALIBRATION,

6.3 VOLTS itC APPROX. 20 VOLTS P -p).RESISTMICE VALES SHOWN ARE WM

PART DISCONNECTED FROM CIRCUIT.

ARP

S.

LbSWIOX

I RISC,22K

7195

A VOLTAGE MEASURED WITH CONTRAST MAXIMUM.

615636

WHITE.

WIRE &RAID

YELLOW

ci94T 1000

R1611201(

4

-ISV.

NOTE

rE315-2 differs from IE315-1 as follower

1. :1206, 5000 EEF, added to pin 7, V14 to ground

2. R210 changed to 8210-1, 47E

3. 0204 *hanged to 0204-1, 8.2 Ma

24

2ND. SOUND I.F.

V2 6AU6$1105.

A.G. C.TUBE

V146AU6

mem47 K

5 P

V/36A V6

A. G. C.CATHODE

FOLLOWER

RIM 2154

RISE47

Cif?ICo0

"" 11056 4115 59 /SAP

MG

SYNC. SEP SYNC. CLIP

V/522K

LIMITER

1/3 6AU6

2ND. PIX I.F. 3RD. PIX 1.1

tost 5931147.25e15 MC

1112. 455V.

RI73SSS

7SK1U- V 149 1C0"'RIT4315

\ 1,4c.Ovrip

r 50G( ET

L5LSYmNICT.ER

$315 5.

01661.001

350VPP

R11312115 470KKOK

121144.7.MM.

T09,0Ks°

L116

0215

81793300

I§

fl7" ISVPP

0 C 6.IPPLV

L

6SN7GT

21.K

CAN


TELEVISION CHASSIS TE315-2DISCRI MIN ATOR

V4 GALS-.4V

:WS 610

541

L104

0141ICCO

HORM

155.50 550)

NB98

011COO

VERT.RI 611 MOLDAMR

R166103K

I ST. AUDIO AMP.

V5 6AV60011

P00/40 7005 T.0053JACK

1104.040 (4.5 MC)

6555.5

4113710 140.6

4146ISO

51661.5 /454

1210.02.5 SEA

A6C 400 0002. Arc PULSE

1A707110K

0115.01

CONT. 811610 ME4

WO 6BA64TH. PIX I.F.

VERT. OSC. VERT. CUTPUT

6SN7GT073

17171HORIZ OUTPUT

MOVPP, V20

6C D6G

R1912.11/55

.354 FUSE

TO COLOR SOCKETP:Nt 114

IL-4f-11HPI Z70 COLOR. SOCKET

011.01 ,,,

AUDIO OUTPUT

V6 6Y6G aiov.

V.

MODELS 5210-5211-5212

50101

16LACK

SLUE 5 31. V.

L107 A L 010.001041 1--,---' 75 1

..--41.-ins n ,._ VIDEO AMP

ciao . 4V icT1, V/25- 5113 7 I 1 '1° 111116

L110330 L 6AC 7 41K

v

24111 66 , CI

1,11:1 DE T R15610

4100

51 VP

V21IB3GT

H7VRECT.

6 W4GT

DAMPER CI11

Y OW450

0114 070311 .077

To PM 5 7ccAolt.

10CKET-

TO 1111N4COLORSOCKET

POWERRECT

Y _

011

sib

loMSS 350ISK

PIXTUBE 2.1AP4

R195 -I 51292204 1704

V235U 4G

1231V

+15 K. V.

CI14 AY

SUCK RED -SLACK

507105SIV104

RIAI92100. A

11615 V 1.1.61%1111.4 1.615 V.

0115 540

25


ARVIN TELEVISIONChassis TE300, TE315,

Models 5204, 5206,5210, 5211, 5212,

(Continued)

TUNER UNIT

AI

A5CHANNEL 6'

CENTERING ADJUSTOSCILLATOR

A Centering Crank (see chassis-top view) adjusts centering as follows:Moving Crank to the right moves picture down.Moving Crank to the left moves picture up.Moving Crank up moves picture to the left.Moving Crank down moves picture to the right.

V266AK5R.F. AMP

- V256J6RE. OSG -MIXER

A4CHANNEL 13OSCILLATORADJUST

The Horizontal Hold Control will move the picture horizontally and should be set first to the middle of its range ofmovement of the picture. The Centering -Crank should then be used to center the picture within the mask and removecorner -shadows. If corner -shadows persist, check to see that the Yoke and Mounting Frame are as far forward ontothe cone of the picture tube as possible. When the Yoke and Ion -Trap are positioned properly, the Crank will readilycenter the picture without corner shadows.

HORIZONTAL DRIVEAdjust HORIZONTAL DRIVE TRIMMER (C184) to the point where "overdrive" lines just disappear. "Overdrive"lines appear as a vertical white line in the left portion of the picture. The Horizontal Driver Trimmer is located inthe control grid circuit of the Horizontal Output Tube (6CD6G) controlling operating characteristics of the tube.Turning the Horizontal Drive Screw clockwise reduces Horizontal Drive.

WIDTH ADJUSTMENTAdjust WIDTH CONTROL (T112) to obtain a picture with sufficient width to just fill the picture frame. Maximumwidth occurs when the screw protrudes about 1/2" from the coil mounting -clip. This adjustment regulates the amountof deflection current flowing in the horizontal deflection coils controlling the horizontal dimension or width of thepicture.

HEIGHT CONTROLWhen the picture is too large or too small vertically, adjust the HEIGHT control for size. Note that the adjustmentof this control may require a readjustment of the VERTICAL LINEARITY control.

VERTICAL LINEARITYWhen the picture is not uniform vertically adjust the VERTICAL LINEARITY control until the picture is symmet-rical from top to bottom. The HEIGHT control may also have to be readjusted.

HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT1. Tune in an available station.

2. Set the horizontal hold control at its maximum cour. -_-clockwise position.3. Adjust the Horizontal Lock adjustment on the middle-rear of the chassis until it is in sync. (See chassis

view).

4. Turn Horizontal Lock adjustment clockwise until the picture goes out of sync.5. Turn Horizontal Lock Adjustment counter -clockwise until picture just pulls into sync. The picture should now26 hold sync over the complete range of the horizontal hold control.

IF A

LIG

NM

EN

T

Gen

erat

orFr

eq.

Y T

YM

Con

nect

ions

.A

djus

tmen

tsR

emar

ks

23.2

MC

To

Vid

eo T

est P

oint

& G

roun

dT

3A

djus

t for

Max

.

24.6

MC

To

Vid

eo T

est P

oint

& G

roun

dT

2A

djus

t for

Max

.

25.5

MC

To

Vid

eo T

est P

oint

& G

roun

dT

1A

djus

t for

Max

.

22.5

MC

To

Vid

eo T

est P

oint

& G

roun

dL

551

Adj

ust f

or M

ax.

21.2

5 M

CT

o V

ideo

Tes

t Poi

nt &

Gro

und

L55

3A

djus

t for

Min

. with

outp

ut o

f Si

gnal

Gen

.at

Max

.

VIM

=15

11 AR

K

10

011

11P

ION

Em

sf1

T

IMO

4.4

0113

1

14 1

4

rM

AW

R -

14.1

.11

RM

.6

1

.4

T"

IY

.1.

Om

*ft

1ST

It

um

IIII

11,7

71,1

11

10SI

K il

l*I

AS

MT

,

.11.

"....

.."'

.2*

131

1113

:Irl

a,":

7,.

..1

411:

,1,1

:1IN

,'J.

Ilit

5st

.,

t 0.

*I04

I ',M

TV

.,r

.,, VI

"" V

11:1

1

/1,j

,.. ti

ll,

'\

igz

iil'

1}11

1T

.:1i

g o.

I.r.

CFI

cgs

c**I

Itft

illi

gm

gn,

IIIIM

1....1

.1

I*M

I'li

ma

''

..

i'iii4

t

M3

'

.

6111

91

331

MIM

It t

i.1

11.

-:-':

::1*

i-,1

'411

g.::

MY2.14

..4 -

.3-

' ;4V

Ill

4 /4

1.r

i44,

P31

. MIM

I, .

,1"!

'

1.

%

''-'''.

1:.

'..:,.

.,11,

,,,,,

"..

.,

a: 1

,1.

141

*.1

.am

si..

±!;

n.

"""1

T.

Ter

uaa.

4411

1141

r11:

111

1441

list

u

1g10

414.

411

"0"

fn

0 0,

1g!

rE1. g,

ISI

1.11

1111

1. W

WI

11 /1.

.11

*.:3'n

..MA

O.1

;14

-,--

4-,4

-qiu

tt

411.

WO

.111

j MI

141 IN

IIM

111

An.

anw

I.*

mM

NT

r.M

an. 5

01

wu

11.1

1.1.

1

"ff

1.1

CO

LI.

Ala IS

INt

ML

:.171

314;

i1L

V

wuu

Att

.,143

It n

o *c

/ss

141

4041

31 W

10 1

10:M

IMI

t.%I

3 K

W J

ul4

1611

111

1104

4m

.

=X

:111

,N

I1S

t NN

W(

**C

Mft

.154

1I

4111

1

aML

vel1

111

4411

/141

.,111

13J.

1111

4114

1 II

I.II

lanw

era.

sp...

... t,

1 ve

nal

s1.

.....1

0111

1.1.

111

1".4 '

T1T

1,1

7,1

7i0I

u,

PC

f001

,,

1,1,

114.

1f 1

41k

IS 4

,411

110

.}10

113.

1111

111

Di

IVY

Iti

it 31

111

1113

02

2

BE

NO

IX L

ON

G R

AN

GE

CH

AS

SIS

C)

IN) O O


BENDIX AVIATION CORP. Bendix Radio Division

Models T170, T173, C174, 0176, C176B, T190, 2060, 2070, and 7001use the circuit on this page with a 17" picture tube. AdditionalModels 2051, 3051, 6001, 6003. and 6100, use 14" and 16" picturetubes and are almost identical in circuit to the ones describedon this page. Model 6100 uses a separate radio section which em-ploys only the speaker in common with the TV section.

IF ALIGNMENT

ua

.p XBX

10

0 40P Fb ,

i;irc

rxrf. 011,

API almaOFPOW

4;2

101

OM"

:555.0g44 M . il

0 In some receivers V7 is 6T8, Ratio Let &1st Audio, in this position. In some re-ceivers VI8 (6AT6, 6AV6) will bein this position.

, In some receivers V7 will be 6A1.5, Ratio- Dec in this position. V18 (6AT6, 6AQ6,

6AV6) tberCused as 1st Audio

0413

480

OSC.

1/2 616042

If ALP.6105 0460116

8400 t VI

22f

04002

1.400

AR

3

1C32

L4I2

14110

1110

9

5409

5408

1401

6

1408

1405

1404

3

1403

5

-Nw-4401

221C401

610

I, C102A

*1061I/O 6161

044

12

1424II 0405

1423 .5

42209

1121

11

1401

04103

FINE

TUNIC

0401 0409

1437

1493

143510

1434

433

L432

L431

1411 6,106 1430

5

1.411 1429

1411 1421

C403

1421

45

25

1149

2

1148

1440I'01:171

14436 /505

1145 156

1141

1113

1412

1441

1440

NOTES

28

2CIO

I F

60443

Generator Freq. V TVA! Connections Adjustment Remarks24.4 MC23.5 MC

25.0 MC

To Video Test Point & GroundTo Video Test Point & GroundTo Video Test Point & Ground

T2T1L452

Adjust for Max.Adjust for Max.Adjust for Max.

SOUND ALIGNMENTAlignment using AM signal generator and VTVM:

The value of the two 1001( resistors connected in step one should be within I°I of eachother.

Signal GeneratorCoupling

Signal GeneratorFrequency Connect Adjust Remarks

High side to VideoTest Point. Lowside to Chassis,

High side to VideoTest Point. Lowside to Chassis.

4.5 MC

4.5 MC

Parallel C19 with two1001( Resistors. DCprobe of VTVM to pointA. Common lead tochassis.DC probe of VTVM topoint B. Common leadto point A.

L6 andL7

L9

Adjust for maxi -mum reading inorder given, thenrepeat.

Adjust for zeroreading at cross -over.

RAM DOTNKR

680646

L6

6S RIB

rr- 474 ,

Ci I22

CIA -46 I

0124

13!::

r

1504

13

AUK011131P1031

48

1411113_ J26.,

171

11 13 R2N

9

50

Dii; :101,7' ..,__

9A 421 if.SOY

2

-,6-0,0321,130

4504

420 08

621 42233 ,15,42t

21T PI

424ION

Cil

21

479

31

VOLUME

12941 CRC

+100 IR

14

66

23 5110

11 1010X0

0

VI

1453 C4020

1000

ACCo,1401 -1,54610

of we1406 44

I ISO 271

SYNC

CLIPPER

N6 SI I I CI

VIII

1,14.11 4 42

, / IRV1 ALL RESISTORS IRE 1/11 1114 VALUES

1 N 514 OW01116 UNLESS OTHERWISE 110110 1-I:1000 MIS 11:1601116 0 3

OILS CAFNCITORS IRE IN 16F UNLESS N 001HE41150 NOTED 11F- MICROFARAD 6'10001140

7-1-;22-41T 55

MI kW

3 HEAVY LINES IIIIICATE SIGNAL 06TH. A41095

INCICATE 01REC1100

4O1110E 11/41FORN 8N31111.1115 ARE MEASURED

1404 PEit 10 PE16,I114 A 5 NC 11441611014OSCILLOSCOPE ltEsTROmi)

9525501/2111

i

331 2

4256

.230"t

CI

N

C20

1.51,

ANY,113

680

61

AA

416

536 0161 61172

1604551 0-0141

15555.2CI05 746:1

If6156

61 AuDi0 ANP 11194 DETECTOR

1001 618119181 428

2204

21¶111CVIDEO *1000 ICIO

BR IN D1.1 .''1..E.F.

"606 1.5

'' ''''-

toso + Cl

At D51001-41-m-,140-1. CST612

1/21 "If2

L3 gi,i

I .

I/3

1122117'

'nil ' CON 6451

5600

2

123P

506

102$ 3 BINCIITIESS

AMAI.

1448

PICTURE TUBE

412

1511/211.

115 15'

by1 >ft\

4716

C9

.05RED

624

41311

1000

11041/.

4010354

1201

431

1001

R70121

I/21nv656

SoloL111

6.1116

6,105,6100

:i3636 02 625 60121°14PUT391 4053 .05

NED L3,43831

IMI"

. 3203

CM

514 21.1

!12

-03447

221

R34 r0221

:21

I.00235420 14264.N1LI IS

w.R,2

7 oil' NI

VERT

05C

1/2601161__4118

942 6

331

027 41, 3N

444 5111611a 6001 641

613 , 2 I'LLIN 390

211. 1601.Dw

9123301

035-05NED

1.21036

2

NED

\110412

Ilgtis

46:11 6800

20 4

/29

45561 1401640

1

031

159

401

.02 - IMP 1/21Nf D 7

C392

10412

XXI7V1415 CAP

0.1i Hob/4151

Wt270 5-

1.211\

C40 464

163 421

1201,

4

47021

141,7

666330

21

50 043145 .05110

.2Nit

2

HOW DAMPER '71" 03IB1 6/401416 0 4410,7

049 410 1014

CAP

10

NY

4ECT

18300

617

1014

} R73610124

III6104

21

404

001

1/21

1169 I I2200

21

40412YOKE. I

+4304

BENDIX STANDARD CHASSIS

,---614604 2504510 NED

v C3IC

450 V 11622.iN

151

01.0 032

$t T1--- BLO 40

,11131304

FOCIIS

R51

250041

112 450; f OCL6 y 410

F t +345V

NOD

4504

15REAR VIEW

P5

_24 41111

00000000

SPEA1E1

19

C 6

4.634=

6.34

5111C 11-1

413

5

SI

101 401ha%ll

11

1142201


CROSLEY

1.

Models: DU-17CDM, DU-17CHB, DU-17CHM, DU-17CHN, DU -1700B,DU-17COM, DU-17TOB, DU-17TOL, DU-17TOM

(Chassis 356-1)

The material on the next six pages covers service information onChassis 356-1 used in models listed above. The suffix -1 indi-cates a definite production run, so that suffix -2 or othersafter this chassis number would suggest a circuit with but minorvariations. Many other chassis used in models of this same periodare very similar to Chassis 356-1, and therefore this materialmay be used as an aid in servicing these additional Crosley sets.Some of these sets use 16", 17", 20", or 21" picture tubes, may havesimilar -function but differently numbered tubes in some of thecircuits, some are combinations and have switching arrangements,and these various sets may also differ in other respects. In themain, however, these service notes will be applicable to:

Chassis

ChassisChassisChassis

Chassis

Chassis

Chassis

Chassis

321-4, Models S11-447MU, S11-459MU,323-3, 323-4, Models 20-CDC1, 20-CDC2, 20-CDC3,323-6, models 820-CDC1, S20-CDC2, S20-CDC3,331, 331-1, 331-2, Models 17-CDC1, 17-CDC2, 17-CDC3,

17-CDC4, 17-COC1, 17-00C2, 17-00C3,

331-4, Models 511-442M1U, S11-444MU, S11-453103, S11-472B1U,S11-474BU, S17-CDC1, S17-CDC2, S17-CDC3,S17-CDC4, S17-COC1, S17-00C2,9.7-COC3,

357, Models DU-20CDM, DU-20CHB, DU-20CHM, DU-20C0B,DU -2000M,

Models DU-21CDM1, DU-21CDN, DU-21CHM1, DU-21C0B1DU-21COL, DU-21COLB, and DIT-21COM1,

359, Models DU-17PDB, DU-17PDM, DU-17PHB, DU-17PHM,DU-17PHN, DU -17P101,

363 (used with

To Check I.F. Alignment on Oscilloscope:a. Apply a negative bias of approximately 3.5 volts to the grids

of the I.F. tubes V101 and V102. This oias can 'eobtainedby the use of a 5000 ohm variable control with suitable leadsattached (see sketch). Connect one side of the control to -6volts on the lug of terminal board TB9 and connect the otherside to the chassis (ground). Connect the center tap of thecontrol to the AGC terminal (orange lead) on the terminalboard TB1,1ocated close to L102 on the I.F. strip. By adjust-ing the control, bias voltage may be varied from zero to -6volts.

b.

c.

d.

To A. G. C. Terminal (Orange)

To -6 rolls

5000 Oam Control only, Part No. 111260

VARIABLE BIAS CONTROL ASSEMBLYConnect high side of scope to pin 1 of the AGC AmplifierV108, and the low side to ground (chassis).

Remove R.F. Amplifier tube VI to eliminate spurious res-ponses,

Lift the shield on the Oscillator -Mixer tube V2 sufficientlyto clear the socket ground clips. Connect sweep signal gen-erator "hot" lead to the ungrounded tube shield and genera-tor ground lead to the tuner chassis. Leads should be asshort and direct as possible.

NOTE:

362 and 371), Model DU-20PDM.

I.F. ALIGNMENT'e. With the generator sweep set at zero, connect an electronic

voltmeter across the detector load resistor RII7, and adjustoutput of generator to obtain a reading of 2 volts d.c. on themeter.

f. Set generator to sweep from 20 mc. to 30 mc.

g. Set tuner near the low frequency end of the range.

h. Connect marker generator to sweep generator output leadsand adjust to provide markers at 21.9 mc.. 22.9 mc., 24 mc.,25.5 mc., and 26.4 mc.

NOMINAL OVERALL I. F. RESPONSE CURVE

1. Observe curve and position of markers (see nominal responsecurve). The 21.9 mc. marker should be approximately 70%down from the peak and the 26.4 Inc. marker approximately43% down. Slight deviation in shape from the nominal res-ponse curve is permissible, but if any great deviation is noted,it will be necessary to realign the I.F. Amplifier. NOTE: Theresponse curve may be distorted unless care is used in themethod of connection to prevent feedback or regeneration. atmay sometimes be necessary to connect a 1 megohm isolatingresistor at the end of the scope lead to prevent feedback.)

In normal signal areas, align the I.F.'s with the contrast control completely counter -clockwise and the bias as high as possible (re-duced only enough to permit a suitable deflection on the scope or meter). Keep the signal sufficiently low to prevent overloading ofthe 2nd. detector. 29

30


CROSLEY Chassis 356-1, Models DU-17CDM, DU-17CHM, and others, continued.

I.F. ALIGNMENT

Disconnect the generators, scope, and the 5000 ohm variablebias control from -6 volts, the AGC terminal and ground.Replace R.F. tube and shield and push Oscillator -Mixer tubeshield into grounding clips.

2. I.F. Alignment Procedure.

a. Apply a negative bias to the I.F. tubes V101 and V102 as in(a) of "I.F. Alignment Check".

b. Connect an electronic voltmeter across the 2nd Detector loadresistor R117.

c. Remove R.F. Amplifier tube VI to eliminate spurious res-ponses. Connect signal generator as in (d) of IF. Align-ment Check".

d. Set tuner near low frequency end of range.

e. Set signal generator to 24 mc. and adjust L105 for maximum

SOUND AL

1. Connect "hot" lead of signal generator to grid (pin 1) of V106.Set signal generator to 4.5 mc. with 400 cycle amplitude modu-lated signal, modulated 30% or greater.

2. Connect scope to picture tube grid (pin 2) through detector probe.3. Connect two 100,000 ohm resistors (matched to within 1%) in

series across ratio detector load resistor, R143. Connect com-mon lead of the electronic voltmeter to the junction of thematched 100,000 ohm resistors, and the d.c. lead of the volt-meter to chassis (ground).

4. Using a high level signal input with the Contrast control set atmaximum, tune the Sound Take -off Transformer (T101) primary(bottom of chassis) for minimum deflection on the scope.

5. Reduce signal input to below limiting in V107 (Sound Detector

(Continued)

meter deflection, limiting meter deflection to 2 volts d.c. byadjusting input attenuator.

f. Reset signal generator to 22.2 mc. and tune L104 in a similarmanner.

g. Next set signal generator to 26.55 mc. and tune L103 formaximum meter deflection.

h. Reset signal generator to 22.9 roc. and tune L102.i. Set signal generator to 25.5 mc. and tune L101 for maximum

meter deflection.J. Repeat steps 5, 6,.7, 8, and 9.

k. Disconnect signal generator, electronic voltmeter and the5000 ohm variable bias control from -6 volts, the AGCterminal and ground. Replace R.F. tube and shield. PushOscillator -Mixer tube shield into grounding clips.

IGNMENT

Driver) and adjust the Sound Take -off Transformer (T101)secondary (top of chassis), and the Ratio Detector Transformer(T102) primary (bottom of chassis) for peak meter reading.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5.7. Remove the detector probe and scope from the grid of the pic-

ture tube.8. Transfer d.c. lead only of the electronic voltmeter to junction

of R144 and C133 (top lug of TB6).9. Return to high level input for limiting in V107 and adjust the

Ratio Detector Transformer (T102) secondary (top of chassis)for zero meter reading.

10. Remove the two 100,000 ohm resistors and all test equipmentfrom the receiver.

HORIZONTAL DRIVE

The setting of the HORIZONTAL DRIVE trimmer should bechecked to see that no change in linearity in the center of the pictureoccurs with change in Contrast setting. In adjusting the HORIZON-TAL DRIVE trimmer, it is necessary to observe the picture widthand set the trimmer to the point of maximum width (toward minimumcapacity). To set the trimmer correctly, turn it counter -clockwiseuntil the picture width starts to decrease or until a compression inthe center of the picture is noted, whichever condition occurs first.In the extreme case, the compression in the center of the picturewill appear as a vertical white line.

A check should then be made to see if the horizontal linearityin the center of the picture changes with Contrast control setting. Ifit does, turn the drive trimmer slightly clockwise just enough to

A.G.C. ADJ

Tune in a station witn a weak signal and adjust the AGCTHRESHOLD LEVEL control on the rear apron of the chassis to apoint where the receiver will just begin to overload with the CON -

eliminate this change in linearity.

If the drive trimmer is misadjusted so that insufficient driveis applied to the tube, it will draw excessive current which willseriously shorten the life of the tube. This condition corresponds tothe drive trimmer being adjusted too far in the clockwise direction.

After tube replacement, readjust the drive trimmer as out-lined in the paragraph above. The best horizontal linearity coincideswith the lowest plate dissipation of the horizontal driver tube and thislinearity should be obtained with the adjusting screw of the HORI-ZONTAL LINEARITY inductance as far out of the coil as possible.It should be noted that changing the linearity adjustment makes itnecessary to readjust the HORIZONTAL DRIVE trimmer.

USTMENT

TRAST control set at maximum. If the receiver overloads on astrong signal, turn the CONTRAST control toward minimum to pre-vent overload.

HORIZONTAL BLOCKING OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT

1. Tune receiver to a television signal and adjust CONTRAST controlfor normal picture below limiting in the video amplifier.

2. Adjust the HORIZONTAL HOLD control and the HORIZONTALFREQUENCY adjustment (top of T106) until picture is in sync.

3. Connect scope in series with a 10 mmf. capacitor to terminal 5of the HORIZONTAL TBO TRAP (bottom of T106) for the follow-ing wave form; keeping raster in sync by adjusting the HORIZON-TAL HOLD control, HORIZONTAL FREQUENCY and/or HORI-ZONTAL LOCK adjustment.

Adjust so that IM peak of pulseis equal or 10% higher thanpeak of sine wave.

4. Turn the HORIZONTAL HOLD control fully clockwise. Adjust theHORIZONTAL FREQUENCY control (top of T106) by turning outuntil the raster is just out of sync, and then turning the FRE-QUENCY control in slowly until the raster is just ready to fallinto sync (indicated by a wide 'black vertical or diagonal horizon-tal blanking bar).

5. Turn the HORIZONTAL HOLD control fully counter -clockwise.Picture should normally be in sync. Remove the signal by tuningoil the station, then return to the signal. If more than seven barsare present, adjust the HORIZONTAL LOCK trimmer slightlycounter -clockwise until five to seven bars appear before the pic-ture falls into sync when the HORIZONTAL HOLD control is setin the extreme counter -clockwise position. If less than five oarsare present, adjust the LOCK trimmer clockwise. As the Lock -intrimmer adjustment affects the horizontal frequency, the adjust-ment of both the Horizontal Frequency control and the Lock -intrimmer must be repeated until the conditions outlined above insteps 4 and 5 exist simultaneously at the extreme positions of theHorizontal Hold control. Check the pull -in range. Pull -in rangeshould be 120° minimum and 220° maximum.

6. The final setting of the Horizontal Hold control should be madewith a very weak picture. Rotate the tuning knob on and off thestations frequency, and set the Horizontal Hold control so thatthe picture returns completely in sync.

The most important points in the Horizontal Oscillator and theAFC Alignment for most stable operation are: (1) that the rasterjust falls into synchronism at the clockwise end of the HorizontalHold control, and (2) that the pull -in range is between 120° and220°.


CROSLEY Chassis 356-1, Models DU-17CDM, DU-17CHM, and others, continued.

ANT. TERMINALAC. INTERLOCK J101 BOARD

RECEPTACLE I-1 CC]

P102 RATIO DET. SOUND TAANKSE. -0 F FtO UTRANS.TRANS

V114

V107HORIZ FREQ.

O SEC. ADJ. SEC.ADJ:'

VI 7 AOJz SOUND 0 ®47 CY

06SN7

GT® DET. T102

(1:10T101

T1061108

SOUND DET. V106

F101AFC &

HORI Z. OSC. POWERTRANSFORMER

DRIVERV113 DEOVI

AUDIO AM AmPL.

D AGC.DELAY V105

,VI 16 VII5 ES 1::)

2ND. DETHOW. t- a NOISE6 W 46CD6G DAMPER C010i LIMITER ,

GTP103 V 112

AUDIOI LI05

LI I 3

HORIZ. OUTPUT

HORIZ. LIN.ADJUSTMENT

LI20WIDTH ADJUSTMENT

I

3RD

4.--dIIIIIIII,

LOW VOLTAGERECTIFIER

6 W 6 5 TH. I -F ®COILG T OUTPUT

I V104

4 TH.1-1)1AmPL.

1

V 110 1 LkiziVIII 4 TH. I -F COIL

5U4G I VI3I -F

DC. RESTORER8 SYNC

AMPL.

TAKE -OFF1 LI 3

3 RD. 1 F OILVIO 9

I V I 2SYNC CLIPPER6SL7GT

REMOVE THIS PLATE TO SERVICE HVRECTIFIER TUBE V120 UNDER CHASSIS.

C I 20 B;SYNC OUTPUT 2AMPLAMPL.

V108 2ND.

AGC 0 I

AMPLIFIER1 ST.AMPL,

L101

LI1.-F. OIL

VI I

I -F 6AU6

I ST. I -FO TRANSSEC.

4111> riVII86 BL 7 VERTICAL OSC.

a VERT. AMPL.

V2I2AT7 OR 121/7OSC. a MIXERGT

....1 0VI

6CB 6F AmPL.CIR.

ID

ILIll

1

CONTRASTCONTROL ---"

OFF - ONVOLUMECONTROL

R145

Chassis Top View

1 1=a,

R172VERT.HCLDa-

Showing

=1-=--1- 1

R184HORIZ.HOLD

t2,

Tube

,L 1

R133BRIGHT-NESSCONTROL

and Alignment

RI62FOCUSCONTROL

Locations

TUNINGCONTROL

31


CROSLEY Chassis 356-1, Models DU -17CDM, DU -17CHM, and others, continued.

AGC LEVEL J101 SPEAKER HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL

CONTROL jElt, TB 6 SOCKET DRIVE ADSST. LOCK ADSST.

-1R159 r RATIO DE\t.'74 e ll 14 .._. .SOUND TAKE -OFF VI 0 7 TRANS I V114

PRI. ADJ

O.PRI ADJ

C).--0 0

TERMINAL0HORIZ.0

B.T.O. VII76AU6 6A L5 i 0TIOI T102 SOUND

DETECTOR

5 0

ADJ.6S N7

GTTRANS.

SOUNDRI4RDE T. TIO8 O TC6 u

VII3V106

VIDEOAMPL. AMPL ai

ge AUDIO

POWERTRANSFORMER

HORIZ. OSC.B AFC

AGC.V 105 02N DELAY \., /

DET.D

NOISE. ii:RH7

, GREEN LEAD-I (CRT GRID PIN 2)

411,c,0 0 0

VII56 W 4GT

V 116

6CD6G

HORIZ.OUTPUT

LIMITER

L105V104

i

1 P

I \3-(-6v)

V 112 AUD 0

RED GTI 6W 6 OUTPUT

I

HORIZ.DAMPER

L 113

4TH

AMPL,0TB .

0T8 5

VII0

HORIZ. LIN. ,,----\_INDUCTANCE ,fu 0,3 014 0,5 6( 07

LIO4E)

3RD

111 VIII5U4G

T107Q HORIZONTAL

TRANSFORMEROUTPUT 0

I -FAMPL.

L103

DC. RESTORERLOW VOLTAGERECTIFIER O

LI20WIDTH

INDUCTANCE 0'8V 109

2ND6577

GTT105 -Th

1-FAMPL.

SYNC. CLIPPER& SYNC OUTPUT

VERTOUTPUT

C173

0 V108 TRANS.L102 ..----.

1STI 01

i - F

iw

.6,±1

1 0fru

A.G.C.a,--

V 120HIGH VOLTAGE RECT

AMPL .A I-., AMPLIFIER

I B3GT

L101TBI

I`,, 4- \I

I T 104 VERT OSC. VI 18

NNEIIII vERT. 8.T.VERT.

O.&Am PL.

6B 7LG T

111

TRANS,

R -F TUNER 0 P 1i0175

co, :------, c,RI 78 R175 f,,) fa)

..../.- B- (-6v) TB 9 LINEARITYHEIGHTT

C ISWI02}EN -A213 R1458

R162 R133 R184 _ 8172 R I45A

32

f=tiTUNINGCONTROL

Chassis Bottom View Showing

f---1FOCUSCONTROL

Tube

(-=_YBRIGHT-NESSCONTROLS

Socket

(____

HORIZ.

HOLD

and

VERT.HOLD

-c3

Alignment Locations

CONTRAST-CONTROL

t.,, OFF - ONVOLUMECONTROL


CRCS= Chassis 356-1, Models DU-17CDM, DII-17CHM, and others, continued.

ADJUSTMENTS

ANTSOCKET

COI

cV

e-

5 5

The DEFLECTION YOKE is positionedasfar forwardas possibleon the cathode ray tube and rotated so as to make the top andbottom of the raster parallel with the top of the chassis.

+150V.

0In>

re)0

Ouc, ameI'

Fz1zt

LII40

-11305D.ME

I -F SUB -ASSEMBLY

CI L24 L3 7'

VI6CB6

270100 000

12

o C16

C4 -e71%/:.

C2 I .8 r R282

0V/7.1500

BROWNL/

st

The FOCUS COIL should be adjusted to be approximately per-pendicular to the cathode ray tube axis with the front surface ofthe focus coil housing approximately 15/32 inch from the rearsurface of the deflection and focus coil mounting bracket.

The ION TRAP is positioned for maximum brightness, with lowto medium settingof the BRIGHTNESS CONTROL and for no neckshadow at high setting of the BRIGHTNESS CONTROL.

Center the picture by adjusting the three FOCUS COIL mountingnuts. Readjust the ION TRAP.

Adjust size of picture to fill the screen by means of the HEIGHT,WIDTH and HORIZONTAL DRIVE controls. When adjustingHEIGHT CONTROL, it is sometimes necessary to adjust theVERTICAL LINEARITY CONTROL. Before ad-justing the HORIZONTAL DRIVE CONTROL, be sure to refer toHORIZONTAL DRIVE information.

HORIZONTAL HOLD CONTROL is adjusted with a weak pictureto center of pull -in range.VERTICAL HOLD CONTROL is also adjusted with a weak pictureto center of pull -in range.

Vertical linearity is adjusted by the VERTICAL LINEARITYCONTROL and the HEIGHT CONTROL. Horizontal size of pic-ture is adjusted by the. HORIZONTAL LINEARITY and WIDTHadjustments.

The FOCUS CONTROL is adjusted for best focus of the verticaland horizontal wedges at the center of the test pattern. If thereis any astigmatism, the focus should be set in favor of the verticalwedges. If corner focus is poor, check position of DEFLECTIONYOKE and ION TRAP.

In later production sets,color converter connections

"'\">1 Also C182 was changed to

J101, C0101, and P103 aredeleted and lug 5 of V108

>is wired directly to L120.

.0082 mfd., 10%, 1000 v.RE TUNER capacitor.

C8

V2A L61/2 12AT7 L5

OR 1/2 12AV7

1-+I3V1

7 5

CS

1500

.L4 6

P 1c9L 78-5.5

L2B

4

11

//5000 if

C6" 5600R5R8/

L _ _NOTESI 1010002 ALL RES STANCE VALUES IN OHMS AND

CAPACITANCE VALUES IN me UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.

R. F. TUNER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMLB 04,81=1

L128.2

I7

3.3

I

R9120

=10

CI8

1500

CII

1(1500

OBLuE

L7

BROWN

.\\ 000

Cl2

LAOO

C13

I( -IC14

6

778-5.5,171

15K

V2B1/2 12AT7 OR1/2 12AV7

7

6

5

CI5

T6

+10501

TO LIOI

TO IF ACC

+8RED

0" HIGH HEATEREILK.13 TEL

33


MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONDeWald Radio Manufacturing Corp. TO ADJUST PICTURE I.F.IS:

Models

(Presented

100%70ingTO80%

50%

ET -140R,ET -170,

ET -141R, DT -162R,ET -171, ET -172,

below and the next three23.2 MC 25.2 MC

24.1 MC

22.5 MC 26.35 MC

DT -163R, I. Connect the negative terminal of a 3 volt "A" battery to the

DT -190D. junction of the I megohm and .25 Mfd in the ADC bias line, (pointE on schematic) and positive terminal to a chassis ground. Setthe contrast control to the fully clockwise position. Set finepages) tuning control with flat in horizontal position.2. Set channel switch to channel 3 or any clear channel.3. Connect a VoltOhmyst across the second picture detector loadresistor of 4700 ohms. Plus end to go to junction point of peak-

coil L-5 and 4700 ohm resistor and minus end to other sideof load resistor (junction of 4700 ohm, 1K ohm and .1 Mfd con -denser).

4. Couple the high side of the signal generator to the mixertube of tuner by slipping a tight fitting insulated tube shieldover the tube envelope and connecting the generator lead to it.Connect the ground side of the signal generator to the frame ofthe tuning unit.

5. Set A.M. Signal generator to 25.2 Mc and peak detector I.F.(L-3) and first picture I.F. coil (L -l) for maximum gain onVoltOhmyst.6. Set A.M. Signal generator to 23 Mc and peak second I.P. coil

(L-2) and converter I.P. coil on top of tuner for maximum outputon VoltOhmyst.7. When using an oscilloscope and a wide band oscillator for

NOT, ANT 01 In PLAI ON Tokyo AECPOINT, NAT DE UP TO TOE OIT AND-TILL .IVE GOOD PICTURE Detat.b.

calibrating and checking bandwidth of the I.F.'s, connect sweepgenerator to the point indicated under step 4. Connect theoscilloscope high side (in series with a 40Y ohm resistor) to thejunction of the peaking coil L-5 and 4700 ohm resistor, and theground terminal to chassis. Align the picture I.F. to producea response curve similar to the one shown.

[4 3.85 MC .

NOTE: During picture I.F. alignment the common lead of VoltOhmystTYPICAL OVERALL RESPONSE CURVE is connected to approximately minus 2.5 volts with respect to

OF PICTURE LE'S chassis. Avoid grounding the VoltOhmyst case.

PIN NUMBERS AND VOLTAGES (20,000 OHMS PER VOLT)TUBE POSITION

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5U4G Rectifier 400

6CB6 1st Pix I.F. 1.0 0.5 125*Contract

c

Controlfully

-w

6CB6 2nd Pix I.F. 0.8 125ff .

6C86 3rd Pix I.F. 1.70 1203, 3,

6AL5Video Det.A.G.C. Rect. 3.0 -2.5 -1

. n

6AH6 Video Amp. -2.0 1.8 Cont. Contr. CCW 160 160 1.8

6AU6 Sound Input` 130 330 180 135

Sound Det.# Pin 9 [6T8

1st Audio 125 115 115 130 120

6V6GT Audio Output* 280 300 125

....J95

130

12AU7 Sync. Sep. & Amp.D.C. Rest. 20 0 2.0 Cont. Contr. CCW 70 20 20

6SN7GT Hor. Osc. & Disch. -6.2 100 10 250 10 H -Hold fully ccw

6BG6GT Hor. Output 7 -13.5 270

6W4GT Damper 510 360 135

6AL5 Phase Det. 0 0 8.6 -8.2

6J5GT Vert. Osc. 250 -60 V -Hold fully ccw

6V6GT Vert. Output 280 - 7

V -Lin & Height full

clockwise 14

Kinescope#20

#10 Red325

#11 YellowB'tness Cntrl: cw, 35; ccw, 70

#12 Brn6.3 v, AC

Main B+ Bus 350 v. to 360 v. 35Intermediate B+ Bus 135 v. NOTE: All voltages measured to ground.

PIX INPUT23 M.C.

TUNERFILAMENTS

TUNERFUSE

ELECT RO -STATICSHIELD -...

VOLUME tON -OFFSWITCH

TO II5V.GC ACFION050PPLV

BLIC

_

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION IFRONT - END TUNER

Four types used.TO EL_ECTUNER

II TO TURRET TUNER.

270.n. 1200nL

_JTUNERBIAS

_ _ J

SOUND I.F. AMP

GAUL

PEAK_ AT4.5 M.C. 2 ?IL

PEAK FORMAX.

6

,ttf" I1tL8 7

r 4 1A/Lty- 3

35K 47K1

68

.02.

+360 V. BUS; 1

.005

ttr

PEAK FOR*ZERO

RATIO DET ECT1K TRANSFORMER

+ 140 V. BUSS

1 37. PIX I.F.

GCBG

"0I(

- PEAK ATc." 25.2 mr.

005

0

2ND. poc. I.F. 3RD. PIXPEAK AT MC.

GC BG

`D1

1500L2

0

00co

0

3301L

.005 ZY

I MEC,.

330,n_ 25 4- a VOLT(FOR CRua

SYNC. PHASE INV.

RECTIFIER SPEAKER FIELDG2 _n-5U4G 10-0-ORN. -YEL. YEL

5 V. .5A R-/WV \r-

TEL. 40 40QED

Y 6RD 0

"1g go RED',c*csNd

1/40

GRH.-Red

VERTICAL OSC-. VERT. CDSC it DISCT ERANSFOR MR

RED BLU G J5 3

2a K B2.00 6200

1500

YEL 6RT3

.002 .005 T .005

+I 30 MEP

4700

0o

FZo

U U

Hry I

uJ

23 =

6.8 MI

OMr

E,Sz N.Y

LK-YE-X

BLK-C.RN

DE WALD ET -00-1117ZDT- 190ET- 140R-141 R.

36 DT- 1628 -163R

500MFD,

13LRID 6.3 V. O

0

NOR. PHASE OCT.

GAL5

4x

.005

fo-NA.M.r-4-70 K

114

.005L9

5600

HORIZ0.5c

4300 5

M OR.OS C

CONTROL

1--

HORI7

15 0030K

_L- .-/\2<V

HOR Hod) CONT

I MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRATIO DET.

- GT 8

SOUNDVOLUME ,005CONTROL-1(

1330

K

01

C 1500

AUDIO OUTPUT

GVG - GT

0

-'\.AAN-4700

A . F. AMP

lie- GT 8

5

4

390I WATT

c,so

P I X DET.- A.G.C. RECT.PEAK AT 25.2 NIX -

05

.035

20etJI-1<z0 1 1000 MFD

54 K

GAL5

470K =

VERT.OUTPUT

G VG- GT 3

IC.25

'SO

. 002

1(

20,40,

10 KI W.

7

2' 5K2 VERT.

LIN.

3, o.nI W

NORDRIVE

I 2 0 J.4 h

5 MMF.

L5

VIDEOAMPGAH 6

.n2

1.2.5 tIMF.

275 Ai h00000

Lic,c400,A.th

CONTRASTCONTROL

540 560o VERTICAL `fOKE

1-ioalz.oLrrPuT_ctL6 t3G6 -GT

2

HORIZ. OUTPUTH V TRNNSF

T5

NOR. LIN.CONTROLa01

035 1-11 1.05

T2AUDIO OUTPUT

TRANSFORMER

BLU.c,.005

REDO

D. C. REST. - SYNC. 5 t.P.

1/2-12 AU7 a3

H. If. RECTIFIER

I B3- GT

V. or/soz - 109/10

DE WALD

12

ANODECAP

RISC OPE

180KT

Iazoi\A-W"---7ni*o-----\A"He-V.1 MFDT

BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

( ANOPDE Wa IN SOMEI MEG. DA) L9 ,111-V COND.

IS RETURNED TODAMPER PLATE IN-STEAD OF GROUNDI 500 I,IMF

HORIZONTAL YOKE

37

W

OU

TP

UT

OF

INT

EG

RA

TIN

G

0 lgo-

a

P.

X 0 ra 6_1 0 Oil

NE

TW

OR

K -

VE

RT

ICA

LO

F V

ER

TIC

AL

OS

C. T

UB

Eig

OU

TP

UT

OF

SY

NC

. SE

PA

RA

TO

RO

UT

PU

T O

F S

YN

C. S

EP

AR

AT

OR

OS

C. T

RA

NS

.

GR

ID

atl Z

VE

RT

ICA

LH

OR

IZO

NT

AL

YE

LLO

W L

EA

DIT

.i

I2A

U7

SY

NC

. AM

P.-

PIN

650

V.

P -

PI2

AU

7 S

NC

. AM

P. -

PIN

645

V. P

-P

25V

P -

P6J

5GT

- P

IN 5

160V

. P -

Pto

1.,1

1

INP

UT

TO

VE

RT

ICA

LO

UT

PU

T/

TU

BE

PLA

TE

''....

.O

F V

ER

TIC

AL

OU

TP

UT

TU

BE

.%,ii

,,,H

OR

IZO

NT

AL

PH

AS

ED

ET

EC

TO

R

Ire

i I- ab 'ad , pri.

trj el 01 tj t% _ u3 P

OV

OLT

AG

EA

CR

OS

SI-

0h

RE

D L

EA

D O

F V

ER

TIC

AL

VE

RT

ICA

LD

EF

LEC

TIO

NC

OIL

SM

I.

._."

i"

OS

C.

TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R13

0V P

-P

6V6G

T-

PIN

S 3

a 4

550

V. P

-P

VE

RT

ICA

L O

UT

PU

T T

RA

NS

.G

RE

EN

LEA

D12

0N P

-P

6AL5

- P

IN 7

I7 V

. P-

P... %

...,

LI ei

...1\

...i

l.....

......

1""f

tiftm

o

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

LO

SC

.J\

I\I$

c7)1

-13

F--

:

,. 1..: 0 0)

mr.

1in

s

:reZ VI

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L P

HA

SE

DE

TE

CT

OR

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L P

HA

SE

CO

NT

RO

LC

A

VO

LTA

GE

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L O

SC

.M

/X

6AL5

- P

IN 5

I7V

. P -

P6A

L5 -

PIN

SI &

215

V P

-P

CA

TH

OD

E O

F6S

N7G

T -

PIN

S 3

8615

v P

-P

PLA

TE

OF

6SN

7GT

- P

IN 5

45 V

. P -

Pa) ct 0

IF4 " a

PLA

TE

OF

DIS

CH

. TU

BE

GR

ID O

F H

OR

IZO

NT

AL

OU

TP

UT

TU

BE

-, VO

LTA

GE

0....

....k

110"

Mill

AC

RO

SS

0 0 ct. " 0 D :1

1=1 z 0 Imi

M bpi 0 0

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

LT

ER

MIN

AL

NO

.I

OF

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

EH

OR

IZO

NT

AL

DE

FLE

CT

ION

CO

ILS

FLY

BA

CK

TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R a

GR

OU

ND

DO

6SN

7GT

- P

IN 2

72V

P -

P6B

G6G

- P

IN 5

65V

. P -

P85

V. P

-P

DA

MP

ER

6W4-

GT

- P

IN 5

AP

PR

OX

. 120

0V. P

-P

14 F4 0

NO

TE

:A

LL M

EA

SU

RE

ME

NT

S M

AD

E W

ITH

TH

E L

OW

SID

E O

F O

SC

ILLO

SC

OP

E C

ON

NE

CT

ED

TO

CH

AS

SIS

Z


DU MONT TELESETSRA -111A RA -112A RA -113

Putnam Ardmore BrookvilleGuilford Westerly Revere

Mt. Vernon BurlingameTarrytown

The double -spread circuit shown on the next two pages and the INPUTUNERcircuit on the page following are exact for chassis used in RA -111A. Thechassis used in RA -112A and RA -113 Telesets is basically the same as theone described. The main differences are briefly explained below.

The Inputuner used in RA -112A with serial number under 122696, and inRA -113, under 132211, is electrically the same as used with RA -111A. Thelater sets used a different I.F. transformer in the plate circuit of themixer. These sets also had another type 2204 transformer. The fourthvideo I.F. tube (V208) was changed to 6B05 from 6AU6, and this requiredthat R231 be 220 ohms instead of 120.

The sound I.F. and audio amplifier sections are practically identicalin all of these models. Since the model known as Tarrytown includes AMradio and record changer, in this model certain provisions have been addedto the audio output stage for this purpose.

The coupling of cathode of V209A to the grid of V212, is made througha 20 mmfd. capacitor instead of direct, and a coil is added from grid toground. A "local -distant" switch is added to AGC circuit.

The vertical sweep circuit has these differences: R288 is changed from2.7K to 3.3K, C271 from .003 to .01 mfd., R293 from 1.8 megohms to 390Kohms, R296 from 5.1K to 4.7Kohms, a 30 mfd. capacitor is added in serieswith C248A, the plate circuits of V220B and V221 are returned to terminal5 of transformer T401.

The horizontal deflection amplifier (V215) uses a 6BG6 in RA -112A andRA -113. The high voltage circuit has been modified and uses two 1X2 tubesin cascade. When 6BG6 is used as V215, no cathode bias resistor and con-denser are used, and R271, 25K ohms, is used instead of 3.9K.

The low voltage power supply of RA -112A and RA -113, is similar to thatused in RA -111A, with the following main differences: a separate filamenttransformer is used for 6W4 (V217), a 100K resistor is connected from oneside of the AC line and ground, R280 is now 1200 ohms, and R281 is 1650.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTSSymptom: Interaction between Con-

trast and Brightness controls; whencontrast is turned up the brightnessincreases.

Probable Fault: L202 in plate ofV210 is open.

Remedy: Replace L202.

Symptom: Setting of contrast con-trol is critical.

Probable Fault: L203, in the gridcircuit of the video amplifier (V210),is open.

Remedy. Replace L203.

Symptom: Fine tuning or fine andcoarse tuning knobs cannot be turnedor are difficult to turn at one pointin each rotation. In some cases theTeleset does not tune as the vernierknob is rotated.

Probable Fault: The tuner dial as-sembly vernier gear is split.

Remedy: Replace the assembly shaftand vernier gear. 39


TO

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

al

for

TELESET MODEL

RA -111A

I ST. VIDEO I.F.

V 205RAU'

Z 204 27.5 MC

E-2 r -,

[r] II 4

2 - 5 V

1'4 II I v

Cfl1 1 1

I RI 2 1 1 219

MixER

a `1 RED -BLUE

175

130 V

C214 C 215 .005 .004

112111 11220 221100 K.

NOTES

I. Issue No. la through m1212. Voltage, resistance, and waveform measurements.

a. Instrument used -RCA Model 195-A Voltohmyst (forvoltage and resistance).

b. Voltage measurements taken to ground, no signalinput.

c. Voltage measurements made with switch in TV posi-tion; contrast end brightness min.

d. All coil readings were taken with coils disconnected.e. Video waveforms measured with contrast set for 30

volts p -p at cathode of CRT.3. Switch section viewed from front end of switch. Rotor

in TV position. Switch positions: I. Phono., 2. TV,3. F.M.

CORD2.5 yyf

11.9 MCTRAP N..,

L 212RED -ORANGE

C 28320 yyf

2 205

L SLUE DOT 3

14 I

112228.2

IS01

.3V

R 22438

2 ND. VIDEO L F

V 206CALM

217.005

R 22310e

175

1300

2111

.004

" I2.5

2 006

Cz I

I ....AP' II1C.4,7111 I

IL. I RIEID DOT

C.00

21114

R226In

II.3 V 0`X"I EILACK -YELLOW

.13 CYELLOW

R 265OMEG.

&25 V

IC.05277

200 V

TOV 203 PING

R NAlle 32'3.2 MEG

S 201

SELECTOR SNITCH SHOWNIN TELE. POSITION

RESISTANCE READINGS OF COILS(Ali readings In ohm.)

All coil readings shown were taken with culls disconnected.

P 201

115 V

Symbol Reading

L201 9.2L202 7.61.203 2.6L204 9.2L212 .2

O®

let

TO R 202NUR V201

T 201

A.0 C.

NARROW RANOSYNC AMPLIFIER

V 212ROAR

ao v

245 8207.7/1C 233

69-6 315 IC OCT270,0. .05 R 246

IK

51250

aRECTIFIER

210SU46

C. YEA.2,,YID

RID

0 032^RED -TEL11.2

O.11o.32

OM -YEE,

USE OF SYMBOLS

Large encircled symbol indicates source of voltage.

Small unencircled symbol indicates point to whichvoltage is applied.

40

SOS V

C 2191 22.005T

1/ 01.4PR319

-I- C226 1.2 NEC.

17

2 209

3 RD. 01020 IF02076AU6

C 221A004 R129

1K

R 251270

C.004221 0

2 207

r

R 230 01 200 V-11

TO S 204 1-PIN 1

EAR V220 A 25 V ..... ...... 125

SECOND SYNC. CLIPPER

6A116 ..T..0 V 220 AV 219

122 65117

2 201

1

L...2 1RED DOT

C 292o ./11.4.

TO 5 201 PINNEAR 0212

4 TH. VIDEO I.I.V 208

AU6

C.006

175 V

C 224 A.004 737

5125V6

R3166OOK

SYNC. e ACCDETECTOR AG.C.

V 213 831860E5 NEAR V212

Li 4

7,.7; -DOT

12-12-.2C 234DOS

IS V

C 233003

2716

I T

v

X

R 249Ie K

.2V

C 238.001

19 V

R 232150

ICSO5js.f

0261 8284.1 100

C 236

"2.111

3

1ST SOUND 1.11

V 201RAU.

C 201 _L.005

R 20210K

C 224 e.004

L

ISO V

C 2012.001

ROODin

R 285 _1.2 NEG. '

28 V

I -510

IC 262I .1 -50

R26612211 I R207

MEG.

I 200 V32V

L 211 L 20810, 67-H-

320 ACV C 245: A

FOCUS

R 2901/00

GAN

..r..3 V

GIN Pt 30822 A

1 201

C 053

50

02591140

00'L 209020-,

201 A_1910 "201

22t".. -711. 200 VC 260 A

30

.1 IT 123 V

R 21122140-,

C Tr A

R 262 A1460

0

11

2 209

3.5 0

23311

K -ELI-71'1

0 + ---.'200 V

201

0

0 o

30V

tea2.7

32 V

6-730 - C 260 D_I 10

75 204

A.G.C.CONTROL

R250250

3.30 3.30R303 302

3000R 3042.

zr C 2g9

LOC.

001ST.

/I 325IS I(

.--S TO R326NEAR V219

70 V191111

te3tt -n-

-600

C 229C

. 0

10

32'V

RA III -AMAIN CHASSIS

I MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

281305

N204IK

200 V

2 202

1 II1 II

1

1

2 ND. SOUND I.F.

V 202SAWS

R 205LP MEG

C 205.05 T C 206

.005

VIDEO DETECTOR

V 209 A1/2 6.1L5

ATO 1212

PIN I

120

0 1

22?

160V r7Z 203

11 5 V

.004

0201IK

207 B004

62001,

®1250

L 203BROWN -BLACK

IP"

2 II

I I

REDDOT

2

2000

SOUND DISC.. FIRSTSOUND AMPLIFIER A.O.C. CLAMP

V 203678

- 50 6200 0

-.5

411

0004_,

- v

0 R 21210 MEG

TO 8316NEAR 0 212

C 27927YVf `L'

C 210.01

SECOND SOUND AMPLIFIER

V 2046A05

C 211.01

R 214 R 213330 K 470 K

R 209PHONO 100 KJ 203

S 201

SWITCH INTEL.

1 O0O

R2;0100 K

C 286.01

VOLUMECONTROL( t

Vpre',YrR 213 IS !II MEG. ! 200 V

C 288

100 K-5Ar=.1 .01

320 1122K

C 270-r 680.1,10

0

0Cie

00 0

135 V 1 C 212.005

140 V

6.30

R 216270

R 3083.9 6

J 201

C 260, C

R 3013.9 K

VIDEO AMPLIFIER R 317180 K

2147 T-3" (. .....

C 2g13

L 202 C 228WHITE 47 Hof

HORIZONTAL AFC SAW GENERATOR 1114/ 1114/

V 214NOT IN INMC. 1210

r -A ..-L - --1

L 201°NIVEL LOW

84!5:3

2.13 V

D.C. RESTORER8:

V 209 8 300 V2111/2 GALS I .;:.; 120P4

%.*

I (---j,.05

C 231275 V

O 240 R 240 'ELL"V 62 X0

O 00 0

6SN7 GT

6 2542.7 MEG.

C 241.002

1200

4 255 = 520

C 240-A10-160

AprNOR.

FRED.(REAR

IONTROL1

70 0 02

vi-150V

0S00a

060

C 242.02

-w

20V

R256150 6

C 243.2

B 2578.2 6

120 V

10 I

ISB it

COOS',210 .258

100K

R 259130K

120 V

1 \ I--J

"R"

823722

_LC 20146

A 264711

263ISO K

2 0-80

C 276.005

CONTRASTR 239 A

IK

24 14.3 K

C24 R 265270 per 47,

1- C 2471000PVT.

26670

300

AASAW

-85V0243I MEG.

C 23 -.05 I

0

O0

50 V

244100

HORIZONTALDEFLECTIONAMPLIFIER

0 21561106

1251(

2318100 K

BRIGHTNESSCONTROL:

-45

-500

II 242. 1006

-50V

Ea70V

0

V

S 201

fH. V. RECTIFIER

T 202 V 2161113 GT

V 82713.9 11 335420v 12 269

-60 V0C°52 0

0.1(N OC 297 0188008 0 0

DRIVE0210 0 .

_:0,;2000 x

-420252 53, 0(

.15

0R 270100

C 064 I50V NOR. HOLD

(FRONT PANEL)

C 24 4.03

R 213 A50 K

26?10 K

4200

R 2725.6 ,s-e*-

46, 0

11310

MEG.

5C 278

.05

LIT;

TUNINGINDICATOR

V 222HALT -GT

r 200 V.7 V

0 0

3. v 4154f1 V

NORLIN.

DAMPER

2176104 GT

13000

275500

26168 K

-50

8 621206

1.2 V

16 TV

65 V100 V VERTICAL SAW GENERATOR

-r4 20

8 2931.5 MEG.

T 203

1310-,

C 261V.L C 267.002 .02 -

C 266.005

V 220

-golno

I

65117

260 r - ,

O

311100

BLUE-

1RE

14,-

RED-. ?R2 L

<3

6

OR 3.

R 313

R 314560"

I I 000C 255 I 8 'L LIN. 2 4

.15 REDI

1 205RED

, C 2561 3.6-, III 0278254 05 72 10

TEL II 5 2.4.,

TEL.

HT.

3.3 6

INSIDE SOCKET

L 206

NOR. SIZEL 207

300 V

COOS.1

VERTICAL DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERV 2216567

O

VERT.

R 292112E6.

C 245 A30

12 V

8 294910 K

2965.1 K

0269.1

VERTSIZE

2954 MEG.

2972.2MEG.

-42V

23000 00 0

-50V 0-38 V 0

C 24823

3.3 V g-r-

T204BLUE YELLOW

590,.-42 V }

RED

-380

R 096560,1-

VERT.LIN.299

1.31(

6.9

GREEN

F 202

1400 0,

6 300SK

175 V

to'A.

- 300 0

41

T 1

01 CS

L 10

1

-(15

1in-

g20

ppf

I. 10

3

O1,

15 p

pf 20 p

pfl.

1102

A

II,

V10

16J

6

8-50

00

0 O

D 0

0

72 CO

AX

L104

O 0

470

pof

470

rio

100

K

100

pp 410

K

L108

L102

8

L105

4.0

PO

LY.

.5-5 PP

f

PO

LY.

.5-5

yNf

12K

410

100

Wei

125

ppf

L 11

3

L 10

2C

100

ppf

I ppf

L 10

7

V 1

026A

K5

goA

oo

I ME

G.

100

K

ISO

K

(- 4

70 p

pfI 0

C5

-÷7

T;0

2pm

TO

I TO

I47

K

I 5O

j0f0

Lps

_ _J

PIN

2

204

-01E

YE

LLO

WA

,G.C

.

470

ppf

L111

RE

D

M 4

70 p

pf

470

ppf

L 10

9

V 1

036

AB

4

0 0 O

RA

-I I

IA C

HA

SS

ISO

RE

SIS

TA

NC

E M

EA

SU

RE

ME

NT

S -

ALL

RE

AD

ING

S T

O G

RO

UN

D

L102

0

1110

1.5

-7vr

if

5 /J

Pf

TU

BE

12

34

56

78

V20

11.

614

00

Fil.

8.2K

7K39

V20

227

0K0

0Fi

l.8.

2K7K

0

*V20

310

0K10

0K20

0KFi

l.0

1.9M

010

MV

204

470K

270

Fil.

09.

5K9.

8KN

.C.

V20

51.

6M0

0Fi

l.8.

2K18

K39

')., 2

061.

6M0

0Fi

l.8.

2K18

K39

V20

7.5

00

Fil.

10K

7K12

0V

208

6.8K

00

Fil.

8 2K

7K12

0V

20o

.510

5K0

Fil.

1M0

4.7K

V21

04.

71(

00

Fil.

12K

75K

1KV

211

01M

V21

2.5

00

Fil.

8.2K

7K34

0V

213

7 2K

7.2K

0Fi

l.27

K0

1MV

214

1M11

0K31

0K26

0K31

0K42

7Fi

l.0

t V21

5N

.C.

0N

.C.

10K

500K

500K

Fil.

527

"V21

6N

.C.

Inf.

Inf.

Inf.

N.C

.N

.C.

Inf.

V21

7N

.C.

N.C

.28

0K28

0K8K

280K

Fil.

0

V2I

8N

.C.

AK

N.0

470

N.C

.47

0N

.C.

8KV

219

1.2M

00

Fil.

27K

2.4K

0

V22

01.

8M -

2.8M

1M -

5M

625

1.2M

5K42

7Fi

l.0

V22

12.

3M14

K1.

7K2.

3M14

K1.

7K0

Fil.

V22

23.

3KFi

l.7K

1.5M

00

03.

3K

910

1112

V21

6tV

215

. V20

335

0K V

211

8.2K

70K

Fil.

Cap

265K

Sele

ctor

sw

itch

in 'T

elev

isio

n' p

ositr

on.

Inst

rum

ent U

sed

- R

CA

Mod

el 1

95-A

Vol

tchm

yst

( fo

r vo

ltage

and

res

ista

nce)

.A

ll re

adin

gs in

ohm

sK

= th

ousa

ndM

= m

illio

n

Tw

o re

adin

gs f

or a

giv

en p

oint

indi

cate

an

adju

stab

le r

esis

tanc

e is

in th

e m

easu

red

drew

:.

265K

I! K

0

0

010

K.0

05

V M

I-

V10

2V

103

0 0

0 0

0 0

470

- 47

0pp

fP

Pf

225

V.

D.C

.

L 11

2

111

IIIL

106

PT

` 47

0 f47

0=

ppf

6.3

VA

.G.

R.F

AS

SE

MB

LY(F

OU

R C

IRC

UIT

BO

TT

OM

CO

UP

LED

INP

UT

UN

ER

)

BA

SE

Typ

es o

f ion

-tr

ap m

agne

ts u

sed.

ION

TR

AP

MA

GN

ET

INT

ER

NA

LC

ON

DU

CT

IVE

]C

OA

TIM

BB

C O

F G

UN

'AP

PR

OX

.

(Thu

mbs

crew

of T

ype

A s

houl

d be

tigh

tene

d by

han

d on

lyno

t use

took

)


E MODELS - 686L687L

me, 696L

CHASSIS - 120142-BTABLE I - I -F ALIGNMENT

STEPSIGNAL GENERATOR INPUT MEASURING

INSTRUMENT ADJUST PROCEDURECONNECTION FREQUENCY

i Marker generatorthrough .001 Mfd. toPin 1 (Grid) of Vl.Low side to chassis.

Marker - 23.8MC.

Connect V.T.V.M. tojunction of L-1 andR-46. Low side tochassis.

T-4 Peak for maximum response.

2 " Marker - 21.25MC.

" T-3(bottom)

Adjust trap for minimumresponse.

3 " Marker - 22.8MC.

" T-3.

(top)

Peak for maximum response.Repeat step 2

4 " Marker - 27.25MC.

" T-2(bottom)

Adjust trap for minimumresponse.

5 " Marker - 25.25 "T-2(top)

PeakRepeat

fosteprmaximum response.4

6 Connect sweep gener-ator through .001 uf.to Pin 1 of Vl. Lowside to chassis.(Marker gen. lightlycoupled in parallel.)

Marker - 25.75,22.25. 21.25.

Scope connected inplace of V.T.V.M.through 10k iso-lating resistor.

T-2(top)

1-3(top)

7-4

Adjust for overall responseas shown in Curve 8.Adjust T-2 (top)to position25.75 Mc. marker accurately.Adjust T-3 (top) to position22.25 Mc. marker.Adjust 1-4 to level top ofresponse.

7 Sweep gen. coupledto converter (V-22)input, using 3 turnloop slipped overtube. Marker gen.in parallel.

Marker - 25.75,22.25.

Scope connectedthrough detector net-work' to Pin 5 (plate)of V-1. Low side tochassis. 'Low im-pedance (zoo-)

T-1 Aand

T-1 B

Adjust for response shownin figure 1, Curve A.

8 ' " Scope connected asin step 6.

T-21-3T-4

Same as step 6.

TABLE II - SOUND ALIGNMENT

43

1 Marker gen. through.01 mfd. to Pin 2.of V-4. Low sideto chassis.

Marker -4.5 MC.(400 cycle AM)

Connect VTVM through10k resistor tojunction of C-17,R-19, R-21. Lowside to chassis.

1-5(top)

Peak for maximum response.Adjust generator input toproduce one volt at gridof V6.

2 Marker -4.5 MC.(400 cyclemod.)

" 7-6(Topand

bottom)

3 Connect sweep gen-erator in parallelwith marker gen.1Marker gen.ightly coupled)

Sweep -4.5 MC.(450 Kc. sweep)Marker -4.5 MC.

Replace v.t.v.m.with scope con-netted through 10Kresistor to junc-tion of R-26 andC-20. Low sideto chassis.

1-7(second-ary)

#7080Top

18

Bottom#708017

Position 4.5 MC. marker atcenter of S -curve by ad -justing.secondary at bottomof chassis. See Fig. 1,Curve C.

4 " 1-7(Primary)

Peak primary for maximumamplitude and linearity.Repeat step 3. See Fig. 1,

Curve C.

10 % 10% MAX. 10% 10%MAX.Continuedon the nextthree pages.

4.51IC

CURVE C

_l___ _L ___L-,---

2I.75Y.C.MC

CURVE

25.75s

1._ 25.75 22.25MC. MC* 21.25MC

A CURVE II

FIGURE I - I.F. RESPONSE CURVES


EMERSONSCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

CHASSIS 120142-B

Model Numbers

686L, 687L, 696L

Circuit Modification

Sets coded Triangle C,have R-79 changed from82K to 68K, R-76 is re-placed by a jumper wireWhich is connected to8+230 v. point insteadof chassis.

Sets coded Triangle D,have this change whichis recommended forfringe areas:Remove R-15 (22K), re-place with jumper wire.Remove R-16, 100K. Re-move pigtail of R-2from lug of terminalboard and reconnect toempty lug on strip. Addjumper from R-2 new po-sitiOn to empty lug nearaudio output transformer.Add 1 meg. resistor fromthis lug to Pin 7 of V-4.Connect .25 mfd. fromthis lug to chassis. Re-move pigtail of C-10, 25mmfd. from Pin 1 to Pin7 of V-4. Add 1 meg. Iw. resistor from Pin 1to Pin 7 of V-4. Breakground' connection fromPin 5 of V-8, and con-nect this pin to junctionR-5, R-11, & C-4. To thisjunction also connect 10meg. * w. resistor leadingto Pin 6 of V-6.

Sets coded Triangle G,have the fuse wired ina different manner anda * ampere fuse is used.

T. V. T UlanPT. NO. 4706511

T-12lom -Tv

UT:.

'GP. s'V-21 SAGS"1:1: IUE

62616

V-22 6J6 05C. Cooly

44

1500MME

1ST VIDEOF AMP.

V -I SAWA

IOU

250 010(0F AMP

wOTO

T-2v-2 621149

-2'7.2501=V.

470VA

-

1500MMP

1500.1500

IT -3

4/0

"Mr ISO V.

520 010201.171151P

V-3 6C66

2725V.

220

IWO

5.11MA

2'

-3V. ADC.CONNECTED HERE

YON VOLTAGE *LADINO@

19

34

SYNC OUTPUT1/2 X-IS A U

4.500.

0.35272

CHASSIS -MOO. NO. 120142-8RESISTORS INDICATED IS OHMS. K 1000 OHMS.CAPACITORS 1101640(0 IN 1AOCROF1103 111E1

ISE SPECIFIED.

T 12

TaigT0[D\ LOW VOLTAG

1000V 0-57

mccw.e*A. S!

\f""C

RED 7

2GBV 5

2"ION

X"ON/TEL

DW-ION -OFF SWITCHION VOL CONT.I

2210 V.

40

C 35

0-7010.7 1002

CIAO CIS

3

.04/

I EEEELOCH

+ 40

C- IT

St"-61-==...

4. 40 + 40-T

1250

117.311

7 0

414. .01

12

225 5 11

H 35

OT

-III V

MM

C 5

2504

42 CI

470 12

A t 1900 +230v -

MOONNE

GC LIMO

22

35

0.56

C't7C_L!.

V.206 AX 50T

C}9

50

,2300.

+250v

fa(ji. ill VOLTSAC LINEIGO CPS)

0L

05C.0

NTEGRT1NG NETWORK

50 0.91 4.920/ T V\P 0

1500 VI O. 150

N -40

NC SOPV -I2

GAMS

22M6

230v

2 60.502

7

C 70 C TI C 72/

22 H L

56

UMW

C.50'

0

66

0. 592200

.047

102

N.41 2.42

C.3I110 NSF

1002

302

R 43

VERT OSCV-13 6SN7GT

.0047

0142 -224

11-72

16100K

SYNC A.1/2 V-11MAU? A.5

R:614500

2 IV.

3

.03

C 41

82 NSFC- St .

2200201412 CONTROL TUNE

V- IS 1/2 6S1170T

2

83V

3302

A. T202011

-18 TO -24rI MI6

2.42VERTMOLD

02

152

17-636805

VENTSIZE

N . 75

WYE

MOO

G

fiV".

Na.

05

C5

5- C.54244

3,00

C S6.02 -

HOPIS201.D

2.75

520

19.77502

0.74202

X - 3

NOTE -4P BEFORE TAKING WAVE SHAPES, SEE NEXT PAGE FOP ^NDiTIONS AS TO HOW THEY WERE TAKEN

VIDEO 4160/06 SYNC ROUBLES (LACK OF CONTRAST, TEAR, ovEmt.050, NO 200120111AL OR VERTICAL HOLD, POOR 2C2.0. SITTER, ETC

reillVO VIV140- 4 -

211...

1,),PIRS4,,, ,;-- -UT °c Ps

IIIIM.11112" pi- v .,..

0 TO P 30v

. ' r''' - .'

*VIMP to P N V

, qfrrir.0 to P 1052 P To P 1-/vP to P Soy 111=3.1P to 0 520

7875CPS

' 3".1.K,t

P 7. P 524

i \ ...,IV ..4

P TO 0150r

,A . 1""-- '-im-

7e75CPS

'' A r''V cr.,-

112=1:111

- TM1=11

11

ilT._i!.

P T. PI7 V

li

OM=IMEME

0 0 0 5 0 0

IMOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

OKLA.DOT

L 1EGOUN

4100

SOUNDF AMP.

v -S RAU{

T- 51600

5000MMF

047C-33 MOP

i.e

-i9/1500_,4- 150,

IMF

vIDE 0AMPLIFIER

v-10 6C66V

1,0 V.

CONTRAST

vERT OUTPUTV-14 6W6GT

1047

C 143 R

OUFO

I

AS

B OUNQI.F IIMITERV-6 6AU6

1

DOT

330 01 14.1^

L-3 19-660uN

DISCIITINATOMV-7 GALS

T- 7400

tr

270

11-201000

0

150 1 1 1501/ -

49 R 53

+2300 2307

230VSR

R As+ 1100

VERT"'L. UM

7

GREEN

AUDIOAMPLIFIERV-8 &AVG

11010OUTPUT

V-11 WNW

V. I . V

00

DOS

.0I CC43

199001 1101111

C111VOLUME

CONTROL

BOTTOM VIEW

BLACK0 SOCKET

-1 GREEN

ATV

DEFLECTION TONE 651619LT

L - 5VERT.

Afinrrdri1.11" I 6,

210MAIN,

C-46

0.99

I0 V 220

10011IoR 03C TUNE FR1E0

IS 1/2 65217GT 7-10

0.929200

9-903300

GREENDOT

TEL LOWDOT N01111

1151

10

-CIAO00017. OUTPUTV-16 68050T

330bm, -175G-34 R. 94

920ors

SA

0

01

+ 2300

R-117111100

7013

T-11

3000221iC45

114

YELLOWDOT

t L-11

6 1413011.SIZE

.033

VERTICAL TROUBLES (NO VERTICAL HOLO, NO VERTICAL SIZE POOR VERTICALHOLD, VERTICAL JITTER. POOR VERTICAL LINEAR TV, ETC)

1401712

L -6

00911.

V-1761T40T

300

.01

C IGT

0-302200

150 V

PICTURE TUGSV-23 17BP4A

(..In 9405 VOLTAGERECTIFIER

V -IS

1836T

2 7

32

2

T.11010000

I 9- 2

P-2

SP -1

FILTER TROUBLES (LOW 9 AND 0-, A G IN PICTURE.NO SYNC., NON- LuEAR SWEEPS, ETC

WAVESHAPE OF RECTIFIED AC(RIPPLE)

GOC PS. I\\,

P to P II V

NOTE THE RIPPLE VOLTAGE ATOTHER POWITS IN THEFILTER NETWORK IS LESSTHAN 0.2 VOLTS.

HCAUZONTAL TROUBLES (POOR NOLO, TIM, NO HORIZONTAL HOLD, NO 14110VOLTAGE, POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY)

30CPS

IPTIP ITI...

11Wra--'r"P TO P ,5 V

fl 1 Iswim ),--'trj /'

=Eros P TO P BO V

1

P To P

-460 1

7975 /1 L.../1...a

P To P 35 0

-1AI Vr-P To P soo v LIZZEMM

-1I;

=KM".'----1

P TO P 200V -

TOR THS MEASUREMENT READJUST VERTICAL HOLD TO STOP PICTURE ROLL.

P TO P PEAK TO PEAK

o 45

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONEMERSON RADIO AND PHONOGRAPH CORPORATION

(Continued)RESISTANCE READINGS FOR CHASSIS 120142-BTUBE P I N NUMBERSSYMBOL

PIN 1 PIN 2 PIN 3 PIN 4 PIN 5 PIN 6 PIN 7 PIN 8 PIN 9 PIN 10 PIN II PIN 12V-1 1 MEG 0 0 .1 '14.2 K '14.2 K 58V-2 .2 225 0 .1 '14.5 K '14.5 K 0V-3 .2 225 0 .1 '17 K 15 K 0V-4 29 K 4.8 K 0 .1 1.6 0 100 KV-5 900 K 0 .1 0 '14.5 K '14.2 K 230V-6 50 K 0 0 .1 14.5 K 9.8 K 0V-7 0 100 K .1 0 200 K 0 100 KV-8 10.6 MEd 0 0 .1 0 0 242 K

N.C. .1 '17.5 K '17.5 K 540 K '14 K 0 475__Y_L-9V-10 1 MEG 6.5 .1 0 '22 K '14 K 6.5V-11 75 K 14.3 K 0 0 0 711 K 2 MEG 900 .1V-12 2.3 MEG 0 .1 0 48 K 17 K 0V-13 . 1.3 MEG 2.3 MEG 2200 74 K '156 K 2200 0 .1V-14 N.C. .1 '15 K '15 K 2.2 MEG 820 0 1330V-15 1.5 MEG 170 K 440 K 500 K '370 K 0 0 _j_V-16 N.C.0 N.C. '22 K .5 MEG .5 MEG .1 96V-17 N.C. N.C. '280 K N.C. '15 K N.C. '290 K '290 KV-18 FILAMENT RESISTANCE INFINITY PLATE CAP = '280 KV-19 N.C. .1 26 N.C. 2_6___ L.C. 0-'15 KV-20 N.C. .1 26 N.C. 26 N.C. 0 '15 KV-23 0 0

800 K 240 K .1

'Varying resistance wait until meter settles (about 30 sec.)

CONDITIONS FOR TAKING VOLTAGE AND RESISTANCE READINGS.The resistance measurements listed below are for chassis 120142-B with no triangle codes.Due to component variations, voltage and resistance readings may vary slightly from those

given here. Slight variations may also be noticed if chassis is not coded as mentioned above.

1. Antenna disconnected and antenna terminals shorted.2. Line voltage 117 volts.3. 3 -volt bias battery in A.G.C. circuit. Positive terminal to ground; negative terminal

to junction of C-4, R-5 and R-11 (Voltage readings only)4. All controls in position for normal picture.5. All measurements .taken with a vacuum tube voltmeter and ohmeter.6. All readings listed in tables were taken between points shown and chassis.7. Resistance readings are given in ohms unless otherwise noted.8. N.C. denotes no connection.

WAVE SHAPE ANALYSIS CHART FOR CHASSIS 120142-B

4uuf to 30uut4 FT. OF SHIELDED CABLEAT 35auf PERJut

600V.I

1.5 MEG.+ 5% 100K±5%

FT. = 140uuf.-0

VERT. INPUT

-...TO 'SCOPE

GROUND0

To accurately observe the following wave shapes, the relatively high input capacity of anoscilloscope must be reduced so as not to change the operating characteristics of the televisionset. Failure to do this will result in wrong wave shape readings.The use of a special low capacity probe (circuit of this appears above) , wi I Ireduce this input capacity to a minimum.Connect antenna and tune receiver to channel where best reception has been obtained in thepast.Low end of the probe is connected to CHASSIS and the contrast control is set at MAXIMUMCONTRAST.The 30 and 7875 C.P.S. oscilloscope sweep settings are used so as to permit the serviceman

to observe two cycles of the wave shape.

46 Note: A wave shape seen in your oscilloscope may be upside down from same wave shapeshown here. This will depend on the number of stages of amplification.


Vnerson readokx,(Chassis 120158-B used in Models700D and 701D, and Chassis 120148-Bused in Model 699B are similar toChassis 120153-B described belowand on the next three pages.)

ALIGNMENT POINTS (TOP VIEW)

FRONT OF CHASSIS

PT NO 708017 SECONDARY ON BOTTOMPT NO. 708018 SECONDARY ON TOP I

D4SCRI M I NAT ORT-7

1-2@ TOP BOTTOM

25.25 MC. 27. 25 MC -

T -3@ TOP BOTTOM

22.8 MC. 21.25 MC.

04.5MC.

TOP & BOTTOM

T-6

0T5 45 MC.

O4.5 MC.

OSCCONVERTER

6J6

MODELS - 700B701B

CHASSIS - 120153-B

RF AMP

®6607.46667

Tonal80.111 NOV.........

6W6GT

VERTOUTPUT

Ist

6AU6

VERT OSC 5DISCHARGE

TUBE

6STN1G6CB6

2NdF

163GTH.V.RECT.

HORIZ HORIZ. HORIZ CONTDAMPER OUTPUT 01 OSC

6W4 GT 61306 GT 6SN7. GT

V-2317 HP4

(TELEVISION TUBE /

DEFLECTION!YOKE I

6096

AUDIOOUTPUT6V6 GT

VIDEO DE TAGC D T

3 rdIF

AJOIO AMPAGC CLAMP8 F.441COMIENSAT,L

DISC

6Av6

6 AL5

SOUNDLIMITER

GNUSSOUND

IFGALS 6AU6

12 u7

SEPC

6C136 TERMINAL

SYN 411D VAMP\S"IDEO'"ISARUTI61 SYNC. AMP

CENTERING wB NOR. SYNC!UNIT I , AMP.

ION TRAP

6A X5GTL V

RECT0L .V CID

GA X5GT

RECT

POWERTRANSFORMER

ANTENNACONNECTION

TURRET SWITCH SETTING SELECTS

COILS FOR CHANNEL DESIRED _ _2/

_ _ _ ____T - 7 7 7 7 -ri/ 2 V-21 6607 OR 68K7/ 1

/ I

THESE TUBES ARE/ NOT 1147IICH AAAAAA LEI

/6B07

OR L-42/ 681(7

1/2 V-21

I

I l!..tftI7

AGC L,,..., I GREEN

+225v.0

+125 v.0

6.3 V. 0

SLUE

WN /RED(

SLACK

L

L -I 2.2

5

R-1

47K

NOTES.- -1. L , L-6, L -7 MID L -6

ARE MOUNTED OW INDIVIDUALCHANNEL STRIPS ON TURRET.

F

AMP220x

0.5

IK C113R-6 0-7 6-.4-,

.

L-6I

100ID ,,0

Ci,1;73.

0.513_4_

FCINSE

1

TUNING

IOK

OSC.

1/2V-2 21 6J6

_12000

2- SWITCH POINTS ARE NUMBEREDIN THE ORDER OF THEIR RE SpEcTIVE

LOCATION FROM THE REAR ENOOF THE TUNER.

MIXER1/2V-22

6J6 ID

R-84700

R-92206

TEST POINT

A2 -A13

R -ii

C

P-3 X -2L-'

X-3

3- ALL RESISTANCE VALUES AREIN OHMS AND CAPACITANCE VALUESARE IN MMF UNLESS OTHERWISEINOICATED,

L

11-14:1

10K

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF TURRET TYPE TUNER #470681 USED ON CHASSIS 120153-B

<1=---1

WHITE

WN/GREEN'

OUTPUT

47


T V TUNERT M0. 104111

TINST

TINES(- :

.1)ARE NOT

CIWNISAILIEMITER

0159TO

I

V- Eft,C 01

GA

:YOV.61 LIS oiC I.

CONY

P' ID. D. AEC ;0 CA

X

[SON /0100.

1ST vIDIOI TAW

V -I GNUS V-2 GCSEKu lcol

2DOI

NO V. r

- a. At.0 NA TTTTTCONNECTED HERE FORVOLTA{[ NEA0.011111 ONCE

IKlFILTER TROU9LES LOW 9+ AND 6-, A C IS IPICTURE

, NO SYNC , NON-LINEAR SWEEPS)

GO

C PS

T -It

NORIA.OUTPUT RIPPLE I SYNC. AMPLESS THAN 0.2

I 0-11AVOLTS P TO P

Ilit !EAU',

ZOOSR -E.

AND 01010,NIP

IDO V. 190 V.

V-3 IC66 0- SACS V-5 DAVEI SUP LIMITERSOUND

OMuGALIN

SOUNDDETECTOR

390 VIDEO

..e1400

T-5

+ /NOV .05

SYNC. AMPV-119

1/2 12AU7

NOV E

CONTRAST

VERT.V-14

9.0E I R544709 I 410.

IIRIGNTN

6 EA+0300.+0300.

.orC-47

Our PVTGWIEGT

T-0

KEN

O

13W- ION. Off SWITCHION VOL CONTI

OAT

C06009

N.70

C.05047 -

14\:1 H7 VOLTSAC Lila

CPSI

P-3-3

C -NO

I 71"ON

R-73ROOK

RESISTORS INDICATED IN OHMS. 1000 OHMS.CPACiTORS INDICATED IN M.CROFA011971

ISE SPECIFIED.

NOT BEFORE TAKING WAVE SHAPES, SEE 'NEXT

FOR THIS MEASUREMENT READJUSTVERTICAL HOLD TO STOP PICTURE ROLL.

I HORIZ. GAIN ON SCOPE FULLY OPEN.P TO P PEAK TO PEAK

48SCHEMATICOF CHASSIS

120153-B

THIS VOLTAGE IS 110011110 91AND CMPENOS ON THE PROPERDAMPING ACTION OF THE GIR

11.110330

OMENDOT

YELLOWDOT NOME

PHASE

+ 0300

PAGE FOR CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THEY WERE TAKEN.

Noma OUTPUTV-16 590541

HORIZONTAL TROUBLES ( POOR HOLD, TEAR, NO HORIZONTAL HOLD, NO HIGHVOLTAGE, POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY I

111100

7 8 7 5

C PSMP TO P 280V

71.P TO P 96 V.

--irsitP To P. 125V.

...../,,,,----1

P TO P 300V

/A/P TO P 30 V

0 0

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSOUTTO

0111CIIMMNATOPV./ ISAL5

T.7

BOTTOM UMWOf IIOCICITT

X - I

OEFLECT1011 YOKE ASSENDLY

I aL-5 Sgo1

VERT.

L

T -II

N-

""manslit

C-111

MOM'.

V.17St /ST

C.44

MOO AMP, BSC CLAMP SUMOMO PRINK OUTPUTCO AAAAAAA 55 V -I SVSOTv -s 11511

100T 210

PICTURE YURIV-03 17111.4

00000

EiiI

MI.It 11 FOCUS

CONTROL

1),000TOWS

SCE TEXT

EMERSON RADIO & PHONOGRAPH

MODELS - 700B701 B

CHASSIS - 120153-B

30 CPS 7875 CPS

11011111M INIIMINNIll

KMP To P 5.2V P TO P 5.2V

40i-6Nii;P TO P 93 v

,

P. To -P 96 V

''q...JL-Z.)P TO P 52 V

1:2W11114711

P TO P 52 V.

1.. no..

P To e 37 v P TO e 37 V.

----Tt1 I 1

P. TO P 6 V. P TO P 6 V.

t 1

p To P 14 V. It TO

.

P. 14 V.

_ ?

40Por

P ro P 35 V.

1

....

P. TO P. 19 V

VIDEO AND / OR SYNC TROUBLES(LACK OF CONTRAST, TEAR, OVER-LOAD, NO HORIZONTAL OR VERTICALHOLD, POOR HOLD, JITTER, ETC. )

"FRINGE COMPENSATOR'

X -40

0

\TO PIN 6OF V-86AV6

0C-22

.01

PART505024

0

TO PIN 6OF V-8

VERTICAL TROUBLES ( NO VERTICAL HOLD, NO VERTICAL SIZE, POOR VERTICAL 6 AV6HOLD, VERTICAL JITTER, POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY

JUMPER

JUMPERCUT

30CPS <.( rj.(.7 _I_ Z''..,tke

P TO P 365V. P TO P 70 V :P. TO P. 70 V P To P 9 V. 5P TO P .3 V. P TO P 2 V- _

0 0 0 0 0

YELLOWDOT

TO PIN .6OF V -II12 AU7

R-88 3.3MEG.

TO PIN 6OF V -II12 AUT

To install Part505024 shown,out jumper onX-4, and attach

49


RESISTANCE READINGS FOR CHASSIS 120153-B

srmsoL

TUBE PIN NUMBERSPIN 1 PIN 2 PIN 3 PIN 4 PIN 5 PIN 6 PIN 7 rim 8 PIN 9 PIN 10 PIN 11 PIN 12

V-1 1.1 MEG 0 0 .05 '11 K '11 K 75

V-2 .1 225 0 .05 '11 K '11 K 0

V-3 .3 225 0 .05 '13 K '11 K 0

V-4 4.7 K 4.7 K 0 .05 1.3 0 900 K

V-5 900 K 0 .05 0 '11 K '11 K 230

V-6 50 K 0 0 .05 '11 K ' 8 K 0

Y-7 0 100 K .05 0 200 K 0 100 K

V-8 10 MEG 0 0 .05 1.8 MEG 3.3 MEG 250 K

V-9 N.C. .05 '13.5 K '13.5 K 500 K '11 K 0 470

V-10 1 MEG 6.5 .05 0 '20 K '11 K 6.5

V-11 10 K 2.2 MEG 0 0 0 55 K 15 K 0 .05

V-12 4 K 2,8 MEG 0 .05 .05 12 MEG 2.e MEG 0 0

V-13 1.3 MEG 1.8 MEG 2600 165 170 K 2600 0 .05

V-14 N.C. .05 '12 K "12 K 2.4 MEG 2000 0 2500

V-15 1.5 MEG 30 K 450 K 500 K '220 K 0 0 .05

V-16 N.C. 0 N.C. '20 K 470 K 470 K .05 105

V-17 N.C. N.C. '160 K N.C. '11 K N.C. '160 K '160 K

V-18 FILAMENT RESISTANCE INFINITE - PLATE CAP = 160 K

V-19 N.C. .05 30 N.C. 30 N.C. 0 '11.5 K

V-20 N.C. .05 30 N.C. 30 N.C. 0 K

V-23 0 0 350 K_'11,5

650 K 250 K .05

'Varying resistance wait until meter settles (about 30 sec.)

CONDITIONS FOR TAKING VOLTAGE AND RESISTANCE READINGS

The resistance measurements listed below are for chassis 120153-B with no triangle codes.Due to component variations, voltage and resistance readings may vary slightly from those

given here. Slight variations may also be noticed if chassis is not coded as mentioned above.

1. Antenna disconnected and antenna terminals shorted.2. Line voltage 117 volts.3. 3 volt bias battery connected to both I.F. and R.F. A.G.C. circuits, positive terminal

to chassis, negative terminal to junction of R-16, C-32. Add a jumper wire from thisjunction to junction of R-11, C-2, R-2 so that bias battery is also applied to 1.F. A.G.C.See Schematic note. BIAS BATTERY USED FOR VOLTAGE READINGS ONLY.

4. All controls in position for normal picture.5. All measurements taken with a vacuum tube voltmeter and ohmmeter.6. All readings listed in tables were taken between points shown and chassis.7. Resistance readings are given in ohms unless otherwise noted.8. N.C. denotes no connection.

WAVE SHAPE ANALYSIS CHART FOR CHASSIS 120153-B

Slight peak to peak voltage differences may be noticed if chassis is triangle code marked.The wave shapes shown here are arranged so as to give the serviceman an easy method of

signal tracing. The peak to peak voltage given may vary slightly depending on signal strengthand component variations.

To accurately observe the following wave shapes, the relatively high input capacity of anoscilloscope must be reduced so as not to change the operating characteristics of the televisionset. Failure to do this will result in wrong wave shape readings. This is accomplished by usingan Emerson low capacity probe as outlined previously in the service note for Models 686L, 687Land 696L using chassis 120142-B.

Connect antenna and tune receiver to channel where best reception has been obtained inthe past.

Low end of the probe isconnected to CHASSIS and the contrast control is set at MAXIMUMCONTRAST.

The 30 and 7875 C.P.S. oscilloscope sweep settings are used so as to permit the service-man to observe two cycles of the wave shape.

Note: A wave shape seen in your oscilloscope may be upside down from same wave shapeshown here. This will depend on the number of stages of amplification in the oscil-loscopes0 used.


FADA RADIO & ELECTRIC CO., Inc.Models S7C20-S7C30-520C10-S20T20

The service material on the models listed above is presented belowon this page and on the next five pages. You will find that thismaterial is applicable to a large degree to Models 51055, S1055X,S6C55, S6T65, S7T65, and S1060, and may be used to guide you inservicing these additional television sets.

ALIGNMENTPRECAUTION

Disconnect the antenna. Set picture control for minimum.Adjust channel tuning to a non -assigned channel 2-3-4 onthe low band, 7-8-9 on the high band depending upon thelocation to prevent television signals from interfering withalignment.

For all IF Alignment, insert a 47K ohm resistor in series withthe VTVM probe; also, a 47K ohm resistor should be insertedbetween the take -off .point and the oscilloscope lead fordecoupling.

SOUND RATIO DETECTOR AND IF ALIGNMENT

1. Connect probe of the VTVM to the diode plate of theratio detector tube V20B (6T8, pin 2). Common to ground.See Figure 7.

2. Connect high side of the signal generator to the grid ofthe ratio detector driver. V21 (6AU6, pin 1). Common toground. See Figure 7.3. Tune the signal generator to exactly 4.5mc and attenuatethe generator so it does not exceed 8 volts on the VTVM.

4. Peak L16 bottom core (FIG. 7) for maximum.

5. Peak L17 top core (FIG. 8) for maximum.

6. Adjust attenuator of signal generator to give exactly eightvolts on the VTVM.

7. Move probe of VTVM to junction of R35, C28 and C29.(FIG. 7).

8. Adjust L17 top core (FIG. 8) for exactly 4 volts on theVTVM.

9. Move signal generator to video output tube V8 (6AG7,pin 4) (FIG. 7) and repeat steps number 1 and 3.

10. Peak L12 bottom (FIG. 7) and L13 top (FIG. 8) formaximum.

11. Repeat with care steps 1-3-4-5-6-7-8.

ALTERNATIVE PROCEDURE FOR STEPS 6-7-8:

1. Connect common lead of VTVM to junction of R33 andR34. (FIG 7).

2. Connect probe of VTVM to junction of R35, C28, and C29.(FIG. 7).

3. Adjust L17 top (FIG. B) for zero reading on the VTVM.

PICTURE IF TRANSFORMER

Rough Alignment1. Remove the shield cover from the converter tube V2 (6J6)(FIG. 8). Compress the sides of the shield slightly betweenfingers to form an oval, slip cover back over converter tubeV2 (6J6) carefully making certain that the shield does nottouch chassis ground. Connect the output of the signal gen-erator to the floating shield. Ground generator to rear apronof RF unit.

2. Connect the probe of the VTVM to the Junction of L11and Rib (FIG. 7). Common to ground.3. Set the signal generator to 23.4mc. Output of signalgenerator to be kept low as possible.4. Peak first video IF coil (located on RF Tuner), and thethird video IF coil L6 (FIG. 8) for maximum.5. Reset signal generator to 25.7Mc.6. Peak second video IF coil L3 and the fourth video IF coilL9 (FIG. 8) for maximum.

PICTURE IF FLAT -TOPPING

1. Remove signal generator and VTVM.2. Connect the sweep generator to the ungrounded convertershield (FIG. 8).3. Connect the oscilloscope probe to the junction of L11 andR16.

4. Place signal generator lead near converter tube V2 (6J6)shield. Ground all equipment to rear apron of the RF unit.5. For best results the video IF should be aligned on anon -assigned channel, 2-3-4 on the low end, and 7-8-9 onthe high end, depending upon location. If signal pips arenoticed on the curve, adjust the channel tuning control untilthe pips are eliminated. The shape of the IF curve shouldnot change when the tuning control is adjusted.6. Set the signal generator to zero output and connect theVTVM probe to the A.G.C. buss. See FIG. 7. Vary the outputof the sweep generator until the VTVM reads minus 1.5 volts.7. Set the signal generator to 26.lmc. and advance theoutput until a marker pip is visible on the video IF curve,on the oscilloscope. Adjust L3 and L9 so that the marker pipis at the 50% point. See FIG. 6. IF CURVES AND MARKERS.8. Set the signal generator to 23.8mc. and flat -top video curveby adjusting the first video IF coil (located on RF Tuner)and the third video IF coil L6 (FIG. 8). Marker should benear end of curve. See FIG. 6. IF CURVES AND MARKERS.9. Repeat steps 7 and 13 until an acceptable curve isachieved.10. Set the signal generator to 21.6mc., this marker pipshould appear at the bottom of the curve as shown in FIG. 6IF CURVES AND MARKERS. The exact position of the 23.8mc.marker is governed by where the 21.6mc. marker falls.Should the 21.6mc. marker be more than 5% up on thecurve intercarrier buzz will result, and if the marker is toolow weak audio will result. The 21.6mc. marker should bekept as low as possible and yet give enough audio signal.

23.8 MC 231 MC

21.2 MC1116 % DOWN

MAX. 20%

21.6 MC85 %DOWN

FIG. 6.

01P

26.1 MCSO %

51


FADA RADIO Television Models S7C20, S7C30, S20C10, and S20T20, continued.

52

52.66

HORI 2. MOLD

VERT. MOLD

ISSN?A- VERT.016.

SYNC, INV.

V 15654 PROBE

VERT.OUTPUT

V175U46

POWERRECT.

52.69 52.64OFF 8 ON

BRIGHTNESS -VOLUME 8 SWITCH

-.IV-PICTURE

AUDIO OUTPUTTRANS.

AUDIO

OUTPUT6 K 6

V TVMGROUND

C28 C29

.-R33 R34

PROBE 37.253RATIO CET

RATIOV 21 DET.

6AU6 0000 DRIVER0

SIGNALGEN..

37. 2524.5 MC

TAKE OFF

V9 A686 W 4 ( A) SYNC. SEPARATOR

HORIZ

DAMPER

HORIZ.

OUTPUT

52.68 52.2437. 246 VERT. HORIZ. DRIVEWIDTH LINEARITY HEIGHT L 13 I . 11

(B) CLIPPER

MOR1Z.05 C.

01 SONAR

HORIZPHASE

DE T.

HORIZFRED. CONTROL

37.233

VIDEOOUTPUT

- CHANNEL SELECTOR

BAND SWITCHHIGH 8 LOW

42.64R.F

TUNER

AGG BUSS

/,-

V 56A

22.79

V 16PROBE SUGG

VIDEO DET.A GC

V7 paleGALS

SIGNALGEN.

0 42.61

POWERTRANSFORMER

POWER

RECT.

NOTE:INDICATES A 8 0 CHANGE ON

PAGE 56

FIG. 7. BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS


FADA RADIO Television Models S7C20, S7C30, S20C10, and S20T20, continued.

CHANNELSELECTORBAND SWITCH

HIGH & LOW

VOLUMEPICTURE

52.64

SWITCH

42.64AR.F. TUNER

VI6C86

I ST. RE

v2A- OS C.8- MIX.

I ST.VIDEO

LE C OIL23.4MC.

GROUND GEN. LEADS ONTHIS APRON.

22.795OMFD.475V40

3A0. VIDEOI.F. COIL L23.4 M

V6

L9(),LITH VIDEO

LE. COIL

V16 v7 A SR 25.7 MC.

0

O

V4

2 UD.VIDEO,- I.F. COIL

L325.7 MC

OFF & ON

/ TUBE SHIELD \

SEE NOTE:

( 37 253117 83 U I 025 00 J. t 4.5 MC.

22.8020MF0.450V80 " 350V10 " 300V

5U 40POWERRECT.

A- VID.DET.B - A.G.C.

nr)42.61POWER

TRANSFORMER

V8

6A07VIDEO

OUTPUT

NOTE:INDICATES A Et D CHANGE ON

PAGE S6

V 21

L1337252

V10

V19V20 A 88

RATIO DET.

L 17

RAT. DET.DRIVER

BRIGHTNESS

52.69

117.74500 IN

117.74500"

NORMLINEARITY

COIL37. 250

V9

A- SYNC. SEPARATOR

HORIZ. 8- CLIPPERPHASEDET.

RECI. CONTROL37.233

J ()HORIZ.DRIVE132.18

VII6SN7

'NORM08C.

DISC.

A.C. INTERLOCK

V18

63117A -VENT.

08C.SYNC.INV

SPEAKER PLUG

42.53VERT. BLOCKING

0 SC . TR ANS.

117. 74 V15500A.

6 S4VERT.

OUTPUT

HORIZ. HOLD

VERT. HOLD52.66

42.62VERT. OUTPUT.

TRANS.

6W4 - GTHORIZ.

DAMPER

HORIZ. DEFL.OUTPUT TRANS.

37.255

V12

6006GHORIZ.

OUTPUT

52.24HEIGHT

FIG. 8. TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS

V 17

5U4GPOWERRECT.

H.V. CONDENSER17.116

52.68VERT.

LINEARITY

/V 14H.V. RECT

183 OT

37.248WIDTH

53


FADA RADIO & ELECTRIC CO., Inc.ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH VACUUMTUBE VOLTMETER WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT,THE CONTRAST CONTROL AT ITS MAXIMUMCOUNTER- CLOCKWISE POSITION, AND ANORMAL RASTER. VOLTAGES SHOULD BEWITHIN ± 20 %, WITH 117 V A.C. SUPPLY

DIRECTION OF ARROWS AT CONTROLSINDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION

K 1000 11

ALL CONDENSERS IN M MF UNLESSOTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

CONNECT TO ANTENNA TERMINALFOR OPERATION ON INDOOR ANTENNA.

BUILT - INCABINET ANTENNA

23.4..cLE INPUT 4

R F UNIT

42.64 B+

FIL.

&G C.

I5 KRI

ISSV

SPEAKER

20C2OAT-

VI9AUDIO OUTPUT

6K6GT

1.22 vV4

I ST I.F.

6AU6

20 orC31

000,-0A.005urC2

MA,100 .n.R3

rR 55 654 R46

2I 8.2K 8.2K 22K 3.

.°711W1-1-1\WrAiv-ToI C42 041 C40

.005w .0054F .002W 1

I1

L____ - - JC 69.005w

a

MEG60

VERTICALHOLD

CONTROL

47 KR61

SWITCHSI

ON OFF

INTERLOCK

117 V 60 K.SUPPLY

54

10 1650

T5

TI

MEGR 58

.005urT CI 33011.

V\ArR4

25. 7 mcL 3

--.005wC 3

V 20AAUDIO AMPL

26 T8

C4120

220KR38

8.2 KR 5

2ND 1 F

V5 6AU6

C26005urC 27

C2801..,

500K 003964R36 "T" C29

SOUND

C7120

10011 005 Mr 100 11R 7 C 6 1_ R 8

212I MEG

V2.08RATIO DET

6T8

3RD I.F

V6 6CB6

7

005wC8

.005wC9

0 i hAf

Ci2

6572.5 MEG

VERTICAL OSC.6SN7 GT

V IBA

.05w

C43

C44

HEIGHTCONTROL

HI

H2X

V16RECT.

5U4G2 +

30

VERTICAL OUTPUT6S4.3110V

V15o v 6

2.2MEGR64

vERTICI.LINEAR,'CONTROL

5K8.2 K R66R 63

+ 3408 1+ 20wC 45C

7 2600.COOKS

0

T6

33011R65 T 100w .2018

C 45D

500 ftR 112

20141+75I'sR67 C45A1-

401.FC628

3300

4. I .10 V

BOA,

iC 20 8

J

.005w

C 37

.05.

C47 T R705.6 K

r

VIRTIC1.Toot

HOR I Z OSC. B DISCHARGE

VII 6SN7GTC48

R52 3304708

8 7

8

I.2

R 70

4 -6

47KR73

100 KR71

150 KR75

50 K

MORIZORTAL 6 y R72FKOLIVICT

110311.MOLD

COPITROL 3900 CORTR01.11 .8ft 1046L20

15 K

R79

1

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONThe schematic diagram on these two pages is exact forFada Television Models S7C20 and S7C30. The circuitfor Models S20010 and S20T20 is almost identical, buta 20CP4 picture tube is used. In S20T20 terminals 1and 3 of L23 -L24 are reversed, and terminals 4 and 6of Ll8-L19 are reversed.

4 5myL17 L16

2

BETWEEN 123.3

SEE NOTE

CIO120

168.

.C85 9

RI 14

10.

3 5 v

2013

005.4CH .1.

016,C24

4 7K ---1931

o

VIDEO DET

6AL 5

3

25 7.L9

10011

7v 2

680K813

R11

L 10

5C15

005uCI4

o39K914

CIE

6A L=A.GC. V7B

4

2 L 131C 75 5.6

L121

V8 4VIDEO OUTPUT

6AG78

8 2KR16

7 80L23

7 enL24

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTIONTORE COILS

HORIZ. OUTPUT

V12 6CD6G

4v R 181200

4

L11

680C19

C18

47KR 30

(

A3

6

`1 21ATIO DET.DRIVER6A U 6

IMFC 76

L

VOLTAGE Al THIS POINTSEVER TO CAGEED 1000.

10

470 KR

330K107

12

10V

2 c 2oc-X. 1°.`

I '',IT"L 3891 9

RI7750 ILTAPPED AT25011 FROMCATHODE

Art

V 10NOR. PHASE DET.

64t5

C38

4.7MEG851

C 50270

T 390_l_ C49

4170K

876

20sm-C458

HORIZONTALDRIVE CONTROL

25-280C51

PULSED VOLTAGEDO NOT MEASURE

1013R

R 78

C54 C5520 20

-1(-4

C52

61AF

-05317.5KR80

39KR20

0LI

5KR21

39KR22

+zoo, I B MEGR99

C 361000

100K049

MK050 (35

1000

1(

I T4

+ 401241,7

SYNC. SEPARATOR

V9A

3 3R98K

+.0,4

22K8 101

siaovSYNC INVERTER

+ SO

1K8103

3

8108

2

V22

17BP4

IMF

22K

50KR93

+.0947K895 02s 39 K BRIGHTNE SS

C72 R97 CONTROL

8 8 MEG 88 100

-6SN7 GT2

VI8B

+E

4I do00I.40

171I o

EA00

Imo<7.

ma

III

111

III

III

II

III

III111

11 I

I a III

III10

I

0001

E6a

L

III

III

II 1

IIIIII

8813 311

R104CAP V14 22K

2

IB3GT8016 +.

N. V RECTIFIER 71,sx

4.4v.C73

6 8 MEGR 102

CLIPPER

V9B

TN CONTROL

L2226116.BK890

5

HI H2

0

V13DAMPER

6W 4 GT

RIOK

13 K V.

5061::11 \_jsir.:411.17:...0111. :T. TEO

I05

HORIf

nn COOTTOT 033L21 q C58

C57

IN EARLY MODELSV6,6CB6, 3RDLE WAS 6AU6

Fun10--Cr\P-AP +554v

NOTE:WHEN RATIO DETECTOR COIL 37.253 IS USED C25 IS 625 MIA FAND R32 IS ELIMINATED.WHEN RATIO DETECTOR COIL 37.230 IS USED, C25 BECOMES330MMF AND R32 330 OHMS IS ADDED.

RIOS68K

5IC79

4140v

SS

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONFADA RADIO Television Models S7C20, S7C30, S20C10, and S20T20,cont.

TUBE CHANGESLarge RED letters stamped on rear apron of chassis indicate one of, or a combination of, the follow-ing changes:

The letter "C" indicates a 6CB6 is being used in place of a 6AU6 in the 3rd IF.

TO TM

0411ZT

V 20 AAUDIO AMP

7 B 6

zp,2:86*ME837 005.r

C27C29Olr

14-5R°13°:OLV:IOCOOT..

0039 orC29

V 20BRATIO DE T.

6AL5

I -5 MC LIL 7 S

4.76R 31

4. 1403

The letter "A" indicates that a 7B6 and a 6AI.5 have been substituted for the6T8-V20 A & B -Audio Amplifier and Ratio Detector.

56

Li

SD

6BC5 6AG5ORD i.r.

V6

6AL5VIDEO OCT.

V7A

The letter "B" indicates that a 6AG5 or a 6BC5 hasbeen substituted for 6AU6-V6-3rd I.F. stage.

The letter "D" indicates that a 6AT6 and a 6AL5 have been substituted for the 6T8-V20 A & B-Audio Amplifier and Ratio Detector.

MODEL 42.64 TUNER

Ce

S- -A

V

i400010006-BtgiL2gli,yowo

S4 S3 52

2-1 L

t C26

L4

L6

GIG

RA

R5

POINTOKER

CI7

110

RS C25 0C21

05

TC4

/ LT

NOTES -I. SECTIONS Si TO S ARE PARTS OF A TWO

POSITION SLIDE SWITCH AS PICTURED.Y. SWITCH SHOWN IN POSITION FOR +BAND RECEPTION.3 REVERSED CONTACTUM SNORT CONTACTLO LONG CONTACT®MOUNTING LUG

11.09

I'V27littATEPI

La_ G? 0T--0

L9

-0

PIK. LE

SPARE

0+

GNW

6.3 V.

A G.C.


Gmn0.1ifte-Z =Ate.

15TV1-43-8957ACORONADO TELEVISION RECEIVER MODELS 15TV1-43-9015A

15TV1-43-9016A

The material on pages 57 to 60 is exact for models listed above. Theadditional models listed below, are similar to these in their televisioncircuits and incorporate an additional AM tuner.

15TV1-43-8958ACORONADO TELEVISION RECEIVER MODELS 15TV1-43-9020A

15TV1-43.9021A

PRE -ALIGNMENT PRECAUTIONS1. If sweep generator does not have a balanced output, connect a 150 3. Connect signal generator thru a 1000 mmf capacitor.ohm resistor in series with the ground lead and 150 ohms minus the in. 4. Set Picture control to maximum.ternal resistance of the generator in series with the hot lead. 5. When aligning the I.F. Amplifier be sure the tuner is tuned to a2. Connect a 1000 mmf capacitor across scope terminal and a 10K ohm high band channel (any channel).resistor in series with hot scope lead.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENTStepNo.

SignalGenerator

Freq. (mc.)

SweepGeneratorFreq. (mc.)

SignalInputPoint

OutputPoint

Adjust Remarks Response

1 26.5 ConverterGrid

VTVM at pin7 of tube 8

(12AT7)

L-11

L-13

Adjust generatorfor output of Maximum

approx. 1 volt Reading



(12AT7)

L-12L-14

Adjust generatorfor output ofapprox. 1 volt

MaximumReading



(12AT7)T-1


MaximumReading

4 25.5 ConverterGA


(12AT7)

SENSITIVITYGenerator output should be

less than 100 microvolts(If not repeat alignment)

1 volt VTVMReading

(above,noise )

526.75

23.7525.0

ConverterGrid

Scope at pin7 of tube 8

(12AT7)

SELECTIVITY001

Ti for proper Markers should be as 14 00

I. ratio as in #6 shown in response , ,.

below column (If not repeatalignment).

6

Connect scope and sweep generator as in step 5. Connect VTVM as in step 4. Adjust marker gener-ator until marker reaches peak. Record VTVM reading (V1), keeping generator output constant,adjust marker generator until marker reaches shoulder. Record VTVM reading (V2). The ratio ofthe response V1/V2 should be between 1.4 to 1.6.

7Channels 2-4

6-7-10-12AntennaTerminals


(12AT7)

Check channelsfor band width

(2.8 mc to 3.2 mc)

Me

-.1..

.1._ am.

Picture I.F. frequency 26.75 mc - Sound I.F. frequency 22.25 mc.

57


Gamble-Skogmo Models 15TV1-43-8957A, 15TV1-43-9015A, 15TV1-43-9016A

TUNER WIRE TERMINALS

ANTENNAINPUT

6 AG5R F AMP

220

RI

C 3T WC. R4

Wit

T.

L3

R61000

.C5.00

TUNER CHASSIS

5.10

CI

-.60

CII5

C16

L4 L5 7

coof

roodv117:11.1.0 T 7,;± T.74,5c.,410T

ralf:TVM

12 AT7

IOAT7

c.Tl

C22

C 26 RI

C21

TUNER A 6 C.

R 373800

VIDEO AMPLIFIER

R38000

R136IT 6

IPK

58

R 72

O

155

0.

06

RTOOK

TO

12 AT7VIDEO AMP

R133IT 6

C 62I-.01 NI 0.

R36 .1.

R3256

C 94 .A

C Frq

1111062.6

elmj.osc. 11

65N7

R 74.06

R73

10 sat'

C92-iF-737.1,

.85.1

9

A C6I-13

japjR7639.

ROO5000

g,;"

11

PULSEADP

ffR79moo

C 116

0142.058I

BLUE

R78tO

1204

0103TO

842

f155,

"ICI29=411127 J_

R123 IA,*350 F

'El'

R1144800

R45

SYNC SEP

C71 _FeI

SWITCH ONVOLUME CONTROL

t350.

SN7 Res

R89

SYNC ADP

647

Fax a ANDCENT 100NAGNET

1s110. NESS 1

R 46solt

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION.

PICTURETUBE

CT

R51536

R44ASK

*350rB

VERTICALDEFLECTION

R140*owAWA

AUTOMATICFREQUENCY

CONTROL R82C99

REG

220

R141 C.14.431,AA

T4

6126

000

R125

T5- A"78 0804.e/516

C 100

-1

15

2 6AL5&MONOGR

6AU6 . C AA1P

L23C1251 11.11-11

R 113MIR

01052000

T %8.1

I' 350, "A"

16

R90 65671500 at MILT

892220 6

CHI

Ip

C109m-410

SI08 LiFroiSiF]

R97

0112mol .I

R96

BwF

0106I' 350,4"

T6

L261600 5Y220RI32 ttEA.A/

Vt.DRAM

R93coa -0110

(WANK 1

S -v11-20 AA150

C115

0

444.0 018

DAMPER

01271_.0. .8°

12418 014J

PRODUCTION DEVIATIONS-Due to procurement difficulties the chassis components may deviateslightly from that shown in the schematic diagram. Parallel and series combinations of componentsand value differences may be noticed. When replacement is necessary, replace with the value shownin the schematic diagram.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION15TV1-43-8957A

CORONADO TELEVISION RECEIVER MODELS 15TV1-43-9015A15TV1-43-9016A

t"Wi515, 17. 15, 21,23, 25 010 27 MAT It*OOP. RESISTORS OR R. F CMOKE74411 R.F. 0.10103 APE USED. CAO, C 05MAE .00.3 mfd 4.110 047. CSI ARE MOTIMOOM4TRATED.

L II4.10 =1=

C35 1--. ''''' 'C36 .1

6AU6

s0

00: i MOOT

157. 1 F

00 °0 0

C341-*t 1,000

L17

RIG Tr2200

'RIB52

132

C38

'3I9

47

Of:L12

1040

3z.

I108

P'1181.000

R201400 :Rn

6AU6

I.F. AMPLIFIER

C43

COI

t R...02117.20.42

4-

Y.

ICA4

T.- 6:1.

823000

R24GROO

1000

046

C 29I.005m,

V

C 48

17.-1my; 5t4

ICA 9Tomo

.32

.A.G.C.LING

R33wit

# 1000

IR 592600

TI

R30

! . .... . . 0

P8 0

R31..

ACBS

= $

- 2.DET

GALCc Res-rcSEN

SOUND STRIP

L16

1100

:5951609

1DI. Mr

C 733.3

C70.1.01

TvOWL

6AU6-Et= IYAP

R56120

f

:074

T2

k,

'6.C78 1-. col

= C78et /m

R60°et

79020

R58

.41ceo.01 mt

C77DI mf

R61=et

IvoLlAwl

13

R64 6V6/GT182C 083 11.1010 OUTPUT

7r:21

6AL5AUDIO KT

C i44

2214

12

AUDIO6AU6

AMP

R620.4

,. C 5

IMO

11

097

NIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY

C 12e

45.

R 63820

:66O .LL e4

170

320..Otm1

R 65

C 94 -C

R108IotOo

FUSELee L25

o14, .1.1P 0601ao C 61- A

C94 B 30. :w:°.I

4.350r.

---------------SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

NOTE: R15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25 or 27 may be either 1000 ohmresistors or RF chokes. When RF chokes are used capa-citors C-40 and C-49 are .005 mfd and C-47, C.51 arenot incorporated.

RED

TRUAX meDmen Tun 14T4 tom or MI rLTv01,EvEN Kiln% POINTS 14.0Il Ye CAMPS40.11444. 141407.04, NO Slaw. .5241

vocraal 1.7 v C rtS0.704.vo. 2203 00. 0111275* .1 WW1

CAAKITON vacut 5 5.4045 0 14422 1.42100,4(.4444 ra

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM P. 4

LOW VOLTAGE SUPPLY

'fume

GRIM

31

201221.

TO A C AMP440 P0119 nA

rIAhaves

T7

Rata

04..TC011SIN14

104

.40Cl.00 C.C4,11 91

Continued onthe next page.

8104,014

59

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONGamble-Skogmo, Coronado Models 15TV1-43-8957A, etc., continued.

TROUBLE -SHOOTING

Trouble Probable Location Trouble Probable Location

No Raster 1. Phono TV switch defective or in No Horiz. Sync 1. Defective tubes 15, 16.

No Sound 2.

"DOWN" position.Defective 5U4 tube (20).

Picture otherwisenormal

2. Defective resistors R-82-83-84-85-86-87,and capacitors C-98-99-100-101-102-

3. Defective power transformer (T-7). 105-125-139.4. Defective filter choke (L-25 or L-28). 3. Defective Horizontal transformer 1-6.5. Defective filter condenser (C-61 or C-94).6. Defective fuse.

No Vertical 1. Defective tube 14.

Sweep2.

3.

Defective transformers T-9, 1.4, T -5A.Defective capacitors C-92, 95, 116 and

No Raster 1. High voltage lead disconnected. resistors R-75, 78.Sound Normal 2. Ion trap magnet incorrectly positioned.

3. Yoke plug not in place or loose.4. Insufficient or no high voltage.

Picture cannot1.

2.

Defective ion trap magnet.Defective focus magnet.

5. Defective resistors R-46-47-48-100or capacitor C-67.

be Centered 3.

4.

Defective picture tube.Focus magnet not centered on

6. Defective picture tube. picture tube neck.

1. Defective antenna or lead-in. Picture cannot 1. Focus magnet not properly located orNo Picture

No Sound2.

3.

Defective tuner tubes (tor 2).Defective tuner. be Focused

2.

centered on the picture tube neck.Ion trap magnet not properly adjusted

Raster Normal 4. Defective tubes 3 to 7. or defective.5. Improper voltages or resistances at 3. Defective picture tube.

sockets of tubes 3 thru 7. 4. Improper high voltage.6. Improper alignment.7. Open coils L16, L19, L30 or resistor R37.

No High 1. Defective tubes 16, 17, 18, 19.1. Defective tubes 11, 12, 13 and 21 or Volta e 2. Defective transformer 1-6, yoke T -5B.No Sound associated circuits. g

3. Defective capacitors C-108, 112, 113,Picture Normal 2. Improper voltages or resistances a+sockets of tubes 11, 12, 13 and 21.

or resistors R-90 through R-98 andR-112-118-119-120.

3. Speaker leads broken or not in place.4. Defective speaker.5.

6.

Defective transformer T2 or 18.Improper alignment of transformer T2,18.

Bunching orfolding at side

1.

2.

Improper adjustment of horizontal drivecontrol C-109.

Defective tubes, 17, 18.of Picture 3. Defective C-115 or H. Linearity coil.

No Picture 1. Defective tubes 7, 8, 10.

Raster Normal2. Improper voltages or resistances at

sockets of tubes 7, 8, 10. Audio in Picture1. Improper alignment and ratio of video

carrier to sound response.Sound Normal 3. Defective capacitors C-64 and coils

L-20-21.2. Microphonic tubes 3, 4, 5 or 6.

4. Defective AGC.

Snow or poor 1. Insufficient signal input.No Sync

1. Defective tubes 8, 9, 10.Signal 2. Defective antenna or lead-in.

2. Defective capacitors C-103, 121 andresistors R-45, 114. 3. Improper alignment of Cl and C2.

3. Defective AGC.4. Defective capacitors C59, C62 or coil

L21.No Vertical Sync 1. Defective capacitors C-71, C-90, C-95. 5. Weak tubes 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 8.Picture otherwise 2. Defective tube 9.

normal 3. Defective resistors R-73, R-77, R88.

A.G.C.A defective AGC system may not affect the sound

but over -load the video amplifier circuit and the resultwill be a loss of both horizontal and vertical sync andvery weak video. This condition can easily be noticedand checked by measuring the AGC voltage and thevoltage at pin 7 of tube 8. Under normal operatingconditions these two voltages will be approximately the

60

same. A defective AGC system will cause a large in-crease in voltage at pin 7 of tube 8 and a decrease inAGC voltage.

To determine the cause for trouble check the 6AU6tube, capacitors C-70 and C-59 and resistors R-44, R-50and R-51. To check the AGC winding of the horizontaldeflection transformer, place a scope on pin 5 of theAGC tube and a horizontal pulse similar to wave shapeshould be obtained.


GENERAL 1 ELECTRICThe chassis in models 17T4, 17T5, 17T6, 17C112 and 17C114

are very similar to the chassis used in models 17T1, 17T2. 17T3,17C103, 17T104, 17T105, 17T108, and 17T109.

VIDEO 1-F

1. Connect a bias battery from junction of C261, R263 andthe Picture control to B-. Connect positive of battery to B-.Adjust contrast control to give a -2.7 volts bias at the grid pin1 of V4 measured with a VTVM. Disconnect VTVM leads duringalignment. Adjust sweep generator output for 34 volt as shownin Fig. 21.

2. The sweep generator should be properly terminated in itscharacteristic impedance. Couple the signal to the point of inputthrough a .01 mf. capacitor.

3. The traps L227 and L253 must be detuned before aligningthe amplifier by turning the cores all the way out of the coil.Retune these traps to 47.25 mc (as in step 6) for minimumamplitude. This adjustment is greatly enhanced by increasingthe scope gain.

4. Set the Channel switch to Channel #12 or #13. Check foroscillator influence by turning the tuning control. If the shapeof the response curve changes, switch to another channel whereoscillator influence is not noted.

MODELS 17T1, 17T2, 17T3, 17C103, 17C104,17C105, 17C107, 17C108, 17C109

Models 16T5, 160117 are similar.

ALIGNMENT5. In most cases it is only necessary to perform an over-all

alignment of the video i-f, as in Step 7 of the Video AlignmentChart, to obtain i-f response curve of Figure 21-E.

When aligning the i-f coils, L251 will adjust the audio or lowfrequency side of the i-f response curve, while L252 will adjust thevideo or high frequency side of the i-f response curve. L226 andL254 should be adjusted simultaneously to reduce the saddlebackat the peak of the curve and to give maximum gain and retain45.75 mc and 42.50 mc markers at the 50% mark.

6. It is necessary to detune the i-f coils by shorting as notedin the alignment chart to prevent the coil preceding the signalinput point from influencing the response curve.

7. The 45.75 mc marker should fall at the 50% point td giveproper sideband response. See Fig. 21-E.

8. After adjustment of the two adjacent sound traps, readjustas in step 7 to obtain the proper curve and marker as illustrated.

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT CHART

StepMarker

GeneratorFrequency

SweepGeneratorFrequency

Signal InputPoints

Between

ConnectOscilloscope

BetweenAdjust

SeeNoteNo.

2 44.50 MC

3 45.75 MC

4 42.50 MC,45.75 MC

5 44.2 MC

6 47.25 MC

7 41.29 MC,42.50 MC,45.00 MC,45.75 MC,47.25 MC

40 to50 MC

Detune L227 and L253 by turningcores out of coil. 3

Point B (Fig. 29)V6 grid (pin I) thru .01 mf. cap.and B - on head -end shield.Short L252.

Point C (Fig. 29)V5 grid (pin 1) thru .01 mf. cap.and B - on head -end shield.Short L251. Remove short onL252.

Point D (Fig. 29)V4 grid (pin 1) thru .01 mf. cap.and B - on head -end shield.Short L226. Remove short onL251.

Point D (Fig. 29)Junction L215 and L216 on sec-ond r -f switch wafer thru .01 mf.cap. and B - on head -end shield.Remove short on L226.

Models 17C1131 17C115,17C120 are similar incircuit to these models,but their tuner is likethe "head end unit" ofModel 20C150 of the nextsection.

Fig. 21. Video I -F Curves

NaNMIEms emus Ems mos L..MY.

Point A(Fig. 30)Junction

L256, R265,C268 andR266 thru10K ohmsand B - onV7 socket.

6511111111 MIMI= .r12CRISMIN11511

oMmimPIMEMEM:MimmiMMMMM

it

VOLT

Core of L254 for curve of Fig. 21-1A.

Core of L252 for curve of Fig. 21-B.

1, 2, 4,6

Core of L251 for curve of Fig. 21-C.

Core of L226 for curve of Fig. 21-D.

Cores of L227 and L253 for min. out-put at 47.25 MC (Fig. 21-E).

1, 2, 3,4, 7

Cores of L25I, L252, L254 and L226for curve of Fig. 21-E.

uH mmmmmmmmmmMIN MMMMM HOME NUM EMS 1101111MMOM MON MUmmoma.rftmommes

geNUMMIMAMMIMM mosimmmegno.symoorsonsgmogi

MMOVAM11.1 MMMMM INELIOWI

Oala

Ma . A MIME a/ Issuosoisisasusiron mu so AM II MI/ 11111111 MO MMMMM

AIMS. lb..

AWE MMIIIIIIMMEGINIIIft.mailmmr=fir./1111101111AMMONS II

42 44 46

-Rounug-r '`011111MICT,""

ado.AMID M

1, 2, 4,5, 7, 8

Service materialcontinued on thenext five pages.

II NNZTIIII NUM ONNIION 11111110: .1J

I4 ,14E6" MINIMMENE 4725 -I

MC aMI 11111

NosMEMEL\...MNmmommsommomormailimms

mu MEM

inimmoNM sourAn*MaiHMOemuMain MEii==1

4j 41civois mssmollm-N. ..., ,0OWEESE

4..'MENEMMM.!" 1111111111111/- -44mown alw.f.._w

4IMMONM= miMaNOIMEMIIININEor- maw

MIw _i.meow I tilt

44

II ft

42 44 46 44

61

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONGeneral Electric Models 17T1, 17T2, 17T3, 17C103, 17C104, etc., continued.

AUDIO I -F ALIGNMENT

1. Audio i-f alignment is performed by putting in a 4.5 mc± 500 kc sweep and viewing the response curve as noted in theaudio i-f chart.

2. As a final check, step 12, the secondary of T402 adjustment,should be checked on a television signal if possible. Try severaloperating television stations and if buzz in the audio is heard,the secondary of T402 should be readjusted as follows:

Tune in the station and adjust the contrast control for a weaksound output. Readjust the secondary of T402 until the buzzis a minimum or disappears, and the best quality audio is ob-tained.

3. Keep the input of the sweep generator low enough so thatlimiting does not take place, otherwise the response curve willbroaden out, permitting slight misadjustment. Check by increas-ing the output of the sweep generator; the response curve shouldincrease in amplitude.

4. T401 is adjusted for maximum amplitude and symmetryof the response curve about the 4.5 mc marker as shown inFigure 23-A.

5. The secondary of T402 is adjusted for the curve of Figure23-B. This adjustment should give as straight a slope as possiblebetween the positive and negative peaks of the curve with thecenter of the 4.5 mc marker falling midway between the peaks.

6. The primary of T402 is adjusted for maximum of the posi-tive and negative peaks with as straight a trace as possiblebetween the peaks. If necessary, readjust the secondary of T402so that the marker falls midway between the peaks.

7. An alternate method to the visual alignment is the soundoutput method using an operating television station, preferablywhen transmitting tone modulation during the test pattern.

(a) Tune the receiver for optimum detail.(b) Keep the input below limiting level by reducing the con-

trast by the Picture control or by using a resistor pad inthe antenna circuit.

(c) Adjust primary and secondary of T401 for maximumsound output. Adjust primary of T402 for maximum audiooutput.

(d) Adjust the secondary of T402 for best quality audio (lowdistortion, least noise) and for minimum buzz in the out-put.

Step

8

9

10

11

MarkerGeneratorFrequency

4.5 MC

SECONDARYTOP

2=-4

AUDIO ALIGNMENT CHART

V2

25L6GT

MADMIFTRANS VI 5

SNTGT

CZTIGG5716)0

SHIELD

V912SNTGT

(TOPI

Fig. 22. Tube and Trimmer Location

25806


Signal InputPoints

Between

ConnectOscilloscopeBetween

AdjustSee

NoteNo.

Point F (Fig. 29) Point G Primary and secondary of T401. 1, 3, 4Pin 1 of V17 through Junction of R404 and See Figure 23-A.

4.5 MC..01 mfd. cap. and B -. C404 8s sec. of T401

through 10K and B -.±500 KC -

Secondary of T402. See Figure 23-B. 1, 3, 5keep signalbelow limiting

level of Point I (Fig. 29)receiver. Point H Junction of R408, C411

Primary of T402. See Figure 23-B.Pin 1 of V18 through.01 mfd. cap. and B-.

and R411 through 10Kand B -. 1, 3, 6

Secondary of T402. See Figure 23-B. 1, 3, 512 Recheck a ignment of step 11 on operating station as in note 2.

A

62 "4--- 4.5 MC MARKER

Fig. 23. Audio 1.F Curve


General Electric Models 17T1, 17T2, 17T3, 17C103, 17C104, etc., continued.

R -F

R -F Alignment Notes

1. Disconnect the transmission line to the antenna terminalsat the head -end. Couple the input of the sweep generator tothe head -end terminals through balanced output adapter G -EST -8A and a 430 -ohm pad, or equivalent. Couple the adapterto the 430 -ohm pad with a piece of 300 -ohm transmission line.Terminate the 300 -ohm line in a pad, as shown in Figure 20A.

If a balanced output is not available for the sweep generatora matching network as shown in Figure 20B may be used. Abalanced output is recommended since a matching network asshown in Figure 20B may introduce frequency shift and causea misleading tilt to the response curve.

Ro shown in Figure 20B is the terminating resistor. If thisresistor is not already incorporated in the output of the sweepgenerator, it should be added to the matching network as shown.

1. It is necessary to connect a bias battery from the junctionof the Picture control, C261, and R263 to B-. Connect plus ofbias battery to B-. Adjust the Picture control to give a -2.7volts bias measured from pin 1 of V2 to the head -end chassis B-.

3. Shunt L226 with a 680 ohm, watt resistor during r -falignment to prevent the oscillator from influencing the responsecurve. In order to reduce the effect of hum on the response curve,connect a 100 -ohm resistor in series with the head -end B+ andconnect an electrolytic capacitor of approximately 400 mf, 350volt from head -end B+ to head -end B-.

ALIGNMENT4. On all channels the picture carrier marker should not be

less than 75% of the peak of the r -f response curve. The soundcarrier marker should not be less than 50% of the peak of theresponse curve. However, the two minimum values should notoccur simultaneously. On the high channels the picture carriermarker should ride up nearer to the top of the curve providedthe sound carrier marker does not go below 50%. On the lowchannels the picture carrier marker should ride as high up on thecurve as possible and still keep the sound carrier marker above50%.

5. Coils for Channels No. 12 through No. 7 are fixed induct-ances. Check the alignment on these channels as in steps 16through 21 for proper response curve. Readjust L210 and L217on Channel No. 13 and C207 and C220 on Channel No. 7 ifnecessary.

6. Coils for Channels No. 5 and No. 4 are fixed inductances.Check the alignment on these channels for proper curve. Readjustcoils L208 and L215 to give proper curve on Channels No. 6,No. 5 and No. 4.

7. The coil for Channel No. 2 is a fixed inductance. Check thealignment on this channel for proper curve. Readjust L205 andL212 to give proper curve on Channels No. 3 and No. 2.

8. The trimmers C207 and..C220 may be used to compensatefor differences in tube capacities which affect tracking when it isnecessary to change the tubes VI or V2. The variations in tubecapacities normally have little effect on the over-all performanceof the head -end.

R -F ALIGNMENT CHART

StepNo.

MarkerGeneratorFrequency


SignalInputPoint

ConnectOscilloscope

ChannelSwitch

Adjust SeeNote

13 211.25 MC, No. 13 with No. 13 Screw of L210, screw of L217, for 1, 2, 3, 4215.75 MC 15 MC sweep Fig. 24-A.

14 175.25 MC, No. 7 with No. 7 Trimmer C207 and C220 for re- 1, 2, 3, 4179.75 MC 15 MC sweep sponse curve, Fig. 24-A. 8

15 211.25 MC, No. 13 with No. 13 Readjust screw of L210 and screw215.75 MC 15 MC sweep of L217 for curve, Fig. 24-A. 1, 2, 3, 4

16 205.25 MC, No. 12 with No. 12:09.75 MC 15 MC sweep

17 199.25 MC, No. 11 with No. 11203.75 MC 15 MC sweep

18 193.25 MC, No. 10 with No. 10197.75 MC187.25 MC,191.75 MC181.25 MC,185.75 MC

15 MC sweepNo. 9 with15 MC sweepNo. 8 with15 MC sweep

Antennaterminals

at head -end(see Note 1.)

Point JFig. 29

Junction ofL226, C217

and R218 thru10K resistor

No adjustment. 519

20

No. 9

No. 8

21 175.25 MC, No. 7 with and B - at No. 7179.75 MC 15 MC sweep head -end

22 83.25 MC, No. 6 with chassis. No. 6 Screw of L208 to place 83.25 MC 1, 2, 3, 487.75 MC 15 MC sweep marker and screw of L215 to place

87.75 MC marker as shown inFig. 24-B.


No adjustments. 6


25 61.25 MC, No. 3 with No. 3 Screw of L205 to place 61.25 MC 1, 2, 3, 4

65.75 MC 15 MC sweep marker and screw of L212 to place65.75 MC marker, as shown inFig. 24-B.

26 55.25 MC, No. 2 with No. 2 No adjustment. 7

59.75 MC 15 MC sweep

LOWER LITRES FOR=WD SOUND

Fig. 24. R -F Alignment Curves

RF CURVES CHANNELS 7-13

41 mmmmmmm Emmons

Lt .UM

RF CURVES CHANNELS 2-6

AINNOMMINI OOOOOOOOOO

EL

MWRIIIMME

100;

mu Omos OOOOO

:IIWI

UMW

NIEMENORME/

MEW

100%TS%

_E-L..VIMOWER LIW1T IER

CARRTOR

.

00% -f-

LOWER LORE FOR501R.0 CARRIER 63

TE

RM

.T

ER

M.

Irk

BO

AR

D 2

BO

AR

D I

FP

IN I

OF

VI7

JUN

CT

ION

OF

L22

6,,

C21

7,&

R2I

KJU

NC

TIO

NO

F & C

275

JUN

CT

ION

OF

R40

8,C

4II&

R41

1

AJU

NC

TIO

NL2

56,R

265,

C26

8 &

R26

6

re:4

111A

:OO

va

531

EJU

NC

TIO

NO

F L

2I 5

& L

2 I6

Fig

. 29.

Alig

nmen

t Con

nect

ion

Poi

nts

VO

LTA

GE

ME

AS

UR

EM

EN

TS

INP

UT

II7V

,60

4A

LL C

ON

TR

OLS

SE

T F

OR

NO

RM

AL

SW

EE

PS

,F

OC

US

AN

DBRIGHTNESS.

ME

AS

UR

EM

EN

TS

AR

E IN

RE

SP

EC

T T

O 1

3 -

WIT

H A

20,

000n

/VO

LT M

ET

ER

(I)

2.5

VO

LT R

AN

GE

(2)1

013

) 25

(4)

VO

LTA

GE

WIL

L V

AR

Y M

OR

E T

HA

N 2

0%

-40v

14(

IM

1_2y

41,DOO

00

O 0

1004

8027

.511

25.2

VA

C14

.511

.

12K

VIN

F 12K

V

75.4

VA

C22

2611

_ z5

v,.)

604

OV 0

2900

KV

40V

14)

2008

OV

6,)

VA

C0v

00 IN

V14

1. 2

V14

I45

11.

50.2

VA

C22

0V14

1

69K

AC

Cto

3.58

250V

1 61

1 12K

V47

0K

O44

O0

00

345V

3K

63V

AC

2

lQIS

V90

011

0V

30V

(4)

IK

121V

1 4

1

soon

0 113V

80

370V

0.11

.

75.0

VA

C 6

5VA

20K

O 6

2.8V

AC

2511

300

V'1

),-5

.5V

141

82K

0.

24V

. ttil

l 0tli

#sv

4.9.

050

.2V

AC

00

056

.5V

AA

C 0

on -.6'

3'11

047V

14)1

-

70 24

.V 2

214

OV

tEIT

:130

03.

34 OV

IBK

-I3V

14)

100K

2.5V

41.

IM

62.8

VA

C24

.25

28V

112.

2M

-.7

ViO

OK

OV on

.30

0V83

K

25.3

K23

5VIK )4

5V40

-12V

142.

IM

5V

AC

25.2

VA

C19

5140

Lov

1%1_

2 on

.

8145

67V

228

(7K

31.5

VA

C13

0

,00b

,O

0

230V

2K 27V

04K

70v

2 2M

-0.1

.5,1

1141

WIT

-.35

V14

1.2

V

(P61

,, 12

.SV

AG

(00

I 9V

A0

22K

I.82V

2201

132

vAc

14/1

.

38V

AC

1751

/ 175

Afi

rto

38.5

VA

C

05,0

141

(68K

75 5

VA

C

*C454C

%0o

260V

57V

AC

240

345V K

0452

)65V 141

48K

OV

26

III)

150V

IIK

OV

On

5.V

1.5

12{1

22K 90

V21

0K

12 V

AC

611

6.1V

AC

-.5V

0O

V1.

611

0.7M

-3-3

K75

.5V

AC

6051

son

-.20

)41

500n

63.S

VA

C25

160V

45V

AC

IIK8.

512

IM 51V

AC

2211

-.2V

141

145V

14)

45K 40

V

522.

5rn

2811

40V

1446

0K

160V

11K

.575

VIII

Son

.5V

14)

RE

SIS

TA

NC

E M

EA

SU

RE

ME

NT

SS

HO

RT

CA

PA

CIT

OR

045

3S

HO

RT

PIN

3 O

F 5

116

TO

B-

M D

EN

OT

ES

ME

G.

INF

. DE

NO

TE

S IN

FIN

ITE

RE

SIS

TA

NC

ET

UR

N T

HE

FO

LLO

WIN

G C

ON

TR

OLS

FU

LL C

LOC

KW

ISE

FO

CU

S C

ON

TR

OL

CO

NT

RA

ST

VE

RT

ICA

L H

OLD

Fig

. 30.

BR

IGH

TN

ES

SV

ER

TIC

AL

SIZ

EV

ER

TIC

AL

LIN

EA

RIT

YV

ALU

ES

LIS

TE

D M

AY

HA

VE

A T

OLE

RA

NC

E O

Ft 2

0%

1770 .75

V11

0

01, 1.1

OV

INF

. 20V

AC

OV

I 35

VA

S60

K13

0V

57V

AC

24/1

.

108

18911

6.I VAC

211

0

Ov

2

-.5V 10

K

i.4K

100V

AC

2611

230v

160V

IOK

OV

INF

107V

nAC

-.6V O

V

ty.5144

I

39K I.5

50vi

ov

200V

5.5K

r

J.)

Soc

ket V

olta

ge D

iagr

am

Ins

g I

SO0o

,20

6742

0, 65

cow

wan

o.04

4,.

27.

150

1

5279

.5.5

10F6

C22

1

201:

12;i]

;2.

5y

12,1

1220

122

,12

2212

23Pi

of

ofof

1- T

'

GE

NE

RA

LE

LEC

TR

IC

1224

1225

8216

C21

270

5060

CO

NT

RO

L

5102

C

520

20 0

,310

00 C

um/M

.5 2

6 0I

C1

VI

6AB

420

7Is

? R

F

CI

260

R F

0215

C11

05.

60,-

- 10

0

,62

4

7V38

1.,2

AT

7

V 3

4C

ON

Y41

241'

7

HO

TS:

1720

4 SO

WE

TO

' SIT

ER

11C

..1G

EA

SSE

1611

11 1

7117

28 1

0..0

4006

1

2103

1'FC

R 0

0611

011

6100

E1S

ON

LY

C41

3

6_T 0416

6067

0413

1000

0.51

E6

CO

NT

RO

L41

5

1451

.5.

c45

4.6

300

HK

0451

FUSE

3661

E 2

8000

63¢6

2

2_ ..

.. MO

RE

FO

R

20

CO

NSO

LE

YO

DE

LS

42.

v9v

5465

66 1

567

4614

, 66C

5I

A(1

12.2

111.

6225

46 1 I

226

V 1s4

IF6B

C5

C25

.52

19I

.561

4/0

1,21

1

5160

6ro

n016

:00

0003

00 v

aL.0

15 A

RE

mut

UN

LE

SS 6

11.6

0160

5264

5114

S655

5511

535.

lr71

,61

- 0453

.250

0FSO

K

T(226

`42e

oo02

0 2

v.22

.747

7 SA

M 6

105

g4

4 . 4

..-05

4t "

C45

9 -1

1460

2. C

4614

"C22

.

-'-'-.

,.C2.

2r

5000

Iw

oo'

zoo

'coo

'00

0y

6220

.431

1. 4

3.

600

1111

-p.

,NL

...

1,65

44

2064

2560

615

6744

(05

6561

0125

.467

641.

662

6514

56G

SGY

.SO

WE

R

In10

S0 li0

.6 :;

R

Vv

rt01

901

9

4433

C6

3o63

(5es

EO

TE

511

644M

VN

ESS

JI.4

676

V 8

PIC

TU

RE

TU

BE

1100

TE

B

1

035,

110

11Z

o6i6

i.06

710

CY

. 1,0

0.5

C S

OO

441-

MO

DE

LS 1

711,

17T

2, 1

7T3,

17C

103,

17C

104,

17C

105,

17C

107,

17C

108,

17C

109

TE

LEV

ISIO

N R

EC

EIV

ER

S40

2 C

0 m

a..

42 2

5100

V5

V6

1' I

.V

7A

2.o

IF:

3fto

IFG

ET

Is, V

IDE

O68

C5

Lro3

tec,

2r 6

805

I N64

v4I2

AT

7

II;

4,cz

os

1,

I

..1

Et.2

54C

67

I11 5

5

J:e

0--.

1

4.T

'r

-s26

:".;

203L

'o,

-4 r. 31

,466

-,-

.14

265

moo

;36

00

C25

9 VII

6SL

7GT

SY

NC

AIV

IPB

CLI

PP

E

V12

60L5

DS

C.

C44

04C

244

2544

V 9

--I

._,C

1305

1030

650

02.

VE

RT

ICA

L S

WE

EP

C4t

ii 71

co.

GE

NE

RA

TO

RS

.000

BL

1AN

KIN

Gw

o .

, .6

2SN

7

0359

0360

VI3

A12

SN

75T

AF

C

C16

231

00

6666

,C

M.

360

6r

as

<44

319

364

cam

2.0

RG

.025

.0

V 7

B21

4,V

IDE

O

V2

1247

7

1171

.-v

-;.r

.ca3

"

017

VI8

T

AM

PL

I6A

U6

4.56

CL

iMIT

ER

-AM

PLI

64U

6

i'D

ET

EC

TO

R14

4065

0 7

25L6

GT

*01

2s

wrV

A2u

c40

TR

.,Auc

c,'"

ouV

T2

I

T

_ v_

Ts

_..0

_ -

- -

- ,

VI9

221

CO

UO

I,T

E

40:

I4s

.4]

...4.

5

,,,.

r

om

E47

9'11

4i15

a..0

"

SPO

-Az-

,Iv

oi;

R O

Ggt

0, '

MI rn

,g14

.3..

328

..i.1

.,A

3-4

609

C43

i.

1T

03&

La

!K.;220.

8620

CN

N

152

Models 17T1, 17T2, 17T3, 17C103, 17C104, 17C105, 17C107, 17C108, 17C109.

O. 0

000

CD

!C

) 0

) ®1

CJ

abrC

'"524

7FIIII

Z59

* S

CO

PE

SY

NC

ED

AT

BIZ

VE

RT

ICA

L F

RE

QU

EN

CY

*SC

OP

E S

YN

CE

D S

r S

E H

OR

IZO

NT

AL

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y

V9

VE

RT

ICA

LS

WE

EP

GE

NE

RA

TO

R&

BLA

NK

ING

I 2S

N7

R,9

03

OW

E *

AP

ES

NO

VO

LTA

GE

S A

PE

ME

AS

UR

ED

BE

TW

EE

N P

OIN

TS

INO

CA

TE

D N

V -

.4.4

1411

111.

1; F

EA

ZN

XIL

IST

NE

NT

IN *

OW

EN

, CN

N,

SA

tra.

trE

w7,

,RE

FE

R T

O.N

T ti

N,L

,A,IN

T V

E11

:00R

, TH

E54

1EN

AN

IER

US

E S

CO

PE

WIT

H 5

000

WID

EN

/MO

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y R

ES

PO

NS

E IG

C S

CO

UP

LE S

CO

PE

TO

PO

INT

INM

AT

E()

GE

NE

RA

L tit

ELE

CT

RIC

V10

260

86S

100

SH

OW

NIN

0.04

/4kL

_.60

0.51

14-

17.0

7-

L12,

01.

V10

1

T70

0

8100 .2

0

LO

P,

100

CO

I

SC

% fi

LK14

103

L02

E -

I

m

,0

Cl?

,6. 90

0A

1601 56

00

isn6

::B

LA,

GR

AY

,3S

008

1000

o.0

49e

L_

006

00

3300

0.02

ee.4

.94

910

33

12.0

21.1 _

V10

30O

SC

4124

17

C10

9

00

0100

6800

6122

Models 20C150 and 20C151, circuit below, additional material

on the next page.

Model 24C101 uses a similar circuit, but

has a 24" picture tube and has a few different type tubes.

Vlp

OO

D6s

cow

144

E -

OF

F

022

125

.23

4/0

012

013

1.00

141r

AO

J6.

633

00G

AO

.SA

OA

UC

K.

TJp

PPM

DE

TE

CIO

R

31

RE

I

66tommt

r

L0°

_1

6O

6.,2

0vr

a 00

3

L

1130

300

5000

soon

=r

L2.= 0)02

000

20 0303

5 0131

22 8304

1000

1.:.d

+2 c

1111

%°0

1

JE

P-0

2

.m.,/

P35

0

4.7:

1;'"'

57ai

,C,

V

0354

0114

4

}120

.3A

UD

IO A

PL

0114

8

k1,2

247

MA

IMS

C35

2A

Sis

P3

°LIM

E3e

17

0350

539

2 N

EC

.

668

35 02

R5,

8367

C

200

3 3

351

2208

0051

0,03

60

C35

4

R35

.006

R36

047

00

0355

333,

3,8

VII5

6111

13

0357

005=

AR

P

R 100

0116

606

8 7 35

0

SCARE11

8.06

8

066

017

is V

1038

1111

2 A

T 7

1.36

0115

0.

SO

O

AC

C

15

0225

V10

460

86 4060

40.1

.000

0

56

4725

4C

.5

10

61.2

00

20,

eo0

2 1

,c/8

,823

0

20

AD

C

4725

8064

0., A

U01

0

L202

1I+

Cg6 N

206

6

020

470

L20 32

34 C20

4

20L

,";

.

V10

501

0641

255

6086

620.

MN

Au2

10

IPYID 03

0217

it,

210

v0E

0

6 62

10z7

z21

13

KK

-5

1120

8

0680

;61

3 p 20

0 05

404:170

1.20

5

024

720

66

214

C56

2.29

8215470

X40

680

6130

C2.

6

33

V10

7A

2zs

4cce

'61

136

Ow

s W

OO

247

v10

60IP

,119

..1_

0/O

2.7

8006

1..

2

12 72 0

62

209

*022

0=°I

C221

e00

0R

247

0

228

0E0

no°

L ii

1v

f!'X

AP

:t 3

COO

L404

2 400

700

V10

86A

GI

00E

0 A

RP

8401

0402

000n

R40

4

C40

1

260,

0410

L.01

'O

00

0. 19.0

,

R43

120

03.

614

ELL

$460

5

I

Poe,

6

ocus

I

7001

-.6

116E

0

0602

400

p1-4

.C

604

470

VI2

816

00

071

RE

D Y

OG

EE

RE

D

wn

5U4-

0R

EC

TIP

ER

450n

.06

004

3061

1

L_60

,

YE

LLO

W

YE

LLO

W

Low

0

r. 30418

Cyr

8

1300

_

Co

0211

00.1

.*8

00..t

14 r

,T,V

e 0-

220

5

426

V10

920

C17

4A

,p7

TU

BE

L403

,004

1.40

2 e

OK

0.0

1040

1ES

S

804

owsn

4708

261E

6

424

0.25250

8405

EG 04

06

IYCG

0621

028

C60

0-60 .60

$350

450.

P50

1

VII

75:

1?64

.A

GC

KE

TE

R X""

0414

7 0,

710

0407

P50

8

V11

84

.57.

T.P

PE

R

0409 C

40

408

2W

./1G

C52

1Eie

74E

.6.

80

0,

4.A

V 'o

w.

421

VI1

9430

22N

D2/

0 C

LPP

ER

450

09_3

0_

ZD

I

--,R

1 j 0

452

0453

0454

MI

A

2%,

c!it'

12

0e8=

17/.

-,C

EO

'4"

446

0415

4.

0463

3900

473

VI2

1V

2 2

65.1

514

56

64.4

847

0

0(0

.21. 57

435

prpi

.

'CC

4.1

4493

.

X22

VE

RT

0 T

PU

T

BLU

E

6r 6

2

457

.C60

7°22

060

,00

WM

VE

RT

Lin

..'I.

...2M

S47

*

asI

Youff.

0600

_4/

IRE

V&

90T

O O

CT

AL

PLU

G e

scs

0465

2222

2 22

0010

00

,..yo

1100

12. Y

OK

E 0

600

6901

465

VE

R

R62

2

se4s

o4.5

0627

044

401.

10

C60

71

313

a4E

2 71

6EG

wwTE TE

17

0127

Mie

lead

alle

CO

"B' 0

1080

6la Z

3512

L

8800

5

4

BIE

1

234

800

4725

1410

VII

074

560

R40

9

56

6.88

V12

08,6

6174

7V

ER

T 1

11.4

148

VI2

04eS

14,4

3

VE

RT

O.

3118

867

045

05

0503

80

5050

0

v 11

9B R

x

ws"

"a'''

51

0509

jto'

470

080

0

C50

2.0

0068

8DIS

=)3

S4

P50

'.R

540

IOw

INE

504

8531

1004

1.41

2 . 2

2.

22: 0t

5,3

1030

SP

Ii0g

05.0 00

0

!28

V12

3V

124

60U

664

0317

004

OS

C00

0. S

wE

EP

01,

00

320

L512

3.0,

72

05,4

470

8513

-

,30

4-

893.

,576 C

5 5

500

39

052,

4

00,4

40L,

RE

CT

6101

R61

7

R61

614

08

2031

C60

6

RT

GE

N

500

2001

2CE

RT

3500

526

0527

0528

700

47.

470

0529

s.

G L

OP.

szo

759511

2 n

7501

1. IOwI

8B

LUE

42/

4°V

4X 6K

=,

n01

500

V11

8C06

1901

8 -e

0520

4/13

1.40

.RD

AN

L.. L

503

Le"

20 C52

105

41

1.505

nte

r

V12

763

1/4-

613

0.0E

0

0525

330

47

.05_

44

DIS

C

LL C

AP

AO

TO

R V

ALU

ES

AR

E R

IP ,A

.LE

SS

070

4841

50 5

PE

C00

4111

0-08

8038

5 T

ES

T P

OIN

T


GENERAL %j ELECTRICModels 20C150 and 200151, continuedCAUTION -- Remove the two 5U4G rectifier tubes be-fore removing the chassis from the cabinet. Thesetubes will not clear the wing bolt of the picturetube mounting board.The chassis has been jigged in place in factory

installation for proper control shaft alignmentand control knob clearance through the knob escut-cheon mark its position upon the mounting boardbefore removing the board for chassis servicing sothe chassis may be readily relocated upon rein-stallation.

L106, I -F CHANNEL TRAP -- This trap reducesor eliminates F -M or A -M interfering signals ati-f frequencies (41-47 mc) that are picked up bythe antenna system. This type of interference maycause moving ripples or diagonal streaks in thepicture. Interferences eliminated by this trapare not affected by the receiver tuning.

To adjust the trap, turn core of L106 to give aminimum interference pattern.

0 000

00

ao

68

AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL ADJUSTMENT -- TheAutomatic Gain Control (AGC) is the screwdriveradjustment of potentiometer R425 which is locatedon the rear apron of receiver chassis. The chceenposition for setting of this control will dependupon receiving conditions at the location of thereceiver installation relative to the strength ofthe signal received. The normal use of the AGCcontrol will be in some range toward or at itsmaximum clockwise setting.

In fringe areas and areas of moderate signalstrength the control should be set to maximumclockwise position. This setting will providebest noise rejection, an advantage in reception ofthe weaker stations. However, reception from astation of the strongest signal should also bechecked to determine picture quality with thePicture control advanced fully clockwise. Loss of_sync may occur in some receivers as evidenced byan irregular displacement of elements of the pic-ture (picture distorts) at this setting of thePicture control. This condition indicates re-ceiver circuit overload and the AGC control shouldthen be back -off progressively from its maximumclockwise position until the picture returns tonormal.

, 0 .

Cr-'0i, z .w . .-

)al....Le

, a,0. 9-,, ..9', ^ g tt

> V i'''s > ti.'N o 0 , .

0 .- , ._ Nw /4.' ,._ `,,','

_a,O

J, a9-s- >

7,-ono

cA_i ...)

.t,.,. 2 n pa <

2 -- (0N cr ...MO-.- ,

00 _1 w >,,,,0_ `tor' (.,

ato

ao z ILI-.-L.L.1 4I- zo

O ° 0

a.0(n

>ic115

I._

0a.I-n

tiox

vN>>,0

C

/N,// / \\/\ \\ \ \

-r) I-40

I'D'

ul',-,,k'`L:

> aD i'-v.

..-,

.

wOCLD D-11--

ka., 'et.'a ,_o 0z4c2f

w0,-

LOrIL00017- oO oal W

0 (1. _J0 IF11-/ OW

,--cz,6we_I

sr

l . 0

-0a-

,r)a

-wa

`,,r),

o,T,ct

-

co ,t50 .,

o,9 u,NV

4 X ; ,L, I- > ,I,

f

i5 di 0._ ,,. . :37,

0 0 a40.0r0 r0 r0 r00000OUVU

0 t0 0no 6a

0, I- l, ,,,,,, 0.Nzi-wolo 1_w

II-I-,-@,,,, 7 CL e 0 a- rg

,:7A- 'Chi 0 I- O} n. 5 a D.. CI5 0 03 NN _iLL

sr0.M 0

VICZ M Oa V> V

V 2_ Ili -z 0 0in . 00 0 _ m X 0 Ro

6 > 1- ELo

00 ,,,p ,w p c)

- 4

11 o<I U -I

>m' i..- ,.,

a 1 a 0 1 3Y, 00a a Mo0 m0 0 N N Nta 0 °0 0 0000LO W WW 0 MW W t) WOO 00 _I M0

w2cr0 w x0 3 2F_0 v,0. z4cr

V 1.0 I-a, '.' . =. 3 0.4-N > V_ o .

> ul.

R

to 113=.--.> ,L,

."',m 0 .(rc., .. ,.._ D X z>,11 4

>,,

1,-. q(_s_i I->,.0°

_ u,

00 zOoID_1 CCW

,9',Q

ex, 6A,r

tn. CC

LOCATION OF OF TUBES AND MAJOR COMPONENTS

9


the hallicrafters Co.MODELS 17804C, 17812, 17813, 17815-H, 17819, 17824, 17825,

17838, 17848, 17849 & 17850 CHASSIS - LsooDRUNS I thru 3

Models 14808, 14808A, 20823, 20823B, are similar to the sets describedon the next four pages, but use other size picture tubes.Models 17811-H, 17816, 17817, 17860-H, 17861-H, are combinations whichuse a very similar television circuit with a switching arrangement forthe AM tuner and changer.

I -F AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT FOR CHASSIS USING 1D1055 TUNERS

1. Connect a VTVM between test terminal OA and the chassis.

2. Connect the high side of a signal generator to the shield of the OSC./MIXER tube (6J6). This connection willcapacitively couple the generator output to the tube. Make sure that the shield is ungrounded by raising it abovethe grounded clips that hold it in place. Connect the ground return of the generator to any chassis point near thebase of the tube.

3. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR to any vacant channel.

4. Set the signal generator output (unmodulated) for a two volt, dc reading on the VTVM and adjust the three i-ftransformers, L-113, and L-9, according to the I -F AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT CHART shown below. Readjust thesignal generator output as required to maintain the two volt potential at the VTVM.

I -F AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT CHART

Signal GeneratorFrequency VTVM

(No Modulation) Adjustment Location Indication

25.6 mc T-102 (top) Fig. 22 Maximum23.1 mc T-103 (top) Fig. 22 Maximum24.5 mc T-104 (top) Fig. 22 Maximum21.75 mc T-103 (bottom) Fig. 25 Minimum24.5 mc *L-113 Fig. 22 Maximum24.5 mc **L-9 Fig. 22 Maximum

*NOTE: Hold the CHANNEL SELECTOR between two channels when making this adjustment.

**NOTE: Return the CHANNEL SELECTOR to the normal position on any vacant channel and shunt the 4700 ohm gridresistor (R-101) of V-101 with a 1000 ohm resistor, when making this adjustment. Remove resistor afteradjustment is completed.

5. After adjusting the 21.75 mc sound trap (bottom slug of T-103), recheck the setting of the top slug of T-103.

6. Tune the signal generator from 211mc through 26.25 mc and observe the change in indication on the VTVM. If thegenerator output is set to the level where a 1.5 volt meter reading is obtained at the peak i-f amplifier response,the reading should not drop below one volt between the two peaks normally obtained with this i-f amplifier. If theband-pass response 'Is unsatisfactory, repeat the procedure or try slight modifications of the recommendedsettings to obtain the desired results. Avoid resonating the coils with the iron core at the bottom end of the coilform (adjustment screw near limit of its travel). Final adjustments can be made much more easily if a sweep typesignal generator and oscilloscope are used.

7. Check the two carrier i-f responses, 21.75 me and 26.25 mc. The 21.75 mc response will be approximately 20 dbbelow the peak response (approx. 0.15 volt) and the 26.2F mc response will fall approximately 6 db below the peak,(approx. 0.75 volt). Refer to Fig. 14.

To determine the i-f amplifier sensitivity, connect a signal generator to the OSC./MIXER tube as directed in step 2 ofthe I -F AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT procedure. Set the generator frequency to either i-f peak. If a generator output of800 to 1500 microvolts produces a one volt de reading on a VTVM connected between terminal and ground, 69the i-f amplifier sensitivity is normal.

6CB6

6AV666071

L V RECT

eI -F ALIGN

TEST TERM evba6

.:016CB6 6AL5os 6:00® C'03 ,I04 0 I6AU6n

102

6CB66,41_501

24.5MJ


hallicraftersRF60,63AhlAtieER

2-/Roo

ID1055 TUNER

Ota MISER

r

=

Is'71 tsrona ,9,20.000

T.,

24.5MCLs

Ill

.1161 C1 .S EINNTE0 ON SOW TUNERS IT THE USE

OF A 3TO 9 NNE TRINdapi T CE

PICTURE TUBE GRID 6CATHODE VOLTAGE CHART

P

'

N

CONTR/STmit t

6/ROSMIN.NEISS

BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST

MAX. MIN. MAX. MN.

II 155 140 F40 140

2 130 65 65 65

PHONOINPUT

50102

See next page, over, forschematic of another tunerused with these sets.

0,1

AUDIO AMP

T110

O )

((g,,.L113 6AG5

L9 2g2gRF AMP.

C2

6J6C3

osc/mtx

C5 C4

FIG. 22. TOP VIEW ALIGNMENT

LOCATIONS (WITH ID1055

TUNER IN PLACE)

70 LAST R SYMBOL R-19LAST C SYMBOL 0-167LAST L SYMBOL L -114LAST 7 SYMBOL -112

3RD I -F AMP

24.5 MC

VIDEO DET.

viol24.75 MC ecee

1ST IF AMP

T101

r -IV

24.5MC 4.5 MC1,13 LIMITER GRID

,--(3 L

25.6 MC

429T102

110512,000

)1-1co5000

01026CB6

2ND IF AMP

01096AU6

AUDIO IF AMP.

21.75 MC

7

T103

7-

4.5MC

v1036C86

3RD IF AMPtt50

C1066000

102150

24.5MC

O.

.102POO

VIDEO AMP

4.5MC LIMITER GRID ADJ

4.5 MC TRAP ADJ23.1 MCAUDIO I -F AMP

2ND I -F AMP

SECONDARYADJ.

25.6 MC1ST I -F AMP

FM DET.

24.5MC

ALIGNMENT ESTPOINT 9

0102

010

.30 AOTO TVTUNER

Rai

50101

7PL 102

11ITE BLOCHCONNECTOR

PL 101

40-1300. to ,T. m 0 DB

L112

0143I,

1130 AtFROM POWERTRANSSORNER

Rios160

0011.011AFD6000.

0164,05000.

APPROX.26 DB.

I .000

vM

^meloo 100

0104GALS

VIDEO DE T.

10

Rios160

7110

AILS.fr

'6.3

V0114

LOW V:: -G7 LOW VOLT RECT(6051 5114G

1.0

1110

r 6.C

TO.117 F1L.

3DB MAX.

21.75 MCSOUND CARRIER

1-F AMP FREQ.

FIG. 14.

Comm

Rift00

130000

'101

LI09FILTER

CHOKE

J

II

I asor 1335Nv P3,00,

RTV CI360 _L 0_,1244 ClHC'' .7o I INPE 090 I

RECEIVER I -F RESPONSE

APPROX. EQUALPEAKS

4.5 MC

APPROX. 608.

26.25MC-21.75MC.4.5 MCFOR SOUND I -F FREQ.(INTER CARRIER SOUND

SYSTEM)

I-F AMPLIFIER RESPONSE

26.25 MCPICTURE CARRIER

I -F AMP FRED.


MODELS 17804C, 17812, 17813, 17815-H, 17819, 17824, 17825,17838, 17848, 17849 & 17850

VIII V112

6AV6 (6 50 7)1ST AUDIO AMP

115v

IF.1530 MEG, I

of Mr20

C.,- 10

6000.154

1 NIG 1VOLUME

+150 V.

.011D.2S0 81-

GAO 5AUDIO OUTPUT 1)09

Coe ft, - Itfi4 ,t

L..7V 2'. 4. '1356 , "103

- 7 2 lv / '''''N .135'

.0 MED

wmoCOUPLING

RETwoRS

1111/S, 15 000

,o.

P1,55

II

LSioi

.137.1 RFD

SI I clop,FON yr, Tact

40,

L107

100011

C11.2.2

son

/7./FY

'iPR°FOCUS

VERT

Roo

1106

DEFLECTIONYOKE

cos ties.01 o 700

CHASSIS - L800D

00012

PLIO4

V 119

PICTURE TUBE

2,510V

.1300

FRONT VIE):

114100 ..12. 54100

2v/

.120 .113 .12115,000 47 2200

HV105 -:,,,e2 -6C2I6 -ULU DIDJAL

VIDEO AMP13 rYL 'OS 1104 1105

4.5MC Rot,,, TRAP 10,000

tov

CitiT

174

Pii2500

CONTRAST

1412

.114 ..[7:31IV

220 1220,000 G 113

-CROWD50011.

Ti,. 1. .1E52.2 WO 270,000

.128620.000

35V

.11A .135

'71r ,..11.. .124II0'00q7,'07,7,,. r .13050,000

_CMS BRIGHTNESS 41,000. .1 r, ocaL.,,^ it, = .0. lo1 VERTICAL INTEGRATING NETWORt2200 .5

220001 9200 1 11200 1

: Z: Z71 .1% :

ViG 512 Ai/7(0N 7GT1

NC. CLIPPER A VERT OSC.

12 AU 701161 (655570T)

SYNC. AMP5 SYNC. SEP

T4,7

1 -0102

600V

T ISO

60511. HOLDRIM5 Ti Aire120,000 BO 000 611,000

HORIZ. DRIVE I coo.174 .176 92

12.000 50,000

1111

VI IT

.041110

6567-G7

"°171i MC'SY600V '22

.70V-130

1.1471253 3 0

^ c,..moo .111i Ie0,000T

RI 7:2001

.ossoov.

-H(R,.. 412.,:00

20,000 RaoMO "...GENF°

0000330.000

itto

"r150611 1t,LOC.Tll

..70vs.

Tie, op. 01,15r7-7, 1. -1- io too

ir .,00

1-0152

art

10,000

92 330si000 T-4-

VII6GAU5 OR(6605011

HORIZ. AMP5

.1791.470.000

=0154'NED

v

t0

CAPAG170. VALVES ARE IN NNW UNLESS orwro761 SPECIE..R(5.1s0OR VALuES ARE IN OWNS t/2 NATI RATING DINESS nrw/orrst SPECIFIEDTv-N.03O Sony IH PHONO POSITIONALL vOLTGES AWE ME &5011110 BF IRE EN TDB( SOCKET TERMINALS "CHASSIS WITH ,ENO SIGNAL 13,1LINE VOLTA0E,111ACALL VOL TACKS ARCM AND POSITIVE ow.155 OTHERRISE SINCHI10DC VO TAGUS*/ .4(Asoloo NITH yr..

11 -M-NOT READABLE vOl TAG" MESONDAT THE SERRNINALS GENLOILT MEANINGLESSCONTROLS Sit Fort Norm. PICTURt rwtRomom uNLESS OTHERNISE SPECIFIED.

10 lo LEADS ARE SHOWN IN HEOT LACA LINES. NOT FOUND IN ALL 61751 VARIES 10/1114 ASSOC$ATE0 CONTROL St 11130

f t DC 113sr3TANce yam* DO NOT MEAN,. VOLTAGE AT TINS POINT.

HOME.LINEARITI

T."5,011510 63040ov

V

W4 GTDAMPER

SLUE

Me

0,21"1455140

600v NEG.

753.10

Vt0Et654

VERT AMP

1000 5000

- VERTICALLINEARITY

4770 ,

t t T10LLIE

:;,00

c,.T DONE 5

6000.

.14I NEG.

1462.5 mcc

HEIGHT

7LillS.'1' WIDTH

95

1)12 VIIS1215- GT

HI. VOLT RECT.

, 32200

111-10LINE

Ctsv0314E0

00,1LON

CfO915F0

RN,E0

-162 -500

20,000v I

VALUES AND TOLERANCES SHOWN ARE NOMINAL AND VARIATIONS MAY BE FOUND.

IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE VALUE OF ANY REPLACEMENT CORRESPOND TO THE

NOMINAL VALUE OF THE PART BEING REPLACED.

FIG. 27. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMFOR MODELS 178014C, 17812, 17813, 17815-H, 17819,178214, 17825, 17838, 178148, 178149 & 17850;RUNS I THRU 3

71

TS,0

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONThe Hallicrafters Co. Models 17804C, 17812, 17813, 17815-H, etc. continued.

PRODUCTION CHANGESVarious electrical and mechanical changes on the chassis are signified by the appearance of any of the following stampson the rear apron:

LI High voltage adjusted by screwdriver -set potentiometer. Horizontal linearity and width coils have screwdriveradjustment. Color adapter socket mounted but not wired.

LIX High voltage adjusted by switch on rear apron of chassis. Horizontal linearity and width coils are adjusted bymeans of a separate sliding rod attached to each powdered iron core.

L2 Same as LI except that R-191 replaces R-139. Also, C-166 has been added, and C-140 has been deleted. (Referto Fig. 27, Schematic Diagram.)

L2X Includes circuit changes of L2, and does not have color adapter socket.

L3 Tuner 1D1055 and L-113 used in place of Dynamic tuner and T-101. (Refer to Fig. 27, Schematic Diagram.)

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTIf the HORIZONTAL HOLD control on the front panel fails to restore synchronization, the HORIZONTAL RANGE andHORIZONTAL LOCK adjustments should be reset. Procedure for these adjustments is as follows:

1. Turn the HOLD control to the full clockwise position. Adjust the HORIZONTAL RANGE adjustment until a verticalbar appears in the pattern.

2. Turn the HOLD control to the full counterclockwise position. Momentarily switch off the station. Three or fourhorizontal bars should then appear on the screen. If too many or too few bars appear, the number may be de-creased by turning the HORIZONTAL LOCK adjustment in the clockwise direction, or increased by turning theHORIZONTAL LOCK adjustment in the counterclockwise direction.

3. Repeat step 1.

4. Check the action of the front controls on all active channels. Repeat the first three steps if necessary, to maintainstable synchronization.

If the above procedure fails to restore stable synchronization, make proper horizontal oscillator waveform adjustmentswith the aid of an oscilloscope.- - - - - -

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF TV TUNERS11:1961,1A107? IDIOM

10110IRON IliCCet ul

1-51I/ C10

c,.

11120 TIMICI1,10MUTW

ALTERNATE TV TUNER INPUT CIRCUIT

220

ESE11

72

6CB6RF AMP L2

5 ii05,1109

lr.nr111-110

TIC%

I2

= II

CLOCelef

7:,

Lzz

Cercir-OriTL--.-0,1.29

'YL0:'-rrrs

J

'ilL11-51oPiern.'1

1000 1.

100

FINETUNING

L..

L,

OSCILLOSCOPETERMINAL

Ap10,000

c.c R. C22611500 Y1001., I

tOpoo

6.3,1. AC

1

moo


the hallicrafters Co.MODEL 17905 TELEVISION RECEIVER

Models 17810C, 17810M, 17810MG, 20872, use circuits which arc similarto the Model 17905 covered by the material on pages 73 to 76. Youwill find this material of aid in servicing these additional receivers.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT

If the HORIZONTAL HOLD control on the front panel fails to restore synchronization the HORIZON-TAL RANGE adjustment should be reset as follows:

1. Position the HOLD control, located on the front of the receiver, in the center of the range overwhich it may be rotated.

2. Adjust the HORIZONTAL RANGE ADJUSTMENT on the rear apron of the chassis (See Fig. 1).until proper synchronization is obtained.

3. Test the synchronization on all other active channels. The picture should remain in synchroniza-tion when switching from one active channel to another without any adjustment of the HORIZON-TAL HOLD control.

4. Repeat steps 1 and 2 if necessary.

If the above procedure fails to restore stable synchronization, a waveform adjustment may be madewith the aid of an oscilloscope.

5. Connect a V.T.V.M. to test point ® (See Fig. 6) and adjust the HORIZONTAL DRIVE capacitor(See Fig. 1) for a -22.5 to a -25 volt reading.

6. Connect the oscilloscope as shown in Fig. 4. Adjust the TERTIARY WAVE FORE slug (locatedunder chassis) until the sine wave is equal in amplitude to the peak of the sawtooth (See Fig. 5),while maintaining the picture in synchronization with the HORIZONTAL RANGE adjustment.

This adjustment is very important for correct operation of the circuit. If the broad peak of the waveon the oscilloscope is lower than the sharp peak, the noise immunity becomes poorer, the stabilizingeffect of the tuned circuit is reduced and drift of the oscillator becomes more serious.

On the other hand, if the broad peak is higher than the sharp peak, the oscillator is overstabilized,the pull -in range becomes inadequate and the broad peak can cause double triggering of the oscillator,when the HORIZONTAL HOLD control approaches the extreme clockwise position.

7. Remove the oscilloscope and repeat step 5.

8. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 if necessary to provide positive synchronization on all active channels.T106

HORIZONTAL r - - - TERTIARY WAVEFORMRANGE ADJ ADJ. (UNDERSIDE

A :

OF CHASSIS)

HORIZONTALDRIVE ADJ.

CIW RM411000 100,000

R163+B

FIG. 4. ALIGNMENT CONNECTIONSUSING AN OSCILLOSCOPE

INCORRECT

CORRECT

FIG. 5. WAVEFORMS FOR TERTIARYWINDING ADJUSTMENT 73


The Hallicrafters Co.

Model 17905

OFF - ONVOLUME

5101

TIOIV106 - - - - - -6AU6 I

Lt AAUDIO K 4DRIVEF

5ov 3,

50M ^

I 1550

4.5 MCSOUNDADJ.

3 L101

5,034

cross

01.1 4000

To tuner, circuitshown on the nextpage, over.

CONTRAST HORIZONTAL BRIGHTNESS VERTICAL CHANNELHOLD HOLD SELEC"OR

'FIG. 2. FRONT CONTROLS

VERTICALLINEARITY

HEIGHT FUSE COLORATTACHMENT

SOCKET

HORIZRANGE

HORIZDRIVE

ISLEEVECOVERED

Dm/WHITE

3,cWHIT

FINETUNING

HORIZ. HOR1Z,WIDTH LINEARIT1

FIG. I. REAR VIEW SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS

74

LIIO

15'0

-0.8v

jR11792,000

00

,5)151:F.

=

Vi076AL5AUDIO

FM DETECTORNi .1°3

0.000

Vi016CB61ST If

2500

5101

513.WO

41:43v1

50101

PL102

PLIN

110 -120V 60,1JAC

C1371111,D

I1000

0109

01 MFD

VOLUMECONTROL

/ 23.75MC

"D000

V TUNER,VI I4 FIL.8153

LTIOR

T103

10,000

-070

01026C862ND If

V1086 AV6 650 7)

1ST AUDIO AMP

2131157;:

24.75MCT104

2500

0124ISO

5000

01205000

0120

100

1,101

15000

00

C

005 MFD600Y

0109

F101 L107

4T3114 -1.--C7:7,_I 604.4,0

C130 - =1500

C '' 'OW F102 9,90

_LEL, 0105

166 3°C..

:rt'T v. ,,,,), V110 V105 '403 V106 VI04 VK)2 V101 V10725AV5 12BH7

(25806) 25L6 - 12SN7 (12SN7)6C86 6AU6 12AU7 6C86 6C06 6ALS

250V

11012

'°°"\v/ T{0 MFD

(71 121 (7) 181 9 - I 5000

NOTE, COLORS REFER TO TRACERS IN TV TUNER LEAD INSULATION.

I. B+LEADS ARE SHOWN IN HEAVY BLACK LINES.

2. CAPACITOR VALUES ARE IN MMF UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

3. RESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS AND HAVE 1/2 WATT RATING UNLESSOTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

4. ALL VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED BETWEEN TUBE SOCKET TERMINAL ANDCHASSIS WITH ZERO SIGNAL INPUT AND ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED.

S LINE VOLTAGE -I I7V. A.G.

6. ALL VOLTAGE READINGS SHOWN ARE D C.AND POSITIVE UNLESS OTHER-

WISE SPECIFIED.

2300 T102


the hallicrafters co.

,0925L6 -GT

AUDIO OUTPUT

RHO

390,0005%

2700005%

150V

50102

1.5101

ISOV

150V

.150,000

0103

c.2. 6CB6

L103 5ro VIDEO AMP1550

5

-.46127-

L104 2485,000

8129 t0 220,000 0.05_,_...

-Fn11-

8150

C175IOGO

6123

5 MED

I MEG6112

2500

30V

1;2:

CONTRASTCONTROL

S'.9)0,03vi

C143005 MED600 V

RI55

1000

R19312,000

#19412,000

8200#1 c5 C'7:MED

7-

G162 -

YOO

5 SIG60MED

0171 y 6,37100 I 33,00

CO7L105 WOell -51,600V 01 04

SYNC. SEP

55

L 112

0110125147-GT

HORIZ OSCCONTROL

#133L a AMP

33.000 : L10609V

8133 81903300k 9220." I

R738 j144,3300 tW00

05MFD 8191 =2.2 MEG

2 0

VERT

440V

70 V

61283%000

= if, 8196 6114

'5 610 50000 47900600vBRIGHTNESS

#138 R192 /12,4330,000 5,000 I MEG

IOU

81 398200

5MFD

1

81342200

W

'c124390

0117

-T8MF0 0150= iONFD

)1'

T106 p164- - - .1ock000

A !D 1W

8162 :Ov 8200 s

°C

G 0036.F1:9%016JEC,86

600V

.50 01 104

MN ICOO616! -

-- 4 .50 39,0008161 /R19750,000 547,000 Ri65 *

#160 HORIZONTAL 10,000

82,000 HOLD _cmTIMED

IA

L102

"116

560

HORIZMODEL 17905

WLI04

12,500v

VI I 4

PICTURETUBE

"144

(C13602 MED4000

6141

300

3122,000 8200 6200 ,

VERTICAL CHL101-C1291 0184

6

INTEGRATINGNETWORK 6008

002-

oyy

ws. - )

1.441.0003

1000 -r. --..009Lwo

= C178 220,000

, 47,000

2 2MEG

MiD .21.1.16 I 4..z: 1313 1

6 8164;- c0,000

T11=6000

;0131

VE RTIC L 0

'MFHEIGHT

HOLD 1 I 0I32

0105

750 1213H7 (12SN7-GT)VERT OSC

OUTPuT.,

2.5ME2 3

0 0 0WHEN A 12SN7-GT IS USED FDR 0105 THE CONNECTIONBETWEEN POINTS 162 IS REMOVED AND POINTS 263ARE CONNECTED TOGETHER.

BOTTOM VIEWSVIII

25AV5-GT(25806-GT)HORMOUT PUT 2 os

47-2408166

70,000

5 CAM DO NOT MEASURE "VOLTAGE

6141 1400

6151

7141

2- .0510D6000 y

16136151

42002.2430 = NEC = 3

62190 VERTICAL14LINEARITY

C134I DOMED

600V0135

6150560

C177

105

31Tio 7

619V112

IX2AH V RECT

ISIOU

32 ,R,68 0000

3181 05 5 12,0009V

HOR12.DRIVE -C151 .167

.25MED

00

1.IFD

= SOON

L '08

11-?C160DOMED

600V

7 6

V1136W4 -GTDAMPER

cts310134

6000 - 02 mr01.109 400V

_C,88

240V

To

WHEN A 123.617-0T TOMEIS USED FOR 01056170 IS CHANGED TO1000 011103,2W.

81704700SW

7 DC VOLTAGE WAS MEASURED WITH A VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER

8. 'NR' NOT READABLE VOLTAGE AT THESE TERMINALS GENERALLYMEANINGLESS.

9. V114 2ND ANODE VOLTAGE MEASURED WITH PL104 CONNECTED.

10. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH REAR CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL PICTURE

AND FRONT CONTROLS IN EXTREME COUNTERCLOCKWISE POSITION.

HORIZONTAL

LINEARITY

FIG. 6. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

MODEL 17905

0161

T 1000

LAST R SYMBOL R -I99LAST C SYMBOL C-178LAST L SYMBOL L -I12LAST T SYMBOL T-108

75

CD

"0m

I -F

AM

PLI

FIE

R A

LIG

NM

EN

T

I.

CONNECT THE V.T.V.M. FROM TEST POINT(:)TO CHASSIS GROUND.

2.

PLACE A TIGHT FITTING SHIELD OVER THE OSC./MIXER TUBE (V$31 AND CONNECT THE UNGROUNDED RF LEAD OP

THE SIGNAL GENERATOR TO THE SHIELD.

THIS SHIELD SHOULD NOT BE GROUNDED.

CONNECT THE GROUND SIDE

OF THE SIGNAL GENERATOR LEAD TO THE FRAME OF THE TUNING UNIT.

3.

TURN THE CHANNEL TUNING CONTROL TO ANY VACANT CHANNEL.

4.

SET THE SIGNAL GENERATOR OUTPUT (UNMODuLATED) TO DEVELOP APPROXIMATELY 2 VOLTS AT THE V.T.V.M.

ADJUST THE

I -F AMPLIFIER COILS, ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING CHART. FOR MAXIMUM DC VOLTAGE AT THE

V.T.V.M.

ATTENUATE THE SIGNAL GENERATOR OUTPUT AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE 2 VOLT METER READING

I -F

AM

PLI

FIE

R A

LIG

NM

EN

T C

HA

RT

SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY

ADJUSTMENT

(NO m000L4TioN)

(REFER TO FIG. 3)

25.75 MC

23.75 MC

24.75 AC

FM

SO

UN

D C

HA

NN

EL

ALI

GN

ME

NT

L-9

(1sT IF)

T.I03 (2ND IF)

T.104 (DETECTOR IF(

Connect the signal generator output through a .005 mfd. capacitor from test point

ground.

See Fig.

3.

o chassis

2.

Connect the VTVM from test point

to chassis ground.

3.

Set the signal generator to 4.5 MC. and adjust the unmodulated generator output

level to give a

1

volt reading on the VTVM.

4.

Adjust the 4.5 MC.

SOUND ADJUSTMENT and the primary of T-101

(bottom core) for a maximum indication

on the voltmeter.

Reduce the output of the generator as the alignment progresses to keep the volt-

meter reading at approximately

Ivolt.

5.

Connect the VTVM from test point 0D

to chassis ground and adjust the secondary of T -I01

(top core)

'or a zero reading on the VTVM between a positive and negative peak.

If the zero reading occurs at

more than one setting, use the position nearest the top limit of the tuning slug.

6.

Shift the signal generator frequency an equal amount on each side of 4.5 MC and touch-up the primary

of T -I01

for approximately equal peaks.

Al

a

517

s wm 8E :1 'Om °

M 0

AI

2

'4 8

CI

z mP

O

IA CO -4 C P

A'S

41k

Connected to main schematic

gi IP

03

-

0 dsp

N'`

0:$ 0

CI 6

1

N)

3cp

0 to

O Cla

0 (3,

CD

1-1 0 CJI


CHASSIS 183 - MODELS: 636, 637, 880, 881, 882, 883,884, 885, 886, 88 7,

CHASSIS 184 - MODELS 953, 954, 955.CHASSIS 185 - MODELS 893, 894, 895, 896, 897.

CHASSIS 186 - MODELS 963, 964, 965.

The material presented applies to chassis listed above. The

circuit diagram is exact for Chassis 183 and 185. Chassis 184and 186 incorporate a 3 -tube AM -FM radio tuner integrally mountedat the left front portion of the chassis. A switch network per-mits selection of TV, AM, FM, or phono operation. In Chassis186, a separate audio power amplifier sub -chassis is used.

Chassis 180, used in Models 637, 638, and 639, with 14" picturetubes, uses almost the same circuit as Chassis 183.

Chassis 187, used in Models 24B707 and 24M708, uses 24" picturetubes, but its circuit is very similar to Chassis 183 describedon these pages and this material may be used as an aid in servicingthese additional Hoffman television sets.

6V/ 4GTV705

59

68G6GV703

5-90

5U4GV801

1390

6SN7GTV702

wig

EU

EN

MCI

560ACI

360ACi

LEM

ii)CM

MCI

EN16.3A51

MCI

°FM

Zipo oro .3*

IBM MD

85

0.2

UEEM

02

50

(57I6SN7GT

V502-701 X3851

10

[6.3A0

4 6 3AC

o

o

#00,

68L7GTV601A-8

163ACI

6CB6 6CB6 6086 6086 6AL5V201 V202 V203 V204 V205

KEY.

VIV2V2V3

OTHERTUBES

ALL

VOLTAGE AT PINS WHEN OPERATINGIN FM POSITION.

VOLTAGE AT PIN S WHEN OPERATINGIN AM POSITION.

1390L-()

VOLTAGE AT PIN 8 WHEN OPERATINGIN TV POSITION.

A - MEASURED RELATIVE TO OTHER HEATER PINB - PIN USED AS A TIE POINT ONLY.

- MEASURED WITH A VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER.

Composite Bottom View Tube Layout111:111 113

1

260

115

27

1

701

240

-08°

I

EMICIO

6K6GTV105

6 3AC

6 3ACj

6S07V104

CCI

ouoo

13M13

trivrOoo14%62°'

6AL5V103

CMI

mu ED mu

4110OEEEI

6AU6V501

1:14E121 o0 eat Baa

6CB6V301

112

106

260260

6.5AC6 3AC

0-0.25

6 3AC6 3AC

plpt419.1,

I

6AU6V401

6AU6V102

MEIMZEI

4E110euO

ANNWimp

BEI EEG

6AU6V101

1740

ArolGtot000

V36AV6

o-6.2

VI68E6

1.40.3

O

6.3A01

6 5AC6 3AC

O 250O 250

0

71L.6fo

V2

117

93

6BA6 0.90

All voltages are DC values obtained with a 20,000 ohm/volt meter unless otherwise noted. Opera-ting conditions are rated line voltage, signal level that developed -3 volts AGC bias, normal setting ofall controls. Variations are to be expected due to variations in operating conditions and componentnominal values. 77

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONHOFFIvIAN Alignment (Continued)

SignalGenerator o

.005 mf) To Grid

Figure 7. Signal Generator Isolation

Voltmeter0-0

10K

To OutputTo Ground

Figure 8. Voltmeter Isolation

Figure 9. Ratio Detector "S" Curve withAM Modulated Marker

PICTURE I.F. ALIGNMENT

Tune the coils by setting the coil frequency on theCW generator and adjusting the coil for a maximum meterreading. Remember to attenuate the generator signallevel so that the DC output voltage of the video detectorremains at 1 volt as the coils are tuned. The order oftuning is from the last L F. stage toward the TV tuner.Before tuning the grid coil of the 1st I. F. stage, tem-porarily detune the TV tuner converter plate coil.This coil is L17 on the continuous tuner. On the turrettuner it is L4, the coil in the rear left-hand corner ofthe tuner as viewed from the shaft end. After the con-verter plate coil has been tuned, repeat the trap andL F. alignment procedure until no additional change intuning is noted.

When this condition is obtained, turn on the sweepgenerator and tune it to about 25 mc center frequencywith a 10 mc sweep. Replace the meter with the oscil-loscope, using the 10K isolating resistor at the end ofthe vertical input lead. Check the shape of the responsecurve. See Figure 10. Tune the marker generator to26.1 mc and note its position on the skirt of the curve.It should be at approximately the 50% point. If this isnot the case, tune the converter plate coil so that thiscondition is obtained. If the top of the response curvehas a tilt, tune L201 until the top is horizontal. Move

78

1

4-

26.1 21.6

10% Limit3.9 min*-4-4 on Tilt4.1 max.1

1

1

1

50%

6 db Down

26.

Frequencywmc

1

271.6

p10% Limit onDip

23.0 25.0

10% Limit onon RoundedCorners at fre-quencies indicated

Figure 10. Picture I.F. Response Curve

the marker to the 50% point on the opposite skirt. Notethe frequency calibration of the marker generator dialand subtract this value from 26.1 mc. The differenceshould lie between 3.9 mc and 4.1 mc, the bandpasslimits taken at the 6 db points. If the bandpass doesnot lie within these limits, touch up the other L F. coilsuntil the correct curve is obtained. Any appreciabletouch-up requirement should be taken as an indicationthat the L F. section is not operating normally and shouldbe checketl for defects.

Figure 11. Detector Network

WARNINGThe strap holding the picture tube in this receiverwill shrink on removal. Do not attempt to restretchit over the tube rim. To reinstall, follow these steps

Immediately hook one end ofthe strap to chassis and re -stretch to required length.

Stretch as shown to approxi-mate total length required.

C.) Maintain tension on the strap,bring it over the tube, andhook the free end while hold-ing top.


HOFFMAN TV ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE (Continued)

StepNo.

SignalGenerator

FrequencyMC

ConnectSignal

ToOutput

Indicator Adjust InstructionsSpecial Connections

and Settings

SOUND I.F. AND RATIO DETECTOR

1 21.6CW

Pin 1of

V101

Meter acrosspin 7 of V103

and ground

T101Pri.,Sec.

T102Pri.

Tune for max.reading onmeter.

Load secondary of T101 with 10Kresistor. Signal level should below enough to obtain approximately6.5 to 7 volts on meter. Use iso-lation networks shown in figures 7and 8 throughout steps 1 through 14.

2 21.6CW

" Meter acrossjunction of R108and R109 and

switch side of R106

T102Sec.

Tune for zerometer reading;use same signallevel as in step 1

Repeat tuning of T102 primary andsecondary until adjustments do notchange. Remove 10K load after corn -pleting step 2.

PICTURE I.F. AND SOUND TRAPS

3 21.6CW

Screw of C10on Tuner

Voltmeter topin 1 of V301

L204 Tune for min.reading onmeter.

Apply -3V bias to AGC bus.Removehorizontal oscillator tube V702.

4 21.6CW

L207 ' Detune L204 with fingers whiletuning L207.

5 20.1CW

L209 '

6 27.6CW

L203

7 23.0CW

L208 Tune for max.reading onmeter.

Set contrast control for maximumcontrast. Adjust signal level through -out I.F. alignment so that a 1 volt dcoutput is maintained at the videodetector.

8 25.0CW

" " L206

9 22.25CW

L205 " Adjust signal level throughout I.F.alignment so that the video detect-or is maintained at 1 volt.

10 25.8CW

L202 '

11 22.6CW

" " L201 I f Detune converter plate coil.

12 24.25CW

Con-verterplatecoil

" Converter plate coil located ontuner.

13 Repeat steps 3 through 12 until adjustments do not change.

14 Approx. 25with 10 mc

Sweep.Marker

required.

ConverterTube Grid(See textfor correc-tion.)

High gainscope topin 1 of

V301

Converterplate coiland L201

first.Othercoils if

necessary

Set 26.1 mcmark at 50%point with con-verter platecoil. Eliminatetilt with L201.

Use markers to determine bandpassat 50% points. Bandpass should bebetween 4.1 mc and 3.9 mc. Adjustother I.F. coils to obtain proper curveonly when absolutely necessary.

15 4.5CW

Pin 1of

V301

Meterconnectedthroughdetectornetwork

to junctionof L302and L303

L301 Tune for min-imum readingon meter.

Detector and isolating networksshown in figures 7 and 11.

79


2 201

HOFFMANTUNER

VIDEO AGC

F L. B

o o

C 20i.005 .61(___44

113 V

60

INTERLOCK

C 801.01

V Id V102 V103 V1046AU6 6AU6 6AL5 6S07GT

10 SOUND I.F. 2nd SOUND 1.F. RATIO DETECTOR AUDIO AMPLIFIERSOO. R ii2

TV PHONO I MEG--

C - 101.005

R102I IL

7 101 a

CO2.005

100

1500 AAIw

.

!Tio4;::

L

III 1

21.6 MC Aj

R11747

IDS

1622I 330MK

R104IK

C106O 05

R103100

.6+140

R106DK

Vs"..

9R105 30C MMF270

5-T ice

,1

icafTsc,LA

21.6 MC-C OS1500 MMF

8108106

F

C0047005 0047

R 107220 6

C III 500 6

C O5.005

Rill10

EG

C 11647MMF

3

210

R 201IX

22.6111 120iMC le

R 2024.3 K

tad1st PICTURE I F

0202.005

R100 K

40283303

R 205

C 205220MMF

202

-C 206

820366 I r2173 ---'

-11;165F R 2065.6 6

-.n04; L ; I

R 20426004 I ."E -,-I

:4'I .Tc2ovi50 1,_-1 1 10276 IMFMC

62nd. PICTURE 1 F

R 20120

RN8

C 20920.004

C 210220MME 22.25 MC

C2i1LA F

_L

4.204 130

"VU314 PICTURE I.F.

213005

Fida)4 84053.311

V13015U4G

LK.RECTIFIER

COLOR CODE

WI4 _ _ _ _ _WHITEBL BLUEGEN _GREENTEL YELLOWOR _ORANGERED REDBR -BROWNOLK -BLACKGY _OKAY

R 80160

+ 350TO

11[0 0J3010

C 803f C 804

3 3 3

010703 0702vso 0105 0104 v 05 0205 v204 0/03 020 0101

Owl 2 B 2 7 8 8 4 4 4 4 4

V NECONVERTER

(REAR).

80

+ POD +195 +MO5(2 OK 46L

RFC001

OR

3 3

VolIMx v Kit 0103

NOTES* THESE NUMBERS REFER TO THE 1x2 PIN NUMBERINGt S 101 AND S3OI ARE GANGED

v 502 AND V701 OCCUPY SAME ENVELOPE- - - - ASSEMBLY

SHIELD (DASHED LINE AROUND V -NUMBER INDICATESEXTERNAL TUBE SHIELD)

BUS VOLTAGES ARE FOR 115 V LINE, AVERAGE SIGNAL( 3V. AGL) ANDNORMAL CONTROL SETTINGS.

**CHASSIS MS ONLY. MELT CONNECTIONS USED IN CHASSIS 183DENOTES PLASTIC AS DISTINGUISHED FROM SAME COLOR IN COTTON

R 212

R 21068

R 21150 -

.002,45

C402.005

C 21520 .005

250 MC

NNE

C 216

ix

t,206

100Mh

6686418 PICTURE I F

220MMF V5016AU6

Is? SYNC. SEPARATOR

+KO

R 501io MEG

V 7011i6SN7GTosc CONTROL

8 701 R 707

3.36 4.7N

.p 4t 706OOK

C 702 C 71330 MMF 7p4 .d

686

^C 704005

Schematic Diagram For Chassis 183 and 185

V 502{65 N7GT

2nd SYNC SEPARATOR1195

C502047

R505 R 5086 8 K

R 70822 8

85076.86

V 7026SN7GT

HORIZONTAL OSCILL ATOR

702ISO 6

Lja_lat zgrollmF

C706 _C707I

C 7100047

711 R 71286 470 K


PHONOINPUT

8 215IK

R 2165.60;

iTC218

__J MF

L20

230 MC

22200

2 501

F5739 R SIO R 51122K 132K B2K

1.3 C08,04

1 .S4?5r

R76.2 X

CT250 MMF

T220MMF

C T12

V 105

6K6GTAUDIO OUTPUT

6P,0VIDEO DECTECTOR

V60IAi6BL7GT

VERTICAL OSCILLATOR

V 70365060

HORIZONTAL OUTPUT

R 715100

R 714K

R 71120

AMP

+280

17:27-Mnr-'

IC42f 3 ,

MMF

12 K

C 403.0005

H

V 3016GB6

VIDEO AMPLIFIER

51-m--.'.47 MF

V 601131-6BLTGT

VERTICAL OUTPUT

R 6032.5 MEG

C ,E4QT3

R605GME

R 606+ 56 4U VERT

-C604 LIN30

R 607

330

R 610136

V 4016AU6

A.G.C. KEYER

+195

L 303v--"

350 R 305 R 306ph 3.9K 12

R30347

R611100

R 61210011

V704 V 705X24 6W4G1

H V RECTIFIER DAMPER

C 717500 MMF

ItafirinSERVICE DATA

TELEVISION CHASSIS

183, 184, 185, 186

C 303.22

R 307330 K

TV

effiGHTNESS

TO Br CIRCUIT

X X

5301 PHOND

Z 30i1 ..21

M 501

Y01Er "

8613560

REA560

LHORIZ. L703 DEFL.

V302

gilAtj FOR MODEL 163

0issP,A FOR MODEL BB

PICTURE TIME

For chassis parts layout and alignment points see next page.

an

81


Hoffman Chassis 183, 184, 185, and 186, continued.sioi-S 301

UHF TV PHONO R 608ADAPTER PLUG SWITCH VERT. LIN.

PHONO I R 603 R 602 L701INPUT VERT SIZE VERT. HOLD HORIZ. HOL

RATIO DET.V 1036AL5

0TIO2

O21.6 MC

2ND SOUNDI.F.

6AU6V102

- -

82

1ST SOUND I.F6AU6

V101

AUDIOOUTPUT

SYNC. AMP.HORIZ. OSC. CONT

6K6 GTV105

V 104

T6016S07

1ST OUTPUT

VERT.OSC.AND

OUTPUTV 6 A -B

SYNC. SEP. 6BL017GT

6AU6V 501

L 301

4.5 MC

V 401 V 3016AU6 6CB6

AGC KEYER VIDEO AMP

CONTRASTR 302

OFF -VOLUMER 110

Note:

L209

20.1 MC

6SN7GTV 502-V 701

HORIZOSC.

6SN7GT

L801

FOCUS COIL

L601 L 703

?":'% DE FL. YOKES

L207 21.6 MC L204e) 21.6MC

R 308 R 709BRIGHTNESS HORIZ. DRIVE

R 804FOCUS

F801 LFUSE WIDTH702(UNDE

CHASSIS)

AC PLPHONO

UG

F 701HY. RECT. 1/4 AMP,,,n

T 7010 HY. TRANS. 'llIX 2 DAMPERV704

5U4GV 801

L 203

27.6 MC

L608 L206 1_85 L12O

230 MC 25.0 MC 225 MC 25.8 MCV 205

HORIZ.OUTPUT

V 204 V 203 V 2026AL5 6C B 6 6CB6 6CB6VIDEO DET. 4TH I.F. AMP. 3RD I.F. AMP 2ND I.F. AMP

6W4GT

T -80I

POWER TRANS

V201

4AL 201W22.6MC

6CB6I I.F. AMP

(CONTINUOUS TUNER SHOWN)

* 6J6 USED ON CONTINUOUS TUNER

6BC5

ALTERNATE TUBES USED6CB6 ON TURRET TUNER

PICTURE TUBE

CONY. PEAKINGL17

24.25 MC

OSC- CONV.6J6

CHANNEL INDICATOR

TUNING

Figure 12. Top View Parts Layout For Chassis 183

C10

TUNING UNITR.F.

AMP.

The parts layout shown in Figure 12 is representative of Chassis 183. Chassis 184 parts layoutis similar with the following exceptions. An AM -FM Tuner is included. Location of the AM -FMTuner and front panel controls is identical to Chassis 186, TV-PHONO switch,mounted on the rear apron, is deleted.


104 Series1,Iodel numbers below.

A*

AO!

AN

ACP

A9

P19

PII

PIO

19

THE MAGNAVOX COMPANY

6BC5114VI

7--40

1/2 I2AT7MIXERV!A

V2 I2AT7OSG.V2B 700354

R -F UNIT

The Magnavox 104 series TV chassis are all 20 tube receivers including a directview picture tube. The CT 301, 303, 305, 307, 309, 311 and 313 include audio

amplifiers and speaker. The CT 302, 304, 306, and 310 have no audio amplifieror speaker, but are used in combination with a radio chassis audio system. Theaudio output stage also serves as a voltage regulator in all models.

VOLTAGE CHARTPin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6

V101 6AU6 -.8 202 152V102 6AL5V103 6SN7 -.7 24 0 -23 200 +4V104 6V6 400 425 112V106 6CB6 -8.2 0.2 140 140V107 6BC5* -8.2 .12 140 140V108 6BC5' 0 1.5 140 140V109 6AL5 0 -4.2 3.3V110 6CB6 +.7 1.7 140 110V111 6SN7 -33 100 0 0 7.4 48V112 6C4 135 -43V113 6V6 400 400 0V114 6SN7 -66 252 0 -1.2 45 0V115 6BG6 0 -32V117 6W4 600V118 5U4

7 80

-37

143

-3.8

035

300

400

2:0V 3119V 39011 400V

C16IA

AI4°WTSAI,

5U 4GL V. SECT.

0118

J102BR

5,01ON 8126

AA & BA1C4 SERIES

v. OR

0

0P0

0U

(76 0

0Al0

s

00 0O aS

rA43 000

00

m43 Al

M

O Mg-1 W

O 0F-1 mO a

-1-3 N0

Eta 0

r-I

0- 0M

0

0 tor_1.

rd

nos

2100

ALL ELECTRICAL VALUES SHOWNARE IN MMF OR OHMS UNLESSOTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

NUMBERS 16 BALLOONS REFERTO WAVEFORM PHOTOS.

83

M

AM(

NOV

4..0


7 - 2100

1/2 SN7GTSYNC CLIPPER

VII4A

The Magnavox Company *41-*

6AU6SOUND I -F

V101

6AL5souk° DU

WOE

101

11145 18 102 111103

1136 1000 EEO

6101396

G10151

6CB61ST V0E0 14

V106

27105.3MG.2

104 Series, continued.1/2 6SN7GT 6V6GT

1ST A -F OUTPUTV1034 V104

41101110

aW

0

0160

111011 1072 MO 047011 IMES 4700

6BC5 OR 68G5 OR 6AL56465 64G5 VIDEO DET

240 VIDEO I -F 3RD VIDEO I -F & A.G.C.0107 V108 C1511 VI09

255 MC7104

PittMEG

6SN7GT V2 6SN7GTSYNC. AMP SYNC. SEP SYNC. CLIPPER

74., V1114 VIIIB V1I4A

FOR 10484 SERIES

MC101

5 21K 4E00

L.

000 .002

6135K17E.1 -e"

G143se_ _ J

1/2 6SN7GTNOR A F C

11038

0146

84

0159200

INGOSOK

61.1IOOR

r 60101

04-001194

5

01361 .0047

EEK 9200 9200 W 105

Eq.r .

oN(II8

...,002 .005 005

L

111411SEE TABLE

000 HGLat

1( If".0143

i44

.47 MPMI

11190

O 173

111441

O 147

PARTNO.

OMIT

100039647004700

AA SERIES

156

33001011

65005600

IA 110010$

ELECTRICAL VALUES

1/2 6SN7GTNOR. OSC.

V1148

8166 0153 61573300 OK 1500

111511

Boo ).61511)3500

T109

r9162

1

92001-ISO147

0

SE

IR3900IK

rj--j_ MIC151

14

RI4Y415MI.

68666HOP OUTPUT

V115

YE

G153

I-7

07TUG.

0110.047 kW

L1 11,R06-4 in

MEM

111260106

GONTR

101

6CB6VIDEO AMP

VII0

6C4V 050.

VII2

000

137.047

0146SEETABLE

5173SEETABLE

395V

0126

7'5 390

G1311.047 ME

R147SEE TABLE I

MEG5HEIGHT

01600Ay0 Mr

/±-107

L1011106

11143 L s'

54

3900

6V6GTOUTPUT0113

61400.0 MEG.

1836TKV. RECT

VII6

171

MEG.

400v

C1312.500

500

Y

L110 \

24, X

P.


TV I -F ALIGNMENT1. Tune receiver to quiet portion of TV High Band.2. Set contrast control fully counterclockwise.3. Apply 3 v. negative bias between the A.G.C. bus (at C22A)

and ground. (Use 2-1% v. cells.)4. Connect TV I -F Signal Generator through a 1500 MMF

condenser to Test Point (A) of tuner unit; low side toground. (See schematic diagram and Note #1 below.)

5. Connect negative lead of V.T.V.M. (or meter of 20,000 ohms -per -volt, or better) to 4.7K diode load resistor TESTPOINT (B); positive lead to ground. (See schematicdiagram.)

6. Feed 23.3 MC [23.31* (±.05 MC) from Signal Generator,and adjust T4 for maximum deflection on meter. MaintainSignal Generator output so low that meter reads no morethan 1.5 volts at peak.

7. Feed 22.1 MC [22.11* (-±-.05 MC) from Signal Generator,and adjust T3 as above.

8. Feed 24.3 MC [24:21* (±:05 MC) from Signal Generator,and adjust T2 as above.

9. Feed 24.7 MC [24.51* (-±-.05 MC) from Signal Generator,and adjust T1 as above.

10. Replace the meter with the vertical input of an Oscilloscopethrough a 10K isolating resistor, low side to ground.

11. Remove Signal Generator. Feed a video I -F Sweep Gen-erator (20 to 28MC) through loosely coupled shield of 6J6converter tube, making sure shield is not grounded. (Referto Fig. 3.)

12. Loosely couple high side of a TV I -F Marker Generator tothe high Sweep Generator Lead; low side to ground.

13. Feed I -F Sweep, and observe response on 'scope. (SeeFig. 5.) Use marker frequencies 20.25, 22 and 24.75 MC.

14. If response does not approximate that shown in Fig. 5,repeat steps 3 to 9, making sure that frequencies are pre-cise, and that the Signal Generator output voltage is keptlow. Continue with steps 10 to 13. A slight touch-up ofindividual slugs may be required to approximate the recom-mended curve of Fig. 5.

Majestic (Garod) Series 106 and 108 Receivers.See page 86 for a complete list of models.

TV SOUND ALIGNMENTNOTE: TV-phono switch must be in TV position.

1. Connect a 4.5 MC Signal Generator (±.01 MC) through a1500 MMF condenser to the 4.7K video diode load resistorTESTPOINT (B); low side to ground. See schematicdiagram.

2. Obtain two resistors of approximately 100,000 ohms each,whose resistances have been matched accurately with anohmmeter. Connect them in series across the 18K resistor(R107) at the 6T8 tube socket (V9A).

3. Connect negative lead of V.T.V.M. to junction of matchedresistors of step 2; positive lead to ground.

4. Feed 4.5 MC (71-.01 MC) from signal generator, and adjustL22, sound take -off coil, for maximum deflection onV.T.V.M. Two points of maximum deflection may be foundwhen making this adjustment. Correct adjustment is at-tained when screw is at most inward maximum readingposition.

5. Adjust the bottom slug of T10 for maximum deflection onV.T.V.M.

6. Connect positive lead of V.T.V.M. to junction of C96, andR106 TEST POINT (C), leaving negative lead of V.T.V.M.connected as in step 3. See schematic diagram.

7. Adjust top of T10 for zero output on V.T.V.M. betweentwo opposite polarity peaks.

IMPORTANT: Keep the sweep generator and markergenerator outputs at minimum to avoid curve dis-tortion. Marker pips should be kept barely visible.

*NOTE: If 3v fixed bias is unavailable and zero fixed bias isused, set signal generator at [ J bracketed frequencies values.Subsequently, marker frequencies of Fig. 5 are 21.9 and 24.6MC, respectively.

,F SWEEPGENERATOR

TOPOT FM,OT SCOPE EEL, j.

COUPLED

,F MARKERGENENATOR

1.0.21 PC, MONK.

EA Fs mc

(1

OSE.LOSCOP

5NW-,01100 N

TO

APE 'EPEEFREE.

STNERPTCP

FIG. 3. IF ALIGNMENT BLOCK DIAGRAM

TABLE I RF ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES

CHANNELNUMBER

SWEEP GEN.CENTER PRE°.(10MC.SWEEP)

MARKER GENERATOR FREOUENCES

VIDEOCARRIER

SOUNDCARRIER

2 57 MC. 55.25 MC 59.75MG.

3 63 MC 61.25 MC. 65.75 MC.

4 69 MC. 67.25 MC. 71.75 MC.

5 79 MC. 77.25 MC. 91.75 MC.

6 95 MC. 93.25 MC. 67.75 MC.

7 177MC. 175.2 514C. 179.75 MC.

a 18314C. 181.25 MC. 165.75MG.

9 189 MC. 117. 25 MC. 191.75 MC.

10 195 MC. 193.25 MC. 197.75 MC.

11 201 MC. 199.25 MC. 203.75 MC.

12 207MC 20525 MC 209.75MG.

13 213 MC. 211,25 MC 215.75 MC.

TV RFRESPONSE

FIG. 5. RECOMMENDED RESPONSE CURVES. 85

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMajestic (Garod) Series 106 and 108 Television Receivers.

V8 IIIAT23-DER-LMS®r'?1ALT,ERNATE PART WI 552.'SOUND I.F AMPLIFIER 07MV8 6AU6

RATIO (LEI TRH*** ALTERNATE CONNECTIONS OF MULT-SECTIONEDCAPACITOR UNITS.IMOUNTED ON TOP 0PGHASSIS1NOTE DETERMINE WHICH METHOD IS USED

r

L

METHOD I (SCANS) ALT METHOD (2 CANS/PART NO SECTION SYMBOL PART NO SECTIott

68

Al .

C62C63

A

A

A....

5.435-3 .... c104 5418 TUB.CAP(.. C3I SAW TUELCM

( Mk C72 B Ak

5435-4 j 1 C64 8

.. 029 B A

5 429-2{ AL.

...C50C102

A

B

.16

.4.

A. 54351

ANTENNATERMINAL

STRIP

REPLACEABLEANTENNA COLUNITS(CONSISTS OF08L21

C2

216.435.2

+ ALTERNATE V9 CONSISTS OF TYPE 6/1L5 AS RATIODETECTOR AND TYPE RATE OR 6AV6 AS AUDIOAMPLIFIER BELOW IS GIVEN A TABULATION OFCORRESPONDING TUBE ELEMENT PIN NUMBERS.

6Te 6/116/5AV6 6ALSPIN NO, PIN NO PIN NO

7

2 2

S 5

4 3 35 4 4

6 77 2,5,6 I, 69 I

9 7

TO CONNECT EXTERNAL ANTENNA-.I. LOOSEN ANTENNA TERMINALS2 -REMOVE THE BUILT-IN ANTENNA LEADS.

-CONNECT 300 II LEAD- IN FROM EXTERNAL300A INPUT ANTENNA TO THE ANTENNA TERMINALIMPEDANCE STRIP, AND TIGHTEN THE SCREWS.

L_ 2

C94

V9A3

C92 39 _10%

GfrxZ= )5000 L 2?

3.2111

R106 156

NOTE WHEN AeOvE0710 ALT. ISUSED, R105 -22011 RESISTORIS NOT USED.

TURRET SWITCH SETTING SELECTS COILSFOR CHANNEL DESIRED ri es.? sic

I r ----,i cg -°-:1 !

1w c440T

I

,.

7R F AMPLIFIER

Te.if VI 6AG5/6BC5/6CB6

10

L2

.5-3

NOTE NUMBERS NEARTURRET COIL TERraNALSCORRESPOND TO SEQUENCEOF CONTACTS ON TURRETSWITCH READING FROMFRONT To BAG I(.

5-3

OSCILLATOR -MIXER

V2 6J65),_, REPLACEABLE

NnIccnt,,T,11... OF L4,L5 L6 /

I r C6(00

6 5I

L5

R42200

STANDARD COIL TUNER

H7v 1:11D60 CYCLEA C ONLY

SERIES 106 - 17" RECT TUBEMODEL DESCRIPTION

70 TABLE MODEL LEATHERETTE

772TABLE MODEL BLONDE"

70700MAHOG

1 BLONDECONsoLETTE NI

712 CONSOLETTE MAHOGANY715 CONSOLE FRUITW000717 CONSOLE BLONDE710 CONSOLE MAHOGANY

F

3 AMPLINE Fly

INTERLOCKON BACK

87 AzpHONOMOTOR

OUTLET

T7

107

=.00IMF RB

4700

5

C123-5

FINE TUNPIG

8C4.4ogITE

Oft6.3

L.V. RECT.VI8 5U4

.YELC61 3v AT 3 Amps

500 TEL

ON -OFF SWITCHGA N GE D TOVOLUMECONTROL

R74100K110%

trV AT 1.8 AMPS. ELAJE ,1, 2

GRo 6 Z10 AT 6

GR.1

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMSERIES 1064 - 17 "RECT TARE

MODEL DESCRIPTIONI7FA TABLE MODEL MAHOGANY17J CONSOLETTE MAHOGANY172 TABLE MODEL LEATHERETTE7,70 TABLE MODEL LEATHERETTEA712 CONSOLETTE MAHOGANY

719 CONSOLE BLONDE17062 CONSOLETTE MAHOGANY(OAT TABLE MODEL MAHOGANY17L TABLE MODEL 2 TONE LEATH86

SERIES 108- 20 "RECT TUBEMAH

800001 CONSOLETTE BLONDE802803BOA

CONSOLE

CONSOLE

MAHOGANY

MAHOGANY

ssn290V

SERIES 1013 20"REGT.TuaEMODEL DESCRIPTION

2078320782 TABLE MODEL rItHEODGNYK

20C120C153

CONSOLETTE MAHOGANYLIMED OAR

CI5.001 MF

20L TABLE MODEL 2TONE LEATH.2084 CONSOLETTE MAHOGANY200C CONSOLETTE MAHOGANY2OUT TABLE MODEL MAHOGANY

SERIES 108A 20" RECT. TUBE20LA CONSOLE MAHOGANY

SERIES 1088 - 20.RECT.TUBEMODEL DESCRIPTION20UAT TABLE MODEL LEATHERETTE

20 X TABLE MODEL LEATHERETTE

SERIES IOBC - 201RECT. TUBE

.20 K TABLE MODEL LEATHERETTE

RED -WHITE

FOCUS CONTROL-.CVO

® tt

RI21081,10%2W

RI3OKt00%2W

0

C2I45000 5000

i,L,A,41,11.

762250R73 1w 470R 10 .% 7w

35011GRW

IR 73

1800_10%2w

R8011208110%

RIO0478 I? 101

100

C938-5000

C 94

70'01.5MC.

,40

!PRIB7

4.5 MC.L__

5000

4102478 -10% 1W

I ST. VIDEO LE

V3 6CB6

R 164.711

110t

15000

Ril7

RIB530

Igg 51%701

02213

24.3 MC.72 GleN

,1

R48154! 10%

R492206110%

R198.26E10%

V'I.

OCr

RI 05220

C95150C

500V8104

2 ND.VIDEO I.F.V4 6CB6

R2047

R21100

T 2C;

SYNC -SEPARATOR SY NC. A MPL .

VIIA 1/2-68N7 VIIB I/2-6SN

HORIZ.OSCILLATOR

V14 6SN7

R7933M±101.

COT022 ME

HoR HOLDCW--8.

06825 ME200VR81

8.2e,05.

R78506

' 1506±10%

R5o5.68110%

R85478±10% 1W

VNA

R.521.8 K

E 10%

022 C43

NOR FRED ADJ R8847K10%

78w.

R831000,5%

R841808E10%

3En

NORSTABIL

( C69 -I330T10%croOIMF 1C71

600V I200,06,

r3

R89470K

225

.1

10 DET.

IMOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMajestic (Garod) Series 106 and 108 Television Receivers.

AUDIO AMPLIFIER AUDIO OUTPUT

V98 VIO 6K6i

1 C974 MF

1/2 - 6T8

9

. OF7 filoi,

50 V02C2/..06 IM4 _ 500vPHONO JACK

1500

--\ "!RI26156

C961500I

L500V

TEST POINT

Tv wPHONOSWITCH

22.IMCT3 Kw.

4.7 wall 4123

02185000

CS8 5000±99 5

047MF RRO4706

RIO9 Tr C1008108 10M 12.20

CW MVOLUME

- CONTROL

3 RD.VIDEO I.F.V5 6AU6

140 v

1325100

23.331C 687874

.#22406.10%Vv%

,,i 611

Rill706 Rill

560210%rw.

.C104*

2.- 4 MF

t16.102*

T5MF50v

450V170.5

470KJ

VIDEO DET.V6 A 1/2- 6AL6

4

L I/

TEL DOT

5A

126 SID%

ri L12

C2833 T TEST POINT

100

V610:-6AL5 zrTh5

A.G.C.

<.1!- _t c34

5000

842796 1 0 %

CONTRASTCONTROL

R301.56

- C27

VIDEO AMP.V7A

112-12AU7

R06220 K

10%

R27100

SLUE DOT

R100

?CR

645220Kt10%

R33 336!NA",

COLOR...STANDARDSWITCH

o4-01

L(133!IMF

COLOR CO NVERTERRECEPTACLE

L13 VIDEO AMPYEA. DOT ,,M713

I/2 -12 AUR32

8 26210% C30MF.

834R51 M3.38±10%

;FE:90 Pigs

R35

1401,5027 310; iOW

* C29 *140MF

4500

R403 38

225 v

ICAL INTEGRATING NETWORKC47 700710%

54 #55 #56 2

26 8.2 6 8.2 6- -J- -44 T C45T C46000 5000 5000T

_J

CW

J

Yft ALo

"°'' 11 '''''R57 0,4 SLUE

850

VERT. OSCILLATORVI 2 6C4

75VERT.OSC TRANS

1.5 M10%

R692206

11M.

- 1 VERT HOLO

275 V

4 3

1-5

1648

R71126.110%

.047MF600V

R6I2.53.

VERT. SIZECONTROL

.1 ME

VERT.OUTPUTVI3 6V6

R60 R624706 6.88

CWC50 *

IOOMF.50 V.

T6vERT.Ot/TPUT TRA

I .1IIIEEL6006 C52

I MF

615 F GREEN

V

ps,REDR6656010,R67 3,560

R63220

LW VERT.LINCONTROL

R6456

R6547010%

I W

5

4

1166VERTDEFLCOILS

1006

CW

1342476

115Y L 0DOT

R

±10%I W

R393.362w

R41 R4370 K

CONTROLRSS

.13 12F

'1. v2

12

10

PICTURE TUBE

V 19

C53.I MF600V

.71-I 072-I 450SAC

V

t5%I. HORIZ. OUTPUTV15 6 AV 5

:73360510% 100 ,

742-3toOR.RIVE ,T

;7517

R91

R901 NI

H.V. RECT.

V17 I B 3

5:T9 11933.3

7a

C75

600 V.

F2AMP

OVERLOAD FUSE

4

R925.6K

t 10%2 W

R70 3308

C31

Z44 ;117V

R944701( 1W

R6810K

047 MF600V

tligal

SIZE1: IFre TWNTE

C7717-5%

1:4 2KV

it: 6

C7025 Mr.200±

R96 150

C 79SOO

-E,0 KV

L668POOR.

DEFL.COILS

VI

C8039-10%

2000V

HOR. DAMPERV16 6 Vig 4

120NOR. LIN.Im

008!On

C81 182.0411116 .035 MF.1102,600V. 600V.

275V

390 V.1100ST

R 95

KEY TO SCHEMATIC'1' KILOHNS "PeMEGONMS

ALL CERAMIC AND MICA CAPACITORS ARE IN PAWAND RATED 450 v/ v UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

ALL RESISTORS 112W AND ALL PAPER B MOLDS D CAP-ACITORS ARE 400 wv,UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEDAU. RESIS.t 20%,UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEDPOINTS DESIGNATED BY CIRCLED NUMBERS ,CON -NE c T TO STANDARD COIL TUNER AS SHOWN. IFSARKES TAR ZIAN TUNER IS USED THESE PARTSCONNECT TO CORRESPONOING CIRCLED NUMBEREDPOINTS SHOWN IN F IGO PAGE 10 OF 'INSTALLATION SERVICE NOTES -FOR THESE SERIES RECEIVERS.

4706 t 10%

se g i803t --2000 vi

DEFLECTION YOKE AND FOCUS COILPLUG AND SOCKET CONNECTIONS

T. C3o 7: C 75

275v {

TO 17113

2250

ORA

GREE

T:. ; 079i LTB P

,;1 O V:-%8YELLOW TO VERT

OUT x -F1.15

SOCKETBLUE

PLUG,VELITI3EFLA.10A 7


88

Majestic (Garod) Series 106 and 108 Television Receivers.(Continued from previous pages

TO ANTENNATERMINAL STRIP

^4..".. SWITCH ACTIONAVTOMAT.0 BETWEENCHANNELS 6 E,

O

0

4.?

(-4

LOW s

RANO

SEOUEMCIE OF WAFERS I TO IS FROM FRONT TO BACK OFTIMER

ADJUSTMENTS LI, L391 L 4ARE ACCESSIBLE FROM THETOP OF THE TUNER IN LATERPRODUCTION MOOELS

VI

R F AMPLIFIER

6 C B6

0011A F

if

025

v 2 A

CONVERTERI/2 6.16

L TT TVNINOCONTROL

C---114 ER ICIS 70

--\.(\d%R9

6.16

.47 M F

V 2 13

oSC6J6

Ou T.

AGC

CieI00

J

114SAO

Why C

C194 °15.300

15000

C196 I

C.)

10. B. SARKES TARZIAN TUNER - USED IN SOME MODELS.

CIRCLED NUMBERED POINTS CONNECT AT CORRESPONDING NUMBERS ON MAIN SCHEMATIC.

TUBE COMPLEMENT AND VOLTAGE CHART (SERIES 106 and 1011)

IPIA.CIL ,UNCTION TR.."'" PIN I PIN 1 PIN 2 PIN A PIN l PIN I PIN / PIN . PIN VI KY AMPLIFIER SAG6/61101/1016 -1 0 ILIAC 0 90 W 0 -VS OSCILLATOR-MIIER WI 90 70 (SAC II -3 te-43 -4 to -0 0 - -VI 1ST VIDEO IF ICEM .4 0 ILIAC 100 100 0 - -V4 13(0 VIDEO IF WU .4 0 (SAC 101 101 I - -VI 3RD VIDEO IF 0AU6 0 0 0 6..6AC 101 GE 1.0 - -VI AGC AND VIDEO DETECTOR {Ali 0 -1 6.3AC 0 IA 0 -V7 VIDEO AMPLIFIER 'SAW Itt -13 0 (SAC {SAC 10 1 0

VI SOUND IF AMPLIFIER SAU4 0 0 (SAC 230 11/ .3 -VA RATIO DETECT. AND AUDIO AMP. ITS -13 43AG 0 0 0 -1.0 44

VS

Alum.RATIO DETECTOR GALA 0 -It (SAC 0 -.1 0 -.6 - -AUDIO AMPLIFIER OATS/SAVO -IS 0 6.3AG 0 0 0 11 - -

VIO AUDIO OUTPUT SKI NC 0 236 630 0 45 (SAC IIVII SYNC AMPLIFIER ISM 0 U 1.7 ZS 13 II (SAC 0

VII VERTICAL OSCILLATOR C4 IMP 0 0 LUC III --i1 0 -V13 VERTICAL OUTPUT

..En NC 63AG MO FM -24 4 0 SI -

V14 HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR WINS -410+4 ISO II -66 t0-06 100 0 0 {SAC -VI6 HORIZONTAL OUTPUT RAVI -107E--43 (SAC 0 - III 0 140 -VII HORIZONTAL DAMPER 1W4 ISO NC SW NC 176 116 116 MS

.;.1.2ACVII HIGH VOLTAGE RECTIFIER l33 mum u.ny ituy _ 11.6EV - 11.01EY 11.11V -VII LOW VOLTAGE RECTIFIER 0U4 NC 1110 NC ruc 170 twAC 170 400 -6.0AC*4

VII PICTURE TUBE In niPIN II PIP. II PIN If

376 I60 :. (JACYOKE AND FOCUS SOCKET SW 166 su - 196 0 0 -

NOTES1. Tune receiver to unused channel - no signal 6.applied.2. All front panel controls at maximum clockwise

positions.3. Maintain line voltage at 117 Volts A.C.4. All voltages measured with V.T.V.M. unless other-

wise specified.5. Values shown are D.C. voltages, measured from

socket to ground, unless otherwise specified.

7.

NC designates no connection on pins, thus de-noted.Dashed lines designate the non-existence of thepin, thus denoted, on this tube type.Use high voltage insulated probe only.Top value is D.C. voltage to ground. Bottom value,negative lead of meter connected to pin 7 of 5U4.Top value is D.C. voltage to ground. Bottom value,negative lead of meter connected to pin 8 of 5U4.


John Meck Industries, Inc.

9021 - 9024 CHASSISThe circuit shown on page 91 is exact for Chassis 9021. The

other chassis numbers listed above cover slight variations ofthe 9021. For instance, the 9022 uses a three tube I.F. stripand is being used in 14" models. Chassis 9023 and 9024 arechanged to supply higher voltage to operate 20" picture tubes.These chassis are used in Models XSC, 614T, 717C, 717T, 720C,720T, and other models. Chassis 9026 is similar to 9021, beinga slightly revised circuit of these earlier sets. This Chassis9026 is used in the JM-700 series covering sets such as JM-717C,JM-717T, JM-720C, JM-720T.

IF ALIGNMENT PROCEDURES

The I.F. amplifier contains five tuned circuits and five differentalignment frequencies are used. The video carrier is passed throughthe I.F. amplifier at a frequency of 26.1 MC. and the sound carrierat 21.6 MC. Extreme care must be taken in alignment to assure thatthe sound carrier be attenuated substantially below the video carrier.This is necessary as further insurance against the possibility thatthe A.M. modulation on the sound I.F. carrier due to picture modula-tion will be sufficiently low to be removed by the detector, and notproduce spurious phase modulation of the sound I.F. See figure below.A bandwidth of 3.6 MC. is attained (6 DB. down) with a stage gain of12 to 15 times.

An I.F. alignment signal is best introduced in the 9021 chassisby means of a suitable cup or tube shield floated over the mixer tubeto produce capacity coupling of the signal to the plate circuit. Itmay be desirable to disable the local oscillator, to prevent R.F.harmonics from distorting the trace on the 'scope screen. (A dummy6J6 may be substituted for the mixer tube, with the #1 pin removed,or pin #2 when a 12AT7 is used, to acoomplish alignment.) Contrastcontrol is set at 80% of full on. Metering may be done on the AGCline, keeping input attenuated to produce no more than a 2.5 to 3volt reading.

PEAK AT1st I.F. 25.9 MC. Unmodulated2nd I.F. 25.6 MC.

3rd I.F. 23.1 MC.

4th I.F. 22.9 MC.

5th I.F. 24.4 MC.

Alignment continued on page 90.

22.5 26.1 MC

21.6

I.F. RE ONSE CURVE

89


John Meek Industries, Chassis 9021,

SOUND ALIGNMENT1. Connect 4.5MC generator to the grid of the

video amplifier tube (here again, low signal level is im-portant, so that limiting action does not occur . Meter-

ing may be accomplished at the sound take -off point ofthe ratio detector (at the juncture of the 15,000 ohmresistor and the 3900 mmf capacitor) with meter groundconnected to pin No. 8 of 6V6GT tube.

2. Adjust the slug on the sound transformer formaximum negative meter indication.

3. Adjust primary of ratio detector (top slug) formaximum negative reading.

4. Move meter ground to the juncture of thetwo 6900 ohm resistors in the sound detector circuit,and adjust bottom slug on ratio detector to Zero voltage.Other meter lead remains connected as in step 1.

SOUND TRAP ALIGNMENT

1. With 4.5 megacycle generator connected as

above, switch on modulation, and increase the generatoroutput control until modulation bars are observed onthe C.R.T. screen.

2. Adjust trap core for minimum indication onC.R.T. screen.

NOTE-For this adjustment, ,over 50% AMmodulation is desirable. If generator modulation is

fixed, full R.F. output may be required to produced read-able modulation on C.R.T. screen.

PICTURE ADJUSTMENT - CENTERING

This receiver was shipped from the factory with allthe picture adjustments set and locked at the time ofshipment. However, due to the weigh of some of thecomponents, and in cases of picture tube replacement,some re -adjustment may be necessary.

(1) The deflection yoke should be placed inposition closet to the "bell of the picturetube, as far forward as possible. Thefocus coil should be positioned approxi-mately one -quarter inch from the rearof the yoke - concentric to, and at rightangles with the tube neck. The four wingnuts on the side of the bracket shouldnow be tightened.

90

9022, 9023, and 9024, continued.

(2) With the set turned on, the brilliance

control at 80% of maximum and the con-trast at minimum, the ion trap may beReduce the brilliance control to slightly

more than normal brilliance and adjustthe focus control for sharpest horizontalsweep lines. The ion trap may now beadjusted for brightest response.

(3) Connect the antenna and tune in a stationShould centering be necessary, the 3 cen-tering spring bolts on the rear of the focuscoil may be adjusted. In extreme casesof poor centering, loosen the 4 screwsmounting the bracket to the chassis andpoint yoke and focus coil slightly off 90°.

P.M. FOCUS COIL ADJUSTMENT

On some models a permanent magnet type focusunit is used. This unit provides an easy method for bothfocusing and centering adjustments.

The unit is spring mounted for ease of positioning.A brass, screw driver slotted rod, is located to the rightof the CR Tube Socket at the rear of the set, and maybe adjusted for best focus. If the focusing ring (outerring) is drawn completely to the rear and a focus isapproached, but not attained, the entire assemblyshould be moved to the rear. This may be accomplishedby loosening all 3 wing nuts on the spring mtg. assem-bly. Conversly, if focus is approached with the focusring completely forward, tighten the 3 wing nuts. Theraster may be centered by movement of the positioningring (inside of the focusing ring) with the "WobbleStick" which is taped to an eletrolytic condenser on thetop of the chassis.

PICTURE TUBE DAMAGE RESULTINGFROM INCORRECT ION TRAP

MAGNET ALIGNMENT

Of major importance in the installation of a tele-vision set, is the proper adjustment of the ion trap magneton the neck of the cathode ray picture tube. Improperpositioning of the magnet may result in circular areas ofdiscoloration developing on the face of the bulb.

John

Mec

k In

dust

ries

, Inc

.C

HA

SSIS

902

1

a

IVIDEO

6AU 6

All resistance values in ohms,

1,000

1 1,000,000

All resistors are i watt size

unless otherwise specified.

All capacitance value. less

than One ere in microfarads,

and greater than One are in

micromiorofarads, unless

otherwise specified.

1011

1.00

1 w

LYR

EC

T.

604

44

I50

TO

200

-,10

W04

,

Rio

3500

2ND

Nomolo

6AU6

VJI

DIJ

AT

mV

IDE

O

6086

6066

SS

MC

2 O

IMC

22 9

4Cqo

2445

,1C

t20

VA

MP

6AC

7

a-

.,45M

C _4

AMP IF

AU6

SO%

RATIO

..

1651_5u

14

CO

O

tC

ON

TR

OL

,.M

r"AU7

12A

U7

65247

1111*1

1sT

sYm

cAto

r,r,

ER

Ets

YN

G.C

LIP

PE

ftS

Pr7

CtE

RH

oRa

PH

AS

E

DE

AL5

TE

cToR

I2

47

10

tss

IttiE

LRA

TO

ILN

ET

_WO

RK

OA

R11

.2K

one

oo

200

RIGHTNESS

COGHTNTROL

6S07

6

RI

7ET

D

"

1.10

04VERT

SIZE

tso.

o.z.

00r

o,

tro

PO

e VERT.

LIN.

hyd

153

H°RFIVA'olta" a

.46SN7

6SN7

SA

ISM .DoZ

i

Ma

1%

OUT UT

6866

w1D

TH

CoN

TR

OL

AIZ

DO

NN

tTP

ER

ANOR

UN.

43000

C

eI

INW

John Meek Industries, Chassis 9021, 9022, 9023, and 9024, .continued.

NO

SIG

NA

L V

OLT

AG

E M

EA

SU

RE

ME

NT

S

1. W

here

rea

ding

s m

ay v

ary

acco

rdin

g to

con

trol

set

tings

, min

. and

max

. rea

ding

s ar

e gi

ven.

2. M

easu

rem

ents

are

from

soc

ket p

in to

cha

ssis

, unl

ess

othe

rwis

e st

ated

.

3.A

ll m

easu

rem

ents

take

n w

ith li

ne v

olta

ge m

aint

aine

d at

117

A.C

.

X 0 W Pi O PI

1-3

L1 Z di til tli el til

TU

BE

AP

PLI

CA

TIO

NP

in 1

Pin

2P

in 3

Pin

4P

in 5

Pin

6P

in 7

Pin

8P

in 9

Fa W

6AU

61s

t. I.F

. AM

P.

- .1

00

6.3

AC

+ 1

40+

140

+ .7

5cn

6AU

62n

d I.F

. AM

P.

- .1

00

6.3

AC

+ 1

40+

140

+ .7

5N Ili

6CB

63r

d I.F

. AM

P.

0+

2.2

06.

3 A

C+

140

+ 1

400

Li el

6CB

64t

hI.F

. AM

P.

0+

2.5

06.

3 A

C+

140

+ 1

400

m6A

C7

VID

EO

AM

P.

SH

ELL

0+

2 to

+ 1

20

to +

8+

2 to

+ 1

2+

150

6.3

AC

+ 2

00C 04 H

*6A

U6

SO

UN

D I.

F. A

MP

.+

7+

7.5

00

+ 2

20+

55

+ 7

.5W

I 0*6

AL5

RA

TIO

DE

TE

CT

OR

- 2.

5-

2.5

00

0N

C+

4M

12A

U7

SY

NC

. AM

P. -

CLI

PP

ER

+ 2

40

to -

5+

5 to

+ 1

16.

3 A

C6.

3 A

C10

0-3

00

M M6A

L5H

OR

IZ. P

HA

SE

DE

T.

+ 9

to +

15

- 10

6.3

AC

00

NC

0

CY

J6S

N7

HO

RIZ

. OS

C.

+ 1

.6+

330

+ 1

2-

8 to

- 1

3+

120

+ 1

20

6.3

AC

MI A

6BG

6H

OR

IZ. O

UT

.N

C0

+ 8

to +

10

NC

- 10

to -

20

NC

6.3

AC

+ 2

80C

AP

Do

not m

easu

re

14 M6W

4D

AM

PE

RN

CN

C+

500

to +

575

NC

+ 3

60N

C+

140

+ 1

404.1

111

6SN

7V

ER

T. O

SC

. B. S

YN

. SP

LIT

.+

24

+ 8

5+

23

- 7

to -

60

+ 6

0 to

+ 2

000

6.3

AC

0Z

6SN

7V

ER

T. O

UT

.+

.2+

390

to +

500

+ 4

to +

9+

.2+

390

to +

500

+4

to +

96.

3 A

Co

0*6

SQ

7A

UD

IO A

MP

.S

HE

LL-

1.6

00

0+

140

00

74 X'6

V6

AU

DIO

OU

T.

NC

019

020

0-

4N

C0

040

5U4

LV. R

EC

T.

NC

+ 4

00N

C36

0 A

CN

C36

0 A

CN

C+

400

14 1 e11

1B3

H.V

. RE

CT

.D

O N

OT

ME

AS

UR

E'R

eadi

ngs

Tak

en F

rom

Pin

Soc

ket W

ith +

140

As

Com

mon

Neg

ativ

e R

efer

ence

.N


T-34.5 MC

SOUND RATIOITEr. TRANS.JACO/LORRY

L-945 MCTRAP

T-24.5 MC

SOUND I -F TRANS.

L-15SOUND T4.

MCANA OFF COIL

T-925.9 MC

ZOO PILL IF COIL

T-8231kg

sr PIT I -F COIL

25.1 MCCONVERTERPLATECOIL

/ FRONT AFRO

O

Fig. 11 - Top Chassis Video andAudio 1-F Adjustments

PICTURE CENTERINGCONTROL

P.M. FOCALIZERTIN SOME RECEIVERS A P. M.FOCAL /ZER IS USED IN PLACEOF AN ELECTRICALFOCUS CONTROL.)

PHONO R-77INPUT HORIZ DRIVE

CO PH iv-lat

etftM

L-170 HOERQ1Z

L-19o r1WIDTH CONTROL

oiP

L-18HORIZ LIN.

Models 15WG-3046C and 15WG-3051C

These models with a "B" suffix differ mainlyin mechanical items from the "C" series. Setswith suffix "A" are of earlier production withslightly different I.F. section and verticaloscillator circuit.

Models 15WG-3049Aand 15WG-3050A & B use essen-tially the same circuit as shown on the nexttwo pages, and this material may be used inservicing these additional receivers.

Adjustments Rear of Chassis

SUIO

4.0-0T

0.1 $0 WO. 1,..0,4111U1[1::011,10

;VA:11:111fr 'I: MI ANL 04.0

giff 41.o. LI!, SPRIO SOL

MVs7r==.,Iti"eAve

Bottom Socket Voltages

SERVICE PRECAUTIONS - To service the receiver remove thechassis from the cabinet. To do so, remove the knobs, thecabinet back, disconnect the leads from the speaker,remove the antenna terminal board at rear of cabinetand then the 5 chassis mounting bolts.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

PIX I -FA. Unmodulated R -F signal into Converter Grid by means

of tube shield insulated from

base. VTVM with filter in lead

of 10 K ohms and 5000 mmf

connected to pic. det. load

resistor, (R-18) 5600 ohms, in

10 K

vr1vm

02509

Fig. 13 - VTVM Connections

series with peaking coil (L-6) from Pin 7 of 6AL5. Input

signal level should be such that output is less than 2 volts

DC. Apply -3.0V battery Bias on AGC line.

Continued on page after diagram. 93


MODELS

1514/G -3046C

IPA/G-3051C

GREEN

WHITE

irro-BL/rTO

I

R -F UNIT

V -9A 65N7-GTvVERT. PHASEOSC. SPUTTER

6

R-28.210

IK

V -I

6CB61ST PIX. I -F

C-2I1000

V

I 6-44A

L

5

R-411(

V-1

6CB6

T-81ST P/X.I -F COIL C-6

R-5 R-6I K 221(

V-2

6CB6RHO PIX. I -F

C-11,000

V-2- 6C86

T-91ND PIX.I -F COIL C"

4A3 3 4

C-34 L-121000

R -1I2410 K

R-440 R -44C 1C-39

22 It 8.2 K 8.2 K 4700

38E1 .....C -38CT-002

R-42 R-453.3 K 3.3 K

R-463.3 K

0150V

ALL RESISTANCE VALUESIN OHMS,

K.1000

ALL CAPACITANCEVALUES LESS THAN 1.0IN MF AND ABOVE 1.0IN MME, UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.

COIL RESISTANCEVALUES LESS THAN 1.0

OHM ARE NOT SHOWN.

94

T.°"'R-491.5

MEG.

R-481 MEG

VERT HOLD

-r C-351000

L-17HORIZONTALFREQUENCY

707

470 K

C-63

R-10 .005

4.7 MEG.

2.2 MEG

CBwoo

00150 V

V 3

6C1363 RD PIX.1-F

R-IO R -II

22 K 180

L-13

C-iI.2

0.25

0-51 "4.11( I.8

MEG.

C-40THEIGHTMF,

R-47CONTROL

2.5 MEG.

1.5 MEG.

1 0 37 0 VR-77 DRIVE

HORIZONTAL

C-68 150 K4700

V -I6

6SN7-GTHORIZONTAL

O SC.

R-7233 K

C-640.25

C-65 1000

100 K

C-67.05

C-66111000

R-78 1 C-69

5.6T 0 25 C-70R-76 1801(

1

C-7341

V -11

6 AL5HORIZONTAL PHASE DET.

1390 V330

C-72330

R-79

82

riC -7I C-76.-470 1301

R-8110K

* iR-82

I MEG._

L-3PLATECHOKE

V-36CB6

J A 4

I C-361000

R -I21.5 K

C -ISwoo

T-10RO PLIt.

C-16 I -F COIL

L-14

-r

V -4A d V -4B6AL5

.LAt4./

H

T -C-371000

V -4A

6AL;P/X. DE

C -IS5

C191.5 "n'

V -I0

6S4VERT. OUTPUT 8w(

700 V

------- 370 V L-15 r ---11--,A

.1 1-4 -f- SOUND'6 TAKE-OFF

1

1 !PEAT. COIL 1 .4OUTPUT

R-53

TRANS. r° P/N .6 OF X-1 I___TO PIN V6 OF P-1 ---

C' GRN. I

- - - -820 .0 I

C> IR-55 .... L-16c> I 560

R-54 ,C' 1 I

VERT.710N

5 K -- -1 R -I09 I COILVERT PE° 560 ...CM.

T1C-74

I 01

R-80251(

HORIZONTALHOLD

C-75

11-(AMEIt-.05 R-86

R-85 15 K

27

C-1720 MF

R-894701(

R-87470 IS

167.74-47 -1P -I

T-5HORIZONTAL 014114.V. TRANSFOA

6BG6-GHORIZONTAL OUT

" IC-19 I C 07.05 7 1000

_LC -785 MR r

0300 VO-.81

6.886.8 K

S

450V

PHON00

1:1T 0NSWITCH /

R-910

X-1

BOTTOM VIEW OCTAL SOCKETON CHASSIS TO RECEIVE PLUGFOR YOKE AND FOCUS COILCABLE.

Power Supply 105-125 Volts AC60 Cycles Only

Power Consumption 220 Watts

Power Output 2 4 Watts (Max.)1.8 Watts (10% Distortion)

00L-5

.00 MU H'EL Dor

18.6-167

C-2068


V 5A 12 AT7 V-SB1ST VIDEO SYNC. AMP.

11-19 AMP. 23

.05 8-26

7 C-28 2.2 K1

0.1105 MU H.

L-6 oBROWN DOT

GRNDOT

3 d9

L'1.' + R-20 R-21 R-25 R-27 R34 R-38

R-18 C-2222 K I MEG 12 K 47 K 6 28

5.66 5 MF.H 100 820K

25 V r 0-31' 5275 V CONTRASTI

CONTROL r,/50V 0.1..-. C -2I

Rib I. 360 6-29 R-30

226 I I-- 9 TRAP T 3 K I MEG.11

11C-24 --..WAr-2. R-33 R-40 /2 1

v-86AU6 .0 5 C-931FAIIF. R 102 100 K 22 K L____,R07 A.O.C.2.2 6 3.9 MEG

z ::C.30__.1 R-22 R-98 0

0.147 6 470 6 ...,,,,3 .,. 320 V

8-15C-25...

C-94 T R -I01 0N5OV R-32 015

33 K 7 , 1000 390 K 0.5 22 K 500 68-31 BRIGHTNESS C-271. R -4I

C-921 T 47 6 CONTROL 05 T 2 2 6H 3275 V 0.25 T R I00 0.150 3 -

Models 15WG-3046C and 15WG-3051C

II

Mt50;V P PII V-6 A 12AU7 V-68

SYNC. VIDEOSEPARATOR OUTPUT

17 7

L

.275 V

L-7RANGEDOT'90 MU H

L-8REDDOT

?15 H

R-142.7K

1501,

V -4B

6AL5D.C. RESTORER

6AU6T-2

SOUND /-F TRANS.ST SOUND /-F

-5600

3

lc 461147

C-47 R-60

T .005

R-103

5.110

L-18HOR/Z. LIN.

CONTROL.86

9-19

1B3-GTH. V RECT.

R-104I MEG.

A.,S6..C-83500

3 V-20

6W4-GTDAMPER

100 K

1 -*-11R-36

190 MUM 4.7 Kwporroor.4010,4 C-32

R-37 .0510 K

2 R-63C-58 .5.6 K

5MF -R-64

5 5.6K

R -6I4'0 K P HONO

-14r V-PHONO

SWIrcHPHONOINPUT

(rf,' gf L-20

L-19 ro PIN .1 OF P-1WIDTH CONTROL ro PIN .1 OF

"C-82 C-8411--.03 1399 vo 0.25

P I 9-9310 K

TOP VIEW PLUGFOR YOKE ANDFOCUS COIL CABLE.

f150 VO

R-92K

C-857 56

R-941500

C-88 B80 MF.450 V

C56440

IMF.

C-59-Al01

5

R-39I MEG.

V-7Pa. TUBE

T-11AUDIO OUTPUT

TRANS.

R-67I 6

V -I4

6AQ5AUDIO

R-66 OUTPUT390

VOLUME v-is6AV6ICONTROL AUDIO AMP.

R -I05I MEG.

R-10668 K

C-99 R -I15 C-54.005T I MEG .005

V -2I

HOR/Z. 5U4 -GDEFLECTION L V. RECT/F/ER

WHEN P M. FOCALIZER ISUSED L-21. R-96 L R-97ARE REMOVED.PIN'? /8 OF 0-1 & P-1ARE NOT USED.A 500,.. RESISTOR ISCONNECTED BETWEENR-951 L-22 TO PIN .4 OF

70 PIN .8 or 9-1 FUSE

TO PIN .2 OF a -I cr\j}-0\0

0 r50

.175 V 0320 70 PIN .2 OF P-1 ,0390 V

7-Z)

L7,775

L-21 " s"s L-22

R-684500 K

C-61.01

R 68B500 6

8-69 C-6247 6 08

3275 V

T-6 ON -OFFPOWER TRANS. SWITCH

FOCUS COIL FILTERC-89 A

__,AAAN- CHOKE30 MF. R-96 .... C-56 B

500 I"450V'-VVVVN.,

R-97 4 KFOCUS CONTROL

7

R-95500

450 V

C-89 B80 ME.450 V

8LX

EL

__J

C-86 A.01

C-86 B.01

INTERLOC

lin some receivers C-99 and R-115 are not used.

95

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMontgomery Ward

FREQUENCY

1. 25.1 MC

2. 23.1 MC

3. 25.9 MC

ADJUST

Converter plate coil (on top oftuner) for maximum dc at pic-ture detector.

1st picture I -F coil (T-8 abovechassis) for maximum dc at pic-ture detector.

2nd picture I -F coil (T-9 abovechassis) for maximum dc at pic-ture detector.

T-34.5 MC

SOUND RArioDE T. TRANS.

RR/MARY

BACK APRON

T-1024 I MC.

3RD P/X /-F CO/L

T-24.5 MC

SOUND /-F TRANS.

FREQUENCY

4. 24.1 MC

5. 21.7 MC

96

Fig. 12 - Bottom Chassis Video andAudio I -F Adjustments

10 K_n_

5000MMF.

ADJUST

3rd picture I -F coil (T-10 belowchassis) for maximum dc at pic-ture detector.

3rd picture I -F trap (T-10 in canabove chassis) fcr minimum dc atpicture detector.

SHIELDED CABLE

Fig. 14 - Oscilloscope Connection

SCOPE

Models 15WG-3046C and 15WG-3051C.ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE (continued)

B. I -F Sweep Generator into converter grid by means oftube shield insulated from base.Connect oscilloscope across R-18 (in place of VTVM).Apply -3.0V bias (DC) to AGC line (battery).Tuner should be switched to dead channel so as notto cause interference.

21.7Fig. 15 - Overall Response Curve

Observe overall I -F response, which should be as shownabove: A slight touch-up may be required. At no timeshould the trap coil be re -adjusted, nor should it be neces-sary to turn any of the picture I -F coils more than 1/2turn of the slug. The following comments are suggestionsonly:

1. The height of the 26.2 MC marker is controlled by the25.1 MC (Converter Plate Coil on tuner) and the25.9 MC (2nd P.I.F.) coils.

2. The uniformity of response (flatness across top andposition of 23.5 MC) marker is controlled for themost part by the 24.1 MC third picture I -F coil.

3. The 23.0 MC marker position is controlled by thefirst picture I -F (23.1 MC coil). However, it is NOTadvisable to change the setting of the coil, due toits effect on sound rejection. Its adjustment shouldbe avoidea unless believed to be absolutely neces-sary.

VIDEO

With 4.5 MC unmodulated signal from a high impedancesource, (10,000 ohms in series with generator), into plateof pix det. tube (Pin 7 of 6AL5 second detector) andVTVM on picture tube grid, tune 4.5 MC trap L-9 (top ofchassis) for minimum response. VTVM on 0-10V AC scale.

AUDIO I -F

Ground sound AGC (bottom of sound take -off coil) Withsignal generator set to 4.5 MC and dc V.T.V.M. connectedto ratio detector (6AL5 Pin No. 7) adjust sound take -offcoil (L-15), sound I -F primary and secondary (T-2), andratio detector primary (T-3 bottom) for max. voltage.Select output levels on signal generator which will maintaind -c voltage about 10 volts.

With same setup as above except dc V.T.V.M. is con-nected as follows: Ground side of V.T.V.M. is connectedto junction of 5600 ohm resistors (R-63 & R-64) across pins5 and 7 of 6AL5 ratio detector and high side of V.T.V.M.is connected to ratio detector audio output at junction of68,000 ohm resistor (R-62) and 470 mmf condenser (C-55).

Align ratio detector secondary (T-7 Top) for crossover (0voltage) as read on V.T.V.M. lowest scale (3 V.).


PICTURECENTERING

LEVER

The description of Chassis TS -236,used in the models listed at right,appears below and on the next sevenpages. Chassis TS -196, used inModels 17T3, 17K11D, is the same,but uses 017" glass picture tube.Chassis TS -214, Model 17T5A, is thesame, but uses a 17" glass electro-statically focused picture tube.Chassis TS -228, used in Models 17T5C,17T6F. 17T6BF, 17K8A. 17K8BA, 17K9A,17K9BA, 17K10, 17K10M, 17K11A, 17K11BA,is the same, but uses a 17"metal electrostaticallyfocused picture tube.Chassis TS -307, used inModels 20T2A, 20T2BA, 20T3,20T3B, 20K6, 20K6B, isthe same, but uses a 20"glass picture tube.

2ND. ANODECONNECTION

HOROSC

YOKE ADJUSTMENTTHUMB SCREW

CHASSIS

TS -236MODELS17K817K8B17K1117K11B17K11C17T5D17T6C17T6D17T6BD

FIGURE 2.

SERVICE ADJUSTMENT CONTROLS

HOR VERT 410HOLD HOLD

HORSIZE

0GU

0 0

BRIGHT- FOCUS VERT VERTNESS LIN SIZE

YOKE ADJUSTMENTTHUMB SCREW

(TO LEVEL PICTURE)

PICTURE TUBESUPPORT BRACKET-

ADJUSTMENT SCREW

POWERTEST SOCKET- INPUT

An octal socket on the rear of the chassis (see Figure 2)provides the following test points:

DEFLECTIONYOKE

Pins #1 and #6, from the horizontal oscillator coil,should be shorted when making the horizontal oscil-lator adjustment.

Pins #1 and #8 are connected to 13+Pin #2 is connected to the 6.3V filament line.Pin #7 is wired to the output of the video amplifier stage.

FOCUS COILPOSITIONING

ADJUSTMENT STUD

PICTUREI. -CENTERING

LEVER

FOCUS COILCCENTRIC

ADJUSTMENT STUD

ION TRAP

FOCUS COILPOSITIONING

ADJUSTMENT STUD

FIGURE 3. PICTURE TUBE ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS

97


0

as.1-I

98

;

7

Es!

°11.2°Vi,;

L. pi

ft

-14

3

I.

81 13!Lig

15 -.114-L7-'TnNo ;

S ;

g

g

g

g

i2

Ii

39

SI 1

ti

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMotorola Chassis TS -236, Models 17K8, 17K11, 17T5D, 17T6C, etc., continued.

DEFLECTIONYOKE

FOCUSCOIL

V1512AX4GTDAMPING

DIODE

V14613066T

HORIZ OUTPUTa H.V. GEN.

C49

C50 -

R 37-

E4ION TRAP

T6

VI 36SN7GT

HORIZ OSC

HORIZ VERTHOLD HOLD

FIGURE 4. TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS

FOCUS COIL

TEST I HORIZSOCKET SIZE

I_ 6HORIZ

OSC

V96W6GTAUDIO

OUTPUT

The focus coil should be spaced I/4" from the deflectionyoke when it is parallel with the yoke, with its opening con-centric with the neck of the tube. The position of the focuscoil is changed by loosening the nuts on the top and bottomof the coil and sliding it forward or backward in the slottedbrackets on the coil mounting plate. See Figure 3. Theopening in the focus coil can be made concentric with theneck of the tube by loosening the nuts on the studs whichsupport the focus coil mounting plate and turning the studswith a screwdriver in the slots provided, The studs are

V1717C P4

PICTURE TUBE

BRIGHTNESS

L4.5NCTRAP

V 26AL5

PHASEDET

L 3SOUND

TAKE -OFF

V 06SN7GT

1ST 8 2NDCLIPPER

V76A L5

RATIO DET.

ANTENNARECEPTACLE

J2GENERATOR JACK

V36666

1ST (F AMP

T2 1ST IF(PRI-TOP)(SEC-BOT)

V86C4

1ST AUDIO AMP

T4 RATIO DET(PRI-TOP)(SEG BOT)

V46686\ 2ND IF AMP

L821.9MC TRAP

V 66AU6

AUDIO DRIVERLIMITER-T76AH6k VIDEO AMP

\\,

SPEAKERLEADS

651 TESTRECEPTACLE

V 1

128H7VERT BLK OSC

8 VERT OUTPUTeccentric and move the coil both vertically and horizontally.They should be used only to center the neck of the tube inthe opening of the coil.

TEST RECEPTACLE

A three -',,in receptacle, accessible frbm the top of thechassis (see Figure 4), is provided for checking sensitivityand AGC vcltage. The video detector load resistor is con-nected to pin #3, the AGC line is brought out to pin #1, andpin #2. is grounded. 99


Motorola Chassis TS -236, Models 17K8, 17K11, 17T5D, 17T6C, etc., continued.

SECTI MIXER IF

PRI

J2GENERATOR

JACK

V36C8

V86C4

12 1ST IF(PRI -TOP)(SEC -8011

V46C86

V76AL5

T4 RATIO DET(PRI-TOP)(SEC -80T)

13 2ND IF

VI J1 V26C86 GENERATOR 6U8 CONTRAST VOLUME

JACK

V66AU6

TESTRECEPTACLE

V56016

C51

11

VERTSIZE

GENERAL

VERT FOCUSLI N

VII1213117

BRIGHTNESS

V 06SN7GT

L11 HORIZSIZE

V 26AL5

ALIGNMENT

The chassis should be mounted on angle iron brackets(Motorola Part No. 7X700210) so that all connections andadjustments may be made easily.

Since the power cord circuit is broken by the interlockwhen the cabinet back is removed, it will be necessary toobtain an extra power cord with the female interlock recep-tacle in order to make a power connection to the receiver.Order Motorola Part No. 30B470756.

100

E2

E3

C49

V16B3GT

T9

T5

V1461306GT

C50

VI 5I2AX4GT

1114 arais

V136SN7GT

- "

LI 3

V96W6GT

VERT HORIZHOLD HOLD

TESTSOCKET

FIGURE 5. BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS

As one side of the power line is connected directly tothe chassis, it is important that an isolation transformer beused between the receiver and the line when any test equip-ment is attached to the chassis. This precaution is espe-cially important if grounded test equipment is used. NEVERGROUND THE RECEIVER CHASSIS DURING TESTING OP-ERATIONS OR INSTALLATION UNLESS AN ISOLATIONTRANSFORMER IS USED.


ORDER OF ALIGNMENT

1. Audio Take -Off & Ratio Detector

2. 4.5 Mc Trap

3. IF & Mixer Transformers

4. Oscillator & RF Sections

AUDIO TAKE -OFF & RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT

Equipment Required:

AM Signal Generator: Accurately calibrated at 4.5 mc(Optional) Adjustable output

DC Meter: Low range electronic voltmeter

Refer to Figures 3 & 4 for location of adjustments.

1. If possible, it is desirable to align the audio section froman actual station signal, since the 4.5 mc alignment fre-quency will be exact. To permit operation below the limit-ing level of the audio driver tube, for sharp alignment, thefine tuning trimmer should be turned off the station slightly.

Z. If a signal generator is used, tune it accurately to 4.5mc, and adjust the output to approximately 10,000 micro-volts. Connect the high side of the signal generator througha 1000 mmf capacitor to the grid (pin 1) of the video ampli-fier tube V-5, and the low side to chassis. The followingsteps apply whether the station signal or signal generator isused.

3. From either side of electrolytic capacitor C-43 (10 mf)through a 10K ohm decoupling resistor, connect an elec-tronic voltmeter to chassis.

4. Set CONTRAST control for maximum gain (fully clock-wise).

5. Peak audio take -off coil L-13 for maximum reading onmeter.

NOTE: As adjustments are brought to resonance, it is ad-visable to reduce the signal generator output to preventoverloading.

6. Peak ratio detector (T-4) primary (top core) for maxi-mum reading on meter.

NOTE: Both the primary and secondary of the ratio detec-tor transformer have two tuning points. Only one, with thecores at the outer end of the windings, is the proper point.

7. Move the meter and decoupling resistor from C-43 tothe junction of R-33 (33K) and C-44 (1000 mmf).

8. Adjust T-4 secondary (bottom core) for ze,o responseon the lowest scale of the meter. This corresponds to thecross -over point of the FM detector curve. If desired, thesymmetry of the curve may be checked by tuning the signalgenerator 25 kc above and below 4.5 mc and noting the plusand minus voltage produced, reversing the meter connec-tions, as necessary. For proper balance of the ratio de-tector system, the voltages in each direction should be ap-proximately equal. If not, check the tuning of L-13 and boththe primary and secondary of T-4, the ratio detector trans-former. U necessary, replace the ratio detector tube V-7.

AUDIO SENSITIVITY MEASUREMENT

1. Connect the signal generator to the grid (pin 1) of V-5,the video amplifier tube, through a 1000 mmf capacitor.

Z. Turn CONTRAST control fully clockwise.

3. Connect the electronic voltmeter from either side ofelectrolytic capacitor C-43, through a IOK ohm decouplingresistor, to chassis.

4. Set the generator at 4.5 mc.

5. With a 10,000 microvolt signal, the AVC voltage readon the meter should be greater than 5 volts.

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT

1. Connect the signal generator, through a 1000 mmf ca-pacitor, to the grid (pin 1) of V-5, the video amplifier tube.

2. Connect the voltmeter and the germanium crystal detec-tor, as shown in Figure 6, between the cathode of the pic-ture tube (yellow lead) and chassis.

3. With the signal generator accurately set at 4.5 mc andmaximum output, adjust trap L-11 for minimum reading onthe lowest voltage scale of the meter.

It

VTVM

DC PROBE 220K IOOMMF

I N34220K

FIGURE 6. ELECTRONIC VOLTMETER CONNECTIONS

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENTEquipment Required:

IF Sweep Generator meeting the following requirements:

1. 18 to 30 mc, approximately 1Z mc sweep width

2. Output constant and adjustable to at least 0.1 voltmaximum.

3. Accurately calibrated, adjustable markers

Cathode Ray Oscilloscope - preferably one with a cali-brated attenuator

NOTE: If there is no built-in marker in the sweep genera-tor, loosely couple the output of an accurately calibrated AMsignal generator to the IF strip. At all times, keep themarker output low enough to prevent the marker from dis-torting the response curve.

If a wide band scope is used, the marker will be moredistinct if a capacitor of 100 to 1000 mmf is placed acrossthe scope input. Use the smallest size possible, since toolarge a value will affect the shape of the curve.

Procedure:

1. Replace the high voltage generator tube V-14 with an80 ohm, 10W resistor connected between terminals 2 and 7of the socket, to eliminate RF interference in the oscillo-scope. The tube may also be replaced with a similar typewhich has all pins clipped off except the heaters.

Z. By means of an external battery, apply a negative 3 voltbias, through a decoupling resistor of 47K ohms, to the AGCline, which is connected to pin ;1 of the test receptacle. SeeFigure 4 for receptacle location.

101


21 9MC

24 75MC

A

IF RESPONSE CURVE(DAMPED)

21 9MG

24 75MC

B

OVERALL RESPONSE CURVEFROM MIXER (DAMPED)

FIGURE 7. IF AND MIXER RESPONSE CURVES (DAMPED)

3. Connect an 820 ohm damping resister across the pri-mary winding of the 2nd IF transformer T-3 (across ter-minals 1 & 4 of the transformer).

4. Through a 47K ohm decoupling resistor, connect the os-cilloscope across the video detector load resistor R-19(5600), which may be reached from pin #3 of test recep-tacle. If a stronger output is required, connect the scopebetween picture tube cathode (yellow lead) and chassis. Thecurve seen at this position will be the reverse of the polarityshown in Figure 7.

5. Using leads as short as possible, connect the sweepgenerator, through a 1000 mmf capacitor, to jack 3-2, feed-ing into the grid of the 1st IF tube V-3. See Figure 4. (Donot use the loose or "spraying" method of coupling). Set thegenerator center frequency to 24.6 mc, with a sweep devia-tion of 10 mc.

6. Tune the primary and secondary of the 1st IF trans-former T-2 to a center frequency of 24.75 mc. See Fig-ures 4 & 5 for core locations and Figure 7A for responsecurve.

NOTE: If a distorted or unstable curve is seen on the scopeduring alignment, it may be necessary to stop the oscillatorby placing a shunt wire across the oscillator inductance(from position 2 to position 13 on the band switch).

CAUTION: A. Keep the signal input low, to prevent flat-tening the top of the curve, due to limitingin the video or scope amplifiers.

B. The dressing of plate and grid componentsin the IF circuit affects tuning. Do not moveindiscriminately.

C. The resonance point of the IF transformersand trap will be found at two settings of thecore. The correct setting is the one withthe core at the outer end of the winding.

7. Tune trap L-8 for maximum attenuation on the curve at21.9 mc, as in Figure 7A.

8. Move the generator to jack J-1, connected to the grid(pin 2) of the mixer tube V -2B. See Figure 5.

9. Tune the primary and secondary of the mixer IF trans-former T-1 to a center frequency of 24.75 mc: See Fig-ure 7B for response curve.

10. Remove the 820 ohm damping resistor from the 2nd IFtransformer T-3. Adjust the core in T-3 until the responsecurve of Figure 8 is obtained.

102

21.9MG

140%i

55%22.9MC

40%50%

26.4MC

MARKERS TO FALL INRANGES INDICATED.

FIGURE 8. OVERALL RESPONSE CURVES FROM MIXER

BANDWIDTH

The IF bandwidth may be checked with an AM signalgenerator, if desired. Connect the generator, through a1000 mmf capacitor, to jack J-1 in the grid circuit of themixer tube V-ZB, and an electronic voltmeter across thevideo detector load resistor R-19 (5600). Set the genera-tor frequency to 24.6 mc, and adjust its output for a 1 voltreading on the meter. Double the output of the generator.Tune to both sides of 24.6 mc and note the frequencies atwhich the meter again reads 1 volt. These frequencies in-dicate the 6 db bandwidth points and should be 22.9 mc and26.4 mc. By watching the meter while tuning slowly throughthe band, any serious peaks or holes in the response curvecan be detected.

REGENERATIONAfter the mixer and IF stages have been aligned, a check

for regeneration in the IF strip should be made as follows:

1. Remove the battery bias and observe the response curveon the scope as taken between the picture tube cathode (yel-low lead) and chassis. The bandwidth may change with thebias removed, but should not change more than 0. 2 mc.

If the bandwidth does change more than 0.2 mc, checkthe cathode resistors or change tubes.

2. Set the contrast control at maximum gain (fully clock-wise).

3. Decrease the generator input until the output signalshows a marked decrease.4. Any regeneration present will be indicated by sharppeaks on the overall response curve.

NOTE: The oscillator should be stopped, as describedabove, during this procedure.

MIXER & IF SENSITIVITY MEASUREMENTS

1. Connect an AM signal generator, set at 24.6 me, to thegrid (pin 2) of the mixer tube V -2B through a capacitor of1000 mmf

2. Remove the oattery bias from the AGC line.

3. Put the oscillator back into the circuit.

4. Connect the electronic voltmeter, through a decouplingresistor of 100K ohms, across the video detector load re-sistor R-19 (5600).

5. Turn the station selector switch to the low channel posi-tion which gives the lowest noise reading on the meter.

6. The signal required to produce 1 volt on the voltmetershould be less than 250 microvolts.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMotorola Chassis TS -236, Models 1788, 17K11, 17T5D, 17T6C, etc., continued.

TUNINGANTENNA, RF, & OSCILLATOR COIL ALIGNMENT

NOTE: The IF circuits must be aligned before the oscilla-tor section can be properly phased.

Equipment Required:

Sweep Generator having:

1. Frequency range 40-220 mc2. 10 mf sweep width3. Output constant and adjustable4. Adjustable markers (markers should be calibrated

occasionally by checking against an accurate signalgenerator).

Oscilloscope: Preferably one with a calibrated input atten-uato r.

AM Signal Generator having:

1. Frequency range 40-220 mc2. Accurate frequency and attenuator calibration3. 400 cycle, AM modulation

FREQUENCY CHART

Chan Frequency Picture Sound Oscillator

2 54-60 55.25 59.75 81.653 60-66 61.25 65.75 87.654 66-72 67.25 71.75 93.655 76-82 77.25 81.75 103.656 82-88 83.25 87.75 109.65

174-180 175.25 179.75 201.658 180-186 181.25 185.75 207.659 186-192 187.25 191.75 213.65

10 192-198 193.25 197.75 219.6511 198-204 199.25 203.75 225.6512 204-210 205.25 209.75 231.6513 210-216 211.25 215.75 237.65

ANTENNA & RF ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

I. Remove the high voltage generator tube V -I4, to elimi-nate RF interference in the oscilloscope.

2. Remove the antenna lead-in from the chassis, and con-nect the sweep generator to the antenna receptacle. Keepthe leads from the generator to the socket short. Use in-ternal markers or an accurately calibrated external signalgenerator for markers.

STATION SELECTOR

ANTSECTION L3E L3D L3C L3B L3A

LIA

L5EL5L5CL58L5A

RFSECTION

OSCSECTION

SWITCH

L B L7A L6

LIF

VI6C86F AMP

L4C10

JIENERATOR

JACK

V26U8

XER-OSC

13

FIGURE 9. ANTENNA, RF, AND OSCILLATOR COIL LOCATIONS

3. Connect the oscilloscope, through a decoupling resistorof 47K ohms, to jack J-1, in the grid circuit of the mixertube V -2B. See Figure 9.

4. Short the AGC line to chassis (ground pin #1 of test re-ceptacle).

5. Stop the oscillator by placing a shunt wire across theoscillator inductance (from position 2 to position 13 on theband switch).

6. Refer to Figure 9 for the location of the trimmers andcoils. The chart listed above gives the picture and soundcarrier frequencies.

7. The antenna coils are tuned to the video carrier fre-quency and the RF coils are tuned to the sound carriers.Figure 10 shows the shape of the curve which should ap-pear on the oscilloscope.

8. Set the screw, in channel 13 RF coil L-4, midway in thecoil.

9. Turn the station selector switch to channel 7. Set thecenter frequency of the sweep generator to the center fre-quency of channel 7 1177 mc).

5-15'70- :75-15% 5-I5V-CHANNELS 2-6

IDEAL WAVEFORM

RF WAVE SHAPESTO BE OBTAINEDWITH BOTTOM SHIELD

FIGURE 10. RF RESPONSE CURVES

5-15% 5 -I5% -CHANNELS 2-6

PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS

V-- 1 It

5 0,73.0Q

t_/25%t -T %

CHANNELS 7-13

PERMISSIBLEVARIATIONS

103

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMotorola Chassis TS -236, Models 1758, 17K11, 17T5D, 17T6C, etc.,

10. Adjust ceramic trimmer C-10, so that the video andsound markers appear on the response curve within the lim-its shown in Figure 10.

11. Move the station selector switch to channel 13, and setthe generator to the center frequency of the channel (213mc). Adjust the screw in coil L-4 for the proper responseon channel 13 (see Figure 10).

12. Recheck channel 7 for proper response. Readjust trim-mer C-10, if necessary.

13. Checkchannels 13 through 7 and compare with curvesin Figure 10. The peak of the curves may be sharpened orbroadened by changing the position of the grounded end ofthe high frequency matching bus L -1F. It should be approx-imately 3/16" from the switch shield. For minor adjust-ments, bend the bus to increase or decrease the amount ofwire extending through the switch shield. Note the responsecurve.

NOTE: If the response is checked with the cover on thetuner, the picture marker will move up the left side of thecurve a short distance, but the markers should be withintolerance.

14. Move the station selector switch to channel 6 and setthe generator to the center frequency of the channel (85 mc).

15. Compress or spread the channel 6 antenna coil L -1Cand RF coil L -5E to obtain the proper response. See Fig-ure 9 for coil locations and Figure 10 for response curve.The antenna coil affects the video carrier and the RF coilaffects the sound carrier.

16. Align channels 5 through 2, in that order, in the samemanner as channel 6. As the coils are in series, the properphasing of channel 6 will simplify the alignment of the lowerchannels.

CAUTION: Make certain the bandswitch is on the correctcnannel before checking bandpass.

OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT

I. Put the oscillator back into the circuit.

2. Connect the oscilloscope, through a 47K ohm resistor,across the video detector load resistor R-19 (5600), whichmay be reached from pin #3 of the test receptacle.

3. Ground the AGC line.

4. Refer to Figure 9 for the locations of the trimmers andcoils. The sound carrier frequencies may be obtained fromthe chart above.

5. Set the fine tuning trimmer to mid -capacity.

6. Turn the station selector switch to channel 10.

7. Set the sweep generator to channel 10, with a centerfrequency of 195 mc. Keep the output low enough to showno evidence of limiting in the overall response curve.

NOTE: The curve shodld be substantially that of the mixer,as in Figure 8. Any consistent tilting of the response curveindicates that the mixer and IF stages are not properlyaligned.

8. Introduce a marker corresponding to the sound carrierof channel 10 (197.75 mc). Keep marker signal as low aspossible.

104

continued.

9. Adjust the oscillator trimmer C-13 to place the soundmarker slightly higher in frequency than the 21.9 mc trapdip. This allowance must be made for the shift caused bythe bottom shield being off. When the shield is replaced,the sound marker will move down into the trap dip. Thepicture marker will then be approximately one-fourth toone-half down from the base line on the opposite side of thecurve.

10. Check channels 7 through 13, noting whether the soundmarker falls just above the trap dip, with the fine tuningtrimmer within 30 degrees of mid -capacity. (Each numberon the station selector switch knob represents 30 degrees).

11. If more than a 30 degree change in the fine tuning trim-mer was needed in step 10, adjust the channel 13 oscillatorcoil L-6 by spreading or compressing the turns. If L-6 isis adjusted, it may be necessary to readjust trimmer C-13on channel 10. Coil L-6 has more effect on channels 10 to13 than on channels 7 to 9.

12. Turn the station selector switch to channel 6, and setthe sweep generator center frequency to 85 mc.

13. Set the fine tuning trimmer to mid -capacity.

14. Introduce a marker corresponding to the sound carrierof channel 6 (87.75 mc).

15. Compress or spread the channel 6 oscillator coil L -7Euntil the sound marker is placed just above the dip in the21.9 mc trap.

16. Align channels 5 through 2, in that order, in the samemanner as channel 6, so that the sound marker falls justabove the trap dip, with the fine tuning trimmer within 15degrees of mid -capacity.

NOTE: Since the oscillator coils are in series, it is neces-sary to adjust the high channel coils first, before proceed-ing to a lower channel.

OVERALL SENSITIVITY MEASUREMENTS

An overall measurement of sensitivity is made as fol-lows:

1. Connect an AM signal generator to the antenna recep-tacle on the receiver chassis, matching the generator to thereceiver with a resistor network. In the case of a genera-tor with a 5Q ohm output impedance, insert a 100 ohm re-sistor in series with the output terminal, and a 150 ohm re-sistor in series with the ground terminal.

2. From the cathode of the picture tube (yellow lead) tochassis, connect a calibrated oscilloscope. NOTE: Tocalibrate scope, connect it across the 6.3 volt filament sup-ply. The peak -to -peak amplitude on the screen will then beapproximately 18V (6.3 x 2.8).

3. Short out the AGC line to chassis (ground pin #1 of thetest receptacle).

4. Set the contrast control for maximum sensitivity (fullyclockwise).

5. Set the signal generator for 30% modulation at 400 cycles,tune it to the mid -carrier frequency of the channel beingchecked, and rotate the fine tuning trimmer for maximumoutput.

6. The generator signal necessary to produce 20 voltspeak -to -peak on the scope should be less than:

a) 35 microvolts for channels 2 through 6b) 100 microvolts for channels 7 through 13


frh-te,,o4CHASSIS

TS -216MODELS

The circuit diagram of Chassis TS -216, used in Models 14T4 and14T4

14T4B, is shown on the next page. Chassis TS -314 used in Models 14T4B

17T5E, 17T6G, and 17E10E, is the same as TS -216, but uses a 17"picture tube. Chassis TS -314A is the same as TS -314, but has anadditional I.F. stage. Chassis TS -315, table Model 17T5F, is thesame, but uses a 17" metal picture tube. Model 14P1B is a portableusing Chassis TS -216. For carrying out alignment work on any of thesesets, you may refer to the full alignment information presented underChassis TS -236, in the previous Motorola section. The procedure isexactly the same.

SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS

FOCUS CONTROL

Adjust FOCUS control until the fine horizontal line struc-ture of the raster is visible over the picture area. The con-trol should be turned through the correct point several timesuntil optimum focus is obtained.

CENTERING

Center the picture in its mask in the following manner:

1. Place the two arms, on the magnetic centering device,together.

2. Center the picture horizontally with the HORIZONTALCENTERING control, on the back of the chassis. If the con-trol comes within 1/4 rotation of either end of its range,move both arms of the centering device simultaneously un-til the picture is centered horizontally and the range of thecontrol is adequate. It will be helpful, during centering, ifthe picture size is reduced until all four edges are visible.CAUTION: Do not center the raster - use a picture on thescreen only.

3. Separate the two arms until the picture is centered ver-tically. NOTE: The two magnets interact, and adjustingone may necessitate readjusting the other.

4. Make a final adjustment of horizontal centering with theHORIZONTAL CENTERING control.

VERTICAL SIZE AND VERTICAL LINEARITY

Adjust the VERTICAL SIZE control until the picture fillsthe mask vertically. Adjust the VERTICAL LINEARITYcontrol for best overall vertical linearity. Adjustment ofthe VERTICAL SIZE control will require a readjustment ofthe VERTICAL LINEARITY control and possibly of the VER-TICAL HOLD control.

HORIZONTAL SIZE

Adjust the HORIZONTAL SIZE control until the picturefills the mask horizontally. As this control also affectsvertical size, it may be necessary to readjust the VERTI-CAL SIZE control.

HORIZONTAL HOLD ADJUSTMENT

The HORIZONTAL HOLD control should have a syncrange of approximately 1800. If the control is too critical,adjust as follows:

1. Short out HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR coil L-16. Thismaybe done with the chassis in the cabinet by shorting pins1 and 6 of the test socket on the rear edge of the chassis.

2. With HORIZONTAL CENTERING control, move the pic-ture to the left so that the right edge of the raster can beseen. Adjust the HORIZONTAL HOLD control to about themiddle of its range and note the width of the blanking pulse.(The blanking pulse appears as a gray bar at the right edgeof the raster),

3. Remove short from HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR coil.

4. Adjust HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR coil until the sameamount of blanking pulse can be seen as was noted in step 2.

VERTICAL HOLD

Adjust the VERTICAL HOLD control for the center ofthe vertical sync lock -in range.

BRIGHTNESS

Adjust the BRIGHTNESS control, in combination with theCONTRAST control, for the most pleasing picture. Keepthe brilliance as low as possible, to protect the fluorescentscreen of the picture tube and to prevent poor picture detail.

ADJUSTMENT OF THE ION TRAP

Under conditions of rough shipment, it is possible forthe ion trap to become misaligned. To prevent serious dam-age to the picture tube, the following method of adjustmentshould be used.

Place the magnet on the neck of the tube so that it is po-sitioned over the internal pole pieces on the gun structure.With the BRIGHTNESS control at low intensity, move themagnet a short distance forward and backward, at the sametime rotating it, to obtain the brightest raster. If, in ob-taining the brightest raster, the ion trap magnet has to bemoved more than 1/4" from the gun pole pieces, the magnetis probably weak and should be replaced. Never correct fora shadowed raster with the ion trap magnet if such correc-tion results in decreased brightness. The ion trap is al-ways adjusted for maximum brightness and, if shadowsoccur at this setting, they should be eliminated by adjust-ing the magnetic centering device on the neck of the tube.

CAUTION: Keep the brightness control at low intensity un-til the ion trap is properly set.

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT

If the deflection yoke shifts, the picture will be tilted.To correct, loosen the thumbscrew on top of the deflectionyoke and rotate yoke until the picture is straight. Beforetightening the thumbscrew, make certain that the deflectionyoke is as far forward as possible. 105

aria

CSo

.fes

ol. 9 ro

w,

tnx

.au

.. CA

UT

ION

:. yy

41no

n=6;

t1

r

444,

6116

ra

(66.

4

ta.:;

,...r

e. T

4,1'

7064

; ci=

"11e

IVA

IT'A

IsL

I;U

PI a

rtfr

y4."

.4%

'Yys

tIM

Y,

61.4

.406

N4P

61,6

04,

4420

68

88.

EtE

":":

?::q

at"7

:::41

F.:4

2.4%

51E

PA 2

8,64

464

4406

4.t

444[

61.

88

8®

220

t r

PI

220

alJ(

"2

40

"%

CV

"6U

S0,

,5,

en

co o

SIC

LSI

Woo

-

*559

-C

412

1_12

V"

0;11

41pp

. 011

1,,1

11.

0441

14

TO

M "C

20

PM

'.lOlt

1 --

- --

--

Diagram of

Chassis TS -216

51/4

1.pp

.M

t AA

P

GI

III:

OW

04

IC

00

7.7.

12:7

241.

424

.051

1"E

a'"

',Jr

.49

FP

Tel

rie

rf

*0 0

,

"tr.

'tr

V.

WI,

PO

. ta4

.116

,64

pom

p,

C S

S

6

4;G

SS 460

PO,

1555

755

1St

IL P

O C

1.64

,24%

4006

+56

0.r

ix 4.44

.4.,

4.41

1.10

6210

.000

trr

'T;

200

Y *

ffrt

aSL

OG

S.:1

111

---

1205

7

VA

NI

-AA

at7G

I61

4;11

1.1.

.

5V

g:

`.1.

vt M

T 1

.01

740

SS

mPO

I

15.

St

1:01

;M

T./

5.55

17/1

51V

1g.

55.5

e25

505

0155

M't

0441

446

0-sa

°sr

zt-3

1--r

-

p.

1.0

e

1126

at.

0C0

00


OLYMPIC RADIO & TELEVISION TRANS

OLYMPIC TV MODELS 752U, 753U, 755U, 764U, 766U & 769SERIAL NUMBERS STARTING WITH 9-500,001 & S-600,001

0 LINE CORD

105-120 V A.C.60 CYCLES

Ord -OFF SWITCHON SOUND - VOLUME

INTERLOCKCONTROL

SOCKET PLUG OrdGRASS

The circuits shown here and on the nextthree pages are exact for the modelslisted above and are very similar toOlympic TV Models 752, 753, 755, 764,766, 767.

ANTENNA POSTS

ELECTRICAL SHIELD___

au,!>

N.

20

3:=

0IF)

ITOuT IRE OF TURRET CONTAININGTWELVE (ID) SETS OF FIVE (5)COILS EACH

STATIONSELECTOR

300 n LINE

TESTPOINT

SHIELD

"IC 302375- 30.14

6AG5OR

6BC5VI

RFAIEPOE.ER

6J6V 2

R.F. OSC 5 CONVERTER

WELD, T5

"IC 304.5- 3 up f

FINETUNING

CONTROL

47511

L30i22.25mc

12 CHANNEL R. F. TUNERPART NO CL -2262

5V21NEGT

IF HRFILTER CHOKE

624400.1.S! 100

1"2

3605 Ac 420v.

6.3 V 0.0 AMP.

TO ALL 6 V TUBES(EXCEPT KINESCOPE

X J El 6V6/GT TUBES)

I- TO RINESCOPE TUBEB IS V6/GT

V

On this page is shownthe power supply andthe tuner circuits.On the next two pages,in a double -page

ABC g spread, is the mainXXI* circuit; while on the

page following is thecircuit of the audiosection. These sec-tions connect together

VIDEOIF. in the manner indicated6 by the numbers 1 to 7,

and X for filaments.The separation of thecircuits in this man-ner is for printingconvenience and doesnot imply such sepa-ration in the actualchassis.

4.140 V. 7

FIL AMENTS

wrim/mA,T.,,v tl,,E01no L13

*20 INSULATEDSOLID WIRE12 TURNS ONIn" FORM 107

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONCONNECTIONS TO AUDIO SEC

2- 3 SHows. ON NEXT PAGEOLYMPIC RADIO et TELEVISION, INC.4" 5 ,AGE

WON

.VIDEOEF

rj Bart.

7 +14.04

DI

ftao

U

6AG5OR

6BC5Il 8

414 if LIPLIFttr1

35 V.

It

5

155V.

23.061C. 21.25N

L4 L5Pit IF TRANS

ACC. SOUND

8.- Tow an

FORMER 023TRAP 330.144

6AG5OR

6BC52.1FlaVIE9AMPLIVER

25010

131 V.

s

26 SIAC.

L6BIF1LAR RIO. IFTRANSFORMER

P

.PIC 2P-' NO

Un

L7CATHODE

SOUND TRAP1.25 NC

.r<NO

6AG5OR

6BC5V10

3V 4,4 4141.ifif30 V.

a

30

nO

NOTES

I ALL RESISTORS I 20% TOLERANCE, '/2 WATT, UNLESSOTHERWISE SPECIFIED

2 ALL MICA AND CERAMIC CONDENSERS t 20 % TOLERANCE.UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

3 ALL VOLTAGES ME ASURED RETAKEN POINTS INDICATEDAND cHASSiS 1EKCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED), VOLUMECONTROL FULL ON AND ALL CONTROLS TURNED COUNTER

44CLOCKWISE, USING AN ELECTRONIC TYPE VOLTMETER. ALLVOLTAGE READINGS *15%, MEASURED WITH INPUT VOLTAGEOF 117 VOLTS, SO CYCLES, A.G. AND WITH NO INCOMINGSIGNAL.

4. RED ISTOR R 34 WAS 3,300.0. 211. ON EARLY PRODUCTION.5. PHONO- TV AND SENSITIVITY SWITCH ARE USED

ONLY ON MODEL 764. ON ALL OTHER MODELS BOTHSWITCHES ARE OMITTED AND WIRING OF MONO -TV SWITCHCONNECTIONS ARE MADE DIRECTLY TO THE TV POSITION

6. ON SERIAL NUMBERS R -500,00I TO R-515,800 AND 5.400,001TO S-604,400, R53 WAS CONNECTED TO 4- 215 VOLTSINSTEAD OF 140 VOLTS.

LI5 R62FOCUS COIL 33ft511-\2.LAA, 350 V

FOCUSCONTROL

2,25015WIRE WOUND

-tANVS.

NOS

R6139015 110%-SANP-4I..

6SN7/GTV14

trot 1410.1f1C14 z2Colf

03705/600 V-I I -

fM

MI v.

E0

54

F 039DOS/60I0 v

ros1 C40

005/500 v.ss 11

511

nC

041.00t/600 V.

SI

nC

5US v.

MOTE T ON SOME MODELS THE VERTICAL INTEGRATOR NETWORKWITHIN DOTTED AREA IS REPLACED BY A PRINTEDCIRCUIT CRL TA 402 00EA, AS SHOWN BELOW.

R45 R46 R472121t15 5.10015 5.20015

3INPUT OUTPUT

C41 C40 C39

1

108

soo6/680vT o05/9901T

O

P.J 35oeof

11

V

C54 C5622opmf oot/NDov.

HORIZ. LCONTROL1

05710-

0

;C55

1501.114

6 SN7/GTv16

4041ii fC I 1401112 015C

ID

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATORCOIL PART 52 TR- 229

ID

B

9.

IPM

Irw

SO KA

HORI? HOLDCONTROL

.000


25.0 MC.

L 8 6AL5211F IL AR PDC IF VIITRANSFORMER T1117417filot:__

1_74]

Al.2

tANOS

10

OLYMPIC TV MODELS 752 J, 753U, 755U, 764U, 766U a 769SERIAL NUMBERS STARTING WITH

COIL WOUNDAROUND RESISTOR

(ALOE Dor)

L9,to ph

- ' 926

-iV,....

wog22 Kll

3. -,5/5/V5.O

R 29560K114 101.

R IS470R10

R - 500,001

12 AU7 (oR 6SN7/GT)V12

108211S V.0(0 ANIPL.I.11

13.0K

PICTURECONTROL

5 Kft

a S-600,001\ COIL WOUND\ AROUND RESISTOR

IlaOlt DOT)

\ L12viaoptl_

50 V

1850

O 0,,

2K

LII 1

L4 5 MCTRAP

C 3205/6000 NOTE

cTo

SEE 2'

SEE NOTE

LOCAL FRINGE

BC'

SENSITIVITYSWITCH

[40

601R37

y -0"

150 0

RECTANGULARI6KP4 OR 16 RP4FOR 16 MODELS.I7BP4 OR I7BP4A

FOR 17" MODELS.V13

KINESCOPE

R36 C34IRn 25/400V

oo

COLORCONVERTER

SOCKET175 v

150 v

VERTICAL OSCILLATORTRANSFORMER

O444/

EE NOTE 7BELCW

12BH7(oR 6SN7/GT)V15

VERT. ONE VI.. OUTPUTGOY 550 0

*02ENT. HEIGHT ao£CONTROL

MEG 11

C 430041/600 V 105.

-514

EDPncliKeOUNSOMEa'ir. MODELS

r if

I MIER A

VERT HOLDCONTROL

VERTICAL OUTPUTTRANSFORMER

Woe 6

S Eta

Eli

row61WC23

f.5+

VERT. LINEARITYCONTROL

SI

ONM

C45.29/400

fryO

'V

500 K11.

5403

350 V_

BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

0

C 7405/600v.

YOKEVERTICAL DEFLECTION COIL

400V.

12.ORIVE.N TOOL

C67

A,_3,0,f

6BI:36/GTV17

How/ ouTPuT8.000 P41.14

00 NOT IMAUMI

R787-Got

j£o

1650.

C6605/400 ,

2 Fil:=2

2 "of

2 uO

I B 3/GTV1

MUG.. 1101.TOC AWN**

PART NS TR 1193HORIZ. OUTPUT

HIGH VOLTAGETRANSFORMER

8241

Q.

11,0000.

240

AMP.

FUSE

HOR12. LINEA/ITTCONTRCS.

10THCONTROL

6 W4/GT gV IG IT!

540 V.

5000

SPA%

CONNECTIONS FOR V12 USING

6SN7/GT

CONNECTIONS FOR V 15 USING

6SN 7/GT

YOKEHORIZONTAL DEFLECTION COIL

C7I

109

Mal

V3

C3

VA

IL s

ou.

AM

PLi

F 1

ER

221.

WI5

azio

umo

AM

PLI

FIE

R

1Jl

2,

kS.

c.

A'

AA

U.:

C'c

'N

O=

-I U

SE

D O

NLY

.2.

1 W

HE

N 6

8A6

ISI U

SE

D IN

v 3

IP

OS

ITIO

N.

6AU

6(oR

6B

A6) 1,

400V

6AU

6S

OU

ND

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

6AL5

TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

RV

SD

I 25

MC

.S

OU

ND

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

L2L3

L I N

DIF

CO

IL Qp

CIO

.000

00Y

..0

1/60

0 R

.IQ

AU

DIO

/AM

PLI

FIE

R.0

1/80

0 V

.

PH

ON

O.

TV

6AV

6el

lv6

C13

II M

EG

. ft

VO

LUM

EC

ON

TR

OL

4)P0080

6 V

6/G

TV

7A

UD

IO O

UT

PU

T

3

AU

DIO

OU

TP

UT

TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R

4.10

440

0 V

PIC

TU

RE

CO

NT

RO

L

OF

F -

ON

SW

ITC

H A

ND

SO

UN

DA

VO

LUM

E C

ON

TR

OL

o

rn

z

CH

AN

NE

L S

ELE

CT

OR

SW

ITC

H

FIN

E T

UN

ING

CO

NT

RO

L

C 3

04

ao 6

FD

/4so

v.10

PE

'D /

450V

125

MF

D /

25 V

.

KIN

ES

CO

PE

SE

CO

ND

AN

OD

E H

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

40 6

1F0

/ 450

V40

MF

D /4

50V

60 II

IFD

/ 20

0V

12 B

H7

V13

L3, U

ND

ER

SID

EO

F C

HA

SS

IS

SO

UN

DD

ISC

RIM

INA

TO

RT

RA

NS

F21

,23

hic

SH

IELD

ST

ES

T P

OIN

T

12 C

HA

NN

EL

R F

TU

NE

R(P

AR

T N

I? C

L -2

262(

9 L6

L5,

AC

C\ L4,

AIX

IFLT

,

-Y

SO

UN

D T

RA

PU

ND

ER

SID

EC

AT

HO

DE

PO

WE

R T

RA

NS

F21

.25

ixO

F C

HA

SS

ISS

OU

) T

RA

P21

.23

MG

.

LIT

IOR

IZO

NT

AL

OS

C C

OIL

INS

IDE

OF

CH

AS

SIS

BIF

ILA

RIF

TR

AN

S,

UN

DE

RS

IDE

OF

CH

AS

SIS

0-0-

0-0

0 0

000

000 00 00 000

LIS

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

LF

RE

QU

EN

CY

INT

ER

LOC

K

AK

ER

**\

CA

BLE

ION

TR

AP

I (B

EA

MB

EN

DE

R)

PIC

TU

RE

CE

NT

ER

ING

LEV

ER

L11

TR

AP

IF P

IK T

RA

NS

FW

ITH

AC

C S

OU

ND

TR

AP

PLA

N V

IEW

OF

CH

AS

SIS

BIF

ILA

R F

IX IF

TR

AN

SF

UN

DE

RS

IDE

OF

CH

AS

SIS

4.5

MC

.

Ca -3

C

tfi

0

Mz

tri

ritT

l

C- l

IA

CD -J 0-3

RH

0)

CD

UI

yyy

col O LL C z a


PHILCO CORPORATIONVarious Philco models of this period were made in the form of dual

chassis. The Deflection Chassis employed contained power and sync.

circuits, while the R.F. Chassis contained the balance of circuits.Some models were changed from one type of chassis to another duringproduction and are so listed in the table below.

To find the service material you need, first look up below themodel number of the set you are servicing, and find out what R.F.and Deflection Chassis are used.

Philco Model No. R.F. Chassis Deflection Chassis

52-T1610, 52-T1612 33 or 32 Cl

52-T1802, 52-T1804, 52-T1808, 52-T1831,52-T1839, 52-T1840, 52-T1841

33 C2

52-T1810, 52-T1812, 52-T1842 52-T1844 33 or 37 C2

52-T1882 35 or 38 CP1

52-T2106, 52-T2108, 52-T2144 41 D1

52-T2110 41, 35, or 38 Dl or F2

52-T2140 41 D4

52-T2142 35 or 38 F2

52-T2145, 52-T2182, 52-T2245, 52-T2282 44 D4

After having looked up what R.F. andsee the list below for reference to pagesinformation is presented.

R.F. Chassis

Deflectionin this

StandardTuner Part

in tuner,It II II

It tt tt

Tuner Partfor power

sect.

radio pn

1X2.

118 to 120is exact

tuners usedthrough

Chassismanual

Tuner,

audio

76-6440-176-6777-276-7070

isforin

are used,where this

76-5411No. 76-5747uses 76-6440-1

" 76-6777-2" 76-6777-2

No. 76-7070output.

Tuners

32 -- Similar to 33, pages 112-113, uses33 -- See pages 112-113, Figure 14, uses35 -- Similar to 33, pp.112-113, main diff.37 -- "

tt tt tt II II It

38 -- "It i It 1/ It t

41 -- See pages 116-117, Figure 37, uses44 -- Same as 41, pages 116-117, except

Deflection ChassisCl -- Similar to C2, page 115, diff. pwr.C2 -- See page 115, Figure 15.CP1 -- Similar to C2, page 115, has AMD1 -- See page 114, Figure 38.D4 -- Same as Dl, except for AM radio provisionF2 -- Similar to C2, page 115, uses two

Alignment information given on pagesthese sets. The specific Tuner Alignment76-7070, but is very similar for otherThe Philco material in this manual is reproducedof the Philco Corporation.

76-5411 Standard Tuner76-5747 See page 112

See page 118

See page 116.

correct for allTuner Part No.these models.

the courtesy

111


BUILT- IN C523 AERIALAERIAL TUNING

- 20 75 OHM UN -300 OHM BALAN- BALANCEDCEO INPUT INPUT

-03 10

6 '00000L500

2 40fR500

18001 30

LIU r-OL501

1C 500

IrLs'-'01:17czto.

FM TRAP TAPERED LINE ASSEMBLY

6AU61ST V IF

44C200

R222

6606

R2231.0M

USED IN 37CHASSIS ONLY

112

I

6.6VI.45A8110

W 7PILOT LAMP1100

PART OF 100 SECTION ONR F CHASSIS

*6800 OHMS IN 37 CHASSIS

SECTION 5RF

TC 502

WS50004F7

6CB6R F AMPL

R503I MEG

TC504

W5500001/

C202

I( 6AU6

2ND VIF

.5V 3 4R20468

8205

330

Tuner Part No. 76-5747

TCSO4

4.135V

21.8514CTRAP

C507.66 OF

R5071006 C5I1

0.5-3

C5 280V

1/212AV7L526 OSC 6

C514 C515TEST T1500 15

POINT =4 41,

01125V TC507

23 5IAC

1/2 12AV7MIXER

R506 8

C513

T 220

C509

T33455008(n

NOTE:

SWITCH SHOWN INCHANNEL 2 POSITION

TC 506

R50810

40K

sf0,21.4iL919. tw,_

'7 111\ L523W"" TC505

WS500CUll W5500E1(14)

330 330C204

Tiso.

COLOR CODE

BLACK

ORANGE

GREEN

YELLOW

6AU63RD VIF

135VA

R209AA".330

L206RFC

10014

C210

T.22µF

0520FINE

TUNING

m.C211MM221.I.F

CHANNEL 13L534

TC514

L532O

TC511 TC510WS 500A(F) CHANNEL 6

6CB6VIF

WS 500AIR)

90A

7

C2I3

R2154 7°5600

SECTION 2- VIF

r

L_

C36

SE

t2AUAGC

VIDEO1ST S

125V2

R40150

040012014

PART

I = 400 S

C215

71500

Figure 14. Schematic Dia


Philco R.F. Chassis 33

:TION 4 - SOUND

1- 1

C402

1600

145 MC8 I

-J

6AU62ND SIF

64026806

1600

5

60V

=C401r..,,

R403

1K IW

2401

®

Ise

R405

228IW

C40645-370

R406 8407

1/2 678DISC

AUDIO

CONTROLSOCKET

220

1/2 6781ST

AUDIO

410

C412

02K Y

9 65V

41 5

1011E6

006811FMIA

7C5AUDIO

290V > OUT

8441 N

R415+106WA"

106

LUG VIEW

1400 J401

L3031OLLII

C301

.047LLFL300TC3004.5 MC

126VTRAP 41

1/2 12AV71ST VIDEO

46 88V 4

MN 7:4; o9

C302

(TITR302

2700

C304

83033300

6305L301 i 8mEG

EI8OLLH

6405VIDEOOUT

7

afry

ON 3 -VIDEO 250V

2

0 TO 9V

C306

4250v .047I(

uLF

5 1601/s, k,

6 `4,

a

6 308A>2500

CONTRAST

4 N

C307

.4711F

+mm C303C40LIF

60 CPS

C R T17BP4A

T ss900

1pmF

S

300

1933001

N GN0

FCCII

10 4,2

25 TOIN 11105M 12

BR EN

30001

TO HIGH

VOLTAGE

POWER SUPPLY

R313

1300

R3129W

1006

1006

BRIGHTNESS

,TJ

P L400AUDIO

CONNECTOR

AUDIO SECTIONON DEFLECTION

CHASSIS

4IC

0503 02

3306 LUG VIEW

L208405tH n r-

ww.02178

VIDEOTESTJACK

- J200

60 CPS

3V

8646,,NevNe47K

6

1806

R603

S R248

3300

L209

1001.1.11

R219330

R221150 6

R22016

1006

m1/2

12AU71T NOISE

`$^H 175V.1SSE

P

SYNC NGATE

2

60 CPS

4

R604C607 --nAm"--

633 .8MEG 210

6-1111 40602 9605

270K

-1.4

7V

70.

3

ny 200

60 C PS

.01311F

SECTION 6 - SYNC

6

1/2124072 ND SYNC

SEP

PL IOUPIN VIEW

18V PP

60 CPS

BR

0

0320V 2

1BL 21V

ON -9

3

os

W 6 3VAC

F6.3 VAC

250V

m, 33

NOTESRESIISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS, 1/2 WATT, AND CONDENSER VALUES IN LIME, 6000UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.

K INDICATES 1030 OHMS, MEG INDICATES 0300,000 OHMS.WAVEFORM VOLTAGES ARE PEAK TO PEAK VALUES. THE FREQUENCY IS THAT OF THE WAVEFORM. NOT THE SCOPE SWEEP RATE.WAVEFORMS TAKEN WITH A MODIFIED PHILCO MODEL 7019 OSCILLOSCOPE.VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A 20,000 OHMS PER VOLT METER. RANGE Of VOLTAGES INDICATES MAXIMUM VARIATION WITH CONTROL SETTING.9 INDICATES LESS THAN ONE OHM.

6

P1100

113


PHILCOFigure 5. FM TEST Jack Adapter

VTVM OR24000 -OHMS -PER -VOLT

VOLTMETER

GND

TO OSCILLOSCOPE

PLUG PART NO.27-4785-3

PINS AND5

38. Deflection Chassis D-1, Schematic Diagram

TOP VIEW

VOLTMETER

MINIATURE SHIELDPART NO.

56 -5629FA3

SHELLPART NO.56-1146-I

PLUGNO. 27-4785 3 NN PINS I AND 5

REMOVED

GND

NOTE: CONNECTIONSINSULATED WITHSPAGHE TTISOLDERED

OSCILLOSCOPE

TERMINALSTRIP

1/4- HOLE

SOLDERED

SECTION 6 - SYNC1/2 INTSYNC INN

.R617:111E4

4618

106

rww C604AV 047

9f.

C407341

451

_L

4611

82004610 1W

126200

R613 RIMS 0605 8616

06 4100

NIA4700

R6126600

.079F4700

4700

SECTION 7- VERT SWEEP

vtg/P,'j1C C702690047VERT OUT

Bt.

90 onus-TOW 40

-w

1700 380

6 I 6350 OHY5 -- 2._r-5

9712

00.022ME

9700804

9701

259( 0ERT

HOLD

156

470654E1,

HEIGHT

ILLE

497021.5

?,14EG

"I 46C101ILIF

0703680

T701 4300 PL600

2504

R704 V. -19EG

FST117t S 8105i 2204rE9.,1

8

4

R708

2

all J P1611

O330MS:

9709

226291

4.K/04

141

DEFLECTIONYOKE

12 19710OHMS 1,000

Y5

14111

000

RCs7,g,1

1J800 70

71610 L2!____J

C803

0800

C600 ' 57120 _J._

R806124

R1101 480282K 754

SC HORIZ1815A

O HOLD

723`011:C 8 01

2200 491

1804

180

6597GTPHASE COMP

130AND HORIZ

05C

/10477=/. --LOCK- IN45-370

S 86103.34E0

809 R811

!L2E. 4.

2 5

904 390KX5% 1-5%

TC805 .R806.15u0 :4704

R9138200

C8060/2uf

1900rPO

480

BL

L602124

:0HY5

?X805

60nOHMilS.2

0807

(-44.L

BR

C27005''t X T

14807186

R 144706

464

4700

0911

°V4E1

`37- 7i5/41.

R8151042W

DO NOT

4

210OHIAS

SECTION 8 - IHORIZ. SWEEP

MEASURE

6006G OHMSNORI2 OUT

06

4820

8207449

TH

1601A

S6C

905WW1

IX827

3031910(7,

0606-f 000 6

20 OHMSRFC

643DAMPER 2

0800 ---1

PL800PIN 7

0803

: 113CM

4.4 PINS080041.

11Ep 0 HOR121 YOKE

J800 L804PIN 3

DEFLECTION OHMSYOKE p,,9

0800 Ft KO

REIS686

Rata47

C812 38004414E 4441.-[ PINS

LLCMST 104E

0800LUG VIE

240

IA. L807:20 OHMS

RIO

2

REG°.

24

614 AC

-12

07041004

R105

220K

0100

---/ 000045 0X45

25H

1..003100

R102

4 1101120071500

7.515w

0102

1500

SU RECT

CR101

-300V

..R102 RAT'R100

x50°V 50V

E

Ill 1~e

3400 F102

1 0100LUGPEIV

0100

114

15.924WIRE

F101

001(01IVEHEATERLINKS

5.1V

3.5

OHMS

77006047

s,po

0101

'EP 573 PL Ill

1114

60 CYCLES

142DOUBLER

SECTION 1-POWER

C105

500

RIO'2.5 MEG

91072.5 MEG

C104

I(500

15301HV RECT

T801

B

11

mv AIgBE

NOTES

RESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS WATT AND CONDENSER VALUES

ARE IN 401,600 v,uNLE SS OTHERWISE INDICATED

4.1000 :7000,000 OHMS F. LES S THAN ONE OHMS

VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A 20.400 -OHMS-PER-VOLT METER.

RANGE OF VOLTAGES INDICATES MAXIMUM VARIATION WITH

CONTROL SETTING.

SIGNAL PATHS ARC SHOWN Br HEM CONNECTING LINES

16±

PP

60 C

PS

C60

3.0

41 V

"

R60

8

ME

G

R60

9 /1

1110

6 _.

67

+45

1,1

SE

CT

ION

61/

27N

1S

YN

C6

SY

NC

INV

R61

286

14C

605

R6I

5

2Y

R61

0

276

2W

10K

R61

1

15K

2W C60

4

7.11

1F

4700

.011

1F

R6I

34

700

4 70

0

rC 6

0600

47LI

F

8702

15K

180

OH

MS

T 0

0

oow0

131.

42V

6 -6

1 -A

rt

OH

MS

ON

0

211

1044

8100

00S

EC

TIO

N 7

-I/O

ON

VE

RT

SW

EE

P3

OS

CV

ER

T

C 7

02 'W

ory

041

10-

60 C

P S

eo-

v

30C

PS

8701

250K

VE

RT

HO

LD

200V

mo

x2

R70

3U

."'

1 M

EG

8704

2.5

ME

G

HE

IGH

T

6705

5600

8V

24T

OV

C70

6 30F

45

R 7

07R

708

2500

VE

RT

LIN

820

1W

C70

3.0

15 11F

R70

918

061W 65

4

VE

RT

OU

T

f,;

J801

P4

ZLI

301

P4

+.1

.C

705

101.

1F

747

5V

o

J801

PI:5

)

--,5

57,-

/

60 C

PS

0PL8

01P

S

R7I

251

00S

W

R71

1

8 71

0

416

.180

1LU

G V

IEW1K

L22

2720

00H

ms

VE

NT

E

L72

012

OH

MS

000

PL

801

0 0

PIN

VIE

W

C60

3

.002

211

F

f_f_

.047

1.15

IIVP

PJ. T

R60

3

4715

,750

CP

S

--1F

'

90V

116.

1575

0T

0225

V2

CP

ST

O -

14V

5

3

78

2V T

O

-38V

yZ

6804

156

SE

CT

ION

8 -

HO

RIZ

SW

EE

P80

5

HO

RIZ

HO

LD

2900

TO

310V

15,7

50 C

PS

82K

J800

-0-

O

ILU

G V

IEW

'51

JAC

KS

C

----

R80

9In

VB

LI

.11E

168

00(.

?0

7V\5

1:11

-7V

I

66S

N7G

T-7

5VP

HA

SE

CO

MP

AN

D H

OR

IZO

SC

R80

6

,ell:

40I

. OH

MS

GN

PA

RT

OF

T80

0

C80

6

C80

4.1

5µF

R80

282

00

C 8

05."

.022

300

K 1

W±

5 X R

807

3.3M

EG

1W t5

,6

180

R80

856

0K1W

55%

R81

4vv

vv..,

22 K

R81

2

C80

714

750C

PS

t 336

1W

.01µ

FC

R81

081

2

226

L601

TC

801

PA

RT

,

-06

0 8"

-O

F1

46 O

HM

SI

T80

0I

HO

RIZ

ST

AB

LP

ULS

EA

DJ -C

IO 9

F

I 50

C82

311

.15

475V

RI5

1547

0

R82

I

18 K

1W

6CD

6GH

OR

IZ O

UT

.0 q

DO

NO

T8

EA

SU

RE

-30V

5

390

98 C8I

068

13

1 M

EG

3

7,3

27

AJ

1250

C82

1) E

1221

7i/F

2L8

0715

011H

30-

'6-6

1--1

178

glE

.42.

504,

40H

isM

S2.

5

OH

MS

4

70

28W

F-,

9°

irr:

4T-.

..2r

HO

RIZ

LIN

CO

NT

RO

L

oti0

00.

TC

803.

6 O

HM

S3.

6L8

03

C8

6O

HM

S C

816

----

-5-

-25

000

1475

0CP

S

6B Y

5GD

AM

PE

R

8,1

.033

1,1F

.111

F

0814

3100

C617

Ta

T.2

211F

3I B

.10

000

V

J601

PI

PL8

01 P

I

4,51

a. o

PP

R82

039

0P

L801

P3

.180

1 P

.110

0

63200

0 4 5

_L21

0 -9V

T10

0

BL 5V BL

6.3V

AC

R10

360

0S

W

'6.

3 V

AC

R10

14

Z

RE

SIS

TO

R (

HA

NK

)O

V

5100

SW

ITC

HO

N R

EA

RO

F V

OLU

ME

CO

NT

RO

L

LES

ST

HA

NI O

HM

.110

1

PLI

DI

5U 4

GLV

RE

CT

10.5

OH

MS

GN

635V

10.5

OH

MS

4 6

L100

B+

62 O

HM

S2

320V

I.5H

5U 4

5LV

RE

CT

F10

0 .T

AM

P

\

toC

100

475V

400

-16V R10

010

PR

OT

EC

TIV

E H

EA

TE

R L

INK

8.60

8K

F10

1Y

x-1

60R

I

BR

-PE

. 6 4

V88

P7

F15

06450V

5011

F

1.10

1

5202

05H

HM

S

CI0

16

T45

00

301.

1.6

100

K01

02R

102

SE

CT

ION

1 -

PO

WE

R

CA

P 5

102

DO

UB

LER

9,1

C 1

03

500

)__,

8000

V

1B3G

TH

IGH

VO

LTR

EC

T

-2L

T80

13

CA

P

CR

T2N

D A

NO

DE

* A

MP

LIT

UD

EIN

DIC

AT

ION

DE

PE

ND

S U

PO

N F

RE

QU

EN

CY

RE

SP

ON

SE

OF

SC

OP

E. C

AU

TIO

N1H

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

PR

ES

EN

T. D

ON

OT

EX

CE

ED

VO

LTA

GE

CA

PA

BIL

ITIE

S O

F T

HE

OS

CIL

LOS

CO

PE

.

VO

LTA

GE

S M

EA

SU

RE

D W

ITH

A 2

0,00

0O

HM

S P

ER

VO

LT M

ET

ER

.

RA

NG

EO

F V

OLT

AG

ES

IND

ICA

TE

S M

AX

IMU

M V

AR

IAT

ION

WIT

H C

ON

TR

OL

SE

TT

ING

.

CO

LOR

CO

DE

In11

117M

.17

.111

717.

77

GN

RE

DG

RE

EN

YE

LLO

W


Tuner Part No. 76-7070Philco

U. CC 1-7141 30

5

1

OI =5,21

8ga

M t.YPtc0t)Xi;

719

2.2HL,2

8D

CL

OKNCL

BUILT-IN AERIAL

C527AERIALTUNING

___J

I MEG

300 01$BALANCED

INPUT

R512

470 0500

ILIL 534 MI

RF AMPL

7 7150 01111LINE

SECTION 5- R F

502211

PAP.01

147

04G007-521 0501

470

TC5

1502

EM TRAP

mmC50020

TAPE- RED LINE 03163M15

2500

C 531000

R5034700

-COOS

iC506 :L5105-3 m RFC

=

1300

IMEG

C5061 N504 C507mm02 P19 1MEG

0 R505

IA

C532 C510150 7 150

C5011.0ISO GPI

11

7E37POINT 016 C317

Isoot IS

59 GI

11506100N

664C 5 31.11 39

C514.1.1.5

0515

526 C519

R507

IC 30123.5 MC

V2 12427NOIR

504

C5211150T

V2 12AZ05C

10520T 150

C5221

Csa

100

12121

L5311

SOOT.

5 4 5

L335 537

C5251003

7 BR

1.3v AC

L534

* PARTS NOTLOCATED IN

TUNER

514 -CHASSIS

4.1 7

2NR5i4

C524* ....1414527 1052FINE

T.1-6 T 7.5TUNING

NOTE ALL SNITCHES SHOWNIN CHANNEL 2 POSITON.

WSSIMC IR / R5005(6/

1I009ON

1511

520

LS21

1 ICSOS

CHANNEL 13L513

TC513

C314

7C SU

111

8515

1527TC 509

L5211

1525TC 510

L530

TC512 L3317E511

115500A(F) CHANNEL

0

o 14

0MYNA (111

116

8221

330A mim C220330

SECTION 2 - F

IAUI1ST 017

11107

200T,22.2

-C211r046 OF

25. MC C202

I 100

03

SALM2ND VII

1100243C

C2011500

0203 02041211 II

4i330

620S

I120

3301

330

Tx:

FILLTIAMIP

8110

330

1

I 1

ILIV SSA

I PAM OF =TON 1.L_LIIII7 CHASMS) 1

21.1 MC

1121 MC

TRAP

COON

31

2022

4AUI3RD VW

ISSN

24 25 SICIC BI- 4711 VII

1701

C205 8204 210 C2031500T 120

" 12101300

RFC

33

0201

T'500

COLON CODE

BLACK RED

N

SI

IR

WHITE

SLOE

MOWN

ON OAANGE

SHEEN

YELIOW

:1.203

A2126200 230 3

IR/14220

02101.22 NF

R2I3330

106 OHMS

SIGNAL GENERATOROUTPUT

(75 OHMS)

300 TOVS OHMS OHMS T0500

150 OHMS

T151104

PSIS5100IW

5211

100

C2I3

474

L207

7C205.75MC

CIIS

V2 12001AGC

VIDEO HT

C21122117

10011

J200VIDEO TO 1

(LUG VIM

2113301

TCIuS6

= Figure 2. Aerial -Input Matching Network I


Figure 37. R -F Chassis 41, Schematic Diagram

1/2 12407151 SIF

150 , .5 SC

1100-1 0402

I IL400

1 1500

L C4,01.. g.: I

.

201. ,... I

R401 WI' I 7C400 111102'ISO ...._.._ _I, sea

04001200

C400

C401

Due2ND 5IF

ea

3

4403

5

6V

C4034.

L

4.5 16C

2401 1/2 670DISC

4

L4011 j OSIF

TC401 TC 40J

:L402

:R404 i.R405t2: 2.K

4

J402DISC TEST

(LUG VIE141

R409

C4001330014

13K

04" wt 0401 ICTC4002200

J44000V°.UC

CONTROLSOCKET

(LUG VIEW)

11

I/2 6Te1514100AGE CLAMP

115

SECTION 4 -SOUND

C4I3

5

LaoaREC

V/410

:/0EG "

0416ISO

R412210

6400

225V

0413

4100

0.4210114

IC 5AUDIO DUI

1501

H

IODE

4

1400

BK iBR

UO:P.10000

'0415.5603

3011E1

155012V/

R3000.211EG

1/2 12A071ST VIDEO

AWL

1250

411301

Li

R310100 .

TC4-70.

5

C302

Si

2100

11E

C304

.22111H-

L302:,4.5 011111442201111

C3031 11104

2

031

5805VIDEO OUT

2DOV

COOS

1130

447107

R3111500

7W

NOV IL303

IF OUS:51 T04.

00 11 145µNTC 301

30S 1130856 2200 CONTRAST

'11301142500

0312VON

TO

HIGHVOLTAGE.

POWER

SUPPLY

I 0 TO

CRT

20 0744OR

2101.44

Y

GN 2

R3131200

BRIGHTNESS53000 5310

RIK 22K

5314620 ...0307

...0.11111

AO TODIV

L

BK

2

FRONT -1IVO

OV

OR

J

5305HAAAN--

SECTION 3 -VIDEO

jUN

P1401

SPEAKERCONNECTOR(LUG VIEW)

USE OF EH OR PWSPEAKER IS OPTIONAL

PL 400AUDIO

CONNECTO

C413MOE

(PIN VIEW)

C4120111F

OL R411COOT 2 wEG

71'tLE

CJ4I1I141/ 00611µ470 4000

0`7,17F7

AUDIO SECTIONON DU CHASSIS

Rio'

SECTION 6 -SYNC

52165300

f .205RTC

:1-209- 15 OHMS

70004

3211330

C2Il1µF

470

00:2177..

V2 12Avl V1120417I ST SYNC NOISE

SEP GATE

_

R60ii14K:

2

RIOri C40344.300 33

±5%

444C402.0150

1/2 1241172ND SYNC

SEP

R601100N

SO4

152

iR'2105"*T"21011

NOTES

RESISTOR MUMS ARE IN ONUS, IVINTLPIC CONDENSER +ALMS

ARE 111 11111,1038, UNLESS OTHENOISI 1NOICATED

itriO00 PINS hi A1p04000 ONIES limESS THAN ONE 010$VOLTAGES MEASURED *ITN A 20,000-01114-PIR -VOLT METER.RAMC OF VOLTAGES NOICATES 5431141211 VARIATION WM

CONTROL SETTING.

SIGNAL PATHS AK MORN NI NERVY CONNECTING LINES. P1100

01111 TIEN)

.150

120* OR !IL

10

5-110

2401/ OR

3V AC 0

-120

34011 -37 N

P1.100

CHANNEL SELECTOR

PINE TUNING

CENTERED014 CHANNEL

TUNING SCREW

TC SOO(MISER GRIDCHANNEL 11)

Figure 6. Television Tuner, Oblique View,Showing Location of Adjustments

TC SO5(RE PLATE CHANNEL 13)

TC 503(AERIAL CHANNEL 13)

TCSO(Rf PLATE CHANNEL 41)

TCSOS(AERIAL CHANNEL 6)

117

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONPhilco Schematic Tuner Part No. 76-6440-1

BUILT-IN C527 AERIAL R507AERIAL

-.-

TUNING

- - i6607

C504 R F4014 3 3 AMP1GNC506 71.5- 3 fa

42300. L510

RFC

TEST COIN

POINT 1500

C511

C517330 46'

130V

1526 C519I F OUTPUT

o1

120

6= .56 gig G1

iI I

I

1000 125VTC 508 12A1/1 6807I.. 2 R510

2501I

I470K 1/212 AV7 4

MIXER9 5 4 15

78500 1

".3 BIF IL AR

ma i 7 CHOKE 'R502 4.4. wl SECTION 5-

30009M

-04 20BALAN-,g,

75 OHMUNBALANCE

INPUT

_i4 2

3 1

4 moc1

IC505

6-1 (---4

-

C 508220

"cq:,, a . "

cm.../I

C526- R F 2 20 or100y C 522 -L-

C52T 220

10 0 1 l

220

-a-. .1.- =_-,- = .T_

ri IC521 220

6 3VAC

r-Ir T L525

.5 -3IVc r 0. -05 Po , C523

jtS R503R505

C503 3301400

R F C I CHANNEL 13

3 0111111L501 330 To.; 220

R512

*8110 10

T

1533

C524 TC 515 'I1527C509

, nil 9 ,-1000

-6508wv2200 1/2 12AV 7 7--" -130 Fici

FINETUNING

IIC

o...R511y35V OSCC 52gT

TC51412

111 WIg o ,

15K--1--

TAPERED LINE i FM =

'0.)' ' t= ASSEMBLY ?TRH1509

1517TC505

L524 1 /f,

Z. 500 TC5031511 -- TC507

L503 . - MI .-5I8s = /11.

105,, 2VI il ,L504

" s' ,_sto-,'I, ',.. ',AO__ ' 'X.=

AIML L512

r SO%

////i/1 MI( /,1. 519

1,40../_,

mr . 5.4

TC513 SiAtiliL

W550001E7

'',' ,..tP,.°) 00 "...,/, '

0 , .4,O I

4

0 0'' -,- tlIP LIS

14----414

4018. 4, 1 ,

.

I-506

10 . e, ..1%

0 ' lir 0-, -4Y' %,,/ 44 il, , , ei,41hp

''' .._, .IP

-.. %EA* ,,.... \AO"'

Pig- L513

L514,1515TCSO4 . C514

W . , ,,,.... --S9, rOPS' 9

j1IP L 521

% 7 .:6 tk L 22, 0

TC5/2 0 L531TC511

WS500A IF) CHANNEL

0C501

5 .r C502 .110 I.

1507WS500EIFI TC 502 WS500C l F 1

C512 Ts WS5008 ( F/

TC506

1.5

0 * 2-1.- -1- 0 AP

0 o 0 2er

2o /o, oelk

0 o o,./ di 3

-4,'0

0to 0 / 0

0 t 40 /1,;;;,,, 0

0 r to/

</r, 3 / ''' dO

vo/A6,-,4

(Oa° OZA- r

5/0 kg;o

00R 501 10 00

00

41 0,.o = 6

000 00 00 ,,,,°

0 ...,i

6800 Al /I0 Z

O So 0 ' o

0 IP'6."

QWS500D I 17)

6

WS500E 1 R)6

WS500C 1 R) ALL SWITCHES SHOWN W S50013 (R) WS500A(R)IN CHANNEL 2 POSITION

TELEVISION TUNER ALIGNMENTThe following simplified procedure may be used to 1. Disconnect the white (a -g -c) lead from the

align the oscillator when the television i-f alignment tuner, and connect it to the negative terminal of a1.5 -volt battery. Ground the positive terminal.is satisfactory and a station signal is available.

2. Connect a 3300 -ohm resistor in series with the1. Mechanically preset the fine-tuning cam to the red lead from the tuner. Connect the "hot" lead of

center of its range (see figure 6). the oscilloscope to the junction of the red lead and2. Tune in the highest -frequency channel to be the 3300 -ohm resistor.

received. 3. Connect a 330 -ohm resistor from the green lead3. Adjust the tuning core for that channel, or the to ground.

next highest, for the best picture; that is, starting with 4. Connect the FM (sweep) generator to the 300 -sound in the picture, turn the tuning core until the ohm aerial input through an aerial -input matchingsound disappears. Repeat for each channel received network. See figure 2.in the area.

BAND-PASS ALIGNMENT PROCEDUREA 330 -ohm resistor is shunted across the 1st

i-f coil, to eliminate the absorption effect of this coil 1. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR and FMon the response curve. (sweep) generator to Channel 12 (213 mc.). Adjust

CRYSTAL 22011LIF the generator for sufficient sweep to show the com-PART NO. PART NO54-6001 62-122001001 plete response curve.Hi I (-0.

OSCILLOSCOPETO,P0A%0TOONOOHMS :7AORUT

66-4108340

2. Establish the channel limits (see figure 7) byusing the marker (AM r -f ) signal generator to pro-

Li:. 1,0A040TOONOOHMS

INPUT duce marker pips on the response curve; set the62-147001001 66-4108340 generator first to 210 mc., then to 216 mc.T

3. Adjust TC505 and TC507 (figure 6) for aFigure 3. Wiring Diagram of Crystal Detector symmetrical, approximately centered pass band. Set

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONmarker generator to 213 mc. Detune TC507 counter-clockwise until a single peak appears. Adjust TC505until the peak falls on the 213-mc. marker. It maybe necessary to increase the output of the generatorduring this adjustment. Then adjust TC503 for mind -mum curve height and symmetry of the single peak.The aerial circuit is now tuned for the high channels.

4. Readjust TC505 and TC507 for a symmetricalresponse, centered about 213 mc.

5. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR and FM gen-erator to Channel 7 (177 mc.).

6. Establish the channel limits by using the markersignal generator to produce marker pips on the re-sponse curve; set the generator first to 174 mc., thento 180 mc.

7. Note the response curve, with respect to tilt andcenter frequency. The curve should be centered inthe pass band, and should be symmetrical. If not,it will be necessary to make the adjustments given instep 8. However, when making these adjustments,the effect of Channel 13 adjustments on Channel 7must be taken into consideration. This is done byover -compensating with the trimmers, so that, whenChannel 13 is adjusted, Channel 7 is nearly correct.

8. Adjust C506 and C515 (see figure. 36) toobtain a response curve which is the mirror image(tilt in the opposite direction) of the original. Thisis the overcompensation mentioned in step 7.

9. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR to Channel 13,and retune the generators. Readjust TC505 andTC507 for a symmetrical and centered band pass.

10. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR and generatorsto Channel 7, and check the response for center fre-quency and symmetry. Repeat steps 8 and 9 as manytimes as necessary to obtain the most symmetrical andcentered response curves on Channels 13 and 7. Chan-nels 8 through 12 are now correctly aligned.

11. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR and sweepgenerator to Channel 6 (85 mc.).

II MC MA1(4.5 MC MIN

RESPONSE MUSTFALL INSIDE SHADEDARE A

CHANNEL CARRIERSMUST LIE BETWEENTHESE LIMITS

Figure 7. Television -Tuner Response Curve,Showing Band -Pass Limits

12. Establish the channel limits, using the markergenerator to produce marker pips on the responsecurve; set the generator first to 82 mc., then to 88 mc.

13. Adjust TC504 and TC506 for a symmetrical,approximately centered pass band. Set the markergenerator to 85 mc. Detune TC506 counterclockwiseuntil a single peak appears.

Adjust TC504 until the peak falls on the 85-mc.marker. It may be necessary to increase the outputof the generator during this adjustment. Then adjustTC502 for maximum curve height and symmetry ofthe single peak. The aerial circuit is now tuned forChannels 5 and 6.

14. Readjust TC504 and TC506 for a symmetricalresponse, centered about 85 mc.

`"?TB500

TC4013

Z400S F TRANS

0TC300 5MCTRAP

TC402 TRANS)5

2ND SIFFM DET

1ST VIDEO1ST SYNC SEP

ALIGNTEST JACK

J200

4TH IF

(K6,151.4c

BOTTOMrc 401 1STAG

AC'UDC1431_ ATP"-

VID OUT

AGCVID DET1ST SIF

2ND SYNC SENOISE GATE

3RD IF

® 7228°53MG TRAP

*I 2022C6.6 MC

6AU6 2ND IF

*23 01/40C

OTC201

6AU6

28 1 MC1ST IFTRAP

VOLUME CONTROL

AUDIO OUT

SPEAKERPLUG

PL4 01

AUDIOOUT

TRANS

T400

R3096

R309A

7(.5000FM TRAP

@ C52 5

TC508cV23.5 MC

132)RF

AMPLC 506

12AZ7

MIXER-OC 527 OSC

BRIGHTNESS

Figure 36.

CONTRAST

119

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONPhilco TELEVISION I -F ALIGNMENTBefore proceeding with the i-f alignment or mak-

ing an alignment check, observe the following pre-liminary instructions:

1. Connect the oscilloscope to the 2200 -ohm re-sistor from the ALIGN TEST jack adapter.

2. If additional attenuation of the marker signal isrequired when using Visual Alignment GeneratorModel 7008, insert a 10,000 -ohm resistor in serieswith the output lead, or use a 2nd harmonic of BandA, which will give a marker of lower amplitude.

3. Preset the television controls as follows:a. CONTRAST control fully counterclockwise.b. BRIGHTNESS control to give a dim raster.c. Function switch to TV position.

4. Insert the FM TEST jack adapter into J402.5. Insert the ALIGN TEST jack adapter into J200.

I -F ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE1. Preset TC201 and TC203 fully counterclock-

wise. See figure 36. Preset TC200 and TC202to the center of their ranges.

2. Connect the oscilloscope to J200, pin 2, throughthe 2200 -ohm resistor from the ALIGN TEST jackadapter, and connect the AM generator to G1 (mixergrid on tuner).

3. Feed in a 28.1-mc. AM signal, and tune TC201for minimum output (use first minimum). Use zerobias during this adjustment.

4. Feed in a 21.85-mc. AM signal, and tune TC203for minimum output (use first minimum). Use zerobias during this adjustment.

5. Tune TC205, TC204, TC202, TC200, and TC507for maximum output at the frequencies indicated infigure 36. Use 3 volts of bias, and attenuatethe generator to keep the output below 2 volts, peakto peak.

0

50

100

120

IE

60 5.5SOUND / (A

CARRIER 59.35

Figure

(8157.35

FREQUENCY IN MC

55

EC/55.25VIDEO

CARRIER

9. Over-all R -F, I -F Response Curve,Showing Tolerance Limits for Channel 2.

6. Feed in sweep and marker signals to Channel 2through the aerial -input terminals. The tuner passband should be checked, and the tuner aligned, ifnecessary. Touch up TC205,TC204, TC202, TC200, and TC507. See NOTE below.

IMPORTANT: Do not turn any of the i-f tuningcores excessively after they have been set to the ap-proximate position by the use of the AM signal gen-erators; to do so may cause poor transient or phaseresponse, resulting in trailing whites or smear. If aresponse within the limits shown cannot be obtainedby a slight adjustment, carefully repeat the AM ad-justments, and, if necessary, trouble -shoot the i-fsystem. It is preferable to get a response curve withinthe tolerance range WITHOUT touching the adjust-ments made with the AM signals at the specified fre-quencies.

NOTE: TC205 rocks top of curve.TC202 controls level of carrier.TC204 controls dip or peak on carrier side.TC200 controls bandwidth (sound side).TC507 controls dip or peak on sound side.

S -I -F ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1. Remove the first i-f tube, and connect a v.t.v.m.or a 20,000 -ohms -per volt voltmeter to the FM TESTjack adapter. Adjust the VOLUME control formoderate speaker output.

2. Feed in an accurately calibrated 4.5-mc. AMsignal through the 2200 -ohm resistor in the ALIGNTEST jack adapter to pin 2 of J200.

3. Tune TC400 and TC402 for maximum indi-cations on the meter. The point of maximum meterindication for TC402 should also be the point of mini-mum speaker output.

4. Tune TC402 for minitnum speaker output.

5. Connect an r -f probe or crystal detector to thegrid (pin 2) of the picture tube. See NOTE below.

6. Tune TC300 for minimum indication on oscillo-scope. If a crystal detector is not available, TC300may be adjusted for minimum beat pattern, observedon the picture tube, with a station picture present.

7. Replace the 1st i-f tube. Tune in a station anduse the speaker output as an indication.

8. Turn the FINE TUNING control clockwise toobtain a slightly fuzzy picture.

9. Tune TC402 for minimum AM (noise) output.NOTE: The r -f probe, Part No. 76-3595, is usedas a detector of the 4.5-mc. signal, and the oscillo-scope as an indicating device. An alternate crystaldetector may be made up.


RCAVICHASSIS DESIGNATIONSKCS47BKCS97F In

KCS47C .. . In Models 7T112,KCS47C In Models 7T1l2B,KCS47D

The models listedservice materialaddition Model 7T143,

CIn ModelsModels 7T103B

7T122,7Tl22B. 7T1235

aboveincluding

TO7T103 and

and7T123 and

andIn Model

using

using

RMODELS 71103, 7T103B,

7T104, 7T104B, 71112, 7T112B,

71104 7T122, 71122B, 7T123, 7T123B,7T104B

7T124 7T124, 7T125B, 7T1327T1253

7T132Chassis Nos. KCS47B, KCS47F, KCS47C, KCS47G or KCS47D

the chassis as stated are covered by thisthe main and supplementary schematics. Intelevision Chassis KCS-48A, uses the same

circuit except thatModel 9T147, using

the audio section of the radio section is employed.Chassis KCS-60A, has this same difference, but uses

a 19" picture tube. Model 7T111B, using Chassis KCS-47GF-2, is similar

to the "B" seriesmentary circuitadditional receiver.

sets such as 7T103B, and this material plus the supple-will be of aid in case you are called on to service this

Models 9T105, 9T126, 9T128, using Chassis KCS -49B

or KCS-49C, are also similar to the "B" series sets except that some of

the parts differ and a 19" picture tube is used.

ALIGNMENT TABLE

STEPNo.

CONNECTSIGNAL

GENERATORTO

SIGNALGEN.

FREQ.MC.

CONNECTSWEEP

GENERATORTO

SWEEPGEN.FREQ.

MC.

CONNECTOSCILLOSCOPE

TO

CONNECT"VOLTONMYST":0

MISCELLANEOUSCONNECTIONS

ANDINSTRUCTIONS

ADJUSTREFER

TO

DISCRIMINATOR AND SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT

1 2nd sound i-f grid(pin 1, VI16)

21.00.1 voltoutput

Not used Not used In series with 1

meg. to pin 7 ofV117

Meter on 3 volt scale Detune T112 (bot.)Adjust TI12 (top) formax. on meter

Fig. 12Fig. 9Fig. 8

2 " " Junction of R192 5S103

Meter on 3 volt scale T112 (bottom) forzero on meter

Fig. 12Fig. 9

3 " " 2nd sound 1-1 grid(pin 1, V116)

21.00cen'er

.1 v. out

Junction of R198 65103

Not used Check for symmetricaliory ,posltive 6. negative).adjust T112 (top) until

response wave-It not equal

they are equal.

Fig. 12Fig. 9

4 1st sound i-f grid(pin I, V115)

21.00 1st sound i.f grid(pin 1, V115)

21.00reducedoutput

Terminal "A" ofTill in serieswith 33K.

,. Sweep output re-duced to provide 0.3volt p -to -p on scope

i T111 (top and hot.)for max. gain at21.00 me.

Fig. 13Fig. 10Fig. 9

PICTURE 1-F AND TRAP ADJUSTMENT

5 Not used Not used - Not used Junction of R102 &R201

Connect bias box tojunction of 8102 &R201 and to ground

Adjust potentiometerfor - 3.0 volts onmeter

Fig. 10

6 Terminal D ofT101

21.00 " - ,, Pin 2 of V106 andto ground

Meter on 3v scale.Rec. between 2 5 13

T103 (top) for min.on meter

Fig. 10Fig. 8

7 " 21.00 " - " T105 (top) for min. Fig. 8

8 27.00 - " " " TI02 (top) for min.

9 " 27.00 " - " " " T104 (top) for min. "

10 " 19.50 " - ' " " TIO1 (top) for min. "

11 " '24.35 " - " " L103 (top) for max. "

12 22.5 " - " " " T104 (bot.) for max. Fig. 9

13 " 21.75 " - " " ,, T103 (bot.) for max.

14 " '25.3', - T102 tbot.) for max. "

1.41.---.6

( :..' VI14

c 'N

1,10POWERT PLANS.

V4 TRAP

'UPSRECT.®00

.--- v2

'2°` : Ai:ÀMP

7. iiTEST

42

LLS2-?.)

JEOSC.ON

CTI

SUPGPLCT.

T110POWERTRANS.

\.. I CONN. .."----Thua

V 101,,, T101 1 T112

F

1

"NL06.

T112tlOONe

0T111

PAU6

UN

"U. ®

T101IS.S0 NCPERM

I -FTRANS.

I.TRANS.

4i v101 .:Z.6,1,16

1102 2 Ep., LI: i - 4.1,4r ' N'27'th-TIC

SeN D.

..: ZDISC'

24JS

TIO0Dr

.;"' 6'11L103

NC 0.)-t,,-,,__-----------..----

SNCL

OISCR.I 210014CSNO.TRAP

Tr221,0,:us PIXI- F TRANS.

""* SNO.

P

. SNO

,,,,P

44"4?P.

1-F

ram..OISCII.P/

0)T103

21.00MC31R PIP

TRANS-

..:T10.2

2E00 MCV102 21R PIA6c06 1., TRANS.

01

I -F AMP.

G .0

212.1 .3

ZI4P. "8.vile

,...e,....,11:5N0.1,T103

SI.75.AC

3-E3.E.IF.,TRANS.

S.P...t...../V 03

.41-gF ' ..""

TRANS

--Tx;2.?NC

..J.N-..,CI PIPPFTRANS...

PIE_"6Ce. '''''

Figure 8-Top Chassis AdjustmentsFigure 9-Bottom Chassis Adjustments 121


ANT TB

300ELBALANCED

P300A-NIREARView

TOANT 72 IL

COAX

P300/3-NiREARVIEW

ANT. MATCNIN-G1UNIT

L200 1201

.1200-F T200 c202. C200FRONT ANT 100 lbVIEW TRANS

1.37

L36

51-4 1.35FRONT

133

1203

51 -4 REAR

51-3 I 51-3 REARFRONT

127 ,012 1 ..A 4270 L28 L26 55

,Ao129 125 O 05

04L30 L24 A,

e . 5 13I L23 .6149 1.22

R5 CIO100K 390

TESTIONS

51-2FRONT

LIS

117

LI4

Lt3

11AT.*

KCS47B AND KCS47C CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

7T103,7T104.7T112,7T122,7T123.7T124

12.-F UNITv2

C20 6C B 6 Ri i RIO270 R -F Ampt_ 3900 ISO 3

c 22 s ..161--.--;7-'$C21 51187-30 7 57 1 5000 4. 10 MEG

22K rWy r t1.2174 -LC ta. +120011500 11500

51-2O R4 01 REAR

15 °10018

.3 . 11aow04 8112 1°.

A, 8200 5.1s*,

L12 5

0.8414

05C.6J 6MIXER+1350.

LSOfoe WI)

563300

C86.8

L44

T1 1

CONY WITRAK 75A.

COAX

C144.0I

71011ST DIN. I -F

TRANS.

DCarzoi4,103 D A -0.8V

C10611.15.2:5E1 gdar OCI(O

5C

%ins

6AU6151 SOUND

I F AMPL.T111

SOUND 1-FTRANS.

e-1

-C185

CiEsli 518415001 82

C102 51 8203

1500

'C186500 =.2D

V101

6AU61ST PIN. I- FAMPL.

81851000

C107270

41200

1->N

211./RAPI:Lisl.F-RSV

4 3. . , 24es eiE, ...:;aLTc4i7o.s$8aloos:

RsS.:1C 105A A 24'233K IX.' Rk11*

-11C106118104 C10515 R219,n.C10:11.-C;1381.74. 4V,Ici:9:0

1500 1000 I.01 1000$ T1500 1500

4.230V. - 1101 +2.30,4

121 v

J-

C222.

IM0=

6AU6.

V102

6CB62ND. ME. I -F

5187A7K

/ARL C110270

5 1040.7 5110 5108

475 12K15.tCiny

192 C154

1.011.01

81109(000 SS

15520%1

5203 100100 .11 NV*

L47s r_.. "846-1-"21 ID R2K 07 .1222Kf 7tsooTT s MF

C I84A 14-L43 1500 T

'14. r r1 CHANNEL SELECTOR +120V. +375V.Cl +2500

0.8-1.41 L2 FRONT AND SHOWN CS P21 -1 CSSW (S1) VIEWED FR074

1.5 MC .j POSITION

39 -11004Aliet -,-

.S.hEiIN CHANNEL 2 (54- GO

,..1.4 C23To.Et3 82

C146

C3 -120 IS -

121

018 -CI9, 15001 11500

PRODUCTION CHANGES IN KCS47B AND KCS47C

In some receivers, T1 I I had on:y a single winding. C170 was SO mmf. andwas connected between V115-5 and V116-1. R186 was 100K and was con-nected between V116 -I and and. C222 was omitted.

In some receivers, 8118 was 2.2 meg., R133 was 6800, R201 was 33K andC130 was .0015. V105.5 was connected to and. and C224 was omitted. A229,10K and LI15. 500 muh, which were connected in parallel, were removed andwere replaced by 8139. 81239 was omitted and R228 was connected 10 gnd.C223 was omitted.

In some receivers, R173 was 1 meg.

In some receivers, RI83 was 10011 and was conneced from 115 v. supplyline. to and.

In some receivers, 8149 was 1.2 meg. 8148, 3.9 meg., was removed. It wasconnected between the yellow lead of T106 and gnd.

Due to a severe resistor shortage during the production of this series ofreceivers it was found necessary to substitute resistors of different values fromthe nominal, value shown on the schematic. These substitutions were ap-proved by the engineering department for each particular application in thecircuit only if the change in value did not impair receiver operation. In somesuch instances, these substitutions involved a change in the value of 5%. 10%,20% or in a few instances even greater change.

In critical circuits where a change of value could not be tolerated, theproper resistance was obtained by the use of series, parallel or even series -parallel combinations of resistors in order to obtain the correct value of re-sistance or wattage.

It it should become necessary to replace a resistor or group of resistors, thevalues shown in the schematic and parts list should be employed.

Chassis KCS-47B and KCS-47C.

122

-1

C1131500

8143 C137 C138 013922.C. '002210047 10047

5137 = vISK

5138181 f. C135

0,47

+120 V

65N7-GT 5144 5145 5148 C 140SYNC. AN, 12K. 8200 8200 .01*4601236 5 ci31011 .01

7v

R165 65N7 -GTCONTR. ItiGn. wit 3515W HOR SWEEP82K , tAt 3 1-Y - OSC.CONTR 050.WillirM2214.16.

_ C150.047

C,4.13 . 132161

C147A10 -NONowt's. 1 516o R162 R164 C131 -

LoCia..6r fISOK 85015 >821C .0221RANGE

IICONTR.,-

5147I MEG

VERTICAL-(01.D

CONTROL

5146 VII050 K

1404.14010

T1OGVERT. 05C.

TRANS.

5151

NINNTCONTR.

7101550510. 05C.TRANS.

CN9.047

5V.I

CtS2

+225 v5169

85V 82004

0.47CiS3 -5167

3900r5(-)15° iao --lf-

C154

51653301

.01

51738205

C156-Oct

:1-V1

+373 V.

0.21

All resistance values in ohms. K = Coil resistance values less than 1

1000. ohm are not shown.All capacitance values less than 1 in Direction of arrows at controls indi-

MF and above 1 in MMF unless other- cates clockwise rotation.wise noted.

1


T112SOUND DISCS.

TRANS.r -

tee VP121À&

-C171 -C172T!SOOT 1500

11033.4 FIK1-F TR0

21.75 21.0MC MC

.1'¶5.0

120v

9'

5190100

FRONT

V103

6A U 63RD. PIX. I -F

AMPL

-01

vulGALS

SoUN 0DISCS

10174yT1 94

c,594

C 2

j NOOK

-CI76

CII7270

94V 0115--1(

1500

01935. I

5103 REAR

cr,7.0047

R1951.5 MEG

VOLCONTR

VIOL

3 C1782 .01 w102

1

MEG i27K

50o0R194A 250 10

'CI79 < 9213.015 I> 2215

J103PHONOINPUT

GCB 6410 PIK I -F

AMPL.

T104.Pla

I -F TRANS 00 trL c472 7 A 5 0.1 MC TP/-CI96 C3118C I

< - 1)- SOuNOTIOS

811112 L'Iks .45GIP)

RIII St1,4 P- 75C,3547CK 5000 1000 I .0,

1102180

C111 A,500

-C 116

R2250199 33K.047+

2500 8122 +5.50

C1881.0082

Vile6Av6,51. AUDIO

AMPL

7 4.8.1.v

.01

RI99470K

01010027

C180f --1

I R1981-4

270 T 13301(

C125 C128270 100

LIC7374STIR% Pee1-11021C.7.

24.15MCm9

Ri If 1?22K -

+2500.

vio5GALS250. ()ET A -G -C SECT.

20

V119

6K6 -6TAUDIOOUTPUT

3.480 EL

C21 3CI20 MF

4.1200,

V106

12AU734 1542ND1ORN.wH, VIDEO AmPL.

2 5 V0.5

C126

022414.01

R1255600L105

500 MU11ORR-WO,

RI26220

C220100 2

C I 13 .741500 8123

RI283500

PI21 CONT18 K

Ic127 ct292uF1+ 1816 1501

+250v

R235 R2223300 471

C2120

F102- FREAR916,4

4340 V BEN 4,1

OR GAN >-

C 212C10 MF.

L10636 MISR

BLK

C 19 c22,

R224100 K

J 102-MPIN

VIEW

T1I3AUDIOOUTPUTTRANSr

0210470

+375V

RED L _P

SPEAKER

KCS47B and KCS47CDiagram

FUNCTION 510 VIEWED FROMFRONT AND SHOWN IN POS 1(mAx. COUNTER CLOCKWISE)

POS. I -TV MIN HIGHS.2 - Tv NORMAL3 - Tv PAIN. LOWS4 -PmoNo MIN HIGHS5 - PHoN 0. NORMAL-

-PHONO Mist LOWS

v 0712 A U 7

DC RESTORER.I SYNC. SEP.

L109 0190120 MOH .047

02151 -0 -We

R220390 820K

R2305 547000129 CI32

560K o.1

RI27220

C130.0033

1200 J105 t 20VVNA.R124150K

..) 1108500612.21MAT

82234 220K

5106A -G -C CONTROLC 3 POSITION)

01354700

C133.047,

7.8133

4701,

51.5 RED

R231220 K

02223270

RI4147K

RZ32220K

010515

65N7 -6TVERT. SWEEP050. 4 DISCI.

13950 2

RI7447

C 143.04.7 2.2

R152 -MEG121

C142.0.221F-4

V109

6K6-GTVERT SWEEP

OUTPUT4-365 0.

C141 4. R1575 MF. + 2201

T104 F316BG6-G TRHAVN5.1HORtE. SWEEP

OUTPUT

V

R154VIII 1501

329V

01475 N 2 7 019710 -IRO P. T 100MORIEDRIVECONTR

/0175100

11'720K

WIDTHCONTR

FI011/ti AMP

0150.047

.021133K

CIGO.022 L110

MoR,LNERT-Ittce,,...a,k

1107VERT OUTPUT

TRANS.1 01_

220K I I

R155 I

I I

I GRN0145

L._

.022T

RISE5000 R159f C2IVERTICAL 1000 120 NIF.LINEARITYCONTR.

Vil2183-GTm -v SECT.

CIA500

-+375 V.

10101- nitPINVIEW

e.4.4-GTDAMPER

In some receivers, substitutions havecaused changes in component lead colorcodes, in electrolytic capacitor valuesand their lug identification markings.

0 142.047

0163.04.7

.1101- FREARVIEW

R178

LN5FILTERCHOKE

37.50. ..2500 1120,4 +5.SV

[a'

C211C,_10 MF

R03127K

CZt 215 35 PAR

35 MFC2114

.35 NE2.0oo V

R2284300

C2136510 MF

513150 K

BRIGRT11155CONTROL

Cl 2435 MF

3101ON -OPT

vita51.144G

SECT.

C166 C15747 .047

All voltages measured with "Volt-Ohmyst" and with no signal input.Voltages should hold within ±20% with117 v. a -c supply.

R13GISO K 74v.W.

412ov.

0.1

GLASS

METALSMELL

,r

4 T110

5102iNTERLOCK.

.),) a

375 0

..11wELLIONT

bL n

CHANNEL /3105IND4C 1.1614T

LIGHTS ONCONSOLE MODELSONLY

NS Y.SUPPLY

See next page for differencesin KCS-47D, KCS-47F, KCS-47G,and the circuit shown here.1123


FOCUS MAGNETNOT ON "El"

MODELS

FOCUSMAGNET

MOUNTINGSCREWS

7T103, 7T103B, 7T104, 7T104B, 7T112,7T112B, 7T122, 7T122B, 7T123, 7T123B,7T124, 7T125B, 7T132

CENTERINGLEVERLOCKINGSCREW FOCUS

CONTROL

COMPRESSIONSPRING

ADJUSTINGSCREWS

.()3R253FOCUS

CONTROLON "Er MODELS

ONLYA. LINEARITY1

CONTROL

IN 77132ONLY

©J105

5102 +

an,HORIZONTAL

JI03 siio4 5106 12,51 0156 SI e DRIVE© 0 0 0 WM" 0 CI474PIO AUX. AGC HEIGHT VERT. C*NTR"- HORIz.JACK SWITCH CONTROL LINEARtly LOCKING RANGE

Rear Chassis Adjustments

SND.DISCO.

RESPONSE

APPROX.400 KCBETWEENMARKERS

Figure 12Discriminator

Response

21.00MC

D.

RESPONSE

Figure 13Sound 1-FResponse

CONNECT ttVOLTONMYSTOS SCOPE HERE TOALIGN SOUND DISCO.

CONNECT SIG.OEN.OR SW R OSC.HERETO ALIGN SOUND

DISCO.

CONNECT SCOPE

0114_ HERETO ALIGNSOUND hF

TE30NR -FUNITMEASURE B -F BIAS

05 03 oi StOoft 02

Owl] GONNECro VOLTOMATST"

O HEREMAIIGNSR D. DISCO.

OVIOIo

071020

O

CONNECT OSCILLOSCOPEHERE TO ALIGN

PI% I- F

CONNECT BIAS BOOAND.VOLTONMIST"

HERE TOMEASUREI -F BIAS

TO R201 TIC

Figure 10-Test Connection Points

owls.o 00

Circuit showing audio.section of ChassisKCS-47D used in Model7T132, as being dif-ferent from the mainschematic shown onprevious page. Inother ways ChassisKCS-47D and KCS-47Bare the same.

6193

C187IS°00

GRN

C1713.01 W102

I

5POK

CI77.0047

R1951.5 WEB.

VOL.CONTR. 0194

PO

MEG.

von J 104AUX.

v tie6AV6isr AUDIO

AMPL.

C 162.01

- CI811 .0033

)

10180 R19B5 R204 C218 R208560

470 330K 120KMM.

.022 470K) A ;

C2I3C- C217+375 V. +120V 20 MF. -r . 00 1 5

J 103 8237 (+505 os P0000) 4-- ,71221So K

6\614'PHASEINVERTER

6Aula9 5AUDIOOUTPUT

R206 E3 4 RE05 68K 3

4700

R238 C1931.5 MEG I .001

6AOSAUDIO

OUTPUT

PI02-F JI02-14 T113REAR PIN AUDIOVIEW VIEW OUTPUT

TRANS.

S R218.-141C212C470 iS I 10 MF.

.375V.

Pm.5PKR

r106'ERT 0SC.TRANS.

5Lu

C T

RED

81512.5 NEC.WEIGHTCONTR

1

DI C1155560

J R173820K

Circuit of power supply used in Chassis KCS-47F and RCS -47G of Models7T103B, 7T104B, 7T112B, 7T122B, 7T123B, and 7T125B. Balance of circuitis the same as shown on previous page for Chassis KCS-47B.

V i40878

TORT. SWEEPOSC. 4 DiScH

+395 V

2

R174

2

V 109

6K6-GTvent- SWEEP

OUTPUT

3-.365 V.

OV S

C 1420.22 71.

Cra-i1---.

R153.047 2.2

R152 MEG

12 K

7 2 81555 1500

WV2130

T $0 Aff-

R21015 K

CI4I - R1575 MF T+ 220K r

Rt5 4vili 150 K.

6BG6-GHOR17 SWEEP

OUTPUT

47 33V

C 14700-160

jHoRIEft DRIVE

CONTR

y y

C156001 R177 0159

r 20 K .015

'2511./aIZS costsWIDTH

C IGO

3 .022 L110NOR LIHER7Y.,ft

24.7t.1,111F101 CONTROL a/

329V

C19710011-*

Ct 58.047

3

T to,VERT OUTPUT

TRANS.1 "'EL

1220K 1 1

Rise I I

t . t

1 I GANL.-C145 o

.0227 OM

RING5000 R159 C2134VERTICAL 000 20 MFLINEARITYCONTR.

V112

163-GTH -V RECT.

) III wiCIGS vERVOILSII

['EFL La T56YOKE A 4

: 0164 '1

L° 27°TI-R 211

375 V.

I9

R25210 MEG

R25325 MEGFOCUS

CONTI?

375v .250V +120Y

AC2IIC

0 MF

R21554 K

.55V3

R2284300

R23122 0

213GO MF

C2125A 35 MP.

.C12I IBL113 35 MFFILTER C2IIACHOKE

ta35 NF.

4 .12,000V

013150 K

11116HTHEISCONTROL

023213 2508254 -IBMEG.

1V2. UT

V123

FOCUS RECT

C1E,I500PIN VIEW J101-6

REARC 42. VIEW

ELK -RED

6w4-GTDAMPER

.04.7

c143.047 R178

MEG

L_

v114

514GRECT.

4.34.

6

1.1/

1.2.4 h..W_ .1L ataltooli

SIOION -Off

SW.C 166 C167.047 .047

,50K,74v

GLASS

METALSHELL

1

4 TIIO

20

176R4KINESCOPE

JEWELLIGHT

LK (11161

CHANNELu6wT

34

-375v

5105

LIGHTS ONCONSOLE MODELSONLY

SIO2INTERLOCK

115 tiSUPPLY


Service

RCA VICTORmaterial on Model

MODEL 41101Chassis No.

4T101, using Chassis 61, appears

61

below and on the

next five pages. You will find that Model 4T141, using television Chassis

KCS -62, uses exactly the same circuit except the audio section of the radiounit is used and 6AQ5 is omitted and 6AV6 is used for bias only.

ALIGNMENT TABLE

STEPNo.

CONNECT SIGNAL ! CONNECTSIGNAL , GEN. SWEEP

GENERATOR 1 FREQ. GENERATORTO ] MC. TO

SWEEPGEN.

FREQ.MC.

CONNECTOSCILLOSCOPE

TO

CONNECT"VOLTOHMYST"

TO


ANDINSTRUCTIONS

ADJUSTREFER

TO

DISCRIMINATOR AND SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT- -

1 I 2nd sound i-f grid1 (pin 1, VI16)

21.00 I Not used.1 voltoutput

- Not used. In series with 1

meg. to pin 7 ofVll7

Meter on 3 voltscale

Detune Till (bot.)Adjust Till (top)for max. on meter

Fig. 12Fig. 9Fig. 8

2, - Junction of 16192

6 5103Meter on 3 voltscale i

T111 (bottom) forzero on meter

Fig. 12Fig. 9

" " 2nd sound i-f grid(pin 1, V116)

21.00center

.1 v. out

Junction of R1926 SI03

Not used Check for symmetr'callorm (positive 6equal adjust Tillequal

response wave-negative). It nottop) until they are

Fig. 12Fig. 9

41 1st sound i-f grid1 (pin, 1, VII5)

21.00 1st sound i-f gridre- (pin I, V115)

ducedoutput

21.00reducedoutput

Terminal A ofT110 in serieswith 33K

' Sweep output re-duced to provide0.3 volt p -to -p onscope

1110 (top and bot.)for max. gain andsymmetry of 21.00mc.

Fig. 13Fig. 10Fig. B

PICTURE 1-F AND TRAP ADJUSTMENT

5 7Not used t Not used - I Not used Junction of R1026 R103

Connect bias box toJunction of R102 68103 and to ground

Adjust potentiom-titer for -3.0 voltson meter

Fig. 10

6 Terminal D of I 21.001101

.. - " Pin 2 of V106 andto ground

Meter on 3 v. scale.Rec. between 2 5. 13

T103 (top) for min.on meter

Fig. 10Fig. 8

7.1

..I 21.00 - " " " T105 (top) for min. Fig. 8

8 " I 27.00 - T102 (top) for min.

94-

! 27.00 " - " T104 (top) for min. .,

10 I 19.50 .. - " TIO1 (top) for min.

11..

1 24.35 " - " " L102 (top) for max.

12Of 22.5 " - " " " T104 (bat.) for max. Fig. 9

13 " 21.75 " - 1

" " T103 (bot.) for max. .,

14 " 25.3 - 1 " " " T102 (bot.) for max. "

11-F UNIT ALIGNMENT

STEP.No.

CONNECTSIGNAL

GENERATORTO

SIGNALGEN.FREQ.MC.

CONNECTI SWEEP

GENERATORTO

SWEEPGEN.FREQ.

MC.

CONNECTHETERODYNEFREQ. METER

TO

HET.METERFREQ.

MC.

CONNECT"VOLTOHMYST"

TO


ANDINSTRUCTIONS

ADJUSTREFER

TO

15 Disconnect the co -ax I-nk from terminal 2 of the r -f unit terminal board and connect a 39 ohm composition resistor between lugs 1 and 2. If thereceiver osci lator is adjusted by feeding in the r -f sound carrier signal, couple the link loosely to lug 2 of the r -f unit terminal board so as topermit measurement at sound discriminator. In early production units in which L44 is adjustable, back the L44 core all the way out. Detune

T1 by backing the core all the way out of the coil. In order to al'qn the r- tuner, it will first be necessary to set the channel 13 oscillator to

frequency. The shield over the bottom of the r -f unit must be in place whey, snaking any adjustments.

16 Antennaterminals

215.75MC.

Not used Loosely coupledto r -f oscillator

236.75MC.

Junction of RI926 5103 for signalgen. method only

Fine tuning con-tered. Receiver onchannel 13. Het.freq. meter coupledto osc. if used.

Cl for zero onmeter or beat onhet. freq. meter

Fig. 10Fig. 8

17.. C o n n e c t "Volt-

Ohmyst" to ter.minal 3 of theIA unit terminalboard

Turn AGC controlcounter -clockwise.Connect bias boxto terminal 3 ofr -f unit term. board

Adjust the biasbox potentiometerfor -3.5 volts.

Fig. 10

II Antennaterminal(loosely)

181.25185.75

Antennaterminals(see text forprecaution)

Sweep-inq

channel8

Not used - Not used Rec. on chan. 8. Connect oscilloscopeto test connection at R5 on top the r -funit. Adjust C9, CI 1, C16 and C22.Correct curve shape, frequency, andband width. C22 is adjusted to givemax. amplitude between markers. C9primarily affects tilt and C16 primarilyaffects the frequency of response. CIIaffects the response band width.

Fig. 16(B)

19 87.75 Notused

Loosely coupledto r -f oscillator

108.75 Junction of R1926 5103 for signalgen. method only

Rec. on channel 6 I L5 for zero onor beat on

het. freq. meter


20 83.2587.75

" Channel8

Not used - Rec. on chan. 6. Adjust L42. L45 and149 for proper response. L42 is adjustedto give max. amplitude between markers.L45 primarily affects tilt and L49 pr it

marily affects freq. of response. Itnecessary, retouch CII for proper width.

Fig. 16(6)

5


12

RCA Victor ALIGNMENT TABLE ( Cont in ue d ) 4T101

STEPNo.

CONNECTSIGNAL

GENERATORTO

SIGNALGEN.

FREQ.MC.

CONNECTSWEEP

GENERATORTO

SWEEPGEN.

FREQ.MC.

CONNECTHETERODYNEFREQ. METER

HET.FREQ.METER

MC.

I

CONNECT"VOLTOHMYST"

TO

MISCELLLANEOUSCONNECTIONS

ANDINSTRUCTIONS

ADJUST

---REFER

TO

21 Not used - Not used_- Not used - C o n n e c t "Volt-

Ohmyst" to r.funit test point R5

Rec. on channel 6 Adjust C7 for -3.0volts at the testpoint

Fig. 8Fig. 9

22 Repeat steps 19, 20 and 21 until the specified conditions are obtained.23

--Antennaterminal(loosely)

185.75_Not used - Loosely coupled

to r -f oscillator206.75 Junction of R192

6 5103 for sig.gen. method only

Bee. on ehan. 8--

CI for zero onmeter or beat onhet. freq. meter

Fig. 8Fig. 10

24 Antennaterminal(loosely)

181.25185.75


Sweepingchannel

8

Not used - Not used ! Rec. on chan. 8. Readjust C9, C16 andC22 for correct curve shape, frequencyand band width. Readjust C11 only ifnecessary.

Fig. 8Fig. 9Fig. 16

(9)211.25215.75

Sweepingchannel

13

Not used - Not used Rec. on chan. 13. Adjust L52 for max.amplitude between markers and thenovershoot a little more than the amountof turning required to reach max. re-sponse. Adjust C22 to regain max.amplitude of response.

-- -Fig. 9Fig. 16

(13)

26 " 215.75 Not used -'

Loosely coupledto r -f oscillator

236.75 Junction of RI926 9103 for signalgen. method only

Fine tuning centered. Receiver on chan.13. Adjust L43 for correct channel 13osc. freq. then overshoot. Reset the ose.to proper freq. by adjustment of Cl.

Fig. 10Fig. 11

27 " 205.25209.75


channel12

-Not used - Connect "Volt-

Ohmyst" to r -funit test point atR5

Roc. on chan. 12 Check to see that Fig. 8response is correct FM. 16and -3.0 volts ofosc. injection ispresent

VI " 199.25203.75

channel11

.. Rec. on chan. 11 Fig. 16(11)

29 193.25197.75

channel10

Her. on chan. 10 Fig. 16(10)

30 " 187.25191.75

" channel9

Rec. on chan. 9 Fig. 16(9)

31 181.25185.75

channels

Rec. on chats. B Fig. 16(9)

32 " 175.25179.75

channel7

--- --


33 It the response of any channel (steps 27 through 32) is below 80% at either marker, repeat step 24 and adjust C9, C I, C16 and C22 as necessaryto pull response up on the low, channel yet maintain correct response on channel 8. If C22 required adjustment, the adjustment should be overshota small amount and corrected by adjustment of L52 to give maximum amplitude of response between the sound and picture carrier markers.

34 Repeat step 23. If the oscillator is off frequency overshoot the adjustment of Cl and correct by adjusting L43.35 Repeat steps 27 through 34 until all requirements are obtained.36 Antenna

terminals(loosely)

87.75 Not used - Loosely coupledto r -f oscillator

108.75 Junction of RI926 S103 for sig.gen. method only

Roc. on chan. 6 L5 for zero onmeter or beat onhet. treq. meter

Fig. 10Fig. 11

37 " 83.2587.75

Ant. terminals(see text forprecaution)

Sweepingchannel

s

Not used - Not used Observe response. If necessary read-just L42, L45 and L49. It should not benecessary to touch Cll.

Fig. 8Fig. 9Fig. 16

39 Not used - Not used - Not used - Co nnect "Volt-Ohmyst" to ther -f unit test point

i at R5

Check ose. injection. If necessary ad-just C7 to give -3 volts. If C7 is ad-lusted, switch to channel B. and read-Just C9 for proper response then repeatstep. 37.

Fig. 9Fig. 10

39 Antennaterminals(loosely)

77.2581.75

Ant. terminals(see text forprecaution)

channelS

. Rec. on chan. 5 Check to see thatresponse is correctand -3.0 volts ofose i ispresent

Fig. 16(5)

40 " 67.2571.75

" channel4


41.,

61.2585.75

channel3

- Rec. on chart. 3 Fla. 16(3)

42 55.2559.75

" channel2

" - Rec. on chan. 2 Fig. 16(2)

43 Likewise check channels 7 through 13, as outlined in steps 32 back through 27, stopping on channel 13 for next step.44 Antenna

terminals215.75 Not used - Loosely coupled

to r -f oscillator236.73 Junction of R192

d, 5103 for sig.gen. method only

Fine tuning con-hued. Receiver onchannel 13

Cl for zero onmeter or beat onhet. freq. meter

Fig. B

Fig. 10

45 209.75 - 230.75 . Rec. on ehan. 12 LII as above Fig. 1146 203.75 - " 224.75 Rec. on chan. 11 LIO as above Fig. 1147 " 197.75 . - " 218.75 Rem on chem. 10 L9 as above Fig. 1145 191.75 . - " 212.75 Rec. on ehan. 9 L8 as above Fig. II49 165.75 " - " 206.75 " Rim. on chan. I L7 as above Fig. 1150 179.75 ' " 200.75 " Rec. on chan. 7 1.6 as above Fig. 11_51 " B7.75 4 - 108.75- Rec. on chum. 6 LS as above__ Fig. 1152 61.75 " 102.75 Rec. on chem. 5 L4 as above Fig. 1153 71.75 " 92.75 " Rea. on chan. 4 L3 as above Fig. 1154 " 85.75 - 86.75 Rec. on ehan. 3 L2 as above Fig. 1155 " 59.75 80.75 Rec. on chan. 2 LI as above Fig. 11__ .--

Repeat steps 44 through 55 as a chock.ntennagerminal' 181.25 Antenna 1

185.75 terminalsSweepingchannel

8

Not used - Rec. on chan. B. Oscilloscope at R5test point.

Fig. 16(II)


RCA Victor ALIGNMENT TABLE (Continued) 4T101

STEPNo.

CONNECTSIGNAL

GENERATORTO

SIGNALGEN.

FREQ.MC.

CONNECTSWEEP

GENERATORTO

SWEEPGEN. CONNECTFREQ. OSCILLOSCOPEMC. TO

CONNECT"VOLTOHMYST"

TO


ANDINSTRUCTIONS

ADJUSTREFER

TO

I 58 Switch through all channels and ob response, oscillator injection and r -t oscillator frequency. Minor touch-ups of adjustments may be madeat this time. However, if C7 or C9 are changed appreciably, then a recheck of the oscillator frequency on all channels should be made.

59 Remove 39 ohrn resistor and reconnect link from TIO1 to terminal 2 of r -f unit terminal board. Proceed with sweep alignment of Pie I -F.

SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PICTURE I -F AMPLIFIER

60 Looselycoupled toi-t amplifier

22.325.4

Antennaterminals

Sweeping Terminal 2 ofselected V106 socketchannel

junction of R102and R103

Select channelknown to havegood r -f response.Clip 330 ohm re-sistors across R107,8110. R115, R119.Connect bias boxto junction 5102,R103.

Adjust bias box for-1.0 v. Set sweepto give 0.5 v. p -pon oscilloscope. Ad-just TI and T101for correct response.

Fig. II


61 21.8524.7525.5026.25

ft Remove 330 ohmresistors. Set biasbox for -4.5 v.

Set sweep to give3.0 v. p -p on oscil-loscope. Adjust T1,T101 bot., 1102 bat..1103 bet., 7104 bot.and L102 for de-sired response

Fig. 15

L4Sji.c0.4t149

TII0 T10 TIOZ TrOI L44Zi OOMS ITT SLID ZIOOM< 2P-SIPPI TTOOMC IS? PIA IDSOFIC L203SNO I.F i AMP .MPIT I F AMP 26PPIT T F AMP I MPIX TM

ells v102 [0S'TRANS

VII66AUS

TI I I

021000.1C

2FSSNO.4- AMP

3EPPIA.F AMP.

4TEPlyI -F

TRANS.

v IOA6C66

S AUDIO

DAMP.

I T AUDIOAMP. ErBIAS

CLArAP

-F TRANS

Figure 8 Top Chassis Adjustments

C7OSCILLATOR INJECTION

E D 0

violS C

TO TERM3 ON1Z-F

UN,TERM. BD

E'

Figure 9 - Bottom Chassis Adjustments

CONNECT BIASBOA AND

DJUST AAyOLTONPANDMySYEASNEURREE TO

1-F BIAS

CONNECT BIBOXN AND `VOLTAS OPINTST.MERE TO ADJUST ANDMEASURE R -F BIAS

CONNECTSWEEP OSC. MERE TO

o oALIGN SOUND

o o

T104o 0

CONNECT

Igen7TLIGN

SOUNDDISCR.

0

TIII0

CONNECT"VOLTONMVST

?14YOTPOE

CSHORTD TO ATERDJNUMIASTLS

AHORIZONTAL 05C.FREQUENCY

Figure 10-Test Connection Points

Figure

SNOMSGR.

RESPONSE

APPROX.400 KCBETWEENMARKERS

RESPONSE

Figure 12 Figure 13Discriminator Sound I -F

Response Response

S

11- R -F Oscillator Adjustments

21.00 22.3 25.4 21.35 24.75MC 90% BO, MC

TO

00.4 25.50MC

45%

26.25MC

5-10%

Figure 14 Figure 1.5T1 and TIO1 Overall I -F

Response R -F Response

7\

Figure 16 12-F Response

<T17INCORRECT INCORRECT CORRECT

Figure 17-Horizontal Oscillator Waveforms

127

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION IANT T.B.

300A.BALANCED

P3004-14REARVIEW

J200 -F T200 C202 C200FRONT ANT 100 18VIEW TRANS.

TOANT. 72 tt

COAX.

P30013 -MREARVIEW

MODEL 41101Chassis No. 61

ANT. MATCHIN-GlUNIT .

7200 L2., `43

AA 7201 7203 11 c.z---.-----"AA'-r5+197 v. C21,:t 18 39

I 7-3°J _J --... I

2K7 15000

-.3V2 -

L37

L36SI-4 L35FRONT

133

51-3FRONT

Cl2 11,

no

100

9°8°

270

RS100 K

TESTCONN.

FRONT

L II

LIE

SI-1 L9FRONT

LB \I

1.7

SI- REAR

o I1

51 -3 REAR(.27

L28 L26

L29 125

L30 L24L3I L23

a

L49 L22

R4n0100K 1% °

110

RI2 Ieo

8200 9.a°,

LI

L2

L

,.1.4 C23T 0.58

R -F UNITVS

C20 6C B 6 RII RIO270 R -F AMPL 3900 150 3

rrrL$2

1.014V.IC174 I714

138

C241. REL39

12 I27L41 =

L42

S1-2REAR

LIE

LI.L20

L2I

C3IS

L47

C IS0.8-3.8

_ c rts11500

6J 605C. f mixER

a +130 V.

3 4 LSO(ON WI)

=C1815001

L43"FP

CHANNEL sELECTORSWITCH (St) VIEWED C5FROM FRONT AND j9SHOWN IN CHANNEL2 (54-Got..c.) POSITION.

All resistance values in ohms. K =1000.

All capacitance values less than 1 inMF and above 1 in MMF unless other-wise noted.

In some receivers. R213 was 4.7 megand was connected from R -F unit ter-minal 3 to junction of 8207 and C104.R103 was 33K, C217 was omitted, R229and R230 were omitted and pin 1 ofV105 was connected to ground. C130was .0015 mid, R135 was 6800. L117(500 muh) and R225 (10K) were removedand replaced by R143. C218 wasomitted.

128

C70.8-1.4

R10I 0K

1.1500 1 1500

C19i1500

JCSr 0.13-3.8

171511500

T I -1CONY. WITRAN. 754

COAX0;)Tr -

All voltages measured with "Volt-Ohmyst" and with no signal input.Voltages should hold within ±20% with117 v. a -c supply.

Direction of arrows at controls indi-cates clockwise rotation.

In some receivers, R142 was 47K,R144 was 100K. 8150 was 27K, R155was 12K, R202 was 39K, R227 was 3300,C140 was .001 and C179 was .0047 mid.11231 and C219 were omitted. R220. 100Kconnected between V107-1 and R142was removed.

In some receivers, 8179, 1 meg wasemployed as high voltage filter andwas connected between V113.2 and thekinescope.

In some receivers, C220 was omittedand 1104-2 was connected to V106-8.

In some receivers, R151, 2.2 meg wasconnected between 11149-3 and ground.

In some receivers, R182, 100K wasconnected from 9101 to ground.

7194.01

R2I310 NEE.'1R206100

VIIS

6A U6!ST SOUNDI- F AMPL.

0 V.

3C166

- 1500

C165 RIBS1500 T

C191T 1500

TI10SOUND I -F

TRANS.

RIBS1000

+ 270 V.

C199

V6'I-F 11q UPI

1100R187.56K:

T 1011ST PIK I -FTRANS.

C10241500

'C1031500

R10312015

C10152

A 0.6V

RI<VB

5,4024

V101

6A U 61ST FIX 1- FAMPL.

4

V102

6C B 62ND. P1X. 1-F

C107270

5 1125.2

R10533 K

C1025-1500

AMPL.

57102

2ND. PIX. 1.FTRANS. -0.65

11108(2 5

IR 1016 4"-I- C10513 R216;1-C1--.118*-1C1081-1-410004 I.01 1000i 11500 1500

+270V. LIO t

47...Ta C106

8i2070

C 1054 2,!e0 2,Y

4713213R205 15 "F100 -

_C184R207 C104 C124 C185 T 15006800 1500T 11500 .11500

t 270V.

Cm270

8109 S 811047K 12KI22v.

CI104 C11013.01 1.01

4

+270V

5600

C211

7135.0022

39

R2268200

813933K

109 A

65N7- GTSYNC. AMPL.

270V.

R1452215

pm, +6.1V6

RIAI2200

R 158SOK

NOR. HOLDR 167 CONTROL RIGE100K 22 K

vI09 B65147-GTVERT. SWEEP

8146 R147 C140 R200 050.8200 8200 .0027 63K

0137 CI38 C13910022 T.0047 T.0047

C 1360.47

.Tev...\7WAAC145

+270v.

+ is, V..047

C144 R162 C14675 330K 0.1

C 143 A10-160NM/

LOCKINGRANGE

-2.9V. I

16.3 V.

CI480.47

8163 RI65 C147 RI66'

15015820K 82K .022 T 3900

R146560K

R149I MEG.

VERTICAL140W CONTR.

VIII65N7- GTNORIZ. NORIZSWEEP SWEEPoSC oSc.CONTR.

3

2

7

3V

R2031-MEG2.2

T 107N01211 OSC

TRANS

C149220 I

s 8170220 K

RI64330 K

-SI--c 150.01


TillSOUND DISCR.

TR. ANSf- Di 7I Es

R1813 016956K

-0168 -0190

T150011500C197 .1"

'I I

6 'Ali 63RD. PIE. I -F

Tio33ROPm

I F

^c S 13>et - 47 42

ft2135 21.0 8111fMC. Mc. 61113

2.

0112.131 R112.-71500 T 47030

AMPL.

GA LSSOUNDMSGR.

C 172.

C117VO

11104

U

R11433 K

01725.1

4 Y

-L C1139T

;Ft -

R 19222 K

ATH. PINI -F TRANS.

FA Z.

C18I 22.s iiz tie0.1 c__T 36,,

RI I5 11'1 - f1,

1800 MC. +

az- , 0116 qa_C 195 C1161.5000 1000 7. 1.01 15001

+270 V. ' L 115

0173 C175.0022 .01 2

R 194I MEG.

SOUNDVOL.

CONTR

+270 V.

V

0g6 64TH FIX. I -F

AMPL.

15195to 5156

J102PHONOINPUT

6AV61ST AUDIO

AMPL.

7

C116.00,5

V119

SAGSAUDIOOUTPUT

C1771.01

R197470K

0190 R199 C1600330K 330 T 20 MF

+270 V.

VIOS

GALS2ND. DRY It

C122 C125 A -G.0 RECT0.52 V.

+166v ttTIO5 36

-2.45y

LilE

SOUND MUMr 301 C

1.1:17.P 21i!Sek:

C 183

22K

M0. 6a0120o C151201013

5000

1 1500R1181000

C 186 -15001

CI A1500

+270V. 9K

C127 11-1 R123 .LCIB7 0129 -2 mF IB K 0.47 1500

R22968K 82301 C217

2700 .01

6

1.10336 MU. N.

ORN-WHY

ST. ,r,

7 10126:

4

+5.5v

-.3avR1265600

L104500 MU m0GRN -WitT

R 221001K

C tGoc10 MF..f --h A

5127220

3

V106

12 AU71ST 4. 2NDVIDEO AMPL.

4191v.

P101- FREARVIEW

48v.

4.05 R128220

C220 C130.04.7 .0033

1 0213 3

0015 -

3 104

J 101-NPIN

VIEW

+ 270 V.

TI 12AUDIOOUTPUTTRANS.

PM_SPEAKER

(See next pagefor service hints).

C RESTORER(2 SYNC. SEP.

12A U 7

120 mu

LAS C 1 33

019214

13Lu- RED .047

47STRAP

MC .047 -T C212

470 .+1-11,TRAP. Fziyi

R130 131 GRNyEL5601 0.1

s :7200324

RI314700

L106.500 MU -H.

GRN,441

R1432700 7.c

270

15135HI

4700 7.

+270v.

R2121841

C2I4 3 R129100 3500

tpi .

CoNTR. R217

5144 R227 4/41B2 K 4700

R21018 K

R2111BK

+ 270 V.

15142100K

R125ISO K

3.4

R214 IC19356K 10022

R22I3.100K

5105 R218A G C CONTR Sw. 390 K

( 3- POSIT ION)

vtio6A0.5

VERT. SWEEPOUTPUT

CUM390 C 142 8231

1

0-2 2 2.2 mE6 II: T k 3 9 K1

52 t 0C141

47 1127:005155 .1

I 3 KMEG.

tO 2

)Y

,VVVvAr-2

R 153 -.11 R1572.5 MEG. C inC.- 5000 R158 R202HEIGHT 150 mF.I VERT. LIN 470 56KCONTR. _ CONTR. -r

1500

T %OEVERT. SWEEPOUTPUTTRANS.

0219 50.1 47413K

R150

C179 - -C1594 3 .0027 T T.022

3CI32 A20 MF.

C 160A t Rt5410 MF.I 11# 56 K

C152560

0 17547Mito.

V 112

6AU5-GTHORIZ SWEEP

OUTPUT

R215 C1436680K 0774< 10- IGO4700# H01212

DRIVECONTR.

-4-

C 5.00

117312K

.270V.

II

5

Y

0C153 1 15176.22

T 220

0203270 K.A..

F 101

ISLU jI

GR,.,,

I

I : I

RED 11 1 YEL_ J

5 159560

- -1

GRNI19

1

CisolYEL,J 2701

R204 C1231 MEG. .047 1

DEFL. YOKEVERT. COILS

htiR ISOI MEG.

C109.001I(

R13282K

+ 270 V.

R 13B R13400 K 50 K

BRIGHTNESS2 CONTROL

1 C1340.1

22KR133

S0.5

II

8222 15223220K 220K

2R13620K

V

KINESCOPE

S

2

GLASS

COATING

/4 AMR

7108 Lit,- -1N -V TRANS.' R228

I :I m

8177+ 1135v. 68008 I -.1

0154

1

C 215 !

I 7 2

V 113

IB3-GTH -V RECT.

+ 10.1 K V

10 -r\

+270V.

L114FILTERCHOKE

C15$250 I29 V.

C21633

I cDEFL YOKE1r.

RORIE' I

COILS

R178250

WIDTHCONTR. 2

3

C15556

C 156.0 18

114

6W4-GTDAMPER

CI57 R180 01.027 2200

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

LII3HoRM.LINEARITYCONTROL

),11k 6.3 V.

1I4'41

+ 280 V

55101RECT.

4T101

C102 C101 +150 MF 150 MF

140 v.

trE

SR 102RECT.

T

i.3v1011

1

POWER

U

TRANS.

al -45102_J

ON -OFF SW..00 41474 .001,15 37

5101INTERLOCK

#.2

I =Pt"'

C16013.100 MF. T

129


13

TELEVISION SERVICE SUGGESTIONS

Following is a list of symptoms of possible failures and an (3) TI12 or C178 defective.indication of some of the possible faults:

NO RASTER ON KINESCOPE:

(1) Incorrect adjustment of ion trap magnet. Magnet reversedeither front to back or top to bottom.

(2) V112 or V113 inoperative. Check waveforms on grids andplates.

(3) No high voltage - if horizontal deflection is operating asevidenced by the correct waveform on terminal 1 of highvoltage transformer, the trouble can be isolated to the1B3GT circuit. Either the T108 high voltage winding is open,the 1B3GT tube is defective, its filament circuit is open,C158 is shorted, or 11179 is open.

(4) Viii circuit inoperative-refer to schematic and wave-form chart.

(5) Damper tube (V114) inoperative.

(6) Defective kinescope.

(7) 11134 open.

(8) No receiver plate voltage-filter capacitor shorted --or filterchoke open.

NO VERTICAL DEFLECTION:

(1) V109 or V110 inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms ongrids and plates.

(2) T106 open.

(3) Vertical deflection coils open.

SMALL RASTER:

(1) Low Plus B or low line voltage.(2) V112 defective.

POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY:

(1) If adjustments cannot correct, change V110.(2) Vertical output transformer T106 defective.

(3) V109 defective-check voltage and waveforms on grid andplate.

(4) C141, 11155, C132A or C132C defective.

(5) Low plate voltage-check rectifiers and capacitors in supplycircuits.

(6) If height is insufficient, try changing V109.

POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY:

(1) If adjustments do not correct, change V112 or V114.(2) T108 or L113 defective.

(3) C156 or C157 defective.

WRINKLES ON LEFT SIDE OF RASTER:

(1) C155, 11160 or C123 defective.

(2) Defective yoke.

PICTURE OUT OF SYNC HORIZONTALLY:

(1) T107 incorrectly tuned.

(2) R167, R168 or 11169 defective.

TRAPEZOIDAL OR NON SYMMETRICAL RASTER:

(1) Improper adjustment of focus magnet or ion trap magnet.(2) Defective yoke.

RASTER AND SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE BUT NO SOUND:

(1) II -F oscillator off frequency.

0 Sound i-f, discriminator or audio amplifier inoperativecheck V115, V116, V117 and their socket voltages.

(4) Speaker defective.

4T101

SIGNAL AT KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO SYNC:

(1) AGC control switch S105 misadjusted.

(2) V107B inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms at itsgrid and plate.

SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO VERTICAL SYNC:

(1) Check V109 and associated circuit --C140, R200, etc.(2) Integrating network inoperative- check.(3) 11148, R149, R150, R151, R152, R153, R154, 11201, 11202.

C159 or C,79 defective.(4) Gas current, grid emission or grid cathode leakage in

V 109-replace.(5) If C188 is small or missing, interlace will be poor.

SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO HORIZONTAL SYNC:

(1) T107 misadjusted-readjust as instructed on page 11.(2) VIII inoperative-check socket voltages and waveforms.(3) T107 defective.

(4) C144, C143A, C145, C146, C147, C148 or C150 defective.(5) If horizontal speed is completely off and cannot be adjusted

check R167, 11168, R169, R170, R171, R173 and 11215.

SOUND AND RASTER BUT NO PICTURE OR SYNC:

(1) Picture i-f. detector or video amplifier inoperative-checkV10'3, V104, V105 and VI06-check socket voltages.

(2) Bad contact to kinescope grid.

PICTURE STABLE BUT POOR RESOLUTION:

(1) V105 or V106, defective.

(2) Peaking coils defective --check for specified resistance.

(3) Make sure that the focus control operates on both sides ofproper focus.

(4) R -F and I -F circuits misaligned.

PICTURE SMEAR:

(1) R -F or I -F circuits misaligned.

(2) Open peaking coil.(3) This trouble can originate at the transmitter- check on

another station.

PICTURE JITTER:

(1) AGC control switch SIO5 misadjusted.(2) If regular sections at the left picture are displaced change

V112.

(3) Vertical instability may be due to loose connections or noise.

(4) Horizontal instability may be due to unstable transmittedsync.

RASTER BUT NO SOUND, PICTURE OR SYNC:

(1) Defective antenna or transmission line.

(2) R -F oscillator off frequency.

(3) R -F unit inoperative-check VI, V2.

DARK VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE:

(1) Reduce horizontal drive and readjust width and horizontallinearity.

(2) Replace V112.

LIGHT VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE:

(1) C155 defective.

(2) V114 defective.


RCAVICTORMODELS 171153, 17T155,

171160, 17T174Chassis Nos. KCS66 of KCS66A

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

TEST EQUIPMENT. -To properly service the televisionchassis of this receiver, it is recommended that the followingtest equipment be available:

R -F Sweep Generator meeting the following requirements:

(a) Frequency Ranges35 to 90 mc., 1 mc. to 12 mc. sweep width170 to 225 mc., 12 mc. sweep width

(b) Output adjustable with at least .1 volt maximum.

(c) Output constant on all ranges.

(d) "Flat" output on all attenuator positions.

Cathode -Ray Oscilloscope. -For alignment purposes, theoscilloscope employed must have excellent low frequency andphase response, and should be capable of passing a60 -cycle square wave without appreciable distortion.

Signal Generator to provide the following frequencies withcrystal accuracy.

(a) Intermediate frequencies4.5 mc. sound i-f transformer39.75 mc. adjacent channel picture trap41.25 mc. sound trap45.75 mc. picture carrier47.25 mc. adjacent channel sound trap

(b) Radio frequencies

ChannelNumber

PictureCarrier

Freq. Mc.

Sound ReceiverCarrier R -F Osc.

Freq. Mc. Freq. Mc.2 55.25 59.75 1013 61.25 65.75 1074 67.25 71.75 1135 77.25 81.75 1236 83.25 87.75 1297 175.25 179.75 2218 181.25 185.75 2279 187.25 191.75 233

10 193.25 197.75 ' 23911 199.25 ' 203.75 24512 205.25 209.75 25113 211.25 215.75 257

(c) Output of these ranges should be adjustable and atleast .1 volt maximum.

Heterodyne Frequency Meter with crystal calibrator ifthe signal generator is not crystal controlled.

Electronic Voltmeter of Junior or Senior "VoltOhmyst"type and a 'high voltage multiplier probe for use with this meterto permit measurements up to 20 kv.

CAUTION: Do not short the kinescope second anode lead.Its short circuit current presents a considerable overload onthe high voltage rectifier V119.

ORDER OF ALIGNMENT. -When a complete receiveralignment is necessary, it can be most conveniently performedin the following order:

(1) Ant. Matching Unit (6) Picture I -F Traps(2) R -F Unit (7) Picture I -F Trans.(3) Ratio Detector (8) Sweep Alignment of I -F(4) Sound I -F Trans. (9) Horizontal Oscillator(5) Sound Take -Off Trans. (10) Sensitivity Check

ANTENNA MATCHING UNIT ALIGNMENT. -Theantenna matching unit is accurately aligned at the factory.Adjustment of this unit should not be attempted in the cus-tomer's home since even slight misalignment may cause seriousattenuation of the signal especially on channel 2. The r -f unitis aligned with a particular antenna matching transformerin place. If for any reason, a new antenna matching trans-former is installed, the r -f unit should be realigned.The F -M Trap which is mounted in the antenna matching unitmay be adjusted without adversely affecting the alignmentof the unit.

To align the antenna matching unit disconnect the leadfrom the F -M trap L58 to the channel selector switch S5.Connect an oscilloscope low capacity crystal probe from L58to ground. The sensitivity of the oscilloscope should be at least0.02 volts per inch. Set the oscilloscope gain to maximum.

Connect a signal generator to the antenna input terminalsof the matching unit. Modulate the signal generator 30%with a 400 cycle sine wave. Adjust for maximum r -f output ofat least 1..0 volt.

Tune the signal generator to 45.75 mc. and adjust L59 in theantenna matching unit for minimum 400 cycle indication onthe oscilloscope.

Tune the signal generator to 41.25 mc. and adjust L60 forminimum 400 cycle indication on the oscilloscope.

Connect the r -f sweep oscillator to the matching unitantenna input terminals. In order to prevent coupling react-ance from the sweep generator into the matching unit, it isadvisable to employ a resistance pad at the matching unitterminals. Figure 10 shows three different resistance pads foruse with sweep generators with 50 ohm coax output, 72 ohmcoax output or 300 ohm balanced output. Choose the pad tomatch the output impedance of the particular sweep employed.

Connect the signal generator loosely to the matching unitantenna terminals.

Connect a 300 ohm 1/2 watt composition resistor from L58to ground keeping the leads as short as possible. Leave theoscilloscope diode probe connected from L58 to ground.

Set the sweep generator to sweep from 45 mc. to 55 mc.

Adjust L61 and L62 to obtain the response shown in Figure11. L61 is most effective in locating the position of the shoulderof the curve at 52 mc. and L62 should be adjusted to givemaximum amplitude at 53 mc. and above consistent with thespecified shape of the response curve.

The adjustments in the matching unit interact to someextent. Repeat the above procedure until no further adjust.ments are necessary.

It is very important that the unit be aligned to the responseas shown in Figure 11 if maximum sensitivity and good r -ftracking of the r -f unit is to be obtained.

Remove the 300 ohm resistor and diode probe connections.Restore the connection between L58 and S5.

R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT. -An r -f unit which is operativeand requires only touch up adjustments, requires no pre-setting of adjustments. For such units, skip the remainder ofthis paragraph. For units which are completely out of adjust-ment, preset all adjustments to the approximate center oftheir range with the following exceptions: Set C18 so that thescrew head is approximately three -eighths of an inch abovechassis. Set the T1 core for maximum inductance (core turnedcounter -clockwise). Set C11 .near maximum capacity (one -quarter turn from tight). Do not change any of the adjust-ments in the antenna matching unit.

Disconnect the link from terminals "A" and "B" of T104and terminate the link with a 39 ohm composition resistor.

The r -f unit is aligned with zero AGC biat. To insure thatthe bias will remain constant, take a clip lead and short 131circuit the r -f unit power terminal board terminal 3 to ground.


RCA Victor ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE(Continued)

Connect the oscilloscope to the test point TP1 on top of ther -f unit. Set the oscilloscope gain to maximum.

Turn the receiver channel selector switch to channel 2.Connect the output of the signal generator to the grid of the

r -f amplifier, V2. To do this, remove the tube from the socketand fashion a clip by twisting one end of a small piece ofwire around pin number 7. Replace thetube in the socketleaving the end of the wire protruding from under the tube.Connect the signal generator to this wire through a 1,500mmf capacitor.

Tune the signal generator to 43.5 mc. and modulate it 30%with a 400 cycle sine wave. Adjust the signal generator formaximum output.

Adjust L65 on top of the r -f unit for minimum 400 cycleindication on the oscilloscope. If necessary, this adjustmentcan be retouched in the field to provide additional rejectionto one specific frequency in the i-f band pass. However, insuch cases, care should be taken not to adjust it so as toreduce sensitivity on channel 2.

Remove the wire clip from pin 7 of V2 and replace the tubeand tube shield.

Set the channel selector switch to channel 8.Turn the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the

center of its mechanical range now and at all times whenadjusting the oscillator frequency.

Adjust Cl for proper oscillator frequency, 227 mc. This maybe done in several ways. The easiest way and the way whichwill be recommended in this procedure will be to use thesignal generator as a heterodyne frequency meter and beat theoscillator against the signal generator. To do this, tune thesignal generator to 227 mc. with crystal accuracy. Insert oneend of a piece of insulated wire into the r -f unit through thehole provided for the adjustment for C11. Be careful that thewire does not touch any of the tuned circuits as it may causethe frequency of the r -f unit oscillator to shift. Connect theother end of the wire to the "r -f in" terminal of the signalgenerator. Adjust Cl to obtain an audio beat with the signalgenerator.

Connect the sweep generator through a suitable attenuatoras shown in Figure 10 to the input terminals of the antennamatching unit.

Connect the signal generator loosely to the antennaterminals.

Set the sweep oscillator to cover channel 8.Set the oscilloscope to maximum gain and use the minimum

input signal which will produce a useable pattern on theoscilloscope. Excessive input can change oscillator inductionduring alignment and produce consequent misalignment eventhough the response as seen on the oscilloscope may looknormal.

Insert markers of channel 8 picture carrier and soundcarrier, 181.25 mc. and 185.75 mc.

Adjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 for approximately correctcurve shape, frequency, and band width as shown in Figure12.

The correct adjustment of C18 is indicated by maximumamplitude of the curve midway between the markers. C15tunes the r -f amplifier plate circuit and affects the frequelityof the pass band most noticeably. C9 tunes the mixer gridcircuit and affects the tilt of the curve most noticetc.ably (assuming that C22 has been properly adjusted). C11is the coupling adjustment and hence primarily affects theresponse band width.

Set the receiver channel switch to channel 6.Adjust the signal generator to the channel 6 oscillator fre-

quency 129 mc.Turn the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the

center of its mechanical range.Adjust L5 for on audible beat with the signal generator

as before.Set the sweep generator to channel 6.From the signal generator, insert channel 6 sound and pic-

ture carrier markers, 83.25 mc. and 87.75 mc.Adjust L48, L50 and L53 for proper response as shown in

Figure 12.L50 tunes the r -f amplifier plate circuit and primarily

affects the frequency of the pass band. L53 tunes the r -famplifier grid and is adjusted to give maximum amplitude of

13 2the curve between the markers. L48 affects the tilt of the curvebut not quite the same as C9 adjustment. When the circuits

17T153, 17T155,17T160, 17T174

are correctly adjusted and L48 is rocked on either side of itsproper setting, the high frequency (sound carrier) end of thecurve appears to remain nearly fixed in amplitude while thepicture carrier end tilts above or below this point.

Turn off the sweep and signal generators.Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the r -f unit test point TP1.Adjust the oscillator injection trimmer C8 for -3.5 volts or

at maximum if -3.5 volts cannot be reached. This voltageshould fall between -2.5 and -5.5 volts on all channels whenthe alignment of all circuits is completed.

Turn the sweep oscillator and signal generator back onand recheck channel 6 response. Readjust L48, L50 and L53if necessary.

Set the receiver channel selector switch to channel 8 andreadjust Cl for proper oscillator frequency, 227 mc.

Set the sweep oscillator and signal generator to channel 8.Readjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 for correct curve shape,

frequency and band width.Turn off the sweep and signal generators, switch back to

channel 6 and check the oscillator injection voltage at TP1if C9 was adjusted in the recheck of channel 8 response.

If the initial setting of oscillator injection trimmer C8 wasfar off, it may be necessary to adjust the oscillator frequencyand response on channel 8, adjust the oscillator injection onchannel 6 and repeat the procedure several times before theproper setting is obtained.

Turn off the sweep generator and switch the receiver tochannel 13.

Adjust the signal generator to the channel 13 oscillatorfrequency 257 mc.

Set the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from thecenter of its mechanical range.

Adjust L46 to obtain an audible beat. Slightly overshootthe adjustment of L46 by turning the slug a little more in thesame direction from the original setting, then reset the oscil-lator to proper frequency by adjusting Cl to again obtainthe beat.

Check the response of channels 7 through 13 by switchingthe receiver channel switch, sweep oscillator and markeroscillator to each of these channels and observing the responseand oscillator injection obtained. See Figure 12 for typicalresponse curves. It should be found that all these channelshave the proper shaped response with the markers above80% response.

If the markers do not fall within this requirement, switch tochannel 8 and readjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 as necessary.

Turn off the sweep generator and check the channel' 8oscillator frequency. If Cl has to be readjusted for channel 8,the principle of overshooting the adjustment and then cor-recting by adjusting L46 should be followed in order toestablish the L/C ratio for the desired oscillator tracking.

Turn the receiver channel selector switch to channel 6.Adjust L5 for correct oscillator frequency, 129 mc.

Turn the sweep oscillator on and to channel 6 and observethe response curve. If necessary readjust L48, L50 and L53.

Switch the receiver through channel 6 down through chan-nel 2 and check for normal response curve shapes and oscil-lator injection voltage.

If excessive tilt in the same direction occurs on channels 2,.3 and 4, adjust C18 on channel 2 to overshoot the correctionof this tilt, then switch to channel 6 and adjust L53 for maxi-mum amplitude of curve between markers. This adjustmentshould produce "flat" response on the low channels if theother adjustments especially L48 are correct.

Likewise check channels 7 through 13, stopping on 13 forthe next step.

With the receiver on channel 13, check the receiver oscil-lator frequency. Correct by adjustment of Cl if necessary.

Adjust the oscillator to frequency on all channels by switch-ing the receiver and the frequency standard to each channeland adjusting the appropriate oscillator trimmer to obtain theaudible beat. It should be possible to adjust the oscillator tothe correct frequency on all channels with the fine tuningcontrol in the middle third of its range.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION17T153, 17T155,17T160, 17T174 ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE RCA Victor

(Continued)

ChannelNumber

PictureCarrier

Freq. Mc.

SoundCarrier

Freq. Mc.

ReceiverR -F Osc.Freq. Mc.

ChannelOscillator

Adjustment2 55.25 59.75 101 LI

61.25 65.75 107 L24 . 67.25 71.75 113 L35 77.25 81.75. 123 L46 83.25 87.75. 129 L57 175.25 179.75 221 L68 . 181.25.. .185.75 227 L79 187.25 191.75 .233 L8

10 193.25 197.75 239 L911 199.25 203.75 245 . L1012 205.25 209.75 251 L1113 211.25 215.75 257 Cl

Remove the 39 ohm resistor from the link and reconnectthe link to terminals "A" and "B" of T104.

RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT.-- Set the signal gen-erator at 4.5 mc. and connect it to the second sound i-f grid,pin 1 of V102. Set the generator for 30% 400 cycle modulation.As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B or WR39Ccalibrator may be employed. If used, connect its output cableto the grid of the 4th pix i-f amplifier, pin 1 of V109.

Set the frequency of the calibrator to 45.75 (pix carrier)and modulate with 4.5 mc. crystal. The 4.5 mc. signal willbe picked off at T110A and amplified through the soundi-f amplifier.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of 5110 and R114.Connect the oscilloscope across the speaker voice coil and

turn the volume control for maximum output.Set the trimmer C226 (on the bottom of the V103 socket) for

minimum capacity.Tune the ratio detector primary, T102 top core for maximum

DC output on the "VoltOhmyst." Adjust the signal level fromthe signal generator for 10 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" whenfinally peaked. This is approximately the operating level ofthe ratio detector for average signals.

Tune the ratio detector secondary T102 bottom core forminimum AM output on the oscilloscope.

Repeat adjustments of T102 top for maximum DC and T102bottom for minimum output on the oscilloscope making finaladjustment with the 4.5 mc. input level adjusted to produce10 volts d -c on the "VoltOhmyst."

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R112 and C113and note the amount of d -c present. If this voltage exceeds+1.5 volts, adjust C226 by turning the core in until zero d -cis obtained. Readjust the T102 bottom core for minimum out-put on the oscilloscope. Repeat the adjustments of C226 andT102 bottom core until the voltage at R112 and C113 is lessthan +1.5 volts when T102 bottom core is set for minimumindication on the oscilloscope.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R110 and R114and repeat the T102 top core for maximum d -c on the meterand again reset the generator output so that the meter readsminus 10 volts.

Repeat the adjustments in the above two paragraphs untilthe voltage at RI12 and C113 is less than ±1.5 volts when theT102 top core is set for maximum d -c at the junction of R110and R114 and the T102 bottom core is set for minimum indi-cation on the oscilloscope.

SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT. - Connect the sweep gen-erator to the first sound i-f amplifier grid, pin 1 of V101. Adjustthe generator for a sweep width of 1 mc. at a center frequencyof 4.5 mc.

Insert a 4.5 mc. marker signal from the signal generatorinto the first sound i-f grid.

Connect the oscilloscope in series with a 10,000 ohmresistor to terminal A of T101.

Adjust T101 top and bottom cores for maximum gain andsymmetry about the 4.5 mc. marker on the i-f response. Thepattern obtained should be similar to that shown in Figure 13.

The output level from the sweep should be set to produceapproximately 2.0 volt peak -to -peak at terminal A of TIO1when the final touches on the above adjustment are made.It is necessary that the sweep output voltage should not exceedthe specified values otherwise the response curve will bebroadened, permitting slight misadjustment to pass unnoticedand possibly causing distortion on weak signals.

Connect the oscilloscope to the Junction of 8112 and C113and check the linearity of the response. The pattern obtainedshould be similar to that shown in Figure 14.

SOUND TAKE -OFF ALIGNMENT. -Connect the 4.5mc. generator in series with a 1000 ohm resistor to terminal"C" of T110. The input signal should be approximately0.5 volts.

Short the fourth pix i-f grid to ground, pin 1 V109, to preventnoise from masking the output indication.

As an alternate source of signal the RCA WR39B or WR39Ccalibrator may be used. In such a case, disregard the abovetwo paragraphs. Connect calibrator across link circuit, T104A, B, and modulate 45.75 carrier with 4.5 mc. crystal.

Connect the crystal diode probe of a "VoltOhmyst" to theplate of the video amplifier, pin 8 of V110.

Adjust the core of T110 for minimum output on the meter.Remove the short from pin 1 V109 to ground, if used.PICTURE I -F TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -Connect the i-f

signal generator across the link circuit on terminals A and Bof T104.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to test point TP101.Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appre-

ciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohmpotentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminalto chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction of 5143and 5144.

Set the bias pot to produce approximately -1.0 volt of biasat test point TP101.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to test point TP102 at the picturedetector.

Set the signal generator to each of the following frequenciesand adjust the corresponding circuit for minimum d -c outputat TP102. Use sufficient signal input to produce 1.0 volt of d -con the meter when the final adjustment is made.

39.75 mc. . . .. . T104 top core41.25 mc. T105 bottom core47.25 mc. TI06 bottom core

PICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER ADJUSTMENTS.---Set the signal generator to each of the following frequenciesand peak the specified adjustment for maximum indicationon the "VoltOhmyst." During alignment, reduce the inputsignal if necessary in order to produce 1.0 volt of d -c at testpoint TP102 with -1.0 volt of i-f bias at test point TPT10110.9

43.7 mc.45.5 mc. T10841.8 mc. T107

To align T105 and T106, connect the sweep generator tothe first picture i-f grid, pin 1 of V106. Shunt 5141, 5149 andterminals "A" and "F" of T109 with 330 ohm compositionresistors. Set the i-f bias to -1.0 volt at test terminal TP101.

Adjust T105 and T106 top cores for maximum gain andcurve shape as shown in Figure 15. For final adjustments setthe output of the sweep generator to produce 0.5 volts peak -to -peak at the oscilloscope terminals.

To align T1 and T104, connect the sweep generator to themixer grid test point TP2. Use the shortest leads possible, withnot more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of thesweep cable.

Set the channel selector switch to channel 4.Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from terminal B of

TIOS to the junction of R135 and C132. Connect the oscillo-scope diode probe to terminal B of T105 and to ground.

Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe inorder to obtain markers.

Adjust the T1 (top)' and T104 (bottom) core for maximumgain and the response as shown in Figure 16.

Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and three 330ohm resistors.

SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PIX I -F. -Connect the oscil-loscope to the test point TP102.

Adjust the bias potentiometer to obtain -6.0 volts of biasas measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at test point TP101.

Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer gridtest point TP2 with the shortest leads possible and with notmore than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweepcable. If these precautions are not observed, the receivermay be unstable and the response curves obtained maybe unreliable.

Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtainvolts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.


RCA Victor ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE(Continued)

Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the firstpix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator toproduce small markers on the response curve.

Retouch 1108 and 1109 to obtain the response shown inFigure 17. Do not adjust T107 unless absolutely necessary.If T107 is adjusted too low in frequency it will raise the levelof the 41.25 mc. sound i-f carrier and may create interferencein the picture. It will also cause poor adjacent channelpicture rejection. If T107 is tuned too high in frequency, thelevel of the 41.25 mc. sound i-f carrier will be too low and mayproduce noisy sound in weak signal areas.

Remove the oscilloscope, sweep and signal generator con-nections.

Remove the bias box employed to provide bias for alignment.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT.-Nor-many the adjustment of the horizontal oscillator is not con-sidered to be a part of the alignment procedure, but since theoscillator waveform adjustment may require the use of an oscil-loscope, it can not be done conveniently in the field. Thewaveform adjustment is made at the factory and normallyshould not require readjustment in the field. However, thewaveform adjustment should be checked whenever thereceiver is aligned or whenever the horizontal oscillatoroperation is improper.

Horizontal Frequency Adjustment.-Tune in a stationand sync the picture. If the picture cannot be synchronizedwith the horizontal hold control 8201B, then adjust the T113frequency core on the rear apron until the picture willsynchronize. If the picture still will not sync, turn the T113waveform adjustment core (under the chassis) out of the coilseveral turns from its original position and readjust the T113frequency core until the picture is synchronized.

Examine the width and linearity of the picture. If picturewidth or linearity is incorrect, adjust the horizontal drive con-trol C181B, the width control L106 and the linearity controlL107 until the picture is correct.

Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment. - Thehorizontal oscillator waveform may be adjusted by either oftwo methods. The method outlined in paragraph A below maybe employed in the field when an oscilloscope is not available.The service shop method outlined in paragraph B belowrequires the use of an oscilloscope.

A.-Turn the horizontal hold control completely clockwise.Place adjustment tools on both cores of T113 and be preparedto make simultaneous adjustments while watching the pictureon the screen. First, turn the T113 frequency core (on the rearapron) until the picture falls out of sync and one diagonalblack bar sloping down to the right appears on the screen.Then, turn the waveform adjustment core (under the chassis)into the coil while at the same time adjusting the frequencycore so as to maintain one diagonal black bar on the screen.Continue this procedure until the oscillator begins to motor-boat, then turn the wavefrom adjustment core out until themotorboating just stops. As a check, turn the T113 frequencycore until the picture is synchronized then reverse the directionof rotation of the core until the picture begins to fall out ofsync with the diagonal bar sloping down to the right. Continueto turn the frequency core in the same direction. Additional-bars should not appear on the screen. Instead, the hori-zontal oscillator should begin to motorboat. Retouch theadjustment of the 1113 waveform adjustment core if necessaryuntil this condition is obtained.

B.-Connect the low capacity probe of an oscilloscope toterminal C of T113. Turn the horizontal hold control one -quarter turn from the clockwise position so that the picture isin sync. The pattern on the oscilloscope should be as shownin Figure 18. Adjust the waveform adjustment core of T113until the two peaks are at the same height. During thisadjustment, the picture must be kept in sync by readjustingthe hold control if necessary.

This adjustment is very important for correct operation ofthe. circuit. If the broad peak of the wave on the oscilloscopeis lower than the sharp peak, the noise immunity becomespoorer, the stabilizing effect of the tuned circuit is reducedand drift of the oscillator becomes more serious. On the otherhand, if the broad peak is higher than the sharp peak, the

134scillator is overstabilized, the pull -in range becomes inade-uate and the broad peak can cause double triggering of the

17T153, 17T155,17T160, 17T174

oscillator when the hold control approaches the clockwiseposition.

Remove the oscilloscope upon completion of this adjustment.

Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment. - Set the hori-zontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel thenback. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T113frequency core slightly and momentarily switch off channel.Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal linessloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold controlclockwise and note the least number of diagonal barsobtained just before the picture pulls into sync.

If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pullsinto sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C181Aslightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjustC181A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal holdcontrol counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal andrecheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point.Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.

Turn the horizontal hold control to the maximum clockwiseposition. Adjust the 1113 frequency core so that the diagonalbar sloping down to the right appears on the screen and thenreverse the direction of adjustment so that bar just moves offthe screen leaving the picture in synchronization.

SENSITIVITY CHECK. A comparative sensitivity checkcan be made by operating the receiver on a weak signalfrom a television station and comparing the picture andsound obtained to that obtained on other receivers under thesame conditions.

This weak signal can be obtained by connecting the shopantenna to the receiver through a ladder type attenuator pad.The number of stages in the pad depends upon the signalstrength available at the antenna. A sufficient number ofstages should be inserted so that a somewhat less than normalcontrast picture is obtained when the picture control is at themaximum clockwise position. Only carbon type resistorsshould be used to construct the pad.

RESPONSE CURVES. --The response curves shown onpage 12 and referred to throughout the alignment procedurewere taken from a production set. Although these curves aretypical, some variations can be expected.

The response curves are shown in the classical manner ofpresentation, that is with "response up" and low frequencyto the left. The manner in which they will be seen in a giventest set-up will depend upon the characteristics of the oscillo-scope and the sweep generator. The curves may be seeninverted and/or switched from left to right depending on thedeflection polarity of the oscilloscope and the phasing of thesweep generator.

NOTES ON R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT.-Because of thefrequency spectrum involved and the nature of the device,many of the r -f unit leads and components are critical in somerespects. Even the power supply leads form loops which coupleto the tuned circuits, and if resonant at any of the frequenciesinvolved in the performance of the tuner, may cause seriousdepartures from the desired characteristics. In the design ofthe receiver these undesirable resonant loops have beenshifted far enough away in frequency to allow reasonablelatitude in their components and physical arrangement with-out being troublesome. When the r -f unit is aligned in thereceiver, no trouble from resonant loops should be experienced.However, if the unit is aligned in a jig separate from thereceiver, attention should be paid to insure that unwantedresonances do not exist which might present a faulty repre-sentation of r -f unit alignment.

A resonant circuit exists between the r -f tuner chassis andthe outer shield box, which couples into the antenna and r -fplate circuits. The frequency of this resonance depends on thephysical structure of the shield box, and the capacitancebetween the tuner chassis and the front plate. In the KRK11units, this resonance should fall above channel 13 and iscontrolled in the design by using insulating washers of properthickness in the front plate to tuner chassis mounting. Theperformance of the tuner will be impaired if the properwashers are not used. Obviously then, if the r -f unit is removedfor service, the washers should be replaced in the correctorder when the unit is replaced.


RCA Victor

C I TI C9 TP2 C-5

FRE& TRANS GRID POINT PLATE

C) tv il 6W1 .:-'04440)OSC. TEAM MIXER TEST R -F

TUNINGFINE VeljLr

41.25 MC.LEO

C2

I -F TRAP

L5945.75 MC.I -F TRAP

ALIGNMENT DATA ( Continued )

L46

L1 INMAN L11INOWIDUAL CPANNEOSC. ADJUSTMENTS

CIO L511 1.41 L62R -FGEC TRAP

E6 05C. INJECT L 46ADJUSTMENT ON CRAM 6OTHER SIDE OF UNIT MIXER GRID

Figure 6 -R -F Unit Adjustments

Figure 7 -R -F Oscillator Adjustments

4,VT 71015- T io7Gtoralt 4TH PSI 3RD. pm.

- RATIO - Sat?. STN 61* - I -F TR.- TR.CET TR. f.T.X. i-F TR. 45.5 5C. 41.5 MC.

Le_ 1:14 AT TO

2GTOPuTir

a'111.)G.

131fOCLA.

131 PIE. I -F

laticGRID TR.

Figure 8-Top Chassis Adjustments

Figure 9 - Bo t to m Chassis Adjustments

CuGAMOW MTH

L 53CMAN.SR -F GRID

L50CNA.. 6R -F PLATE

SEPACTO!SMiTC11

TONE'''COMTAPUMA SW

1103 Irl0A-01.1 TAY

COMMA.

PAD FOR PAO FOR501E COAX 724 COAX.

1300.1300

3000_BALANCED

OUTPUT

SHOULDERAT 52 MC

3004BALANCED

OUTPUT

17T153, 17T155,17T160, 17T174

PAD FOR3000. BAL

INPUT

Figure 10-Sweep Attenuator Pads

60 MC.

53 MC. 100% RESPONSE

50 ME AT 50% * 15% RESPONSE POINT

Figure 11- Antenna Matching Unit Response

0\Figure 12-R -F Response

4.5 MG

Figure 13 Figure 14Sound I -F Ratio Det.Response Response

42.25 MC 42.25 MC

44.5MC

.4tit5 41.575MC AT00 %

AM 5MCAT20%

41 25 MC47 Z5MC

Figure 15T105 and T106

Response

45 MC85 %

45.75 MC.50%

46 5 MC5 Y.

api

43g-1

O

vi

43

0Figure 16 Figure 17 0

T1 and TI04 Over-all I -FResponse Response

T17INCORRECT INCORRECT CORRECT

Figure 18-Horizontal Oscillator Wavejorms 13s

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRCA Victor Models 17T153, 17T155, 17T160, 17T174, Chassis KCS-66 or KCS-66A

TO ANT

P18- MREARVIEW

'"7 "PMT

KANT TB

300 isGAL.

PIA- ni1REARVIEW

12.

II 0100

9°8° ;

ANT MATCHING UNIT

0 L60 159 1;18I.F TRAP 45I-F7TsliTRAP TFR-AeM

41.2514C

J1- F 72 C2FRONT ANT. 1

VIEW TRANS

55 55FRONT REAR 0

120O

0 3 110

R71000 53 -FRONT

R6 $ R5100K ,1001(

$2 -FRONT

TP1 117L16

LIS

1147 613

L10,

L9

Lel

Le LS

4-!.."?),.,-OTE 101 2050.

6541,-6T517%.1;7044.

L54142

L43

14445

S3 -REAR L49

L27

52- REAR

C181-4

25 C2433

L37L36

1.35

6341.33

L3.2.153

C 19 R12 R t3222--.-3300150

YC2O135 T1500

639 R II

40 3300641 54

FRONT

R -F AMPL.

CIO ICI1 VI

330 7-55-8° 603 +,50.OSC. AND MIXER

91147

)1C

0.8- 3.8

RE RI4470K 1000+Mt T - Mot 00161 028115001 15001

TO -3.s Y. 8210K

RI C5100K 22

CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCHES VIEWEDFROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN CHANNEL ../NO. 2 (54 - 60 MC.) POSITION. t/C212

.0671

6CB651415 14011-G AMPL.

T 106AIN.71tN F

Is6CB6 TRANA.ATM Out _ I -F .101- MK

um104-1--Cr

14 1500'4-11-1

:60550 0154

C210'1500

2630.

R 191 '41,20K

RIS MEc,

6 GT 6547 6TWET. 5760

R'Z *'". S/10 rt17 :211! NU TV:71p r5.7.1T:t: 0-53314NN0GGN

4.7C141 7,7

it vv. II -

mu cm KAI,. RI.35 100210047146o 114

I IL,66C167 0.,

"..

166 C160 r.213"SOK .0021

265 Y.

In a few early production receivers the VI13sync separator circuit was wired as shown inthe above partial schematic diagram. R265,8268, 8269, R270 and C223 were omitted andR153 was connected to the +145 volt bus.

136

mr C170

SOK-1,1201 3./ 7

VEIN :al St 12204 C1715202

CSat . " .33 5604

R2052.5 m6e.

V 101

6AU61ST SOUNDI -F AMPL.

5

C101 R101

102244700

T101SOUND I- F

TRANS.4.5 MC.

100

3 C1024 C102B1.01 .01

C105 1210456

/ 47K Y

1106R10568

VIOL6A U 62ND. SOUNDI- F AMPL.

R103 011000 ,

+265V.FUNCTION SWITCHES VIEWED

FROM FRONT. AND SHOWN IN Po5.1( MAX. COUNTER -CLOCKWISE)

P05.1 _TV MIN.Hi6NS2 -TV NORMAL3 -TV 5010 LOWS4-PNONO. MIN. HIGHS.5-PHONO. NORMAL.6- PHONO. MIN. LOWS.

RIOS1810

TIO41ST. PIX. I -FGRID TRANS.

1254688105g*

V106

6AU6!ST. FIX.1-F AmPL.

T 1051ST. PIX. I -FPLATE TRANS.

6 4700127

O 4700A

R 13247T' FI 50

CI27314700 4700

C130100

C131 --

R126 0214 C1438 8131100 2500

C1242 MF.III

-0125 R12814700 68 K

C126 1212947001 100K

R2558.2 MEG. 1

7ArtR257 R256 R176180

K 564( 6.0

817210K

C181410- 160HORIZ.

LOCKINGRANGECONTR.

3CI55 ae.047 . Y

0182 CIBSea .047

R2330K 0.1

C 220112 Tf52021(

In some receivers, focus bleeder resistorsR238 was 12 meg and 8240 was 15 meg. In somereceivers, R238 and R240 are combined intoone 18 meg resistor.

In some receivers, R264 (in video amp at synctake -off) was 220 k.

In some receivers, r -f unit terminal 7 by-passcapacitor C224 was omitted.

In some receivers, terminal C of I -F trans.

C1434 C1234700 1 14700

VIII6CS6A- G -CAMPL.

R 1794 3.9 MK

8225 CI84 -82K .022

T1062ND. PIX. I -FGRID TRANS.

1

el >1

I

. -C133 I

BT12 1

1/ 4415. I

_1 L __ --J-;01.li, 1 R138 6

C206 BI 5 tAF.

I4; ME

VII265t47-GT

HOPI. SYNC. AMPL.12181

.143V I, .810 _A1IuC158

.001

V107

6CB62ND. FIX.I -F AMPL.

+163V.7

C13544700

(-1R13947 I(

R 136100 KW. OTP 101 426.5V.

R14368K

8144 , R14562K 150K

Tr

+7908182 R184S1656 27K i

9;8 R185220KMt

-1 ISO K .0221ni5,91 1;086 CI60

vii6 71136N7 -6THO .sNEEP 0Sc

moR.TRANS.

oSC.

AND CONTR.,54,. r

1

DI

-7.40 3C1860.47 8 $4-1

R230 t150 1( -11-

C188.01

+ 265V.

T105 was connected to ground and C225 wasomitted.

In some receivers ratio detector trimmerC226 was omitted.

In some receivers, C193 was connected fromV118.5 to ground.

In some receivers a 22 k resistor, RI42 wasconnected from V110-8 to junction of L105, L114.

In some receivers, C227 (at video amp) wasomitted.

RISCLOMB

82001320K

C189 R233680 47

C173116,10- ISO

4%1

:1.11

00812.DRIVE=IA

C19082082002015 ME.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRCA Victor Models 17T153, 17T155, 17T160, 17T174, Chassis RCS -66 or RCS -66A

V103TIO2

RATIO DET 6AL5TRANS. RATIO45_14C DETECTOR

6 8v./Th112;6?

-4 -IR10756 K

C1070 010713

101 T.01

C 10810

[La__ .10 _1

R1081000

+ 265V.

AM510947

-0 9vR1101200

T -470

70

C200

6.8, RIII RI121000 ...tr

C 110 IC1133301 10022

18 K5101-2 'A',

C 114.0047

RII4 6117

0115

GA V61ST. AUDIO

AMPL.

C, -0706800 1.5 MEG I meG

VOL 6 R11610CONTR 25015

RI I5MEG.6800 250E

1 611927K

C1161 R1M.015 1)

t22K

REAR. rE YE J103P HON 0,2,02INPUT

C21510

T1073RD. Roc. 1-F

TRANS.41.6 MC.

A St6600

Dcmscs4700

R140 R146tOoo 65

L101rCEN

#ms

V108

6CB63RD PIX.I -F AMPL.

5

T 1084TH. POE I -F

TRANS45.5 MC

32 v A

CL4IA c141B4700 4700

C140 # R147 51454700 74700 1000

0--i

11

OBR145 1':;56K

V104 0105

6A OSAUDIOOUTPUT

R121

10119.010 V. 7

+I7V

01184701E 5122

,0027 - 330Y

)1--C1171. R120 R123 C20502701. 330K 330 ZO MF.

V109 T109

6C B6 5T14TRANS. L 1 0 2 1'STATKOREluAi Nt:0 Ds5F

PIX. 1-F

4.114. PI%Mt% rE-F AMPL.

01425 R152470

,180

C142B4700

-I- 145 V

fa

5 +199R15410K

5153 C1441000 1-4700

11 R2694715

05101

i/375

C 14611500

RI5565500 C1913

01

C211_26T

CC 14710 I

.01

+ 265 V.

ID

C14810

yy

e2

526347015

+ 265V.

Du/

p101 -FREARVIEW

N

J101-54P+4

VIEW

1.103AUDIO

OUTPUT TR.

R246470

RE D

P. MSPEAKER

+265v5101-i 5101-1FRONT REAR

9

7

TP102

R1561000

L10372 MU -PBLU-WET

R15739000227

10 rL113

500 Po0161GRN-rolr'' C222

R41,19f 100 I

5 X0

11-1 C 1491.0033

r,==J 104

V110

6AG7VIDEOAMPL

068+

11=7 v

L10493 No N

ORN LI14-tar 4.5 MC. TRAPC219 BLU-YEL

0 000

I

R26I C137108 47

C20513'II°"F L105

530085"-WE

R161151K

5 1636000

R162 R1644700 5600 3

O61670150

T 1000 5. t IS K5PICTURE

65 CONTR.-I-C 151 RIGS ^ mmm....T 33 5700 V,

z

-r C152 '&'

T7 a1

R169 R168470K 0.33K 2200

+265VR170 C155150K 0.1

R191 01904715 4 120 K

R192 .rA.1-1.5 MEG)

_C223.033

/100KR268

2270

JEWEL LAMPON CONSOLES

!.RN

R219220K

-961C761.047

R245SSS 120K:8266

1.8MEG

vim A6SN7-GTVERT. SYNC

AM FL3v

5

0114 ES

65N7-GTVERT. SWEEP

CI62 RI95 R196 RI97 0165 RI98 050. Dtscp.01 22K 8200 8200 001 681.5 -14 V.

27045

+265v

8194 Ct63 c164 cles39K 100221004710047

52199470K

R2014I MEG.

VERTICALHOLD

CONTR.

2( +GR.+

06207

3 2,2MEG

7 01700 1 "0510 K4--I1 ."6-6

5204 t 071820 /6) .033 R202

560K

.J.-RV2vci.3VV-vs2.5 MEG

HEIGHT CONTR

5205ASK

C;c13O.

R206 CI72 CI75100K .0022 .022

1

522100165 C173 22K

I.001'10022R2112215

R2I32.2MEG

120{5,..0685209

122128200

VI IS

6A43 VERTVERT SWEEP OUTPUT

OUTPUT TRANSBLU r GRN-

5.+ 240 V

F

R 2141500

VERTICALLINEARITYCONTR

6 252

'17

R215

G

8160330

12216470

470 +2650

6210200K

BRIGHTNSCONTR

3

52171 150K

R220 -I-01780176 100K 0.1.047

11 25>

3300 00131 5258R9

.00471 15K /

CHANNEL1N0. LAMP

BRNY,

11 +135v.

1 1

+470V

6

GLASS

VI2117GP4KINESCOPE

METAL

VII761506-GTNOR. SWEEPOUTPUT

NOR SWEEP. OUTPUTV118 AND TRANS

1 V2 7114FOCUSRECT.1.

0. 1133-GTH RECT.

R 237I. 5

12239+4220

V119

8241- 4.7

_ 0177

613,200 V

6 10197Isoo25 MEG 'VP

93 ...

FOCUS 1.4 E' L106C194_ ONTR ,- : 4 WIDTH cm,250 IR240 +8 800 GT

, : COPT 330R234 1 0191 8.2MEG II

'''ISO 10.27 V120

R.238 L115 6WAt-GT6 .6 10 MEG C196- .027 1.5 MU -K E:Azwzir,!,R

F101 12236 C195 c215.....tig L707 5

Ic.AMP 561 .022 I 2701 . oi 14oR. LIN.0-119-9 CONTR

6

3

8253560

OEFL. YOKE

:E., 3/0199 VERT. COILS 1 REDL110 1.109 aRu

1000 R244 I

560 5C0 I yEL

PI02-PIN VIEW

Coil resistance values less than 1 ohm arenot shown.

Direction of arrows at controls indicatesclockwise rotation.

BLK-RED

0205A100 MET

J 102-FREARVIEW

qaDsL108

FILTERCHOKE

+265YSUPPLY

3000 v ( ARPRox

0203ISO MF

eLU-YEL

All voltages measured with "VoltOhmyst"and with no signal input. Voltages should holdwithin ±20% with 117 v. a -c supply.

All resistance values in ohms.K =1000.

All capacitance values less than 1 in MEand above 1 in WAY unless otherwise noted.

6.30

1 JUL

L_

SR lob

0,9;0

K

600041)(000

O

6.39 6300.6A. 1

JU-. JUL.

TII2

C180 0179 iwun.047 .047 5102

9103INTERLOCK

115, GO.,SUPPLY

137

oc0

82

V11

5

6AU

61S

T. S

OU

ND

I -F

AM

PL.

4v.W

07

V10

1

1080

.

T11

1S

OU

ND

I -F

TR

AN

S.

C18

58.0

1

- R

IBS

1000

6AU

61S

T P

IN.

I -F

AM

PL.

--1C

tor

6

_T82

-08v

n 18

101,

--O

St

Rf0

3<82

S--

4R

102

1000

-

4120

V.

C1O

SA

V11

6

6AU

62

ND

.SOUND

I -F

AM

PL.

el

r-

IC22

256 C

2821

.01

0102

6CB

6C

107

270 H-

s +

124V

.If

0171

1500

TIO

22N

D P

I%I -

FTRANS.

22 S

AC

CC

7

7;i2

2140

. PIA

.I -

FA

MP

S.

AS

V

?

lam

aW

.L

r,o,

A7K

I2K

31.8

$.11

12v

F

CI9

2C

r94

1.01

T.0

1

88-1

Wg0

51000

1

V:

1000

.01

1004

115

0015

00

+25

00.

Li+

2300

.121

041C

1055

R21

94-1

0014

C10

8A4.

-741

0915

00

R20

710

K7,

32K

27-c

113

'150

0

+12

0V +

375

V

VL

C-0

C11

1515

001

[III A

= 1

500

WID

TH

. DR

IVE

AN

D H

OR

IZO

NT

AL

LIN

EA

RIT

Y A

DJU

ST-

ME

NT

S.-

Adj

ustm

ent

ofth

eho

rizo

ntal

driv

eco

ntro

laf

fect

sth

e hi

gh v

olta

ge a

pplie

d to

the

kine

scop

e.In

ord

er to

obt

ain

the

high

est p

ossi

ble

volta

ge h

ence

the

brig

htes

t and

bes

tfo

cuse

d pi

ctur

e,ad

just

hor

izon

tal d

rive

cou

nter

-cl

ockw

ise

asta

r as

pos

sibl

e w

ithou

t str

etch

ing

the

left

sid

e of

the

pict

ure.

As

a fi

rst a

djus

tmen

t, se

t the

hor

izon

tal d

rive

trim

mer

C14

7Bon

e-ha

lf tu

rn o

ut f

rom

max

imum

cap

acity

.T

urn

the

hori

zont

al li

near

ity c

oil o

ut u

ntil

appr

ecia

ble

loss

in w

idth

occ

urs,

then

in u

ntil

near

ly m

axim

um w

idth

and

the

best

linea

rity

isob

tain

ed.

Adj

ust t

he w

idth

con

trol

R17

7 to

obt

ain

corr

ect p

ictu

re w

idth

.

AG

C C

ON

TR

OL

. -T

he A

GC

con

trol

sw

itch

is p

rovi

ded

asan

inst

alla

tion

adju

stm

ent.

The

nor

mal

pos

ition

for

str

ong

sig-

nal a

reas

isw

ith th

e sw

itch

in th

e nu

mbe

r1

or c

ount

er-

cloc

kwis

e po

sitio

n.If

impu

lse

type

of

inte

rfer

ence

isex

peri

-en

ced,

turn

the

switc

h to

the

num

ber

2 or

cen

ter

posi

tion.

Inve

ry w

eak

sign

al a

reas

in w

hich

impu

lse

type

inte

rfer

ence

is e

xper

ienc

ed, t

urn

the

switc

h to

pos

ition

num

ber

3 or

ful

lycl

ockw

ise.

In th

is p

ositi

on, a

ll A

GC

is r

emov

ed a

nd th

e re

-ce

iver

will

ove

rloa

d if

the

inpu

t sig

nal e

xcee

ds 2

00 m

icro

volts

.H

owev

er, f

or s

igna

ls u

nder

200

mic

rovo

lts, t

his

posi

tion

of th

eA

GC

con

trol

sw

itch

give

s be

st n

oise

imm

unity

of

sync

.

V11

7

6AL5

1112

RA

TIO

RA

TIO

DE

T.

DE

TE

CT

OR

TR

AN

S.

C28

7

R18

910

00

+12

0V.

7

5192

221

0- iCI1

39.0

027

C -

1791

R21

3.0

15 1

22K

R27

910

0 0

8281

6000 02

815M

F

C17

7.0

047

R19

51.

5 M

EG

VO

LC

ON

TR

Aom

w.

12

34

v103

6AU6

3RD

. P1%

.I -

FC

110

AM

PS

.C

II727

027

0

94x.

0115

1500

RitS

R11

333

K"

22K

Cit.

*51

14

5000

,+

250V

.

1000

6Y

EL.

1104

AT

M. P

IX.

I -F

TR

AN

S.

00-

-

V54

43pi

a-_

-_ o

1.1.

270

.4c

L17.

436

mN

C19

5

1.01

4116

L1 o

2ISO

I050

0

JI03

PH

ON

O.

INP

UT

VIO

L

GC

B6

A.T

NI -

FA

MP

S

3C

178

2.0

1w

102

5 S

OO

K-

a 25

01II1

iR

194.

10

R19

61

ME

G27

KT

.

_C18

81.

0082

RI9

72.

5 M

EG

.T

ON

E

V11

8

6AV

61S

T A

UD

IOA

MP

L.

Cl2

SC

126

270

100

C12

41.

RIZ

' IC

127

C12

912

NW

T+

IBK

10.4

7 15

00T

BA

V.

C15

2_1_

.01

RI9

947

0K01

81

V10

5

P10

0 -F

RE

AR

VIE

W

V11

9

6K6-

GT

AU

DIO

OU

TP

UT 34

8 V

BU

J

360

VB

RIJ

08 G

RN

)."

C21

3CC

2 1

2C

T2O

MF

10 M

F

+12

0 V

.+

250V

1114

SO

UN

D T

AK

E -

OF

FT

RA

NS

.R

283

70K

6A L

. 528

0.0E

1 a

A-G

C R

EC

T

Y

0224

14

.011

.

FOC

US

MA

GN

ET

AD

JUST

ME

NT

. -T

he f

ocus

mag

net s

houl

dbe

adj

uste

d so

that

ther

e is

app

roxi

mat

ely

thre

e -e

ight

hs in

chof

spa

ce b

etw

een

the

rear

car

dboa

rd s

hell

of th

e yo

ke a

nd th

efl

at o

f th

e fr

ont f

ace

of th

e fo

cus

mag

net.

Thi

s sp

acin

g gi

ves

best

ave

rage

foc

us o

ver

the

face

of

the

tube

.T

he a

xis

of th

e ho

le th

roug

h th

e m

agne

t sho

uld

be p

aral

lel

with

the

axis

of

the

kine

scop

e ne

ck w

ith th

e ki

nesc

ope

neck

thro

ugh

the

cent

er o

f th

e op

enin

g.

CE

NT

ER

ING

AD

JUST

ME

NT

. --N

oel

ectr

ical

cent

erin

gco

n-tr

ols

are

prov

ided

. Cen

teri

ng is

acc

ompl

ishe

d by

mea

ns o

f a

sepa

rate

pla

te o

n th

e fo

cus

mag

net.

Som

e ce

nter

ing

plat

esin

clud

e a

lock

ing

scre

w w

hich

mus

t be

loos

ened

bef

ore

cen-

teri

ng, a

nd o

ther

s ar

e he

ld in

adj

ustm

ent b

y fr

ictio

n. U

p an

ddo

wn

adju

stm

ent o

f th

e pl

ate

mov

es th

e pi

ctur

esi

deto

sid

ean

d si

dew

ise

adju

stm

ent m

oves

the

pict

ure

up a

nd d

own.

If a

cor

ner

of th

e ra

ster

is s

hado

wed

, che

ck th

e po

sitio

n of

the

ion

trap

mag

net.

Rep

ositi

on th

e m

agne

t with

in th

e ra

nge

of m

axim

um r

aste

r br

ight

ness

to e

limin

ate

the

shad

ow a

ndre

cent

er th

e pi

ctur

e by

adj

ustm

ent o

f th

e fo

cus

mag

net p

late

.In

no

case

sho

uld

the

mag

net b

e ad

just

ed to

cau

se a

ny lo

ssof

bri

ghtn

ess

sinc

e su

ch o

pera

tion

may

cau

se im

med

iate

or

even

tual

dam

age

to th

e tu

be.

In s

ome

case

s it

may

be

nece

s-sa

ry to

shif

tth

e po

sitio

nof

the

focu

s m

agne

t in

orde

r to

elim

inat

e a

corn

er s

hado

w.

0.5

2C

125

I'°=

5125

5600

3

LID

S50

0 m

u 9

,841

A'4

R12

6C

l9m

,22

0.0

0 5

.0,7

0130

0220

1.0

022

100

2R

224

0

7.37

11.1

.10

0KR

i28

+5.

5V35

00P

19 C

ON

T

_-1E

-0-,

001

1500

,-4.

----

-4,-

-4.

DR

C27

67_

T-

C28

610

01-N

AA

A4-

-ff-

---

R27

6L1

0656

K0I

064.

3 M

C T

RA

P

Llos

12A

U7

YE

L- B

LN00

000

C27

547

34 M

LL M

.15

1 4

2N0

OR

t4,4

441

VID

EO

AM

PL. 5v

RI4

212

0 K

Vvv

?R

179

8190

-I-

C21

2068

0015

KI 5

MF

054

'C

I311

7 *I

IOV

47

+12

0V.

J105

R23

5R

222

3300

47K

+ 2

50 v

1:1

tSC

oC

o 0

;00

IDO

q In

CO

0. t

i 0 c

t a)

[AI

asct

I-4

Ca

Co

tab

1-1

W O

ICJ

~Oa0

)-aC

oWl-

JH)0

NI

a)C

Dca

t\D1-

3 ct

-0

VI

01

0 31

1-1

ctco

0' 1

-01

0 0

'ct

0mII

.A.W

1-!E

i11

2. 0

C

oco

O 0

)-a

0'

ctW

z 0.

Pdo

t-h

0,w

0mw

p..)

0m0

Na)

.1a

I-.

a)0:

4H

. 1-,

cl-

cta

I0-

0-

ra0

fA

ct0

ct c

tI

-I)

co

0.11

toop

I0

0 I-

4ct

0 co

R12

956

0K51

2722

0 #120

V.

0124

.50

1(

4

J 10

2-P

4P

INV

IEW

1SLU

4421

I

5.R

ED

L

1115

AU

DIO

OU

TP

UT

TR

AN

S

R21

847

0

4375

V

L107

4.5

MC

TR

AP

GX

N-Y

EL

0139

2700

LIO

N50

0* N

GR

N/W

NT

RI3

347

00

V 1

07

12A

U7

V.0 PM

SP

EA

KE

R

DC

RE

ST

OR

ER

8 S

YN

C. S

OP

.11

05C

190

120

14.1

.11

.004

751

0-88

131-

4-03

/Wo

0215

RZ

2039

0 82

0K

L116

SO

OA

4 H

GR

N/w

9T +

375

V

R22

1/1.

0191

56K

0022

R22

32

2o K

5 IO

GA

-G

-C

CO

NT

RO

L(3

PO

SIT

ION

)

811-

0>

> C

225

N

R23

310

0K

R23

4 R

t41

56K

471(

R13

422

014

A

5232

R23

1S 2

20K

220

K


RCAVICTORMODELS 21T176,

21T177, 21T178,Chassis Nos. KCS68C

The following measurements representthe picture synchronized and thecircuiting the receiver antenna terminals.chassis ground and with the receiver

Alignment information given forChassis KCS-66, preceding thissection, can be used as a guidein carrying out alignment onthe models described. Voltagechart which begins on this page,continues on the page after thedouble -page circuit diagram.

VOLTAGE CHARTconditions. In the first condition, a 5000 microvolt test pattern signal was fed into the receiver,

adjusted. The second condition was obtained by removing the antenna leads and shortshown are read with a type WV97A senior "VoltOhmyst" between the indicated terminal and117 volts. 60 cycles, a -c.

21T179

two sets ofAGC control properly

Voltagesoperating on

TubeNo.

TubeType Function

OperatingCondition

E. Plate E. Screen E. Cathode E. GridI

Plate(ma.)

IScreen(ma.)

Notes onMeasurementsPin

No. VoltsPinNo. Volts

PinNo. Volts

PinNo. Volts

VI 6X8 Mixer5000 Mu. V.

Signal 9 - 8 - 6 0 7 - - -No

Signal 9145 to

150 8145 to

150 6 0 7-2.8 to-3.5 - - Depending

on channel

VI 6X8R -FOscillator

5000 Mu. V.Signal 3 - - - 6 0 2 - -

NoSignal 3

88 to108 - - 6 0 2

-3.0 to-5.1 - Depending

on channel

V2 6BQ7R -FAmplifier

5000 Mu. V.Signal 6 - - - 8 - 7 - -

NoSignal 6

133 to138 - - 8 1.1 7 - - - Depending

on channel

V2 6BQ7R -FAmplifier

5000 Mu. V.Signal 1 - - - 3 - 2 - - -

NoSignal 1 260 - - 3

133 to138 2 - - - Depending

on channel

V101 6AU61st SoundI -F Amp.

5000 Mu. V.Signal 5 127 6 124 7 0.7 1 -0.4 6.0 3.0

NoSignal 5 126 6 123 7 0.5 1 -1.2 5.0 3.0

V102 6AU62d SoundI -F Amp.

5000 Mu. V.Signal 5 132 6 60 7 0.14 1 -10 2.8 1.2

NoSignal 5 131 6 65 7 0.14 1 -5 2.0 1.0

V103 6ALSRatioDetector

5000 Mu. V.Signal 7 1.0 - - 1 9.2 - - -

NoSignal 7 0 - - 1 8.0 - - -

V104 6AV61st AudioAmplifier

5000 Mu. V.Signal 7 90 - - 2 0 1 -0.7 0.45 At min.

volumeNo

Signal 7 86 - - 2 0 1 -0.7 0.45

V105 6AQ5AudioOutput

5000 Mu. V.Signal 5 350 6 360 2 150 7 116 30.0 2.0 At min.

volumeNoSignal 5 346 6 356 2 145 7 114 30.0 2.0

V106 6AU6lst Pix. I -FAmplifier

5000 Mu. V.Signal 5 180 6 230 7 0.15 1 -6.5 1.5 0.3

NoSignal 5 97 6 129 7 1.0 1 0 7.0 3.0

V107 6CB62nd Pix. I -FAmplifier

5000 Mu. V.Signal 5 236 6 233 2 0.1 1 -6.5 1.5 0.14

NoSignal 5 226 6 138 2 0.85 I 0 12.0 3.0

V108 6CB63d Pix. I -FAmplifier

5000 Mu. V.Signal 5 149 6 144 2 ' 0.9 1 0 11.0 3.0

139NoSignal 5 129 6 ,133 2 0.8 1 0 10.0 2.0


1110

MODELS 21T176, 21T177, 21T178, 21T179TO *HT MT T5.

300 .r1-BAL

ANT MATCHING UNIT

L60 1.59 L58-F 1-F F -MTRAP TRAP TRAP

015 - M PIA- MREAR REARVIEW VIEW RONT ANT. 18 111 2

VIEW TRANS

R- FUNIT

no10.

1000AA.

11500

3300 150

55 55I FRONT REAR 9

HZ 1713

03 o

155

3154 157

L42 L36 LOB 11500

143 105 59

144 L34 0330054145 Ls, L33 141 FRONT

132L53

53 -FRONT SO -REAR L49

270 -1.05*e

L2B L2629 L7S

L30 124

100K 100KV 52 -FRONT

1-4 6B0.7R -F AMPL 410K 1000

MA.I021.0V.

1511500.T 15001

L22 270,- 15001 82 1500T

.1145VI

330 rS5-80 6X 8To

52 -REAR OSC. AND MIXER

L10

LSI

186

LS LS

LI

1 L2

13

+1018.+To 5

- To- 2

2.1

L TX64 162

FINETUNING

100 K

CTHANO"YS. .

I027K LI

C

1_! 4

T1500

CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCHES VIEWEDFROM FRONT A50 SHOWN IN CHANNELNO. 2 (54 - GO MC.) POSITION.

COLOR CODES MOULDED PAPER CAPACITORSMULTIPLIER MULTIAGE*

DIGITS TOLERANCE DIGITS TOLERANCE

VOLTA GE VOLTAGERATING RATING

11111111OUTER EOM END OUTER FOIL END

(MAY SE ON EITHER END) (MAY BE ON EITHER END

DIGITS MULTIPLIER

VOLTAGE.4O,

TOLERANCE

ARROWPOINTSTO OUTERFOIL ENO

RMA COLOR CODE. FIXED MICA CAPACITORS

WHITE INDICATES AMA STDSLACK INDICATES JAN STD

A

WHITE INDICATES RNA IITOSLACK INDICATES JAN STD

DIGITS

DUALITY (:?----SMULTIPLIER TOLERANCE MULT'PUUTOLERANCEQUALITY

RNA FIXED MICA C.AOACITORS RATED AT SOOV. UNLESS MARKED OTNIERWISE

1

ti

IRA

rl27

33 K .0047.31113Y.

4700

4700 10004700 c-1

w.I4

4700T-11SW

01 1. 220K

50KA.G-C

CONTR

10 - 18 0HO R12.1

LOCKiN6r1 'so KRANGECONTR.

*13SV.

3.3 MEG

+373 V.

=

Chassis Nos. KCS68C

V101 V102

6AU61ST SOL/NO

F AMPL.

5 1260

SOUND I- FTRANS.

ru ' _Log Iv.

1000 15 T a 1147 z

- 1

Lc_ _ A

T°I "t4

2

?1000

.3134V

6 A U 62ND. SOUNDI- F PL

.01 T 68

FUNCTION SWITCHES VIEWEDFROM FRONT, AND SHOWN IN P05.I(MAK COUNTER -CLOCKWISE)

POS 1 -TO miN.NIGHS2 -TV NORMAL3 -TV MIN LOWS4 -1380NO. MIN. HIGHS3-P31000 NORMAL.6-PH0N0 MIN. LOWS.

V107

15= PIX 1-F 6AU6V106

1ST PIX 2ND. PIE. I -F 6 CB 6GRID TRANS 1,-5FT

AMPL.PLATE TRANS. GRID TRANS. 22ND.mFIXL.

E5 4.37

33KB

1001

4700 15 - 244

14100

47001

A JluL g_

too. r\ 10005-11-4- $2

4700

100 T4.700 4154V.

FAGC

V 111

6CB6A- G. CAMPL.

MEG.El 22 520 Y

+2 8V 82 = 150

V 112

6SN7-GTHOR. SYNC. AMPL.

,/50 K +373

NOR. HOLD

02K 68K

82 .047

0,1665N7- GTNOR.SwEEP 05c

AND CONTR.

+3738.

4 Nu

100 KTP101

v113

6SN7-GTSYNC

SEPARATOR

+ 720 + 00.5

220K El 22

NOR. OSC.TRANS.

14

14700

150K

1 MEG

.001

Geo K

5.6.022 T mEG

_ +3730

.001000

R-1- 1-4

.01

19

All resistance values in ohms.K = 1000.

+373V J.

56

10-160HORiZ

MEG DRIVECONTR.

_ _11-

.0015OK

Coil resistance values less than 1 ohmare not shown.

All capacitance values less than 1 in Direction of arrows at controls indi-MF and above 1 in MMF unless other- cates clockwise rotation.wise noted.

1/4 AMP

crLo--


RCAVICTORRATIO DET

TRANS.

1000

+138V

3RD. PIX. I -FTRANS.

s

6800D

rt1700I %loc.:,

L101

+2160.

V 1144

65N7-GTvEKT SYNC

AMPL °,

0103

GALSR AT 0

DETECTOR

47

5101-2FRONT

V108

6CB63RD. P1X.I -F AMPL.

1.5MEG

+1350

VII,6CD6-6NOR. SWEEPOUTPUT

1200

1000 39 K

SRIEC;',Lut"firilII

4TH. MX. I -FTRANS

4700 4700

10K 2200

.0047

1.5 MEG.MEGVOL

CONTR. 250K

6600 25oK

27 K

:0022 .015 I 22K

I008l

V109

6CB6Arm PiX.I -F AMPL

+154V +2160.

PHONOINPUT

v104 0105

6AV61ST. AUDIOAMPL.

470K

T .0027

11H270 T 7330K 330

SOUNDTAKE -OFFTRANS.

100

(-10114 IS 0115

+DEN.

6A0.5AUDIOOUTPUT

120 MF

+134V

TP102VII0

1.103

06AG7

72.411.11000 VIDEOORK RED AMPL.

a +130v

3300 -20V+107

ZOOKBRIGHTMSCONTR.

REARVIEW

10

PINVIEW

AUDIOOUTPUT TR1

21T176, 21T17721T178, 21T179

P -

SPEAKER

CHANNELINDIC. LAMP

SHELL® BRN

O JEWEL LAMPBRN® 13LK

S101-1+373 V.

FRONT

1.11645 MC

TRAPBLU-YEL

j000II

18 K +2100 +1350

ER

g J1Z

6SN7-GT- 39 6A0.5VERT SWEEPVERTICAL 0.1

OSC 4 DISCHVESTOLITSPWUTE"

OTURT,,PNUST

Z2K 0200 .01 YEL BLU+1760 , 41571/ i Bltr L -'ye, .2.72,°

tooI MEG. GRix: 68Kli ! .11

22 K 100210047-27V.

0.22I .0022 : " T.021

_i_

VERT. OSC 27 .022 ; RED eaK

22K TRANS. C'' r_W105-3.3MEG

R205 4I._ _ _ J

2 1 MEG.0003.1 10K 000 y a. 1 350., 10K

820K 10K .047 100 MEI 1500.../.VW

VERTICAL VERTICAL10 MEG, I PEAKING LINEARITY

2.5MEG CONTR.+3730 220 K5m,iE 150K

ONTRT2CI

I MEGVERT.HOLD

cc....4rR

L1154.7 MU -NVio-YEL

500110512.

LINEARITYCONTROL

vI18153-GTH -V RECT.

7

1000MEG.

3100. PULSE0119

Lu71.514111*1,04.6101

L118L5 NU -

MEW BEN-UI

YOKE- --t

V120 '..-: 150 r-,-: VERT. ColLSI REDA3-

7 6 I P -, 56 ' L110 I-109 100041

3 6W4 -6T 1 tz ..7.- =270 i1 YELDAMPERS L: 3 ii 10

_ 1 - -, ELK -RED

In some receivers, substitutions have All voltages measured with "Volt -

caused changes in component lead color Ohmyst" and with no signal input. Volt -codes, in electrolytic capacitor values ages should hold within ±20% withand their lug identification markings. 117 v. ac supply.

270 K

TERM.VIEW

740 GRN 2

+5300. RED m

Sic.- IREAR

L11400 mu.

T YE I.

GLASS

v121 METAL

21AP4K INESCOPE

373V +245V..218V +15461 +135V. +134V

10K 7000

25 pART mF.

35 MF

lin I2n0101

047 .0.11.LE-T--° lisv..

(J.

141

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONVOLTAGE CHART (Continued) 21T176, 21T177RCA Victor

21T178. 21T179

Tube Tube OperatingE. Plate E. Screen E. Cathode E. Grid

I I Notes onNo.

---Type Function Condition Pin

No. VoltsPinNo. Volts

PinNo.

PinVolts No. Volts

Plate(ma.)

Screen Measurements(ma.)

V1094th Piz. I -F

6CB6 Amplifier5000 Mu. V.

Signal 5 178 6 163 2 2.2 1 0 8.9 2.1

NoSignal 5 165 6 150 2 2.0 1 0 7.9 2.1

V110Video

6AG7 Amplifier5000 Mu. V.

Signal 8 130 6 172 S. 1.2 4 -5.0 22.5 5.5No

Signal 8 130 6 107 5 0.8 4 -2.0 15.0 4.0

V111 6CB6AGCAmplifier

6600 Mu. V.Signal 5 -27 6 238 2 152 1 155 0.1 3.4

AGC controlset for

NoSignal 5 4.5 6 218 2 135 1 118 0 0

normaloperation

V112 6SN7GTHor. SyncAmplifier

5000 Mu. V.Signal 2 152 - - 3 0.9 1 -44 1.1

NoSignal 2 135 - - 3 0.4 1 -30 0.5 -

5000 Mu. V.Signal 5 86 - - 6 0 4 -2.0 5.5 -

NoSignal 5 80 - - 6 0 4 -1.8 4.6 -

V113 6SN7GTHor. SyncSeparator

5000 Mu. V.Signal 2 374 - - 3 216 1 155 1.2 -

NoSignal 2 372 - - 3 155 1 134 0.8 -

V113 6SN7GTVert. SyncSeparator

5000 Mu. V.Signal 5 345 - - 6 205 4 135 <0.1 -

NoSignal 5 340 - - 6 160 4 130 <0.1 -

V114A 6SN7GTVert. SyncAmplifier

5000 Mu. V.Signal 5 7.0 - - 6 0 4 -0.2 0.6 -

NoSignal 5 7.0 - - 6 0 4 0 0.5

V114B 6SN7GTVerticalOscillator

5000 Mu. V.Signal 2 176 - - 3 0 1 -27 0.2 -

NoSignal 2 176 - - 3 0 1 -27 0.2

V115 6AQ5VerticalOutput

5000 Mu. V.Signal 5 359 6 359 2 30 1 0 17.3 1.2

NoSignal 5 357 6 357 2 29 1 0 . 17.3 1.2

V116 6SN7GTHorizontalOsc. Control

NoSignal 2 188 - - 3 -24 1 -42 0.37 -

5000 Mu. V.Signal 2 145 - - 3 -18 1 -42 0.4 - Hor. hold coun-

ter -clockwise5000 Mu. V.

Signal 2 230 - - 3 -18 1 -42 0.4 - Hor. holdclockwise

V116 6SN7GTHorizontalOscillator

5000 Mu. V.Signals 5 258 - - 6 0 4 -91 2.0 -

V117 6CD6GHorizontalOutput

5000 Mu. V.Signal li- Cap * 8 165 3 12.5 5 -30 110 15.0 *High

Voltage

V1181B3GT/8016

H. V.Rectifier

5000 Mu. V.Signal * Cap " - - 2 & 7 16,000 - - 0.2 - Pulse

PresentV119V120

-6W4GT Dampers

5000 Mu. V.Signal 14

-5 355 - - 3 * - - 57 -

V121 21AP4 Kinescope5000 Mu. V.

Signal Cone 16,000 10 555 11 140 2 82 0.2 - At averageNo

Signal Cone 16,400 10 550 11 132 2 76 0.2 - Brightness

V122V123 5U4G Rectifiers

5000 Mu. V.Signal 4 & 6 388 - - 2 & 8 389 - - '139 - Per

NoSignal. 4 & 6 386 - - 2.58 387 7, - '145 - Tube

142-is833113 voltage values are obtained under "No Signal" condition.


Chassis 20AY21, used in Models C -2001A, C-2002A, RC -2005A, and C -2006A,is covered by the circuit on the next two pages. Models M -2007A and

M -2008A use this chassis with the 12AT7 video amplifier tube changedto 6AB4, code numbered 124115 and up. Some of these sets have a dif-ferent type of L-19 and 1-26 coils.

The following changes went into effect in the process of production.

1. Resistor R79 was changed to 1000 ohms to increasevertical scan reserve. This change was incorporated inchassis stamped with RMA date code numbers 124106and up.

2. Resistor R87 was changed to 1 megohm to balancethe AFC output at no signal. This change was incor-porated in chassis stamped 124107 and up.

3. Resistor R47 was changed to 22K ohms to accom-modate picture tubes requiring greater cut-off bias.

ON OFFSWITCH

8

I2AT75T VIDEO AMP

23

6V6/GT2 HD VIDEO AMP

10

6AU6A G.0 AMP

11

6AU6SOUND F AMP

13

6V6/GTAUDIO OUTPUT

12

6AL5AUDIO DET

236AU6AUDIO AMP

21

IB3/GTHIGH VOLTAGE

RECTIFIERION TOP OF CHASSIS)

PICTURECONTROL

R 32

KOMI HOLDL23

Bottom View of Chassis

VOLUMER61

VIDEO TRAP

Tv - PHONOWITCH

pu050TiPu T

7

6AL5D C RESTORERAND DETECTOR

BRIGHTNESSR 46

6AU6

16

0 6AL5

20

6W4/GTDAMPER

This was incorporated in chassis stamped 124108 and up.

4. Resistors R73 and R76 were changed to 18K ohmsand 390K ohms to center the range of the vertical holdcontrol. This was incorporated in chassis stamped 124110and up.

5. Capacitor C142 (.05 mfd x 200 volts) was changedto .05 mfd x 400 volts, to prevent breakdown in the field.This change was incorporated in chassis stamped 124110and up.

TONE

p6

11300

5

6AU6

18

6E106

VENT HOLDR 74

46AU6

74vERT OUTPUT

TRANS

PULSE AMP

19

6606PULSE AMP

3

6AU6I ST I F

1.9vERT 05C

TRANS

FILTER CHOKE

ERJ SIZER70

vERT LINR80

TUNERCHASSIS

77POWERTRANS.

L25FILTERCHORE

225U4/GT

14

6SN7,,,, 05G

AND BUFFER

15

6V6/GTVERT OUTPUT

ANTENNAINPUT

LOH VOLTAGE RECT 143

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRaytheon Television Chassis 2QAY21

TUNER WIRE TERMINALS

NOTES

vOLTAVE RE7845 742N WITH 20. 000 048 PER VOLTvOLTAICTER OCT=EN POINTS SHOWN AND CHASSIS

NORMAL OPE0471011, NO 387481. INPUT.LINE VOLTAGE 117 V AC

ra17.71411.7. 22001 OHM RES15200 IN SEMIS

CARAWOR VALUES SHOWN Mk0A° UNLESS02RERwil

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM No. 2

130*Pow

037

144

CAS

TUNER CHASSIS

C 11

C16

1,2j CAS

.0 tTUMOR DRAAnR

MIN

C30241.

U-COO C/2

21

TUNER A. G.0 LINE

1.0

Rro

CPL

CES R M3

* I

R34ION

IN urVIDEO AMPLIFIER

80

116

4200

0352200

100

L33

1R1177700

0I2AT7

of VOCO AMP.

,6V

@6 /GT

PI 1DEO AMP

119

120Rile5600

R120150

C58 tR440

R 32

IPcTunT I

C122

C

- 1

L2I

L.e,2 /55

R 45

Ci03

P42

Ro

6SN7

LPTNE .1C71

51I-.

005

O

Inc ARP]

889

R44oa

C11'

aro°

0123

6A16CA7-ts1Pre1

050 1.

C70

0,01oo

P77'

C90

T

6SN7

Ro72o.

LR Be

2.6V6/GTLi2RT Ov7PLA

R52co.

CI47

III

0O

00

T9

>70

o

CIS iItt!

R 76&NA008

82

nNvn

7,7

C116

74 I00

R73ION

R78a,a.a

117;3

R 70MEGiiiv

.1. 350Y

1- 350r ArJ

8114

PTo

1531

R80

C152

PS356

AUTO.FREO.

CONTROL .82EAR]9C99

reo

: o 11 31:1 "I

6A5014 , aka I

II*

G R 4ME

057

0142

R141106

883 0125bro =

0

0012

084

P05"mck

HORIZONTALDEFLECTION

L23

C10220

R07

1011.

0CIOS

21

RS,91

0

00

II-

CO960- 460

OM

6SN7wwTI

V

C

C41

097580v

R99co,

C156

7

VERT/CALDEFLECTION

Alignment facts on the next page.

CE2L2On0o. ORESOCKET AND Pt=

0128

0157


riLIO II

C 6AU6C35SOCO

C34

46.0 LINE

t /55rt R IXr /5 ANO I/ MAY Of

Lrrl,r1 LrEirL NS P CNOKE

C 39

L12

10.0 6AU6

czq

C74WOO

IIC67

R107

rj174.:2-449

Rp6311

C 56

C155

11---11"

1153R 111,7g,

06W4r WM, 1

61306

0154RII2

1$ 11'.1ANN 1--1

0106 C104 73,4.4

Iso

L 26 .=1.

RIO5

1

0bz

0I B3

HIGH VOLTAGE

L2.

20AY21 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM455

MOO

C43 CM

1103 1U, ,4.,_,.D

1." 6AU6 ic...--,,-..77 .

T

9.2 1

R27 i.4a>

/2 41426 C50...C47

T

T-V?1:131

/. F. AMPLIFIER

-T-

1 016

6AU6Is...wit .1.1

31

9

.510

C77

R60

1,4 al. MOO

rirClrf-Mrrrr094-B

430 -t41771

10

Choke coils are connected in series with the 155 volt B+ leadsin the I.F. Amplifier strip between R-15 and R-19 and be-tween R-19 and R -2a (Part No. A -16A-18676).

6AL5143,0

2Ss

6AU6

3000L 32

06V6/GT4YM10 94TINrr

62 C145I

I

Jr

+ 350 r

0. 6AI-5

SOUND STRIP

1094 G

Rya

+ 350 r

EARLY PRODUCTION RUNReferring to the schematic, the following componentsdiffer: Capacitor C-106 and resistors R-105 and R-124are not incorporated. Capacitor C-104 is .03 mfd andis wired across the entire linearity coil (L-26), C-110 is68 mmf, C-111 is 680 mmf and C-157 is 1000 mmf. TheH. V. Deflection transformer (T-6) is C-201-19874 andthe H. Linearity coil (L-26) is B-1 3M-1 9499 with the 10ohm resistor shorted out and a A -51A-16945 iron coreused.

L IS

22

5U4R

C61 A

M TUBE FILAMENTS

ANS MO'C'ATPE"111:

y

sxxxl,R104 IN470ff

145


14

Raytheon Television Chassis 20AY21 Alignment (Continued)

PRE -ALIGNMENT PRECAUTIONS ohm resistor in series with hot scope lead.1. If sweep generator does not have a balanced output, connect a 150 3. Connect signal generator thru a 1000 mmf capacitor.

ohm resistor in series with the ground lead and 150 ohms minus the 4. Set Picture control to maximum.internal resistance of the generator in series with the hot lead. 5. When aligning the I.F. Amplifier be sure the tuner is tuned to a

2. Connect a 1000 mmf capacitor across scope terminals and a 10K high band channel (any channel).

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT

StepNo.

SignalGenerator

Freq. (mc.)

SweepGenerator

Freq. (mc.)

SignalInputPoint

OutputPoint

Adjust Remarks Response

1 26.25Converter

GridVTVM at pin7 of tube 8

L-111-13


MaximumReading

2 23.9Converter


L-12L-14


MaximumReading

3 25.1Converter

GridVTVM at pin7 of tube 8 T-1


MaximumReading

4 25.5Converter


SENSITIVITYGenerator output should beless than 150 microvolts

(If not, repeat alignment)

1 volt VTVMReading

(above noise)

26.7523.65

25.0 ConverterGrid


Ti for properratio as in #6

below

SELECTIVITYMarker should be as

in responsecolumn. (If not, repeat

alignment).

I

. - nr,

6

Connect scope and sweep generator as in step 5 and VTVM as in step 4. Adjust marker generator until markerreaches shoulder. Record marker frequency (F-1) and VTVM reading (V-1). Keeping generator output constant,adjust marker generator until marker reaches other shoulder. Record marker frequency (F-2) and VTVM reading(V-2). The response curve should be flat from shoulder to shoulder and V-1 should equal V-2. The difference be-tween F-1 and F-2 should be 1.9 Mc. If not repeat steps 1 to 5.

7 Channels 2-46-7-10-12

AntennaTerminals


Check channelsfor band width

(2.9 mc to 3.3 mc)- -

Picture I.F. frequency 26.75 mc - Sound I.F. frequency 22.25 mc.

SOUND I -F ALIGNMENTShort antenna to ground and connect generator thru a 1000 mmf capacitor.

1 4.5Pin 1 ofTube 11

VTVM junc-tion of R-58

and C-88

T-8 andT-2 primary

(bottom of can)

MaximumReading

2 4.5Pin 1 ofTube 11

Scope junc-lion of R-58

and C-88

T-2secondary(top of can)

Sweep approx.±100 kc. Adjustfor max. linearity

3 4.5 Pin 1 ofTube 11

Scope junc-tion of R-58

and C-88

T-2primary

(bottom of can)

Sweep approx.±-100 kc. Adjust

for symmetry of peaks

44.5 Pin 1 of

Tube 11

VTVM acrossspeaker voice

coil

Generator output shouldbe less than .025 volts withSweep of ± 25 KC andsweep freq. of 400 cycles

rox.Appvolts1.25


Sentin

MODELS 438, 439, 440, 441, 443, 444, W-438, IU-439, IU-440, IU-441,IU-443, IU-444

WHEN REPLACING PICTURE TUBE ALWAYS HAVE FACE OF TUBE TIGHT AGAINST RUBBER STOPS

VERTICAL ANDHORIZONTAL CENTERING

IMPORTANT: THE HORIZONTAL HOLD CONTROL SHOULDNEVER BE USED TO CENTER PICTURE. THE HORIZONTALHOLD SHOULD BE SET PROPERLY BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH THE FOLLOWING CENTERING ADJUSTMENTS. SEEPAGES 4 AND 5 FOR HORIZONTAL HOLD INSTRUCTIONS.IF pattern is too high or low and/or too far to right orleft on the screen and CANNOT be properly centeredwith the HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL CENTERING CON-TROLS-

I. Adjust the HEX STUD on the FOCUS MAGNET with anon-magnetic tool or a special adjustment fool, P-1004, ina circular motion until centering is within range of the twocentering controls.

2. Additional centering can be obtained by moving the com-plete FOCUS MAGNET ASSEMBLY to bring the center-ing to within range of the two centering controls. Loosenthe two wing nuts "D'' and move the complete FOCUSMAGNET ASSEMBLY so that centering is within range ofthe two centering controls. Leave at least a 1/16 of aninch between neck of tube and Focus Magnet, otherwise,damage to the tube may occur

NOTE: Some models have a FOCUS MAGNET equippedwith a non-magnetic adjustment shaft for centering, andan extended non-magnetic shaft for focusing. The sameprocedure should be used as listed above, except for theuse of the magnetic tool.

ELIMINATING SEMI -CIRCULAR CORNERSHADOW OF PATTERN OR PICTUREI. Use same procedure as listed above on Horizontal and

Vertical Centering.

2. Adjust ION TRAP for MAXIMUM BRIGHTNESS.

CAUTION! DO NOT USE ION TRAP TO ELIMINATE COR-NER SHADOW OF PATTERN IF BY SO DOING THE IN-TENSITY OF RASTER IS DECREASED.

IF NECESSARY after completing the above procedures,recenfer pattern with the centering controls. DO NOTUSE THE HORIZONTAL HOLD CONTROL TO CENTERPICTURE.

PICTURE TUBE GROUNDSPRING MUST TOUCHOUTSIDE COATING OF

TUBE

REPOSITIONING LOOSEOR REPLACED PICTURE TUBE

This rubber gasket around edge of Deflection Yokemounting bracket supports the picture tube. It shouldalways be pressing very firmly against the bell of thetube, otherwise the picture tube may move andcause corner shadow or shifting of pattern on screen.

To position loosen the Deflection Yoke mountingscrew "A" and 2 wing nuts "V and the 4 Phillipsscrews "C". Pusf the complete Bracket Assemblyforward so that the rubber gasket fits snugly aroundbell of picture tube. Tighten the 4 Phillips screws ''C"firmly. IF the foregoing procedures have been fol-lowed correctly the picture tube should now be heldfirmly in place. Gently push the deflection yoke for-ward and tighten the 2 wing nuts "B". Before tighten.ing screw "A" make sure that pattern is not tilted.

STRAIGHTENINGTILTED PATTERN

If Pattern is tilted on screen, adjust De-flection Yoke position by-

I. Loosen yoke -locking screw (A).

2. Straighten pattern on screen by slid-ing locking screw to right or left.

3. Lock yoke in proper position by firm-ly tightening screw.

FOCUS CONTROLAdjust for sharpest definition witha brass, copper or non-magneticscrewdriver.

ION TRAP ASSEMBLYMaximum brightness will be determined by the position of the IONTRAP ASSEMBLY:

I. Advance BRIGHTNESS CONTROL on front of chassis to maximumbrightness position.

2. Adjust the ION TRAP ASSEMBLY for maximum brightness by slidingback and forth and rotating to right or left.

3. Reduce BRIGHTNESS with BRIGHTNESS CONTROL and repeat ad-justment of ION TRAP for best positioning.

147

Sentinel Models 438, 439, 440, 441, 443, 444 (and with prefix III-), continued.

SIG

NA

L G

EN

ER

AT

OR

sup

plyi

ng 4

.5M

.C.

(with

inS

WE

EP

GE

NE

RA

TO

R c

apab

le o

fco

verin

g 20

to 3

0.2

57 )

, 20

to 3

0 M

.C. a

nd 5

0 to

216

M.C

. (w

ithin

I%)

M.C

. and

50

to 2

16 M

.C. w

ith a

10

M.C

.sw

eep.

equi

pmen

t:si

gna°

Is.

MO

DU

LAT

OR

TU

BE

AD

AP

TE

R (

Par

t No.

AD

6AG

5)3

VO

LT "

A"

BA

TT

ER

Y to

pro

vide

fixe

d bi

as d

urin

gT

UB

E V

OLT

ME

TE

R h

avin

g a

5 vo

lt an

d a

10us

ing

11/2

vol

t bat

tery

as

show

n in

Fig

ure

7.vi

deo

I.F. a

lignm

ent.

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

AN

D S

OU

ND

I -F

ALI

GN

ME

NT

O Cl) q 0 1-3 Li Z s Z tri

tri el tri

ef INI

11)

in b) I LI Li °G NI

FA 12 ge...

.

gal

PS N 4 D

NS

es Iml

N Cli III N lis eh.

Cur A pill q 11.1 0 z

411

fri equ

ired

VA

CU

UM

volt

rang

e.

Ste

pN

o.C

onne

ct S

igna

lG

ener

ator

toS

igna

l Gen

.F

req.

MC

Con

nect

Sw

eep

Gen

erat

or to

Sw

eep

Gen

.F

req.

MC

Con

nect

Osc

illos

cope

toC

onne

ctV

oltm

eter

toM

isce

llC

onne

ctio

nsan

d In

stru

ctio

nsA

djus

tI

In s

erie

s w

ith .0

1 M

fd.

Con

d. to

Grid

, Pin

I

of V

ideo

Am

plifi

er.

See

Fig

. 2

4.5

Not

use

dN

ot u

sed

Not

use

dIn

ser

ies

with

47K

Ohm

Res

isto

r an

d A

cros

s th

e10

MF

D. C

ond.

C-2

8.S

ee F

ig. 2

Met

er o

n 5

volt

scal

e an

dm

aint

ain

3 vo

lt re

adin

gT

-7 (

top)

and

T-8

(bo

t-to

rn)

for

max

. on

met

er.

See

Fig

s.1

and

2

2In

ser

ies

with

.01

Mfd

.C

ond.

to G

rid, P

in1

of V

ideo

Am

plifi

er.

See

Fig

. 2

4.5

Not

use

dN

ot u

sed

Not

use

dIn

serie

s w

ith 4

7K O

hmR

esis

tor

Con

nect

to J

unc-

Lion

of39

Kan

d.0

02M

FD

. Con

d. C

-42.

See

Fig

. 2

Met

er o

n 10

vol

t sca

leT

-8 (

top)

for

zero

on

met

er. S

ee F

ig.

I

NO

TE

I:F

or m

inim

um b

uzz

alw

ays

adju

st 1

-8 a

djus

tmen

t scr

ew w

ith th

e so

und

carr

ier

of a

TV

sta

tion.

PIC

TU

RE

I -F

ALI

GN

ME

NT

Ste

pN

o.C

onne

ct S

igna

lG

ener

ator

toS

igna

l Gen

.F

req.

MC

Con

nect

Sw

eep

Gen

erat

or to

Sw

eep

Gen

.C

hann

elC

onne

ctO

scill

osco

pe to

Con

nect

Vol

tmet

er to

Mis

cell

s C

onne

ctio

nsan

d In

stru

ctio

nsA

djus

t3

Ada

pter

and

con

nect

adap

ter

to p

in #

1 on

Mod

. Tub

e. S

ee F

ig. 7

25.3

Not

use

dN

ot u

sed

Not

use

dIn

ser

ies

with

47K

Ohm

Res

isto

r an

d A

cros

s R

-57,

a56

00 O

hmR

esis

tor.

See

Fig

. 2.

Con

nect

a 3

vol

t bat

tery

. pos

i-tiv

e si

de to

gro

und,

acr

oss

C-5

6.M

eter

on

5 vo

lt sc

ale

and

mai

n -

tain

I vol

t rea

ding

.

T-6

for

max

imum

read

ing.

See

Fig

.1

4A

dapt

er a

nd c

onne

ctad

apte

r to

pin

#1

onM

od. T

ube.

See

Fig

. 7

22.9

Not

use

dN

ot u

sed

Not

use

dIn

serie

s w

ith 4

7K O

hmR

esis

tor

and

Acr

oss

R-5

7,a

5600

Ohm

Res

isto

r.S

ee F

ig. 2

.

Con

nect

a 3

vol

t bat

tery

, pos

i-tiv

e si

de to

gro

und,

acr

oss

C-5

6.M

eter

on

5 vo

lt sc

ale

and

mai

n-fa

inI

volt

read

ing.

T-5

for

max

imum

read

ing.

See

Fig

.I

5A

dapt

er a

ndco

nnec

tad

apte

r to

pin

#1

onM

od. T

ube.

See

Fig

. 7

25.5

Not

use

dN

ot u

sed

Not

use

dIn

ser

ies

with

47K

Ohm

Res

isto

r an

d A

cros

s R

-57,

a56

00 O

hmR

esis

tor.

See

Fig

. 2.

Con

nect

a 3

vol

t bat

tery

, pos

i-fiv

e si

de to

gro

und,

acr

oss

C-5

6.M

eter

on

5 vo

lt sc

ale

and

mai

n -

fain

Ivo

lt re

adin

g.

T-4

for

max

imum

read

ing.

See

Fig

.I

6A

dapt

er a

ndco

nnec

tad

apte

r to

pin

#1

onM

od. T

ube.

See

Fig

. 7

22.9

Not

use

dN

ot u

sed

Not

use

dIn

serie

s w

ith 4

7K O

hmR

esis

tor

and

Acr

oss

R-5

7,a

5600

Ohm

Res

isto

r.S

ee F

ig. 2

.

Con

nect

a 3

vol

t bat

tery

, pos

i-fiv

e si

de to

gro

und,

acr

oss

C-5

6.M

eter

on

5 vc

It sc

ale

and

mai

n -

tam

Ivo

lt re

adin

g.

T-3

for

max

imum

read

ing.

See

Fig

.I

7A

dapt

er a

nd c

onne

ctad

apte

r to

pin

#1

onM

od. T

ube.

See

Fig

. 7

24.1

Not

use

dN

ot u

sed

Not

use

dIn

ser

ies

with

47K

Ohm

Res

isto

r an

d A

cros

s R

-57,

a56

00 O

hmR

esis

tor.

See

Fig

. 2.

Con

nect

a 3

vol

t bat

tery

, pos

i-tiv

e si

de to

gro

und,

acr

oss

C-5

6.M

eter

on

5 vo

lt sc

ale

and

mai

n-ta

inI

volt

read

ing.

T-2

for

max

imum

read

ing.

See

Fig

.I

NO

TE

2:

For

vis

ual c

heck

of I

.F. c

urve

(se

e fig

. 6)

conn

ect S

wee

p G

ener

ator

to a

dapt

er a

nd O

sc

PIC

TU

RE

R -

F O

SC

ILLA

TO

R A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

Ilosc

ope

acro

ss R

-57.

- V

ISU

AL

Ste

pN

o.C

t Sig

nal

Gto

r to

Sig

nal G

en.

Fre

q. M

CC

onne

ct S

wee

pG

ener

ator

toS

wee

p G

en.

Cha

nnel

Con

nect

Osc

illos

cope

toC

tV

oltm

eter

toM

isca

lls

Con

nect

ions

and

Inst

ruct

ions

Adj

ust

8Lo

osel

y co

uple

toS

wee

p G

en. l

eads

55.2

5 se

efig

. 430

0 oh

m a

nt.

term

inal

s2

Acr

oss

R-5

7 di

ode

load

. See

Fig

. 2N

ot u

sed

Cha

nnel

sw

itch

on c

hann

el 2

Adj

ust S

ig. G

en. o

utpu

t for

min

. dis

tort

ion

of s

wee

pcu

rve

#2 tr

imm

er (

fig. 3

) so

that

mar

ker

pip

is 6

DB

(50%

)dow

n fr

om to

p of

curv

e. S

ee F

ig. 5

9Lo

osel

y co

uple

toS

wee

p G

en. l

eads

59.7

5 se

efig

. 430

0 oh

m a

nt.

term

inal

s2

Acr

oss

R-5

7 di

ode

load

. See

Fig

. 2N

ot u

sed

Che

ck p

ip. S

houl

d be

26D

B(9

5%)

dow

n on

opp

osite

side

of c

urve

. See

Fig

. 5

Rep

eat s

teps

4 a

nd 6

if pi

p po

sitio

n is

not

corr

ect.

10R

epea

t Ste

ps 8

and

9 to

Alig

n C

hann

els

3 to

13

Usi

ng C

orre

ct F

requ

ency

Fig

. 4)

and

Osc

illat

or T

rimm

er fo

r E

ach

Cha

nnel

Bei

ng A

ligne

d

NO

TE

3: T

his

trim

mer

(se

e fig

. 3)

is to

be

used

onl

y in

cas

e th

ere

is n

ot e

noug

h ra

nge

toos

cilla

tor

scre

w fr

om c

hann

els

7 to

13.

If th

is s

crew

is to

uche

d, th

en a

ll ch

anne

ls

7 to

13

will

hav

e to

be

rech

ecke

d.If

insu

ffici

ent r

ange

is s

till e

ncou

nter

ed, p

roce

ed a

s ou

tline

d in

Not

e 4.

NO

TE

4: O

scill

ator

Pad

der

adju

stm

ent s

crew

(se

e fig

. 3)

shou

ld b

e us

ed w

hen

ther

e is

not

eno

ugh

rang

eto

any

one

osc

illat

or tr

imm

er.

Adj

ustin

g th

e P

adde

r w

ill

nece

ssita

teth

e re

alig

nmen

t of a

ll th

e O

scill

ator

Trim

mer

s.

Ste

pN

o. II 12 w

PIC

TU

RE

R -

F O

SC

ILLA

TO

R A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

- A

LTE

RN

AT

E (

US

ING

T.V

. ST

AT

ION

TE

ST

PA

TT

ER

N)

Con

nect

Sig

nal

Gen

erat

or to

Not

use

d

Sig

nal G

en. C

onne

ct S

wee

pF

req.

MC

Gen

erat

or to

Not

use

d

Sw

eep

Gen

.F

req.

MC

Con

nect

Osc

illos

cope

toC

t

Vol

tmet

er to

Mis

cell

s C

onne

ctio

nsan

d In

stru

ctio

nsA

djus

t

Not

use

dN

ot u

sed

RE

PE

AT

ST

EP

9 F

OR

AN

Y O

TH

ER

CH

AN

NE

LS N

EE

DIN

G A

LIG

NM

EN

T

TR

IMM

ER

LO

CA

TIO

N A

ND

ALI

GN

ME

NT

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N P

OIN

TS

FIG

:

S44

OC

T{

ofe.

'w

e0

0

0001

.0.4

"011

'mow

. AN

. llll

l Witt

r.O

lt 1.

0t4T

ell &

FOY

. Sao

/at

SoO

oll

Kt S

UP

NO

S lit

lt

O 0

04.0

. Pt l

ot to

sule

t.M

unn.

toile

.T

ot

0/14

1110

11,

110,

WH

O

FIG

3

FR

ING

E A

RE

A A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

4010

WIN

O41

.141

01"

ICE

MS

t t-0

41.4

ell

fot 1

.044

1.44

4144

141,

0444

4114

1 O

lt. C

OI

4WD

CO

NI:

=Z

4.0

I. O

. GM

/oat

°

O w

t. lO

PG11

01."

ft1_

It 0

01.1

, rr

acne

.. M

OO

CO

0.44

)100

. 12,

WO

W "

0 1.

11 4

14,4

11,1

,4

rr:1

14;;,

T.4

',Pe

eR

elat

tly10

10 O

at 1

00 4

40.0

1.41

1(0

4.14

FIG

2

TU

RN

Rec

eive

r C

hann

el S

elec

tor

Switc

h to

Cha

nnel

on

whi

chT

V s

tatio

n is

tran

smitt

ing.

AD

JUST

CO

NT

RA

ST C

ON

TR

OL

TO

MA

XIM

UM

con

tras

tpo

sitio

n.T

UR

N T

HE

PR

OPE

RO

SCIL

LA

TO

R T

RIM

ME

R A

DJU

STM

EN

T S

CR

EW

CO

UN

TE

R C

LO

CK

WIS

E T

O T

HE

PO

INT

WH

ER

E B

EST

PIC

TU

RE

IS

OB

TA

INE

D W

ITH

SA

TIS

FAC

TO

RY

SO

UN

D.

Tur

n ch

anne

l sw

itch

toch

anne

l nee

ding

alig

nmen

t

004

r0l0

414

44.4

.1 S

t f S

SSSS

'0 "

(.0

1004

./ rO

kr 4

41r

tter

405,

lrf

$104

."I

I 40

0.10

rot .

0 lio

cor

msc

,.

SO

UN

D P

IP30

DB

9D

OW

N

PIC

TU

RE

OV

ER

ALL

RE

SP

ON

SE

CU

RV

EW

ITH

PIC

TU

RE

AN

D S

OU

ND

CA

RR

IER

MA

RK

ER

PIP

S.

Pro

per

osc.

trim

mer

clo

ckw

ise

until

soun

dba

rs a

ppea

r on

patte

rn; t

hen

back

-of

f trim

mer

until

sou

nd b

ars

disa

ppea

r an

dbe

stre

solu

tion

isob

tain

ed.

See

Fig

. 3.

ALI

GN

ME

NT

CU

RV

ES

PIC

TU

RE

PIP

5DB

44%

DO

WN F

IG. 5

PIC

TU

RE

PIP

25.7

5 M

C

SO

UN

D P

IP21

.25

MC

PIC

TU

RE

I. F

. RE

SP

ON

SE

CU

RV

EW

ITH

PIC

TU

RE

AN

D S

OU

ND

CA

RR

IER

MA

RK

ER

PIP

S. FIG

. 6

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T F

OR

ST

AT

ION

BU

ZZ

IF S

TA

TIO

N B

UZ

Zis

exc

essi

ve a

nd is

NO

T D

UE

to "

Con

-tr

ast"

con

trol

bei

ng to

o fa

r ad

vanc

ed in

clo

ckw

ise

dire

ctio

n,ad

just

Dis

crim

inat

or S

econ

dary

adj

ustm

ent s

crew

for

MIN

I-M

UM

buz

z. M

AK

E S

UR

E T

HA

TT

HIS

PO

SIT

ION

IS B

E-

TW

EE

Nth

e tw

o M

AX

IMU

M b

uzz

peak

s th

at w

ill b

e no

ticed

whe

n ad

just

ing

scre

w is

turn

ed to

the

righ

t and

left

of

the

MIN

IMU

M b

uzz

posi

tion.

Thi

s sc

rew

is lo

cate

d on

top

of th

eD

iscr

imin

ator

Coi

l Shi

eld

Can

whi

ch is

mou

nted

bet

wee

n 6A

L5

Soun

d D

etec

tcr

tube

and

6A

U6

Soun

d I.

F. A

mpl

ifie

r tu

be.


SENTINEL RADIO CORPORATION EVANSTON, ILLINOIS

1O

4,

I

N.60

3

00 worr

L <

6AU61ST I T 11.0. .00 NNr

r

ij

8

G18

6AU6180 r 6.6

6AU6100 our .0 r or.

.3

t65 V

6AU641, I IPP

6A150E7 cc

4

C.16

4

r s

1:

3344

CD

12AU7v..0 SE

D r 7.E570,9

418711_

1SOV

6AL517141.5E DE

7aT

R-66 t.

.63

INN

0047 or

If60

Top."

6SN7GTKR.z osc ddd

L500lour

.\

KATT NOLODOD00-8-

T.'

047 Pr

39400075

T VEG.,

" - A- -- -A- C 89

0.7 Nr

0711INE OA II

s

6W4GT

.47 or,

Ct8

2k0.00p.r. 56004

Sentin150

6BL7e-.00

- -


6GB6910e0

av1_

MODELS 438, 439, 440, 441, 443, 444, IU-438, IU-439, IU-440, IU-441,IU-443, IU-444

64U690040 if

64L5A07101.4.,

.19.00C, Ou "-MAW.2

r------10 Yr I i0

n-s

O 00000

TO Gfolf..1DNifff

6W4GT

6AV6AUDIO DRIVER

6W4GTkccT

6K6GTAUDIO OUTPUT

POR[01 TRANS

-

SOCKET FOR COLOR ADAPTERROSTON viS

Please note that Models 111-438, IS -439. ru-440,IU-444, marked with "SERIES XD" ink stamped on

the chassis are similar to, but different in many res-pects to the models here described. Those marked 2101Dmay use a 17" electrostatic picture tube, 17HP4k. 151

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSentinel Models 438, 439, 440, 441, 443, 444 (and with prefix continued.

NOTE:

A 6CB6 or 6AG5 or 6BC5is used in the R.F. amplifierand modulator tube sockets.Always use the same typetube for replacement. Intermixing these tubes mayrasult in loss in sensitivitycaused by the differencesin tube capacities detuningthe circuits and making itnecessary to realign the R.F.amplifier and modulatorstages by spreading orsqueezing turns on the coils.

r

6CB6 6AG5 ON 6305R r 6.3.1.01

6112.

ELEC...05,0T.0SNIEL0

6CB6 Or 6AG5 01 6305 604MODULADA 06C 433,7A

25 V. 37:. yur

63

5 NM

C-15

e.ea

POdr

I CRONE1.11

I

it

660 Nurl

IT CHOKE0001.--

el

0 043 r4

43

44 0

OU

6BL7VERTICALAMPLIFIER

0 250

6J505613361011

1B 3GT3.163. 03.4E

117,30ER

DO NOT MEAS.( VOLTAGES ON THIS TUBE

AcreA.fit

NC

AGO

61 xC61306GTHORIZONTAL

OUTUT

6SN7GTHORIZONTALOSGI33 ATOA .GS

DETERMINED ST SETTING OFBRIGHTNESS NO CONTRAST.

NC

155

2I3 0

235

6AU6iar I I ANP

360

6AU6F A.

xco

6AU6F

6AU63

6AL5SYNC SEP

01.0020" 0 c AESTORER

G it 105 " 7

6W4GTRECT0.101

0.95

6AL 5OE FECTOR

ACC

I2AU7

A

6

360

61

6 5

srNE--1TACI

A

A

230

.60

60136VIDEO

70

50:.,5.T5

2E0'

VI:110.9

55

6AU6S03.60

6 5 .00

AC.

25

.AOOn

6CB6 ON 6BC5_ F APJP3rF.EN

604OSCILLATOR

6AG5

6a36 6BC5A100,3 TOR

GAGS

265 6K6GT111/0.0

00, VF

6 A V6ubio

DRIVEN

6A L 51.13

DE T EC FC

A 'AGES PALL vART 71.731 5E61.2 STRENGTHVO,AGE MILE VARY 5.100 CONTRAST SETTINGALWAYS ADJUST DRIVE CONTROL TO OBTAIN THISREADINGAC VOL LTTAGE 6

(01 290 DOS DC AROVE GROUND

.1. PT AD.NGS UN3ESS SPEC.E.E0 ME A3.73WITH NO SIGNAL INPUTmi6H FOLIAGE READING TO BE TAKEN ON,AT SECOND ANODE Of PICTUREL.A. 01.15...C5 NADI 31111.1 A VACUUMTUBEV VOLTMETER

152

-

RADIO FREQUENCY RANGESChannel Channel Picture Carrier Sound CarrierNumber Freq. (Mc) Freq. (Mc) FrItO. ( Mc)

1 44-50 45.25 49.752 54-60 55.25 59.753 60-66 61.25 65.754 66-72 67.25 71.755 76-82 77.25 81.756 82-88 83.25 87.757 174-180 175.25 179.758 180-186 181.25 185.759 186-192 187.25 191.75

10 192-198 193.25 197.7511 198-204 199.25 203.7512 204-210 205.25 209.7513 210-216 211.25 215.75

TO SIGNAL OEN.,0*

FIG. 4

005 NT TO Pm2.0Of 0.100210.

TWEE

T TTO CHASSISCONVERTER511151.0 CUD

...00uuTORTVIE

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONTHE SPARKS - WITHINGTON COMPANY - JACKSON MICHIGAN

SPARTON TELEVISION RECEIVERS

CHASSIS TYPE 2655171 & 26SS17IA

MODELS 5107X, 5I62X & 5163X.

The material below and on the next five pages is almost exactin all respects for the following additional recent Sparton models:

Chassis 25S172, Model 5207AChassis 25SD201A (power supply 2SD201), Models 5191, 5192

Chassis 26SS170D, Models 5107, 5108Chassis 26SD171, Models 5165X, 5166X, 5175X, 5178X

Chassis 26SD172, 26SD172A, Models 5265, 5267, 5268

Chassis 26SS172, 26SS172A, Models 5207, 5208, 5262, 5263.

Some of the differences are in the use of a 12AT7 (V16) inplace of 12AU7, a horizontal width coil instead of a control,additional linearity coil, dual damper tubes in sets with largersize picture tubes, and a built-in dipole. In general, all thismaterial can be used as an aid in repairing these additional sets.

6AL5

14C

B

6AU6

i4S-

SS

-2 6AU6.,...,.7

0

0

L145AVC

6AL5 .-..

32

ITPdc

5Y3OT 0 5U40V25 V26

6A H6 6AU6 V2330.C .4S 0 ° 65N701

6AT66A35

APT & 10"g,riu°47.SEE G)

13,0c6J6

R. F TUNER

IZAU7

140

l0400

4.0-4 S

V 2 2613060T

5 s

VISO

6W4OT0

VI?65N7OT

.A .C. 5

140

-45

VOLTAGE CRUST AND ALIGNSLENT TEST POINTS

FIG. 2

.40

V2168060TC en,

v lb6V66T

6AL5 IA=

143

340

0 30

ZS

1174 C

U.

Co4-).4-4

- pi a) o)of

crI0 PI 2 ultio

4.3C 00,H,-1 4c0

,d_O o 0 I -I

o"-4 R.+3o.0F.4 F4 OP 4-1

43) 0 t> 4.30 4-1 4-3 0

0 F -I

03 4)W00 0

4-) F-4 d riO 0 r -I 03

CO cH O r21 43

rol 0CD 0 4-) -1-) -P 0

;-4 r -s

430 4T)t r-ira 03°

o 000O. 0

4 ,0 4-3t04.) r-i

r-1 CS rd 0 0H C.) E -I

It It-P 0 0 0G6 r-1 F4 0 co GO

r-4 fr 0 00 0004-4

1:0 4-3 0 biD4e4sTi

Ho 4.34 d-) O 00

alt 4-1 0 b0

Po) 4-F1 rAcci

N-1,4° 4i 1400 4)24rIg cul?tZ 153


SPARTON TELEVISION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

DIPOLE ANT.

/ /

A CSWITCH

CHASSIS TYPE 2655171 & 2655171A STANDARD

USED IN MODELS 5107X, 5162X & 5163X.

TuRRET SWITCH SETTINGSELECTS COILS FOR CHANNEL

VI6AG5-t

F AMP

1

T-12.POWERTRANS

7

100C5

R. F. TUNER

I 116K

]-9 I 20

I I -I

I 12

2R21,

20C

CT5-3

V26J6

05C a m.KER

RED

C.,

IX22 5MC.

C.3 L23

WHITE

15ARE

VII6A U6

1ST SOUND I F

V3loo 6CB6R'5 1ST I F. AMP

C

415

V255Y3 GT

L V RECT.

ISO

L-29

POWER SUPPLY

V1.4000(75

VC). -PVC2540. 2300

V28SR5U4G 8135

MEDV. RECT.

L- 31

250 -5w

L-542 Sil0l

C.I20e CI20, Cele40e/D - 40.6 -T40..004750 4750 A750

130VAMP

T)VCTTTS: V I9 )BANS

NTERLOC K

c',41, -a

NITS

154

120 IAA

1105*330 VOLTS

331. 14'

I I-I I

II

II

II

II

III

I A024 7M

VIDEO 1.FL_

Rea220

ISOVOLT5

330N3LTS

I VI7B16 SN7G

PHT

ASE'SPUTTER ago MICA

VERT. DEFLECTIO

V246AL 5

HORIZ. PHASE DET.SNC4

113

IVI Ve VIO VII 012 013 014 VII VII $.7 Vie V t $ 022 v2 024 I

:(\ r :-. 3p4 n re r vr , n .t.N. r\' 4.( \ ' '.n. ..n./7 7 . . T rGin .5K -

HEATER HOOKUP DIAGRAM calVOLT

C 2


7-6

T60

"1459non

SOUND 1 FVI 2

6AU62ND SOUND I F

1

I 3

63

2ND I.AMP6BA6V4

3RD I. F. AMPF.

6 BA 6

623

V5

622100 2 Do

C3µSK

31 4

62400

2424 25Mc

654

V136 AL 5

RATIO DET.

ROO 4000476

Ca6036,1 61OR

V66C B 6

4TH I.F.AMP

zo

.1. So,

C4056

6623106VOLUME

RI

L-,152565.

VI46A T6

AUDIO AMP

V7 ?-a-o,.I6AL5 _L

VIDEO Mt

C 4.02NA6000

VI56V6GT

66C74 PWR. AMP.

R70Ctsp 340

20Na 625v.

T-6OUTPUT TRANS.

GREEN

III r L LOw

SPEAKERPC61000-12 10

PC63000-33 3

667 Roe cl A R7

6.6 M2 706

4505.0so.a 21-5

4 51.K

11 _IL-2) 1

1107C4;

14645

1W1

R!k54 L-20220 < ,,Y3.5,5

2001/47I 600v

V96AU6 ( -

A G C , --

:gi 441334476

--VT15I 2 AU7SYNC STRIPPER, AMPI CLIPPER

9

1406 47.1-

SYSTEM

MICA5 16,2±4

-las

7004 C1090460

666 - 166

411 1a %I: 4"-Tcav

Tx,c,R9

VENT ,67L0

EL LOW

VILAGSN 7GT

KED VERT 05,: & DISC.TUBE

T-.0FIELD

OSC TRANS

V2365 N7GT

HoRiz.osc. i DISCHARGE

1312466

c ot390 I

6123 f 1006

TANK501462.05EL-24

1W226111127

C1103 965.c6

6122SOKnoRaHOLD

- 1 4505

0400vCI

V 2 26 BQ6GT

HORIZ. OUTPUT

HORIZ. DEFL. SYSTEM

RuaOoIw

611310w0a

6931306 C54

r551456

NERD.SIZE

V216 BQ 63 I"

MORO. OUTPUT

R 112100IW

TOP CAP

5 C1r,

V96AH6

VIDEO AMP

4005.

C90

L-22

1134 R312711 256

CONTRAST

VIB6V6GT

VERT OUTPUT

111001.06IW

Riot

v 13.

MORI OUTPUTTRANS

+330V 0

RIOSPAW.3.3A.WIRE

1M -1W4106

WOUND ..--6,5W44- .4.....CIO° 4.1410.- 500 TO 2.0 4/4302

/OK

A400

4204

VIOI7BP4A

PICTURE TUBE

Se

R475.IK

VERT. OUTPUT TRANS.

71-

- 1102

9

540

+14010011.73

12 KV2440 AMOS('

R411lOOK

511110247.1.115

0+:40,41.1s

GREEN io

OS L -20A

vs, YOKECOIL

YELLOW RITE C)

V20IB 3 GTN.V. RECT.

TOP CAP

2065

193112 CENTERING

15609.6

CD

CD

L-268NOR I Z.YOKECOIL

0

155

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSPARTON TELEVISION RECEIVERS CHASSIS TYPE 2655171 & 26SSI71A, Continued

156

0I B3GT

6B06GT

T-13

6110607"

411106W4GT

0

6V6GT

FILT.C75

CO ND

CO6V6GT

6AL 5 65N7GT

5U 40

65N7GT

FILT091

COND

O

O

O

O

V25

5Y3GT

® L-22

V6 V9

SAWS 6AH6

I2 AU 7

FILTC 120CO ND

FILTCI 19

COND

CRAM= DIAGRAM troy VISA)

FIG 3

T-12

6AU6

01-6

411D

L-27

6AU6

T-7

(1)PRI.

0&ALS

064115

&ALS

L-17

6CB6

OL -I5

6BA6 VS

OL -I4

6BA6

0L-13

6C Be

L -I20

L-622.5MC

6A0 5R F AMP

0 i6J6

osc a Mix(

®

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURETEST EQUIPMENT SET UP: A certain amount of experimentation must be employed to securea stable test set up before alignment or service of the receiver is attempted. It isrecommended that the top of the test bench be covered with a sheet of aluminum toinsure good grounds between the various pieces of test equipment and the receiverchassis. In general all test signal input leads should be kept away from output leadsas much as possible.

SOUND TRAP ALIGNMENT: FIRST, Connect the R.F. signal generator to the grid of V-2by means of the I.F. inpa7gapter as shown in Figure 6.

R.F. Generator 50'1 Coax.

Output40

500 UMF

100K

1

To grid of V2Point (A) Fig. 2

To chassis ground

3 Volt biasbattery

Figure 6 I.F. Input Adapter

SECOND: Set the R.F. tuner to Channel #13.

THIRD: Connect a 4.5 volt bias battery between the A.G.C. buss (Point F. Fig. 2) andchassis ground so that the voltage on the A.G.C. buss is -4.5 volts in respect tothe chassis.


SPARTON TELEVISION RECEIVERS CHASSIS TYPE 26S S. I 7 I & 26 SS17IA

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE (CONT'D)

FOURTH: Connect the electronic voltmeter across the picture detector load resistorR37, Point B, Fig. 2 and set the voltmeter on the low D.C. volt scale.

FIFTH: Set the R.F. signal generator to the frequency shown below and tune thespecified adjustment for minimum indication on the voltmeter. It isadvisable to check the output off'the generator with the crystal calibratorto make certain that it is exactly on frequency.

21.75 Mc. L12 (Top of chassis as shown inFigure 3)

PICTURE I.F. ALIGNMENT: FIRST: Connect the R.F. Signal generator, voltmeter andbias battery to the receiver as described in steps 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the sound trap

alignment instructions.

SECOND: Set the signal generator to each of the following frequencies and peak thespecified adjustments for maximum indication of the voltmeter.

tuner as shown in Fig. 3)chassis as shown in Fig. 3)chassis as shown in Fig. 3)chassis as shown in Fig. 3)Chassis as shown in Fig. 3)

SOUND I.F. ALIGNMENT: FIRST: Connect the R.F. signal generator to Point B, Fig. 2

SECOND: Set the signal generator accurately to 4.5 Mc. This is very importantbecause the picture and sound carriers sent out from the television stations are

exactly 4.5 Mc. apart.

THIRD: Connect the electronic voltmeter across C71 from Point D to ground as

shown in Fig. 2Set the voltmeter on the 10 volt scale.

FOURTH: Peak the following coils for maximum reading on the voltmeter.

L 27 Top of chassis as shown in Fig. 3.T 6 Top of chassis as shown in Fig. 3.T 7 (Pri. Ratio Det)Top of chassis as shown in Fig. 3.

RATIO DETECTOR TRANSFORMER ALIGNMENT: FIRST: Connect the R.F. signal generator

to the receiver as described in Step 1 of the Sound I.F. Alignment instructions.

SECOND: Connect the electronic voltmeter from Point E, Fig. 2 to ground.

Set the voltmeter on the lowest DC scale.

22.5 Mc. L6 (Top of25.25 Mc. L13 (Top of24.25 Mc. L14 (Top of23.25 Mc. L15 (Top of26.0 Mc. L17 (Top of

THIRD: Set the signal generator output to 4.5 Mc. Adjust the secondary of T7.Notice that it is possible to

produce a positive or negative voltage indication on the meter by varying this

adjustment. As the voltage swings from positive to negative, adjust T7 for

zero output as indicated by the voltmeter. This point is called zero ratio

detector output and indicates correct alignment of T7 transformer. If the secondary

of T7 is found to be way out of alignment it will be necessary to re -peak the

primary as described in the proceeding section on sound I.F. alignment.

4.5 MC. TRAP ALIGNMENT FIRST: Connect the R.F. signal generator as described

in Step 1 of the sound I.F. alignment.

SECOND: Connect the electronic voltmeter from the cathode of the picture tube

to ground (Point C Fig. 2)The voltmeter must be capable of giving a reading at 4.5 Mc. at approximately

1 to 2 volts.

THIRD: Peak L22 (Top of chassis as shown in Fig. 3) for minimum output

on

PICTURE I.F. TOUCH UP: Connect the R.F. Sweep generator output to the grid of

7-2 by means of the I.F. input adapter shown in Figure 6.

SECOND: Apply bias to A.G.C. line as described in Step 3 of sound trap alignment.

Set R.F. selector to Channel #13. 157

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSP ART ON TELEVISION RE C IVE RS CHASSIS TYPE 2 6 :5 :3 I 7 1 & 2 6 S :3 I 7 A

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE (CONT'D)THIRD: Connect the oscilloscope across the picture detector load resistor R37(Point B Fig. 2) by means of the shielded cable and the filter system shownin Figure 7.

158

Oscilloscope 47K

I r - - - - - -Shielded Cable

I

I

50 uuf.

To Junction orR37 and L19

To ground

Figure 7 FILTER SYSTEM FOR SCOPE CONNECTION

FOURTH: Set the R.F. sweep generator so that it sweeps from approximately 20 to 30 Mc.

FIFTH: Adjust the oscilloscope so that the swept I.F. response is visible on thecathode-ray tube screen.

SIXTH: Loosely couple the output of the R.F. signal generator to the grid of V-2so that the marker signals of proper frequency can be mixed in with the R.F.sweep signal.

SEVENTH: Observe the band width, relative position of the picture carrier, and flatnessof the overall I.F. response curve. If necessary slightly vary the tuning ofthe picture I.F. coils L6, L13, L14, L15, L17 until the picture I.F.response shown in Figure 8 is obtained. The solid curve in Figure 8 depictsthe ideal I.F. response while the dotted curves shown permissable variations.

Figure 8 IDEAL I.F. RESPONSE WITH PERMISSABLE VARIATIONS

The picture I.F. carrier should appear approximately half way down the I.F. responsecurve as shown in Figure 8. Variation in the pix carrier position should not exceed10% from the half way point.

PICTURE I.F. SENSITIVITY CHECK: FIRST: Connect the R.F. signal generator to thereceiver as specified in Steps 1 Tu77-7-of the sound trap alignment instructions.(Whenmaking sensitivity checks no bias battery is connected to the A.G.C. buss.)

SECOND: Connect the electronic voltmeter across the picture detector load resistorR37 Point A, Fig. 2 and set the meter on the low D.C. volts scale.

THIRD: Set the generator output frequency at approximately 23 Mc. Adjust thegenerator output until the voltmeter reads approximately 1.0 volt.Record the R.F. signal input in microvolts. Repeat the procedure withthe generator output frequency set at 24.2 and 25.4 Mc. In all casesthe T.F. input voltage should be 100 Microvolts or less. The sensitivityat the I.F. picture carrier 26.25 Mc. should be approximately half of theI.F. Sensitivity between 24.2 Mc. (Maximum of 100 microvolts.)If the generator output is not calibrated in microvolts, comparativesensitivity measurements can be made by using another receiver that isknown to be in good operating condition as a standard. This applies toall sensitivity measurements and good results can be obtained ifsufficient care is used.


STEWART-ET-WARDER

MODELS 9202-C, 9202 -DA, 9202-DB,9202-DD,9202-E & 9202-F

The service material below and on the next seven pages is exact forthe Stewart -Warner models listed above. Models 9200-A and 9200 -FA arebasically the same as these models and represent early versions of this

series. Model 9203-A is a combination model, but the TV section isalmost identical to the sets covered in this manual. Model 9204-A is

a straight TV set using a 20" picture tube, with its circuit practicallyidentical to the models covered in these notes. This set has an addi-tional 500 mmfd. condenser in the HV supply and use an electro-magnetic

instead of PM focus assembly.

Information on alignment of the sound and I.F. channels is presented

on pages 160-162. For convenience of printing, the circuit diagram andrelated information are divided into sections and are printed on pages

163 to 166. Such separation is not to be taken to mean that the actual

circuits are divided physically in this manner.

TUBE LOCATIONS

Model 9202-C(Mahogany)

Mod el 9202-F(Blonde)

Model 9202-E

Model 9202 -DA(Mahogany Base-Green Top)

Model 9202-DB(Blonde Base-Beige Top)

Model 9202 -DD

(Mahogany)

CHANNELSELECTOR

ATELEVISION

FINETUNING

111U1 -1a

54

61G5 on6105 et 6CI6

..f SLIP

VERT.HOLD

VERTICALLINEARITY

611

tin6166 SERI 11.001.0 (SC.

RFT`KINK OUTFIT

VI

6AU6EN !UR/.

66

FUSEI AMP. 250 VOLT

LOCATED ONUNDERSIDEOF CHASSIS

Ma

EIGHT HOLD BRIGHTNESS

VT1

MIN*MEM TM

CENTERINOCONTROL ARM

VII

VOLUMEOFF -ON

*A -CONTRAST

'IA$}mu LI. r. nLKIIEE

(1114)MMTUA

RCTRII

FUSEW I/ AMP. 250 VOLT

LOCATED ON--.DAU UNDERSIDE

NOW. oi.C. OF CHASSISTIME DETECTOR m

(I") ()MINIM .2120111TEL

SCUSIIKMI

MM 1 WMSYNC CLIPPERMUSPLITTE IIYPMI

1.104qDRIVE

WIDTHLOCATED IN

H. V. COMPARTMENT

REAR OF CHASSIS 199

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONStewart -Warner Models 9202-C, 9202 -DA, etc., continued

SOUND CHANNEL ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE1. Short antenna terminals together with a jumper wire.

2. Set receiver Channel Selector to any inactive television channel andcontrast control to its maximum counter -clockwise position; othercontrols may be left at any desired setting.

3. Na special aligning tool is required to adjust the cores in the SoundIF and discriminator transformers. The blade of a small screwdriverwill fit the slot in these cores, however, the screwdriver should beof a non-metallic or insulated type to prevent detuning when insertedin the transformer con.

STANDARD SIGNALGENERATOR

VTVMCONNECTIONS

MISCELLANEOUSINSTRUCTIONS

TRIMMEROR SLUG

TYPE OF ADJUSTMENTAND OUTPUT INDICATIONCONNEC..

TIONS FREQUENCY

Connect asshown in Fig. 1.

4.5 MC.unmodulated

IMPORTANTThis signal mustbe accurate with-in 1/4 of 1% of4 . 5 Mc. Ch ac kgenerator calibre-tion against acrystal controlledsignal source by"zero beating''(heterodyning)with harmonicsof the crystal fre-quency.

Connect as shown in.Fig 2.

I Set Contrast control to its maximumclockwise position.

2. A special detector must be utilized whenaligning the 4.5 Mc. Sound Trap Coil.This unit can be constructed in ac-cordance with the information con-tained in the circuit shown below. Ifa VTVM containing a high frequencyA.C. probe is avaitable, this probe canbe utilized in place of the crystal de-lector shoWn in Fig. 2.

3. During this adjustment only, removeone of the three 6AU6 IF amplifiertubes (V6, V7 or VIP. This will preventnoise in the RF stages from effectingthe voltage reading while adjusting thesound trap.

1

4.5 MC SoundTrap

Adjust for minimum readin aon VTVM.

Connect as shown inFig. 3.

A "swishing" sound may be heard in thespeaker during Sound Channel Alignment.This spurious oscillation is caused by hori-zontal sweep voltage being picked up inthe audio system thru stray coupling ofinstrument leads; it should be disregardedas it will have no effect on alignment ofthe sound channel.

#2DisSeconcrimindaryator

Adjust for maximum readingon VTVM.

.

#3Discriminator

Primary


#4Sound IF

Transformer


Same asabove.

Same asabove.

Connect as shown inFig. 4.

To obtain zero balance of the discriminatorcircuit, two 68,000 ohm resistors will berequired. These resistors must be matchedso that their respective resistances donot differ by more than 1%-the accu-racy of the total resistance is not critical.Connect the two resistors in series frompin 2 of the 6T8 tube to chassis groundas shown in Fig. 4.

#2Discriminator

Secondary

Note that as slug #2 is rotated,a point will be found where thevoltmeter will swing rather sharp -ly from a positive to a negativeieacling or vice versa. The cor-reel setting of slug #2 is obtainedwhen the meter reads zero asthe slug is moved thru this point.

REDUCTION OF INTERCARRIER BUZZSlight "dynamic" unbalance of the discriminator secondary con em-phasize intercarrier buzz due to incomplete amplitude modulation rejec-tion. Therefore it is vitally important to obtain an accurate setting ofthe discriminator secondary slug under actual reception conditions.Disconnect all instruments (be sure that I.F. tube removed for the adjust.ment of Sound Trap has been replaced) and then connect an antenna tothe receiver to obtain program reception from a local station. If inter -carrier buzz is prominent, a slight readjustment of the discriminatorsecondary slug (#2) should be made to obtain the "dip" point for thebuzzing sound. Note that program sound will be clear and free fromdistortion at this point. Buzz should now be at an acceptable minimumif station transmission is not at fault.

SOUNDDISCRIMINATOR

SECONDARYAdjust this slug

for minimumintercarrier buzz

LOCATION OFDISCRIMINATOR

SECONDARYSLUG

160 AFAR OF CHASSIS

ON -OFF a VOLUME

CONTRAST

100MMF.

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FORCRYSTAL DETECTOR

47K

INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONSFOR

SOUND CHANNEL ALIGNMENT

STANDARD

SIGNAL GEN. iAC7

SET TO 4.5 MC. 811E0 AMP.

NO MODULATION. ;25

(PURE R.F.)0.1

Gore

'26

no.GROUND TO

RECEIVER CHASSIS

27B7110,.

FIG. 1CONTRAST

Generator Connectionsfor Sound Channel and 4.5 Mc. Sound Trap

Alignment

USE 10,000 OHMISOLATING

RESISTOR INSERIES WITH

METER PROBE.

GROUND TORECEIVER CHASSIS

FIG. 3VTVM Connections

for Sound IF Alignment

STI$011111 DISCIIM -500 AMP


Stewart -Warner Models 9202-C, etc.(Continued)

136

135

INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONSFOR

SOUND CHANNEL ALIGNMENT

'36

CRYSTALDETECTOR

GROUND TO

nI RECEIVER

PICTURE THECHASSIS

EL

V. T.V. M.

IGROUND TO

RECEIVER CHASSIS

FIG. 2Crystal Detector and VTVM Connections

for 4.5 Mc. Sound TrapAlignment

It

iTI10111 NUM.-SOWN MAP.

20

FIG. 4VTVM Connections

for Sound DiscriminatorAlignment

71 68K

USE 10,000 OHMISOLATING

RESISTOR INSERIES WITH

METER PROBE.

V.T.V.M.

STANDARD INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONSSIGNAL GEN. FOR

(SUPPLIES

MARKER SIGNAL(T IF CHANNEL ALIGNMENTGROUND TO

TUNER FRAME

SWEEP

GENERATOR

GROUND TOTUNER FRAME TERMINAL FOR I.? SWITCH CONTACT

THIS CORRESPONDS TO POINT .0. ON

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM.

FIG. 5Generator Connections

for IF Channel Alignment

MIXER GRIDTRIMMER

R.F. AMP.GRID TRIMMER

25.9MC.

USE 10,000 OHM ISOLATINGRESISTOR IN SERIES WITH

METER AND OSCILLOSCOPE PROBES.

116

6

23

PLACE 1000 MMFD. CONDENSERACROSS 'SCOPE TERMINALS

AS AN R.F. FILTER.

V.T.V.M.



FIG. 6VTVM and Oscilloscope Connections

for IF Channel Alignment

11

OSCILLATORTRIMMER

R.F. AMP.PLATE TRIMMER

23.5MC.

(i) (i)23.5 25.9MC. MC.

4.5MC.

SOUNDTRAP

4.5MC.

SOUNDDISCRIMINATOR

SECONDARY4.5 MC.

OO

WIDTH CONTROLlocatod In hien vol-tate compartment.

FIG. 14TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS 161


Stewart -Warner Models 9202-C, 9202 -DA, etc., continued

IF CHANNEL ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE1. A special aligning tool designed to fit the sterns on adjustable cores of

the IF and Trap coils (see points 5, 6, 7 and 8 in Fig. 14) is availableand may be obtained front Stewart -Warner by requesting IF AlignmentTool r.:-507479.

2. Turn receiver Channel Selector to television channel #12 and shortantenna terminals together with a jumper wire.

3 Connect a 3 volt battery to the receiver AGC system so that negativeterminal of battery connects to the AGC line and positive terminal ofbattery connects to receiver chassis

4. If the IF channel is badly misaligned and two or more immediately ad-joining IF stages are tuned to the same frequency, oscillation may occur.

Such oscillation shows up as on excessive voltage across the video de-tector load, symbol 122, and is indicated by the VTVM that is connectedto this point during alignment. It should be noted that voltage due to IFoscillation is unaffected by strength of signal from the generator.

Where IF oscillation is encountered, it is generally possible to correctthe condition by detuning the IF coils in different directions. If thatdoes not have the desired effect, increase fixed bias on AGC line by usinga 41/2 volt battery instead of the 3 volt battery referred to in instruction#3 After stopping the oscillation in this manner it will then be possibleto align all IF stages using the following procedure, however, the AGCbias battery must be changed back to 3 volts when using the oscillo-scope to observe bond pass characteristics. Once all stages have beenaligned using the 41/2 volt bias, the IF channel should be stable withreduced bias.

STANDAGEN

RD SIGNALERATOR SWEEP GENERATOR

CONNEC-TIONS FREQUENCY

CON NEC-TIONS FREQ.

VTVMCONNECTIONS

OSCILLOSCOPECONNECTIONS

MISCELLANEOUSINSTRUCTIONS

TRIMMEROR SLUG

TYPE OF ADJUST-MENT AND OUTPUT

INDICATION

Connect asshown inFig. 5.

23.5 MC.

Use a 330Mmf. isolat-ing conden-

r and c onec t as

shown inFig. 5 butkeep powerswitchturned offduring thisstep.

Connect as shownin Fig. 6. Not used.

#5Converter

platecoil

Adjust for maximumreading on VTVM.

#62nd I.F.


Same asabove. 25.9 MC. Same as

above.Same asabove. Not used.

#71st I.F.


#83rd I.F.


Same asabove. 26.75 MC.

With connec-tions madeas shown inFig. 5, turnon this gen-erator andset controlsfor operationas specifiedin next col -

25 MC.Sweeping

5 Mc.

Same asabove.

Connect asshown in Fig. 6

IMPORTANT:

1 Adjust outputattenuator onsweep generatorso that readingon.VTVM is ap-proximately one-half volt.

2. Set attenuatoron standard sig-nal generator sothat marker sig-nal does not dis-tort the patternon the oscillo-scope.

3. Be sure that a3 volt batteryis connected toAGC line asspecified in in-struction #3 atthe head of thischart. Do not usea battery of anyother voltage.

The IF band pass characteristic nowdisplayed o the 'scope should becompared with the curve shown inFig. 7. If top of curve is not prop-erly shaped, make a slight readjust-ment of slug #6. Should that adjust-ment fail to yield the desired result,then note whether the curve has apeak on the high or low frequencyside. Slugs #7 and #8 control highfrequency response (25.9 Mc.) andslugs #5 and #6 affect the low fre-quency response (23.5 Mc.); by mak-ing a small change in the settings ofthe high or low frequency slugs, itwill be possible to obtain correct bandpo-s curve.

FREQUENCY242 24 26 28

20S-22.25

40

60

BO-

100-X FIG. 7

35%

PIX26.75

I.F.RESPONSE

CURVE

The 26.75 Mc. picture IF carrier mark-er should now appear at the 35%amplitude position on side of thebond pass characteristic (see Fig. 7).If position of the marker appears toohigh or too low, slight readjustmentof slugs #7 and/or 8 is required.

Some as 22.25 MC.so-,above. above.s

162Same asabove.

Same asabove.

Same asabove.

Same asabove.

Adjust the vertical gain control onthe 'scope in order to magnify thesound portion of the response curve.The 22,25 Mc. sound IF carrier mark-er should appear at the position indi-cated in Fig. 7. If the position of thesound marker is incorrect, readjust-ment of slugs #5 and'or 6 is required.

Receivers incorporating productionchanges explained at right, areidentified by coding stamped onrear surface of chassis. Codingconsists of the word SERIES andletter A or B.

The tuner assembly diagram isshown on this pagei and it con-nects -to the main circuit shownon the double page spread 164-165, and continued on page 166.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONStewart -Warner Models 9202-C, etc. LETTER INCLUDED

(Continued) IN DESIGNATIONFOLLOWING THEWORD "SERIES"

CHANGE INCORPORATEDIN CHASSIS

WHITE

0

GREEN-WHITE

A\RED-WHITE

BBLACK-WHITE

D

BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS SHOWINGCONNECTIONS TO RF TUNER UNIT

Lettered terminals in illustrations correspond tosimilarly lettered terminals on the circuit diagram.

42OUR,- IN ANTENNA

UNCODED INITIAL PRODUCTION

"A" The following changes were incorporated to provide for anew TV sound discriminator transformer which improves AMrejection.

I. Sound Discriminator Transformer 20 was changed from507321 to 509706. Terminal connections ore the samefor both transformers.

2. Condenser 18 (8 Mmfd.) was removed. It formerly waswired externally from pin 1 to pin 2 of Sound Dis.criminator Transformer 20, part 507321.

3. Condenser 208 (10 Mmfd.) was added. It is an integralpart of Sound Discriminator Transformer 20, part509706 and replaces Condenser B, removed in step 2.

4. Condenser 20A across secondary of Sound Discrimina-tor Transformer 20 was changed from 110 Mmfd. to95 Mmfd.

5. Condenser 35 in plate circuit of tube V2 (Sound Dis-criminator) was changed from 4 Mfd. to 10 Mfd.

"B"

44Ir 1

cunisann," LLLL ..,

05-051 00001.(000010cail

508890 R.F. TUNER ASSEMBLY

62

1'44Z6CHHNFLSn. V S 44; 4:NVE R

3 TO 12 ARE 4414/ HU SAME MANNER

AS SHOWN HERE. S SHOW HERE

55 73r00000000

ANTTERMINALS

6A85 011 61105

oA 6C86A.F. AMP.

rmese rusts coma IN some cilssss,

00004

,63304f

I(

O

6J6MIXER-OSC.

4 /K

80220K

1Axo,11044 1(- 76

81

84Ion

TINE 1 77 83su6IRO r.

o75 V.

AOC

The following changes were incorporated to improve opera.tion of horizontal multivibrator and to reduce the possibilityof fuse 191 blowing out during the worm -up period.

1. Condenser 174 in plate circuit of tube V14 (HorizontalScanning Multivibrotor) was changed from 470 Mmfd.to 390 Mmfd.

2. Resistor 177 in plate circuit of tube V14 (HorizontalScanning Multivibrotor) was changed from 330,000Ohms to 680,000 Ohms.

3. Resistor 235 in plate circuit of tube V14 (HorizontalScanning Multivibrator) was changed from 3900 Ohmsto 3300 Ohms.

4. Resistor 248 (270,000 Ohms) was added between pin5 of tube V14 (Horizontal scanning Multivibrator) and315 volt supply.

The following change was incorporated to allow vertical holdcontrol to operate in the center of -its range..

1. Resistor 223 in grid circuit of V19A (Vertical BlockingOscillator) was changed from 1.8 Meg. to 2 Meg.

The following changes were incorporated to reduce illumina-tion of picture tube with minimum setting of the BrightnessControl.

1. Resistor 140 (15,000 Ohms) was removed from end ofBrightness Control and chassis ground.

2. Resistor 137 in brightness circuit was changed from47,000 Ohms to 15,000 Ohms.

85

97

MME.

186Ar.

aR

90ISOmi47.

(--0 A

B

C_J

THESE POINTSCONNECT TO

IDENTICALLYLABELLEDPOINTS ATINPUT TO

Ist I.F. STAGE

163


E \X T,\ R T -fir, R N R lit If. IR.IANA AN

21S11. AMP.SASS

3411.1111.

Stewart -Warner

Models 9202-C, etc.2391.2

hemri

For printing convenienceparts of this circuitare shown on page 163and page 166. Wiresmarked A, B, and C,connect to tuner onpage 163; while wiresV, X, Y, and Z, con-nect to sound sectionand power supply shownon page 166.

to

0 0ta0

Sa4 COL OR

043

0 Haj0

4O

0 210

1000\WI

93

92

III V

9742

10043^

61101

6000

021004,

104RV,

ppwb3 pF

10

.,ff°V41, I

106/0041

109

1 I1362

!le.2

.L.000

116

16-01i

S pner,..

6 A

'/IMMA.G.C.

13C 40c

0 V95

3.O uL11926

her.

3 V

VON.11, TO SOSC. MP.

P11

'101747SYNC. AMP.

165406

4114

'212A17SYNC. CLIPPER

3

1572406

,112A17millUmma

1586.0

166

161

1291,1 re seI

1ALS110112.

HUSE IETECT01

162Noy

163

164

M5

159

40 V

316 v.

1696000

170

it"0/,

Pt

47014

0 AII.

1154 .06

166 167

MORIZ60L0

236_I n

I 173PAU,

WinT10112. SCAINIIIMILTIVIIIAT01

174

.

I (

1175

3. v

107CANALJUMPER 316

V6004.

0

0 0.1a 2,2,.

Sin°op

0

164

F;APFV]

QPNMLK JHGFE508890 TUNER UN T

All oscillograms taken with'scopeground to chassis; normal stationreception. Number below * or **specifies 'scope HOR. FREQ. setting.*-observed with 'scope of limitedfrequency response. **-observedwith 'scope with vert. frequencyresponse flat 120% up to 2 MC.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952

I

12040

trIVtmV124

100

1250.1

AAC7EIDEO AMP

YTo page 166.2

A 127

-

CONTRAST

276

2

140 v.

- 1?- 8kW,

129

011

13C117

103 33

134

(-VVNA.

1354206

1: 7", ZIA ;,"(,71

' ^

136

SERVICING INFORMATIONo CoC 6s6E.IB

141 1 4 1

74"40T MET' FOC REUSAOASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY

166

166 V

143.02 145

2 2 K

39226

1386 OK

6110011T NESS

1 76

236236

164

1801 ,83to-lsor 106

,,,707,0 DEMME

ri011112

;BOUTNOIIZOITAL

SCANNING OITPIT

185 6

69

1X2AMO VOLTAGE

RECTIFIER

C.4

41920

,

00,C.

T.T.

T

Or. 1,0

gQr

190124C)

91.11

260 v..USE TT

0 C

o°

cz

195

T

1942ei

9r.v

237.o 193r worn

196

144.051-

11/

WIGTNO1111 DAMPING

47

148

X, T----.

2 0 0

188167 .os4.7n Air

1971L

5 CI F26 6.26 6.26

223

o.

224 ATACO.

vERLICl

'4 PIVOTVEITICAL

11.1011111 01C.

6CD

BLUE

22500K

227

HIE 0

226 2245r' 2 s/Ao. mio.

HtIOHT

'1681.7GTVEITICAL

SCANNING OUTFIT

230

2 e6< 231EEC

247 229

:T IM .06232

IIHEARIT72461se o.57

233BLUE RED

j_ 21.2E1

241 149

150

2342 7n

460 v.

1711,41VICTOR THE

472. ,,hrl'.s--(!.S L_

.....

41(1A/CONN

.....

CYRANOmoor Naar Nom

NKr sm. Amps. Kwar. RN mv

1652 OBC

12

1447

06 236

SA

N10

111

I.F.

LIM

ITE

R

242

11.0

.000

1

6243

61. A

C

220n

.0,

9912

00

20

20r

7

14

19 4.21 nio

J 24 04.4

4,

23yo

u

Tom

:

1160

().

,.

25 eK

Vt

ST

$10

111

IMA

MM

.-20

1111

AM

P.

RE

D Y

ELL

Ow 24

0r

Am

R.

250

su5f

.

St_

5u

22 40v.

26

209

330

SA

S S

pND

011

171T

313

51.

03

8

2555

.

V

4Y z diagram,

page 165.

41

Pu

BLU

E

Connected to main

208A

2055

V - Connects to V of

qcircuit on page 164.

511

121)

1,1.

40.

The separation of schematic circuit sections

from pages 164-165 to this page, is for printing

convenience only, and does not imply that the

actual circuits are so separated in the physical

sense.

Letter reference V, X, Y, and Z, connect

to corresponding letter -points shown in the

schematic on pages 164-165.

5214

ZIs

6sn

si' oT

213

0

R.F

.T

UN

ER

FIL

AM

EN

T C

ON

NE

CT

ION

4

6A05

216

OR

215

1000

PA

W' 4

6C15

.5 .6

5

217 vs

0 1-3

CO O co

M oco

wo

Nm

o 6co N

CD IVn

O P4co N

ee 1

3C

O3:

1,

0216

OF

F -

ON

IND

ICA

TO

RLI

TE

a

rn

D-3

Ch z Md

UI

Ls) el OUl

02 PI 0 x


STROMBERG-CARLSON 321 SERIESAlignment on sets of Series 321 is given below. The schematic diagramappears on the next two pages. The page after that has additional ser-vice material including illustrations of the trimmer positions. Shouldyou be called upon to service sets of the 317 Series, you will findconsiderable similarity to the 321, and this material will prove ofaid. The 317 Series use 17BP4 Kinescope, V-10 video amplifier is atype 6AG7, and V-20 horizontal amplifier is a type 6AU5-GT. There areother differences as well. The 317 -RPM is a combination and includesAM radio and phono with additional circuits and selector switch.

Signal Generator Oscilloscope or VTVMConnection Connection Adjustments and Notes

1 Output of sweep Input of scope to grid of 1. Adjust the bottom slug of 1-3,Quadruple generator to grid of video amplifier, pin 2 of 1st IF Transformer for low in -Alignment 1st IF tube, pin 1 of V-9, 12AU7 thru 47K termediate frequency. (23.7

V-5, 6BA6 thru 100 ohm isolating resistor. mc. appox).MMF isolating re- 2. Adjust the bottom slug of T-4,sistor. 2nd IF Transformer for low fre-

quency. (23.0 mc. approx).3. Adjust the bottom slug of 1-5, --1

The output from the sweep generator should besuch 3rd IF transformer for high fre- 26.4 / 2 2.7

that with a DC bias of approximately -3.0 volts quency. (26.0 mc. appox). 1

I

applied to the AGC line (across C-160) the output 4. Adjust the bottom slug of T-6,high iforn- _...on the oscilloscope will be 2 volts peak to peak. 4th IF transformer f

This level of output 2 volts peak to peak from thetermediate frequency. (25.3 279 Z..9mc. appox).

video detector should be maintained throughout the 5. Maintaining the above relativealignment procedure by readjusting the bias and/or frequency positions of the in -

the input from the sweep generator, and leaving the dividual stages, adjust the slugs

gain of the oscilloscope fixed. The contrast control to produce a curve as shownwith the 22.7 mc. and 26.4 mc.

should be set at maximum contrast position, markers at 70% response.

2 Same as Step l(1 Same as Step !;t1 1. Adjust the top slug of T-4 forSound Using 21.9 mc. minimum response at 21.9 mc.Traps marker. 2. Adjust the top slug of T-3 for

curve shown. RJR

971 REA,:TAN'TRAP

3 Same as Step 1;1 Same as Step #1. 1. Adjust the top slug of 1-5 forAdjacent using 27.9 mc. minimum response at 27.9 mc.'Sound marker. 2. Repeat Step 1 (QuadrupleTrap alignment) to reproduce the ,,, i

curve as shown.27.9

4 Couple the output of Same as Step $1. 1. Adjust L-8 on tuner assemblyDouble- the sweep generator and 1-2 for curve as shown in

26.4 22 7Tuned into the converter Fig. 6 for maximum gain, main- d

Stage plate by means of taining the 22.7 mc. and 26.4 / \\._

Alignment the split tube shield. mc. markers at 50% response.

5 Connect an unmodu- Connect 2-100K resistors 1. Adjust 1-10, 1-11, and bottomSound IF lated 4.5 mc. signal in series from plate of slug of T-8 for maximum re -Alignment to the grid of the ratio detector pin 2 of sponse.

1st sound IF amp. V-13, 618 to ground.pin 4 of V-9, 12AU7. Connect VTVM from junc-

tion of the 2-100K re-sistors to ground.

6 Same as Step $(5. Reconnect the VTVM from 1. Adjust the secondary (topRatio the junction of the 2- slug) of 1-8 for zero volts be -Detector 100K resistors (see S tween the positive and nega-Balance above) to the junction tive excursions.

of C-134 and R-131. 167

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION!

DEFLECTION YOKE A15111§tkOT

V.H.E TUNER2I,REDRTER

4-111

C ZS

AA

-Fres, 1...AL

Am' CONVERTER KO

T -E

1 o tart-mo Der

74.45$

*.es000 t Yzg

C171I M.1

ImINW%

o

"1,1'

A.3

RIO

8

V.iA

678RATIO DETECTOR

IST AUDIO ANIMAIFIER

L8.52>§_;ITT IF Awe

T-3

MIA4.44/At

o -

MOO/Olf

Le44§..1 I

T. .1.9 m

230 VIDEO IF MAR ; a10. 00 r

0 °noOiivAr00

SO

M.

M.

SPLIT TUBE SHIELD

CtO,o44

31,

- Alf MO

12AU7

REFERENCEKANO.

utALIFIER

ROTSINCA

C133

A.144 0.131

.00

11-117:14rr--jj

004

11.11-Zr

A 4

W 0gleknoIF0W

OKILO

teK

CO.%OAT Kir

CAtoSO

VAR6AU6EKED AK

nrosnoNue

41765N7

11-11 in!AMMO EON

DRIe

-1 or

WOK

JI.J1.72-7_1111111

v-006AL5

PRASE DETECTOR 8=

D.1;e:::

TUBE SHIELDS.C. PART NO 151036

LEADS

4-I MEGOHMRESISTORS

0440me 9K 40-440

IOW

1200

N.V. POWER SUPPLY


V.I46V6 -G'

AUDIO OUTPUTSTROMBERG-CARLSON

321 SERIES

AMON 300V1477i_t_16.7en von Ian

ISO wo1.c4oAmPLIFkuji

ITT AUDIO if. AMUFOR

-7, m701 MT mnoN

6W6-GT10.

M

VIDEO AMPLIFIER440 VIOLA INN. ANS

r -1 1 r-n --LHA

§04§_i ; t_31 LeS0§-1 T -aOn . "

CNVIDEO IF I 4TH VIDEO IF AMP ITN NINO 01.4.4

Luz°O°C O1/0

ATNIM TRAPT.3

MO V

A-1110

aaSOO

smer,T.,

MIC42

V. I I

20CP4KINESCOPE

R-104S00

wag

.1.1.AC1411 TNT INATIMIN

SA. Nenena ana0-04 C.ASE

T-11VERTICAL/LOCKING

Man

en

At:

1,1

6131_7VERT- OSC.

VETE OUTPUT WM

SAL11,011

a -a ,-.NM PAM

R.110"NEWS

41114

Man MRSOINITROL

.,IONEN VANN Sal la CanEMI. ON MANN0.4 WNW

T.i0weRTICAL O.FTEUT

TaanFOR0114

CIntEN,

NOA

moonWAWA

Nen4400 Mr

DEFLECT.. TOM

P14tow?'

LSO V

4K"MN

-

SA.4

Ilf.n SO V

an204

NINO

4216W4CAMPER

J

POWSonITWOL

OXONEReye a

COLOR CONVERTERSOCKET

NOT[:ARNOWS FOR POTENTIOMETERS

INOICTE CLOCKWISE ROTATION

321 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

V-235U4 -G

L.V.RECTIFIER

ON -OFF SWITCHON VOLUME CONTROL

U.S.0.EON.

V-245U4 -G

L.V nCTIFIER

TIMM PAM

Ta/K-4.-1.

Minn MRRr

LI t: -4---47T

roan TRAnFonn

Maas ONNORMIAG. RONNE

ERLOCK

169

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONVOLTAGE CHART

1. Measurements are made at 117V. line using vacuum tube volt-meter. All voltages are D.C. and are positive with respect tochassis ground except where noted.

2. All voltages shown in telev. section measured with rangeswitch in TV position.1"23. Contrast control set maximum, brightness control set at mini-

mum, antenna disconnected.4. Voltages shown with asterisk (*) vary considerably with con-

trot settings. DEFL. YOKE a V -I9FOCUS COIL SOCKET 6SN7 -GT

TUNER UNIT

V -I6BC5 OR 6AG5

GNO.

200 2,-_16 v 102ND.

' G1(..' 484761,,''.. V-2 6:C6 r..eiral 6J6GNO "Gar

.

Stromberg -Carlson Co.Series 321, continued

- 000, 20v. 2006 .0 0. 600 0 0sso 0 0 on, -10 00

V-25 V-56AL5. , ,.6. BM.,

235 V 265

5.45 00 e. 0 3450:

0 0 0 0V-23 Cs,5U4G . 0 ''

34,0

32D,A 6.3 vA0

320 2. /..C: 0 0 0.

300 o o'00 0 0

V-24 3 4 V-18 _ o

5U4G 60L7 0

LOOKING AT INSIDEBOTTOM OF CHASSIS

550

REAR

550

< V- 1 46V6 - GT

5506

40v

V-221E13 - GT

65

16 0 o0 0

16.560 O®

V -2I6W4-GT

3200.55065v0 o e

V .076.3 0A.C. 0, 3'",

5500..

KINESCOPE

6,,\\

nv

V-206AV5

v63

0.

320 V. 05,,,

6SN7-GT6

,,

,f° e'f")/( 1006 -402

... 7.

7\ \ V- 1 5

12AU70 syA

320

00

63A.

V -I06W6-GT

6 AL

®CD 6000 V.

/TEITL,8E

0 3 v.A

V-1?

5640 0

o0

0

, GND.

0

AilI lige

G. 55 v

0 002.

all1119

,002

050.

0 0 c0

00

4

00 0 M5

,,,

16 v0.

...q0

0104C

-

75

75

.

'V -I6

6AU6

V-9

0.

' I-"" ,-.R5

qoquitov

,1S1A4

Nswilii

6.30...0.

V-136T8

0.0 DND

' v

' 3.80

RAT 02Ts. .)

v

OK)

' L.,o

0,50.0 3,

12 AU7

1,5008,PO ti1.1%0 °

0 -.20 6.30. CC.

000. f1.0. r Y.

.. 85,/

3.3

Rs

G 0

v.

0/8,

5 V -g' %0,26BA6

' T- 4

0.2ND

0.0 . r,

/ 0

V-12 G',<D %6AU6 ,,, e V-7

6BA6

r , . ,

Ly10 1 3 j

06",30. o,,0

.05v 0© rxp

' T-6 0 'i'"C' ' V-80. 6CB64 3 75 6 3 v.0

VID 1 tj

P.P. AMP CONV. PRI.FRONT

4110

L-8

6BC5OR V-2

6AG5 OSC. 6J6CONY

L -I9 TUBE LOCATION®

HORIZ.OSC.

e V -I96G N7

G TV 5 CONY. V-25 HORIZ. OSC. DEFLECT ION YOKE68A6 SEC. 6AL5 a FOCUS COIL

SOCKETI Vat F. AmP. PHASE DE T. V-14

6V6-T-3

-,,,

G T V-2315_1 via

AUDIO OUTPUT 5U4GF.6SN 7-

GT

V - 9 -10I2AU7 6W6-V -8

GTSC 86 1E V1D. AMP. 8IE SOUND I.F. AMP. 2"4 VIDEO AMP.

41': VIDA F. AMP

V-20 V-216AV5- 6W4-

GT GT

HORIZ. AMP DAMPER

170

PHONOPLUG O R-198 L -20 C-196 (--) L-32 R-188 R -I86CI U ,----.LINE

101 FUSE 0 6COLOR ADAPTER HORIZ . HORIZ

H°RIZ.

RoPiz. VERT. VERLIN. CONT. SIZE

T.

SOCKET DRIVE SIZE LIN.REAR


SYLVAN IA Chassis 1-502-1Models 71M-1, 72B-1, 72M-1

The service material on the next six pages is exact for SylvaniaChassis 1-502-1 used in Models 71M-1, 72B-1, and 72M-1. Chassis1-502-2 used in Models 73M-1 and 73M-2, is the same except that adifferent tuner, using tubes 6CB6 and 6J6, is employed.

There are many other Sylvania television receivers which are verysimilar in circuit to the chassis covered on these pages. Besidesminor circuit differences, some of these sets may use other tuners,different tubes in some of the stages, other stagger I.F. frequencies,20" picture tubes, and some sets are combinations. The material pre-sented on these pages will be helpful in servicing these additionalreceivers:

Chassis 1-356 Models 74B and 74M." 1-366 " 71M, 72B, 72M, 73B, 73M." 1-387 " 22Mi 22M-1, 23B, 23M, 23M-1, 24M-1, 24M-3, 25M.

1-437-1 74B-1, 74M-1, 75B, and 75M.1-441 71M (similar to 1-366 but different tuner).

!I 1-462-1 24M.

Horizontal Hold Adjustment

A. Tune in a station and adjust the ChannelSelector for best picture quality. Adjustthe Picture Contrast and Brightness con-trols for normal picture.

B. Remove V15 - 6AL5 - Horizontal Dis-criminator tube.

C. Turn the Horizontal Hold Control untilthe picture moves back and forth across

the screen with blanking bars vertical.

D. Replace the Horizontal Discriminator tubeand repeat "A," "B," and "C" under "Checkof Operation" above.

E. If the receiver will not pass these checks,it will be necessary to proceed with "PhaseAdjustment".

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT

1. Connect signal generator to the jig shieldson the Oscillator -Mixer tube. Allowgenerator and set to warm-up for fifteenminutes.

2. Connect the negative lead of a 3 voltbattery to the AGC Line, positive lead toground.

3. Connect an ungrounded D. C. VTVM acrossthe diode load resistor R145 - 3,900 Ohm.

4. Tune generator to 27.9 Mc. and adjust trapcoil L55 for minimum output. Keep volt-meter reading under 2 volts by reducinggenerator output as required.

'kfig Tube Shield - made by cutting off orinsulating a tube shield such as used or V2the 12AT7Oscillator-Mixer tube on the tunerso that the shield does not ground whenin place on the tube.

5. Adjust the cores of the Video IF Trans-formers in the following order. Reducegenerator output to keep voltmeter readingbetween 1 and 2 volts.

Set SignalGenerator At: Adjust:

26.2 Mc.

24.1 Mc.

25.3 Mc.

Core on 2nd VideolF TransformerT57 for maximum outputCore on 1st Video IF TransformerT56 for maximum outputCore on Mixer Coil L8 for max-imum output

Repeat adjustment of trap coil L55 as instep 4 above.

6. Disconnect signal generator and VTVM.

7. Connect sweep generator (frequency 25Mc. , sweeping 10 Mc.) using a . 005 Mfd.capacitor to pin 1 of 3rd Video IF Amp-lifier - 6BC5. 171

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSylvania Chassis 1-502-1, Models

8. Connect oscilloscope to junction of diodeload resistor R145 - 3,900 Ohm and coilL58.

9. Adjust primary (top core) and then secon-dary (bottom core) of IF Bandpass T58to obtain curve shown in Figure 8.

FIGURE 8 - IF BANDPASS RESPONSE

172

71M-1, 72B-1, 72M-1, continued.

10. Disconnect Sweep Generator from 3rd IFGrid and connect it to the Jig Shield on V2,the Oscillator -Mixer tube. Loosely couplesignal generator at this point for markers.

11. Observe IF response curve and, if neces-sary, adjust Video IF transformer coresslightly to obtain the response curve shownin Figure 9. Use low signal input and highenough scope gain so that the IF amplifierdoes not overload, resulting in distortionof the IF response curve.

24.0 MGMARKER

70%

f---- 26.4 MCMARKER

FIGURE 9 - OVERALL IF RESPONSE

SOUND TAKE - OFF &4.5 MC. TRAP ALIGNMENT

1. Connect a 4.5 Mc. sweep generator havinga 250 Kc. sweep through . 005 Mfd. to pin7 of video detector 6AL5. Loosely couplesignal generator for use as markers.

2. Connect oscilloscope to limiter grid resis-tor R104 - 47M through a 270M isolatingresistor. Adjust trap core L56 until 4.5Mc. marker is centered at the peak of theresponse curve. See Figure 10.

1.

FIGURE 10 - SOUND IF RESPONSE

SOUND DISCRIMINATORALIGNMENT

Connect oscilloscope across the VolumeControl.

2. Adjust the cores of the discriminatortransformers T52 and T53 until the dis-criminator curve corresponds to that inFigure 11. Note especially that:

(a) 4. 5 Mc. marker is exactly in thecenter of the curve.

(b) The curve is linear between the out-side two markers.

(c) The amplitude is the greatest obtain-able.

FIGURE 11 - SOUND DISCRIMINATOR

RESPONSE


SYLVAN IA

Note 1: The terms "Hori-zontal," "Vertical," or "60 cpssine wave" refer to the oscil-loscope sweep employed.Note 2: All waveforms aretaken with the oscilloscope hor-izontal sweep direction fromleft to right and with upwarddeflection corresponding to pos-itive polarity.Note 3: In some instances thewaveforms obtained will not beidentical with those shown, dueto the electrical characteristicsof the oscilloscope used.Note 4: All waveforms aremeasured with respect to chas-sis unless otherwise indicated.Note 5: Have Picture Contrastcontrol at maximum.

*The peak to peak (PP) vol-tages of these waveforms aredependent on the depth of mod-ulation of the transmitted sig-nal; voltages shown are ob-tained when modulation is ap-proximately 90 percent.

P

WAVEFORMS

Chassis 1-502-1, continued,Models 71M-1, 72B-1, 72M-1.

311"11P"."'Irgill9.1.

*6BF5 (V7) Video Amplifier *6BF5. (V7) Video AmplifierControl Grid (Pins 1 and 7) Control Grid (Pins 1 and 7)

3. 5 Volts PP Vertical 3. 5 Volts PP Horizontal

*6BF5 (V7) Video Amplifier *6BF5 (V7) Video AmplifierPlate (Pin 5) 55 Volts PP Plate (Pin 5) 55 Volts PPVertical Horizontal

12AX7 (V13) Hor. Sync. Sep. 12AX7 (V13) Hor. Sync. Sep. 12AX7 (V13) Hor. Sync. Sep.and AGC Rectifier Cathode and AGC Rectifier Cathode Plate (Pin 6) 37 Volts PP(Pin 8)2. 6 Volts PP Horizontal (Pin 8) 2. 6 Volts PP Vertical Horizontal

12AX7 (V13) Hor. Sync. Sep.Plate (Pin 6) 37 Volts PPVertical

12AX7 (V13) Sync. Separator 12AX7 (V13) Sync. SeparatorPlate (Pin 1) 25 Volts PP Plate (Pin 1) 25 Volts PP 60Vertical cps sine wave

173


Sylvania Chassis 1-502-1, Models 71M-1, 72B-1, 72M-1, continued.

6SN7GT (V12) Sync. Amp. &Clipper Plate (Pin 2) 110 VoltsPP Vertical

6SN7GT (V12) Sync. Amp. &Clipper Plate (Pin 2) 110 VoltsPP 60 cps sine wave

6BL7GT (V14) Vertical Oscil- 6BL7GT (V14) Vertical Oscil-lator Control Grid (Pin 1) 600 lator Plate (Pin 2) 235 VoltsVolts PP Vertical PP Vertical

6SN7GT (V12) Sync. Amp. &Clipper Plate (Pin 2) 100 VoltsPP Horizontal

6BL7GT (V 14) Vertical OutputControl Grid (Pin 4) 95 VoltsPP Vertical

6BL7GT (V14) Vertical Output Vertical Deflection Coils (Test 6AL5 (V15) Hor. DiscriminatorPlate (Pin 5) 830 Volts PP Point 1) 55 Volts PP Vertical Plate (Pin 7) 70 Volts PPVertical Horizontal

6AL5 (V15) Hur. DiscriminatorPlate to Plate (Pin 2 to Pin 7)Scope ground to pin 7 -23 VoltsPP Horizontn1

174

6AU6 (V16) Hor. Control Plate 6SN7GT (V17) Hor. Oscillator(Pin 5) 68 Volts PP Horizontal Plate (Pin 5) 95 Volts PP

Horizontal

6SN7GT (V17) Hor. DischargePlate (Pin 2) 105 Volts PPHorizontal

6W4GT (V19) Damper Cathode(Pin 3) 1000 Volts PP Hori-zontal downwini

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONCHANNEL SELECTOR

SYLVAN IATOP LAYOUT FOR 1-502-1 TV CHASSIS

O

V8

6AU6

SOUNDI F AMP

V3 V4 v5 V6 V7

6C B6,.._.,

6GB6..._,

611a._., 6AL55_.,

68F5\_....,

"Th ITN I-", f",I! !'AIDED 2.2 VIDEO 352 VIDEO VIDEO VIDEOIA AMP E A AMP IF AMP DETECTOR il AMP

A 5 C LINE CLAMPER

FUSE

TJiw AMP

P

NORUN SII

VI9 " VI7V21

61306GT 6SN7GT 56426W4GT H V RECT

How C.6OUTPUT NOR DrAGNARIXDAMPER

NORRCMT3

VI3/Th

I2AX7

ATILC

SYNC MP

ie--N\ V12AGC AMP.

6SN7GTSYNG AMPa CLIPPER

V15

F.T-TS

6AL5NOR. DISCRIN.

V16

6AU6NOR

CONTROL

ON -OFF 5VOLUME

BRIGHTNESS

JUMPER

V9

6AU6

SOUNDIF LIMITER

VIORATIO DET IU A F

VI4

68L7GT

PERT osc aVERT OUTPUT

AUDIOSOCKET

TOO

TOO

GC

C27.000002

VI V26086 12,477

44 3

CI.001

VI60E16

R. f.

UHF POWER SOCKET HORIZONTAL117V 60 CYCLES SOW DRIVE

HORIZONTALHOLD

VERTICAL HEIGHT VERTICALCONTRAST L./REMIT HOLD

G6 CO

FM- C7

.0005.0005

QC CS

PICTURE

C19

107 eteLt

'L00KER-F.0191

V27-7 12 AT 7,/ MIXER

/

C21

R5100M

.=R9

2200

2

C231.00001

C26- .0011

C25T.000005

V2I2AT 7

Osc.

oce

RF TUNER SCHEMATICFOR 1-502-1 TV

L6

I.F.OUTPUT

175


SYLVAN IA

LO -BANDANTENNA

HI - BANDANTENNA

Chassis 1-502-1Models 71M-1, 72B-1, 72M-1

MODELS 728 -1,72M -IHI -LO ANTENNA

0-

0ANTENNASWITCH

ON -OFFSWITCH

ION VOLUMEc.09740L)

176

DIPOLEMODEL 71 M -I

0 USE HIGH VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER PROBEWITH SYLVANIA POLYMETER TYPE 22I2FOR ALL HIGH VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS

0 CAUTION. VOLUME CONTROL SHIELDSARE AT -135V DO NOT CONNECT TOGROUND

R FTUNER

L8125.3mcl

UHF POWERSOCKET

117V 60 CYCLES50W.

T50 V22 V23r i 5U4G 5U4G

L.V RECT. L.V. RECT +14ov.

I SV.A.C.-11---4. 4 o v

oCI

011-0 I0

I

WO VII VIZ V13 V14 V15 V16 V17 VI86T8 6V6GT 6SN7GT 12AX7 6BL7GT 6AL5 64116 6SN7GT 61306GT

48

4A5 2 7 7 8 9 5 13A7 3

R1714

31131 I

7

* CONTRAST CONTROLAT MINIMUM

BRIGHTNESS CONTROLAT MAXIMUM

AA- -135V

0

P

A HIGH PEAK VOLTAGE OF SHORT DURATION(APPROX. 2,000V)MAY DAMAGE METERUSED FOR THIS MEASUREMENT

el SOURCE OF VOLTAGECONNECTED TO INDICATED VOLTAGE SOURCE

VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED TO CHASSIS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, DC TAKEN AT 20,000 OHMS PER VOLT, A C AT1,000 OHMS PER VOLT MEASUREMENT CoNDIT:ONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED SOURCE 117 VOLT 60 CYCLE, ANTENNADISCONNECTED WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT, PICTURE CONTRAST AT MAXIMUM, BRIGHTNESS AT MINIMUM -OTHER CONTROLSAT NORMAL POSITIONS.AVERAGE VOLTAGES AND COIL RESISTANCES ARE INDICATED. RESISTANCE OF TAFPED COILS S FOR EN TIRERESISTANCE IS NOT SHOWN WHERE READINGS ARE TOO SMALL OR WIDELY VARIABLE.

AC LINE

I.F. OUTPUT

A.G.C. -0v

8+ +125v

FIL

300V A.C/T

6 3V AC0

INTERLOCK

6.131. XAC

6.3v, AC

V3 V46C86 6CB6

C155_..4014F0

350V.

CI562.40MFD-350v.

0

6.1 V.A.C.

0126 -005

0127.0051

L50

6.8M

aCI57

8OMFD +350v

015860MFD200v

VS V6 V86BC5 6AL5 64U6

413-I

0160 CI61 CI62.001 .001 .001

L52 L53

V19

R132W.6.8 MEG

6129

100M

C1291.005

RI433.3M

61643.6MRI691190D.

6w4GT

V36CB6

C130 IST VIDEO I.F.

0001

V611/21

Ro.evtR1355611

6AL5A G C. LINE CLAMPER

+125v.

R166I275.11

-105v8167 PICTURE

250A CONTRAST-t32V.

R16818011

It 7.0 NCI

T56

WINDING. COIL

The thirdfrom typethe socket

C134.0000047

V4-6C136

2M0. VIDEO I.F .000001+,00v 1575

R13747m

+0.0)42R13956110133

.005

6138IM

V1311/21I2AX7

SYNC. SEP. EtA.G.C.RECT.

V12 0/2)6SN7GT 8I77

A.G.0 AMP 10M

-0v -75v5 7

IC1611IOMF

Om 25v.

.003 8178

A.G.C. 111711

CONTROL 1.0MEG

R180mom

CI36

3t

27M® 81

9.004 T

R1402.2 M

+125V.

RI84

0171-.047 0172

-1.7 .01v

1.2MEG.

V13I2AX7

SYNC. SE

C170

3

61831.0

MEG.

t 6182). 55m

+125V. -135V.

46181S2.2 MEG.

VI66AU6

R2I9 HOR. CONTROL

R18512M

470M c195 8.281

C194 PHASING 1.0001 80T m CORE)

TS2

1.0 MEG.

HORIZONTAL HOLD(TOP CORE) -135V

V17I0197.0001 6SN 71

HOR.C198

+

.002

#22I470M.Z

-132v.

-135V.

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR 1-502--I TV CHASSIS

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONV8

6AU6SOUND I.F. 0102

V96AU6

SOUND I.F. LIM.

0100 8101 0101

.004 10011 .004

.00004RI044781

L54

deo IF tube V5, is changedIC 5 to type 6CB6, Observe[ring change for this tube

5C5IIDEO I.F.

III111

0140

.004

[SANG10 MGSWEEP

RI431M

V6 0/21D°T 6AL5

V DEO DET. L57-1"100.

7 11.2n

4.6 MC850 KCSWEEP

01370000lI

6.711

(Th L58

- 6141.00001

RI453.9M

RI47V7

613F5VIDEO Amp

S3.30

-1050.* 132V

CI4 4.005

CI43

.005

V12 (1/2)6SN7GTIC AMP. 8.IPPER -6.4VV

C176.00075

ii1189 8I510 RI91

2

I2 M

8.2 M 6.2MC174

1:1 73 '005 C175

3 1.002T .005

R18733M

ISV. +125V. -135V.

!22!ZIA

19IS

C200

+125V.

V17 (1/2)6SN7GT

HOR. DISCHARGE-1600. -ISV

2

V14 (I/2)6BL7GT

VERT. °SC....,20 V +70V. ""

C17? RI95

HOLD °

MEG.

I 5MEVERT.

P19323

RI93

1.2

07B

-135V.

R2264.7M

C.0006112021

R225

-I35V. 25081

C201HOR. DRIVE

.0051

474REo

470M

+125 V.

15 MG290sCSWEEP

0138

VIO6T8

RATIO DET.

.0000047

RI508.2M

-142 VT53-

1 13.00

1.0 MEG.

* - 11 V.-43 V.

YELLOW it

LGO

RISI7.581

CI51.0051

C(15

11

.01

RII222031

-C1121.0001

CI20Ip IF -

C109 80. .25

.010'

CIII 8111

.011 I5MEG

VOLUMECONTROL

CII91.005

V24.1 1 PICTURE TUBE

17BP4A

JUMPER

R113

Tan.

-0V. 10+2204-121V.

RI52470M

C1521 LC146.003- T.o,

RI532.0MEG.

- BRIGHTNESSTEST CONTROL

VI4 (1/21 POINT6BL7GT (I) VERTICAL

Csio VERT. OUTPUT a DEFLECTIONO COILS1 + V. A c.,

.1

HEIGHT

R198

C179.1"-

M197Vv 4.781

10111FI:i 196450V. 100M

C203 f.001

470MR227

+275 V.14)

R228 -145V.

10013

-1154.C204

IOMF450V

822915011

1.0

R1991.0

MEG

VERT.LIN.

i-10611

8200

II

4 7612

R201 m%181

TIOOMFO50V.

M

-135V.

R202510

R2035600

L61

YELLOW 478

+275V. (A)

VI86B06GT

NOR OUTPUT+350V A

8230loon.

+125V. 047 8.2M

-135V.+12511.

VI96W4GTDAMPER

HORIZONTALDEFLECTION

COILS

FUSE/4 AMP

-135V.r

VI 1

6V6GTA F OU T

-1230 4711S '4.65V.

13,000 V. 0

DO NOT AT TEMPTTO MEASURE THIS

VOLTAGE

t.8M1

LT63

J 6511

HOR.LIN.

C2I1

-4(.0007

R232 W.C2O)M

t.033C206

I T® SLUE

cL64 ;911 I'00RANGE

L6519n I

6C116

60MFO350 v.

RII747011.

+125 V.

0. 135 V.

V20 V2I5642 5642

H.V. RECT. H.V. RECT

HOR.SIZE

L6767n

C212

)I----,.0005

R235

1.5ME

012361.5MEG.

j_C213

.0006

A B C J K L

7818DE FGHI 0 0 0

TERMINAL LOCATIONS ON HIGHVOLTAGE SCANNING ASSEMBLYREFER TO CIRCLED LETTERSON SCHEMATIC

C209.22

-135 V

R233

IM0

0210TiOMFD

450V.

+275V. (A) -135V. 177


Western Auto Supply Co. *** Television Receiver Model 2D1185B.

See below for list of similar models.

R -F UNIT

OATEN-vellIr

OH-131.14 150

WHITEH.RED

V -9A 6SN7-GTv. eVERT. PHASEOSC. SPLITTER

6

1 Foy H

ALL RESISTANCE VALUESIN OHMS.

K.1000

ALL CAPACITANCEVALUES LESS THAN 1.0IN MI AND ABOVE 1.0IN MME, UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.

COIL RESISTANCEVALUES LESS THAN 1.0OHM ARE NOT SHOWN.

178

1000

3.3 K

T.100,

3.3 K

150

v -I

6CB61ST P/X. I -F

5

V -I

6CBC4A3

T- 81ST P/X.I -F COIL

47

1K 22K

V-2 T-9CCB6 ND PIX.

2ND PIX. I -F 1-E COIL

1000 150

I 1000V-2

T 6CB6J 4

1000

2 2 MEGI MEG.

VERT. HOLD

.005

4.7 MEG.

Tion4/50V

L-13

1.5 MEG.

V36 C -B 6

3 RD FIX. I -F

1000TJ.

180 Tw° I.5 K

T 1000

471,

12 K.-

T-103 RD PIZ.I -F COIL

V -4A

6AL:P/X. DE

V-3 V -4A I. V-4 B6CB6 6AL5 1.5 -JA. 4

L-14

V -I0

6S4VERT. OUTPUT

TAKE -OFF I

700V

1420 s1 -01/511 -

COIL0 Tv rOUTPUTrroo NN .600; PA iy I____

12.5 MEG.

V-16

6SN7-GTHORIZONTAL

OSC.

10.25 1 47

100 K

100 K

HORIZONTALDRIVE

T 0.25

3390 v 330

820 0 1

05 K

PERT REDLIN.

330470 1301

101,

I MEG.,

82

V-17

6AL5HORIZONTAL PHASE DET.

5

1T'i

25 K

HORIZONTALMOLD

27

.0515 K

560

560

TO PIN.7 or

1.7t7ILVJO V_!

20 MF4501,,

L-16VERT.

DEFLECTION,C0/1.

T-5HORIZONTAL

N. V. TRANSFC

v-18 6BG6-GHORIZONTAL 01/

11T.0

5 MF.

6,8 K

0-1

1000

10 K

Tv

1.140t4003-18

rV9140NOSWITCH

450V II

BOTTOM VIEW OCTAL SOCKETON CHASSIS TO RECEIVE PLUGFOR YOKE AND FOCUS COILCABLE.

H1000

Model 2D1185k differs from 2D1185B mainly in a few minor mechanicalChanges. The circuit of this set is very similar to Models 2D2052,2D1190 (with a 20" picture tube),and 2D1194 combination. Use thismaterial as an aid in servicing all of these models.

V -5A 12AT7 V -5B

1ST VIDEO SYNC. AMP.AMP.

11.05


Western Auto Supply Co MODEL 2D1185B

.-5MU Ht Dor

5.66 22K

--74N0OT9 NUM

?ED,OT5 MOH

2.7'a

2.2 K

5 MF.25V T

360

L-9 TRAP

4 MOO

0.275 V

II 6AU6T-2

SOUND I -F TRANS.7 SOUND I -F

1 MEG

V -6A 12AU7 V -6BSEPSYN. VIDEOARATOR OUTPUT

`MF.

47 K 470 K

390 K 0.5

0.251 100 K

-PUT

UT

471

.005

5.1

L-18HORIZ. LIN.

CONTROL

6

4

47 K100

'CONTRASTCONTROL

3.9 MEG

I /05L. MUoH-1 ,

BROWN DOT

1 III SE1 In II

L-11190 MUN

WH/TEDO7

0275 V

(FACTORY MODEL 229T26M-166-1)V -4B

6AL5D.C. RESTORER

I MEG.ft

ILA100 K 2 2 K

a

500 KBRIGHTNESSCONTROL

0 I 5 0 V

T-3souNo RATIOV -I3

6AL56AU6 v-12SOUND I -F r -osr.

TRANS. RAT/0 DET.

.5.6 K

T1"Tr

2

5_MF

15.6K

V -I9

183-GTN. V RECT

2MEG.

iirYv

V-20

6W4-GTDAMPER

1

O 3.n. 61 L-19 TO PIN 91 OF P1

I WIDTH CONTROL ro PIN .1 OF

.03 .110 vO 0.25

10 K

TOP VIEW PLUGFOR YOKE ANDFOCUS COIL CABLE.

4150 V

i100 K

K

56

470 K PHONO5-14

r V-PHONOswIrcre

PHONO/NPLIT

C-99-- R-115

.005T I MEG. J. .005

I MEG.

V-7P1X. TUBE

T -IIAUDIO OUTPUT

TRANS

1 6 TID MF.4175V

V146AQ5 500 KAUDIO

OUTPUT 01

io2.

MEG.?

v-Is6AV6VOLUMECONTROL AUDIO AMP.

68 K

L-20HORIZ.

DEFLECT/ON

V-21

5U4 -GL.V. RECTIFIER

WHEN P.M.FOCALIZER ISUSED L-21. R-96 & R-97ARE REMOVED.PIN2 &"8 OF X -I & P -IARE NOT USED.

A 500,, RESISTOR ISCONNECTED BETWEENR-95 & L-22

TO P/N -4 OF

TO PIN .1 Of N./ FUSE

/TO PIN .1 OF X-,.275 v 410 TO P/N "2 OF P -I

Cr\j)73,0,

11.

,TO PIN .11 Or P-1 \ IL_

47 K .os

..?75

T-6 ON -OFFPOWER TRANS. SWITCH

9

F ___40CUSCOILCHORE

FIT-7.2E21:-. "75R.95 L-21625"

1500 500

I 8405o.,I 30 kV.

ISO vR-96500 I "430V

R 4-9 K

FOCUS CONTROL

In some receivers C-99 and R-115 are not used.

I 80 ME450 V

Additional service material on the next page.

CAN.

INTERLOCK

179

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION23.5 25.25

23.0 26.2

50 %

21.7Overall Response Curve

T-345 sic

SOUND RATIODE r. rwANS.SECONDARY

aL-9145 MCTRAP

T-24.5 MC

7S071/NO IF TRANS.

L-15-4.5OUIA)RAEC OFF COIL

T -I021.7 MC

JRD P/A IF TRAP

T-925.9 MC

IND PIT I, COIL

T-823.'sr Pet IF COIL

25.1 MCCONVERTERPLATE COIL

Top Chassis Video andAudio I -F Adjustments

/ FRONT APRO

.100.1LEAD IN

180

r

8

AWN, A- CATHODE ._moot PL ATEDP,D I IL ATE Ts 'MODE 6PID

Western Auto Supply Co. (Continued).

MODEL 2D1185B(FACTORY MODEL 229T26M-166-1)

TRUETONE TELEVISION RECEIVER

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

F AAA Tue. OOOOO Lt

55147.0T

n NOOK I al ;7[XM:RE i1DAv

61106-13

(1'.4/5H PITEPHAL SHIELD Pi HEATED 0 -TAME GPO d HNu.

Bottom Socket Voltages

TURRET, SWITCH SETTINGSELECTS COILS. FORCHANNEL DESIRED.

6 AG 5R -F AMR 5

3-9 47K

WHITE

A.G.T C.

1000

1,5o:

H

10 K6 8

2.2 K

1

1

1

1

1

I 2H 041I ell 101

1j CMS 7

PIX I -F

6CB6

T-1024.1 MC.

3RD PIK I -F COIL

T-3 e) T-2SOUND RATIO 111°11FTOUND I -F TRANS.

4.5 MC 4.5 MC

DET. TRANS.RR/MARY

BACK APRON

Bottom Chassis Video andAudio I -F Adjustments

Tuner Schematic Diagram

6J6OSC.t MIXER

20

i1000'r L-51

..- r

0.5-3 3 -.4-ZrAf..L-52

1000

REDV11-1BP

120

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION

Wedinythawe electricChassis V-2200-1 usedin Models H -649T17,H -650T17, H -651K17,H -655K17, H -656K17,H -657K17, H -664K17;

and

Chassis V-2204-1 usedin Models H -659T17,and H -663T17.

A list of chassisand models similarto thethe setsdescribed is mwREgiven on mmpage 182.

L401RINGING COIL

2AU7HOR

INKTIvIEOTATOR

SVNO AMP8 SEP

604PHASE DET.

TO SPKR

SU83L v

R CT

TIOI130

e]C3IR

4125w

IFAMP

T302

RATIO OCT151 AUDIO

65N7UvErIT

wolsolowoR

T 401VERT OUTPUT

TRANS

)6V6GT

VERT

T`01v

POWER TRANS.

1303

12001

7 304

5(Z4125VIDEO OET

NOISE CLIPPER

L 20i

AU6 L203 6AU6`,T950 e IiT SOUNO

AMP iF AMPGROUND

VIDEO TEST TERMINAL ORVIDEO Ou PUT TO COLORCONVERTER

HOR LIN.

BRIGHTNESS

HEIGHT

VERT HOLD

VERT LIN.

illvAC

DISCONNECT JUMPER_NNEN COLOR CON-VERTER IS INSTALLED

FIG. 4 TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS

42 25Mc 44.0Mc 45.75Mc41.25Mci43.0Mc 45.OMc

B

41 CMc 43 0Mc 450Mc 47 0Mc42 0Mc 44 0Mc 46 °Mc

FIG. 5 - RESPONSE CURVES ATVARIOUS STAGES OF ALIGNMENT

COMMON I -F SECTION

Remove the 6AK5 RF amplifier tube from its socket, and turn the chan-nel selector to channel 13.

Connect the oscilloscope to the video test terminal through the de -coupling network shown in Fig. 2.

Connect a 3 volt bias battery to the AGC line.Adjust the sweep generator for a center frequency of 44 mc. with a 10

mc. sweep deviation, and couple the marker generator to the sweep generator.

StepConnect Sweepand Marker

Generators to -Marker Use

ConnectDetuningClip to -

Adjust -

I. 3rd I -F amp.grid

Check for equal re-sponse at 42.25 mcand 45.75 mc usingweak signal. Also43 mc and 45 mc.

2nd I -F amp.plate

Pri. of T304 for max.response and sec. ofT304 for symmetricalcurve shown in Fig.5A.

2. 2nd I -F amp.grid

Same as step 1 1st I -F amp.plate

Pri. of T303 for max.response and sec. ofT303 for symmetricalcurve shown in Fig.5B.

3. 1st I -F amp.grid

Same as step 1 Not used Pri. of T302 for max.response and sec. ofT302 for symmetricalcurve shown in Fig.5C.

4. 6 3 6 mixerth r o u g hcoupling de-vice shown inFig. 3.

Check at 4 4 mcMarker pip must beat center of flatregion on curve.

Not used Turn C318 adj. corn-p I ete ly clockwiseand adjust T101 formax. response. Ad -just T301 for sym-metrical top.-

5. Same as pre-ceding step

Adjust to 41.25 mc.and increase outputuntil pip is readilyvisible.

Not used C)18 to minimize am -plitude of 41.25 mc.marker pip.

6. Same as pre-ceding step

Check curve at Ire-quencies shown onFig. 5.

Not used Re -adjust TIO1 andT301 to obtain curveshown in Fig. 5D.

1 a


There are many other Westinghousetelevision chassis which are verysimilar in circuit to the setsdescribed on these pages. Eachof these chassis may be used inseveral models, and at times thesame model may have been issuedwith either of two chassis. Forexample, Model H -650T17 describedhere as using Chassis V-2200-1,also used Chassis V-2192-4 at anearlier date.

Some of the differences betweenthese various chassis are out-lined below, but in the main thedifferences are in minor circuitparts, picture tubes, high voltagetransformers and yokes, and tuners.

Chassis V-2175-3, V-2175-4 usedin Models H -646K17, H -647K17,H -654T17, differ from the setsdescribed in tuner yokes used.

Chassis V-2178-1, V-2178-3 usedin Model 642K20, differ in tuner,and in Horizontal sweep and AGOcircuits.

Chassis Assemblies V-2192, andthe sane with suffix -1, -2, -3,-4, -5, and -6, have been usedinterchangeably to a degree inthe following models and differmainly in the type of tuner em-ployed:H -639T17, H -640T17, H -641K17,H -646K17, H -647K17, H -649T17,H -650T17, H -651K17, H -654T17,H -657K17, H -658T17, H -663T17.

Chassis V-2194, V-2194-1,V-2194-2, V-2194-3, are usedin Models H-642K20A, H -652K20.

Chassis V-2201-1 used in ModelsH -648T20, H -652K20, H -662K20,uses a 20" picture tube and hasminor circuit differences fromthe chassis described here.

Chassis V-2202-2 (with ChassisV-2210-1) used in Model H -653K24has a 24" picture tube and adifferent high voltage circuit.

Chassis V-2203-1 is used in com-bination Models H -660C17, H -661C17

Chassis V-2206-1, Model H -665T16,

182 is identical except thata 16KP4 tube is used.

WestinghouseRADIO TELEVISION

CHASSIS V-2200-1 V-2204-1Models H -649T17, H -650T17, H -651K17,

H -655K17, H -656K17, H-65710.7,H -659T17, H -663T17, H -664K17.

T C

6.3y

111,-

[-7

!-I-

j

I -ALE 9

ft

SECTION I RF

ti; ti

"

. TroiCo SECTIONS Of. AEr.. Of wafERSA" . Of ma,.Toff". riumats, 'MONT TO 11000

6V6GT 651.1761- 6 AH 6YEW vaO WONTErl71/%! r)._

14,11 .rEfSGT :W=T

YO1

C)! riti_.2

MOMI. ALL CAPACJTANG /ALOES tH WC, .6M ALL MUNCIE VALUES HI 0.11S

/81WASS OTHEIHNISE 10/2

2,1 "ALT PACOUCTIOM CHASSIS A FEW CCUPOWENTS RAW OE SANTO' DEFERENTVALVE THAN SHOFFM. ACK CENEW/ PANTS SHOULD t OF MUMS LOWS.vOL TAM WILAYAIEC MOW CHASM MOWS USW/ 1opoo /VOLT METES.LAW MOO. of FA C. 1/EAweSS 90.6.0 SW AS IMMO WI.

WISTALL TWO 100s WES/STOWS IS SOUP 1101E .1.0.I. 01 OLS / 10ISTOISISH TEST PONT5.60 C,AS. FEKTITNIN FATE.

IFITA OFT. PULSE REPETt110111 RATE.

T. SOOOT COMECTIOw5 FDA 111111/111.1TE ME, AM 990 MOW S.F. ODOMHOEHN T SWISWITUTE TAWS MI 000tEET ASPS AGESSEYT.

GAC7 GA06 GAT6 1111016

11916 12AV6 68411

GOO

I ITT

Tr

T.

a

.SO


1TO [R

I.IM

' Nu,

0322

6.0

113011002

Weilinghouse electric Corporation6T8

GAL5 §j2t 303 0323

VIDEO OC T VIDEO 014P L 3091.0,11 10012

IC303tVf

-L

WIDTH

0327 50KBOGRTHESS 43200

4-'111C/4,VVIVN R526IT ASK

1.6.1 IF MN#306100

v-17:05 2 66 II AMP.

102 I 800

#3322.212

TC 45COITTP01. I4

NEW AGC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

T 304

010E0TEST

TERMINAL

330?11)T1un

R333220

L305

R316$6

eSYNC AMP

304'Dun

03223.6

rOv

0324100K

NEW VIDEO AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT

SECTION 2 SOUND IR AND AUDIO-- - ---. CHASSIS V -2205-I 4 - - - -

TRIT5NA

WIO

T202

Aug S ja 1.41,:u1 526 62 OUAUDIO

6

M OAT. 15T 2110

III BIROAu.,.

21111 =AO i f WI RAI

TRAM&

_T 202 109 /OTI 4 9 c airteAMIIIIII5

-CC ,- Ci..3 R.K.

, 4 100

,, .± 50,1I.

201

111,11 2*.Ooa

=c..2..s.

11

100211,_

C.

-a 5 0.00

_ _

AtIO I AtIMAI

212 0jp :V

C .202IR

. C2..02 MOP

I C21230

2084./

CU.

142990? Aeb 5030I ' o" =:Ala..,.

I

.. -04.M.,L.5- 1:0CÊT

6CB6411SON

I I M 4' ' so-,T 500

TAW 1,41.44.___GOMELE:r -II- 1 OIA,,,

= L ait-LW. i LOM610.

5:6: ,..6A.LIE,

0.11 MINNA

5

GANG

06120 AIN

T 302

Lat 1

I m F

5 :II

N515,00I

R3:1 5012

61112020255

I it 05.WA MN

' 4 T303 T2°i. -In .`!7mg

rL

I- 3 1 1E-4111,------ ,

... I al ItC" 5 i! . MT

C310

- 'Or30T

L. -J . 2 1--

...1.

L.30,.am

73:Nur

m11

,..T1TTF

309

ri3OT

'R512

50 0315 I. - -'ATO -

= 11315im

'11103aB :::

C .a.4.T, ,,,..

rue 2.2a

4-, W,504 gal r

1 II I2.3 24 -ET ...I CNA

Gos

2301

.14. /C

I

NOOK 0310t. 1E322

.E209319 i .

NETeL

Eel, I y \I

LIGOWAN.- --- - - - .- -- - -

01000NINCT Minn ---e 0 0 TEM TERM1.1.

SECTION 3 VIDEO rer.....455431=1112A PrWOW corPuT TOr03.011 com.1211

IQ

UDC 3a xoTE 5

111

- .1 0,.91, .T

E 5 TiC,TE 5

4 v. T 011.01 .04 ,

/1. :6:'11405EU F;TA. MN ....7 " ___ a "iiiir TO.

1

2401

e 00 it aII.MIM.. : ...r ANI L.002 T .0011 .005 Li ANT J -

,,,K.

250

I.

111)K

1.5K 2 V203

5A

P.1400 MkAVIT 'Er

to-CONTROL

1E11M.A

Mr'HE .25

LIsN ."T..T

; C2!NICOATAM

07541,L ,.7. .N--- MN

HT

Ix. c.23.

....."4.4r!,_ es

T''''' ,;:t..°0. 2.0.-ji . SECTION 5 POWER.4" .r. Int

+0lee

c025I '

=2012

3 Il

1.25I

L.R.N. III.1 It Mt MillithF171 POTTERMAIO

.,90-4----705:e.,9c%

30TKa..

99 9503 i. " TOP. . ...C. I- .0 I- 4.

T NW, A

011.0:74:01 1

C" 6414 Mara T40T-.05 i 0.5315

....:. C. 1..1.0.3900

NM,10111. OUTIVII

Mil8 44714:Y

Mil.111/{11

C11

A . 1

50i

1.40t Ifio ..Mk

BBirU TOTIa

C44

,_-."

T CHASSIS No. V -2200-I 8i V-2204-1wow NMIeft NNWcame..

-.- .30eNe I15A ..--ON gOBBC SETS, ,6431To

TE Arli NA L 8"7INSTEAD Or 600110e-.e wll. .1

415N 4 qFFP=C -rin VVFIG. 7 - SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 11 3


Westinghouse Electric Chassis V-2200-1 and V-2204-1, continued.

SOUND I -F SECTION

Connect the signal generator to the video test terminal (point "D" on Fig. 41 through a .001 mfd capacitor.

Step Signal Gets .Frequency VTVM Connections Remarks Adjust-

1. 4.5 mc.unmodulated

Common lead to point "C"and high lead to point "A"as shown in Fig. 6.

Use 5 v. (-DC) scale onmeter. Set sig. gen. outputaccordingly.

L201, L202 and pri. of T201for max. voltage.

2. 4.5 mc.unmodulated

Common lead to point "A"and high lead to point"B"as shown in Fig. 6.

Use same sig. gen. output asin step 1.

Sec. of T201 for zero voltage.

z 0a CONNECT V.T.V.M. WERE FOR SEE FIG. 7 NOTE 4

SCNEM CONNECT V T.V.M. HERE FORATS_.1AGRAML201,1 202 a T"'1 Pill. AIM

i.917] S1201 ZERO ADJ.

Or.: le, ,T, 5iZ o t

.1 ,I RATIOLT El. AV& --

I51 AUDIO 2 to SOUND IF I ZT SOUND IF UIii. a' 3,9

vio,,, co A.i

a

R - FTUNING UNIT

T20180 1 2567 125419

125?CO 4 3 2 4 3 2

VI:.E0 DET. GANGI, MP. 20A.

GALS

3litini4P. NOISE CLIPPER VIREO AMP

INERMIllswim

4.5 Z34505 5 3415120 i(1.345111.5 ,,i 315 34 .210

2 0165t 7 ,115 P. 7 ,. 120 i' 76.11.5,r 78 1 7j , eirt4 )_T r,- I;;:91 " ell L--- i'l

1302 1304 CONTROL SET AT MAX....1-4E17.. (T303--6WOOT-( 1i -1.

LIJ

202I OUTPUT ] AIM° OUTPUT

-) 40330

-k.:Tieguisi(---..jCD

'41-5'

C scO4)2 -_

/7',5 -1 I:0

7 Cd

0 XL%fr,!) Z ...4

5U4G\ RECT.

s..

(6°1 2 3.

52 !7A3

7501L . V.

POWER TRANS

& -5 E1 (.4

rz 0 ZPHASE1DET.

;) kI,-,' IP0.

11

f,0 k 000 U

I H 4')((t Z,,,., g Z

5i

3.31 CONTROL AT MAX RES......"'"--

rg--1.5(:( CI I ( (SET$

32 3 21

320

Filr091:1;wO.

44 0d u _GSN7G.T_

U T( SNT. WITIVIEK..Tt Is V E

12 Al I i0

8)0_i68

LT: WDK

0Ucr:

110h. 1.1..11V1H.ATOK_N

$5 i

.

1401

0 L401

L=

geli 2

1-.1

a -1:3Y(1.'

:11 -.4 OaNM ; z

(7, i Io ,,,>rP- CV

RINGING COIL

KE7ED6AU6A.G.C.

s(

12 6 29054

GotCI6AU5GTum

i 1 1:'''' HON. OUTPUT

x a00II

L501 1I FILTER CHOKE

18 I

78 r,) 3.

-,1 550

184 FIG. 6 - BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS


ZENITH RADIO CORPORATIONCHASSIS 20J21 -20J22 -21J20-21.121

The 20121, 20J22, 21320 and 21121 chassis describedin this manual are basically alike. Alignment and ad-justment procedures are identical. The slight differ-ences that exist are in the size and types of picturetubes used. The 213 series receivers utilize the highvoltage electrostatically focused picture tubes whichobtain approximately 2200 volts from a 5642 rectifierfor the focusing anode, while the 201 series receiversuse the new low voltage focus picture tubes whichobtain the 0 to 400 focusing anode voltage from theregular power supply of the receiver and do not re-quire the 5642 rectifier.Zenith Chassis 20H20 also used inmodels marked with (*) and in ModelsH2041R, H2052R, H2053E, H3074R, issimilar to Chassis 20J21, but uses17BP4 picture tube.

T9 POWERTRANSFORMER

vie 1133

A C INTERLOCKBEAM BENDER

175M A SLOW BLOW FUSEL20 LINEARITY,L19 WIDTH_

0 0 0 0 0 0O o0:900o 01C 0,0 0O GO -0/.) 0O 0 0-0 0 0O 0 0 0 0 0

0. AFC TESTPOINT

VI9\U4

.---PCTURECENTERIADJUSTMENT

\ PROTECT -is/VI C0-

564 2cz)

000000000 00 0 0 0 0 00000000000000000C: 0 00 0 00O 0 00 0 00

PHONEVISIONSOCKET

R 38A G C DELAY

CONTROL

R 28ON -OFF SWITCH

a VOLUME CONTROL

VI76W4

GT

L18HORIZONTAL_

HOLD

Models using the above chassis.

32026R 12051E J2142R12027R 12053R 12143R12027E 12054R 12144E12029E 12055R 12144R12029R* 12126R 32151EJ2030E* 12127E 12153RJ2030R* 12127R 12154R12040E 12129E 12155R12042R 12129R J2868R12043R 12130E 12968R*12044E 12130R 13069E12044R 12140E 13169E

R27BUZZ

OUADFATURE COIL [CONTROL* AUDIO TEST

POINT

68F 5v10

V9 6B

MAGNE TiC L9slitE

RING ©C4ru-L/C

- V7VIDEO E 6036DETECTOR OUTPUT-,

DEFLECTIONYOKE ADJUSTMENT/ s's

aFP4AoR

20GP4on

20FP4V20

BRIGHTNESS-R 42R 46

CONTRASTR51 VERTICALHOLD RANGE

6

ERRIEPCTOR

T7ERCAR

01

CONNECTOR FOREXTERNAL BIRO

A

1 [ I C 1 R.F. GRID TUNING

tk"---- I....11---V I 6CB61---

LyELLOW ,t.-1 ---- R.F.WIRE

IIS--- ,---11-C2

PLATE TUNING

, 11 L2 CONV PLATE TUNINGL. -__r, C7 HIGH CHANNEL PEAKING TRIMMER

IER TEST

fi___. V2 6CB6

T* i':;,,..,CONV GRID CONNECTOR

C3 CONV GRID TUNING

toL-V3 6AB4" t ; 012 MASTER OSCILLATOR TRIMMER

CHANNEL OSC TRIMMER

1©10V4

6 6CB6

r -

VERTICALSIZE

FINE TUNING

VERTICAL LINEARITYR52VERTICAL HOLD

CHANNEL OSC. ADJ. WRENCH

T 3 3RD I F T RANS

T2 2ND I F TRANS

-T I 1ST I F TRANS.

L 4 47 25 MC TRAPL82 39.75 MC TRAP

-L3 41.25 MC TRAP

_CHANNELSELECTOR

TEST POINTS USEDIN PRODUCTION

Fig. 1 Chassis Layout

185

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONZenith Chassis 20J21, 20J22, 21J20, and 21J21, continued.

TOP VIEWCOUPLING ADJUSTMENTS (BOTTOM)

4TH I.F.

CONVERTER PLATE)L (ON R.F. SHELF)

1©]3RD I.F

Fig. 7 IF Alignment Guide

[©]2ND I.F

O1ST I.F

IAFC ADJUSTMENTS

The AFC adjustment can effectively be made by set-ting the horizontal hold control L18 to a positionwhere it is virtually impossible to "throw" the re-ceiver out of horizontal sync when switching fromchannel to channel.

AGC ADJUSTMENTSThe AGC delay control can be adjusted from the frontof the cabinet by removing the volume control knoband reaching through the opening with a screwdriver.Connect the calibrated oscilloscope through a 10Kisolation resistor to terminal "E" (Fig. 1 ). Selectthe strongest TV signal and observe the deflectionon the oscilloscope screen. Adjust the AGC delaycontrol for 2 volt peak output.Satisfactory adjustment can also be made by observingthe picture and slowly turning the AGC delay controlfrom its maximum clockwise position, counter-clockwise until a point is reached where the picturedistorts and buzz is heard in the sound. The controlshould then be turned slowly clockwise and set at apoint comfortably below this level of intercarrierbuzz, picture distortion and improper sync.

ALIGNMENTA suitable sweep generator in conjunction with anaccurate marker must be used for alignment work.When aligning the RF and IF stages of the receiver,it is necessary to measure detector peak output.This may be done with a calibrated oscilloscope.Any oscilloscope can be calibrated with a known DCvoltage. To make the calibration, connect the groundlead of the vertical input cable to the negative side ofa 3 volt battery supply. Turn the horizontal gaincontrol fully counter clockwise. With the "hot" lead,make a momentary contact to the positive connection

186

on the battery and observe the instantaneous spotdeflection on the screen. Discharge the scope inputcapacitor by shorting out the leads and repeat theprocedure, each time readjusting the scope verticalgain until the spot deflects 3 large divisions on thescreen. Each division then represents 1 volt peak.The position of the vertical gain control should bemarked for future reference.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT1. Connect the negative lead of a 6 volt battery supplyto terminal "A" (Fig. 1) and the positive lead tochassis. The bias supply can be made up from foursmall pen -light batteries. Keep the connecting leadsas short as possible.HOOKED ENDFOR CONNECTINGTO VARIOUS GRIDS

470 MMFDCERAMICCAPACITOR

56n1/2 W 5%CARBONRESISTOR

GROUND DIRECTLYTO CHASSIS. DO NOTUSE LEADS.

Fig. 6 IF Alignment FixtureFig. 8 4th IF Response

2. Connect the calibrated oscilloscope through a10,000 ohm isolation resistor between terminal "E"and chassis. The sweep generator input to the re-ceiver should be adjusted for 2 volts peak detectoroutput. Do not exceed this output level during any ofthe adjustments.

3. Feed the output from the sweep generator throughthe special termination unit shown in Fig.6 to point"D" (Pin 1 of 6CB6, 3rd IF). Adjust the generatoruntil a pattern similar to Fig. 8 is obtained.


Zenith Radio Corp. Chassis 20J21, 20J22, 21J20, and 21J21,continued.

Fig. 9 3rd IF Response Fig. 10 Exploded View of Traps

4. Set the Marker Generator to 43.75 Mc and alter-nately adjust the top and bottom slugs and the coup-ling adjustment of the 4th IF transformer for max-imum gain and symmetry with the 43.75 Mc Markerin the center of the response curve. The wire rodtype of coupling adjustment utilizes an insulatedsleeve by means of which coupling can be changedby turning the rod in or out.If the correct response curve cannot be obtained inthis step, check the position of the two slugs to seeif they are entering their respective coils from theopposite ends of the coil form. The position of theslugs near the center of the coils may change thecoefficient of coupling, making correct alignmentdifficult if not impossible.

5. Connect the sweep generator cable to point "C".Adjust the attenuator for a 2 volt peak detector output.

6. Alternately adjust the top and bottom slugs of the3rd IF transformer until a pattern somewhat similarto Fig. 9 is obtained. It will be noted that the topslug affects the high frequency side and the bottomslug the low frequency side of the response curve.If the correct response curve cannot be obtained,check the position of the slugs as in Step 4.

7. Connect the sweep generator cable to terminal"B" (Converter Grid). In this step it may be nec-essary to disconnect the bias battery and temporarilyground the AGC in order to see the highly attenuatedtrap slots with the oscilloscope vertical gain nearmaximum.

8. Adjust the 47.15 Mc, 41.25 Mc and 39.75 Mc trapsfor minimum marker amplitude (See Fig.10 ). It canbe seen that maximum oscilloscope gain has been usedand as a result the top of the response curve has been"run off" the oscilloscope screen in order to see a"blow-up" of the trap slot.

9. Re -connect the bias battery and readjust the oscil-loscope to the calibrated position. Adjust the sweepgenerator for a 2 volt peak output from the videodetector. Bear in mind that only one tuning slug isused in each of the following stages to be aligned.

10. Adjust the slug in the second IF transformeruntil the 41.75 Mc marker is halfway down the slopeof the response curve. Correct slug position isindicated when it is possible to move this markerabove and below this 50% point.

Fig. 11 Overall IF Response

11. With the test equipment set up as in Step 10,alternately adjust the 1st IF transformer and theconverter plate coil until an overall response curvesimilar to Fig.11 is obtained. If the proper responsecurve cannot be obtained, it may be necessary toretouch the 4th IF coupling adjustment or make aslight readjustment of the other stages to obtain thecorrect overall response curve.

SOUND ALIGNMENTProper alignment of the 4.5 Mc intercarrier soundchannel can only be obtained if the signal to the re-ceiver antenna terminals is reduced to a level belowthe limiting point of the 6BN6 Gated Beam Detector.This level can be easily identified by the "hiss" whichthen accompanies the sound.Various methods may be used to reduce the signallevel, however, it is recommended that a S-17203 stepattenuator be used for most satisfactory results. Toprevent leakage, certain precautions must be takenwhen connections are made. Use as short a lead aspossible between the attenuator and receiver antennaterminals and approximately 6 feet of 300 ohm shield-ed line between the antenna transmission line and theattenuator. The shield from the transmission lineshould be connected to the attenuator and the attenua-tor itself grounded to the TV chassis under test.

After the connections have been made, proceed asfollows:

1. Tune in a tone modulated TV signal and adjust thestep attenuator until the signal is reduced to a levelwhere "hiss" is heard with the sound.2. Adjust the sound take -off coil T13 (top and bottomslugs), input coil L9, quadratuxe coil L10 and buzzcontrol R27 for the cleanest sound and minimum buzz.It must be remembered that any of these adjustmentsmay cause the "hiss" to disappear and further re-duction of the signal will be necessary so that the"hiss" does not disappear during alignment.If intercarrier buzz is in evidence, after all normalsound adjustments have been made, the cause may beattributed to one or more of the following:

1. Improper adjustment of the AGC delay control.2. Defective 12AT7 intercarrier sound amplifier.3. Extremely high signal levels which require atten-uation in the antenna circuit.4. Transmitter over modulation. 187


188

ZENITH Chassis 20J21, 20J22, 21J20, and 21J21

C.6BuRiP

6806

s 565

60E6

6C06

V4

6CB6

68N6

6;i!,v Soof,v

0 0

III

-04VVirRRECE.VER

I.4.°.1;"'

VI V2

6CB6 6CB6R.F. CONY.

0 nF.TtR3,1,

VI4 BV2 6SN7GT

A.G.C.

pYf

.

R 63

y o0

R40

V36AB4

osc.

r.

L_

L3

yip1/2 teAT7VIDEO OUTPUT

30

Jiip

V46CBE

1ST I. F.

C30

210,

00

:"CO'4)"'CIKSON

T9

ro

TIO

VI9 "

5U4GRECT.

NOTES:ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSISTO POINTS INDICATED.ALL VOLTAGES ARE D.C. UNLESS OTHERWISESPECIFIED.ALL D.C. VOLTAGES TO BE MEASURED WITH AVACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER HAVING II MEGOHMINPUT RESISTANCE.ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS TO BE MADEWITH NO SIGNAL PRESENT, AND WITH CHANNELSELECTOR SET TO 2 UNLESS OTHERWISESPECIFIED.

MOVF (,,RTR

MU:

ALL CONDENSER VALUES IN MICROFARADSUNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.ALL RESISTORS 4 20% TOLERANCE UNLESSOTHERWISE SPECIFIED.RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS SHOWN WITHCOILS DISCONNECTED FROM CIRCUIT.ALL CONDENSER CAPACITY TOLERANCE 120%UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.CATHODE RAY TUBE 2ND ANODE VOLTAGE TOBE MEASURED WITH ELECTROSTATIC.OR 201<MIN. OHM PER VOLT,HIGH VOLTAGE METER.


ZENITH Chassis 20J21, 20J22, 21J20, and 21J21

VS 8 NOPOINTS

,TPO

V6

6CB6 6CB62ND I.F. 3RD I.F.

COUPLING40STmEN1

V76CB6

1ST VIDEOV 8A V9

I/2 I2AT7 6BN6INTERCARRIER AUDIO DET

SOUND

100

AMP.

C. 294 7

M 0

pot

AElfSOOK

:MA

\no

6BF5SOUND OUTPUT

V207HP4

'IX TUBE ^

OHOPR4

T6

.cmfurp

!DEUS EON, nog

4AI VISAN7GT V2 6SN7GT.CONT. HOR. OSC.

Ply

ES

V1513 V16

1/2HOR DIP T 1-10ERVUT

icc'.

0

TIE

V126BL7GT

VERT.SWEEP

CSI

V16IB3GT

IOU VOLT. RECT.

4 ft

MOTEOM SOME MD L.S. THE TWO TIETCOEE TIIE 44.101 <MUT AREINTERCIMECEll

LOMIEWEV

Mg.

T14

14

()ALIGNMENTPOINTS

CIRCLED ALPHABETS INDICATE ALIGNMENTAND TEST POINTS,

DENOTES CHASSIS

1

V176W4GT

DAMPERL19

r TM 440m

Cx

Schematic Diagram 20J21 and 20J22 Chassis

The 21J20 and 21J21 series receiversemploy high voltage electrostaticallyfocused tubes using the variation ofthe high voltage circuit as shown onpage 190, over. Outside of this dif-ference, the circuits are alike. 189

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1952 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONZenith Radio Corp.Chassis 20J21,20J22, 21J20,and 21J21.

a_

0

w

40

TERMINAL E__OUTPUT FROM CRYSTAL DET---11"

........

N// V3 N MI

i 6AB41

1 II

R F OSCILLATOR

/ V2 1

6CB6 11... ....

CONVERTER

/ VI \I 6CB6 I

R.F AMPLIFIER

V215642

C(2-17:SERIES ONLY4E-* *

*e_AFFECTS FOCUS)

V"*6BF5 I *

/ */

GRIDn 1 LOW VOLTAGEPIN 2

RECTIFIER

Signal Path Chart.

HORIZOUTPUT.

Vi8k 1B3\

H.V. RECTIFIER

VERTICAL CIRCUIT 00 00 00 410

HORIZONTAL CIRCUIT SOUND CIRCUIT COMPOSITE VIDEO ****

The signal path chart can be used forquickly isolating the particular sec-tion of the receiver where trouble issuspected. As an example, if the setunder test has video but no sound, thechart will indicate that the sound be-gins at V7, and continues through V8A,V9, and V10, so the trouble is in oneof these sections. The AGC tube (V14B)

190 a,'"fects both picture and sound. Hish

aVgIGT

HIGH VOLT. RECT.

7,i, V21

5642HIGH VOLT. RECT.

voltage circuit of 21J20, 21J21


IndexUnder each make, chassis or models are listed at left in

numerical order. The corresponding page number at the rightrefers to the first page of each section dealing with such

material. Under ADMIRAL only chassis not models are listed.

Admiral Corp.301 (radio) 5

21B1 5

21C121D121E121F121G121H121J121K121L121MY21N121P121Q121T121V121W121Y1

Air King700-100700-120700-140

Bendix, cont.3051 286001 28

5 6003 285 6100 285 7001 285

5 CBS -Columbia5 700-100 205 700-120 205 700-140 205

5 Coronado5 All on page 575 15TV1-43-8957A5 15TV1-43-8958A5 15TV1-43-9015A5 15TV1-43-9016A5 15TV1-43-9020A5 15TV1-43-9021A

202020

Airline -- seeMontgomery -W.

ArvinTE286TE300TE302TE31541265170-517352045206521052115212

Industries

2222222222222222222222

Belmontsee Raytheon

BendixT170 28T171 27C172 27T173 28C174 28C176 28C182 27T190 28C200 272051 282060 282070 28

CrosleyS11-442M1U 29511-444MU 29S11-447MU 29511-453MU 29511-459MU 29S11-472B1U 29S11-474BU 2917-CDC1 2917-CDC2 2917-CDC3 29

17-CDC4 2917-00C1 2917-00C2 2917-00C3 29DU-17CDM 29DU-17CHB 29DU-17CHM 29DU-17CHN 29DU-17COB 29DU-17COM 29DU-17PDB 29DU-17PDM 29DU-17PHB 29DU-17PHM 29DU -17E911,-1 29DU-17TOB 29DU-17TOL 29DU-17TOM 29S17-CDC1 29S17-CDC2 29S17-CDC3 29S17-CDC4 29S17 -00C1 29S17 -00C2 29517-0003 2920-CDC1 29

Crosley,20-CDC220-CDC3DU-20CDMDU-20CHBDU-20CHMDU -2000BDU -2000MDU-20PDMS20-CDC1S20-CDC2S20-CDC3DU-21CDM1DU-21CDNDU-21CHM1DU-21C0B1DU-21COLDU-21COLBDU-21COM1321-4323-3323-6331, -1, -2331-4356357, -1359363

Cont.292929292929292929292929292929292929292929292929292929

DeWald RadioET -140R 35ET -141R 35DT -162R 35DT -163RET -170ET -171ET -172DT -190D

3535353535

DuMont Labs.RA -111A 39RA -112A 39RA -113 39

Emerson686L687L696L700B, -D701B, -D120142B120153B120158B

FadaS6C55S6T65S7C20

4343434747434747

515151

Fada, continuedS7C30 51S7T65 51S20C10 51S20T20 5142.64 Tuner 5151055, -X 51S1060 51

Gamble-SkogmoAll on page 5715TV27-43-8957A15TV1-43-8958A15TV1-43-9015A15TV1-43-9016A15TV1-43-9020A15TV1-43-9021A

GarodSee Majestic

General -Elect.16C11716T517C10317C10417C10517C10717C10817C10917C112 -C11517C12017T1 tol7T620C15020C15124C101

6161616161616161616161676767

Hallicrafters14808, -A17804C17810C17810M, -MG17811-H178121781317815-H17 816178171781917824178251783817848178491785017860-H17861-H20823, -B20872

696973736969696969696969696969696969696973

Hoffman24B707 7724B708 77180 77183 77184 77185 77187 77636 77637 77638 77639 77880 77881 77882 77883 77884 77885 77886 77887 77893 77894 77895 77896 77897 77953 77954 77955 77963 77964 77965 77

Magnavox104 83CT -301 83CT -302 83CT -303 83CT -304 83CT -305 83CT -306 83CT -307 83CT -309 83CT -310 83CT -311 83CT -313 83

Majestic17C62 8517FA 8517JA 8517L, -72,-X 8520082 8520083 8520K, 20KA 8520L, 20LA 8520T82 8520T83 Pc

191


Majestic, cont.20UAT 8520U0, 2OUT 8520X 8570 85A-70 8572 8573 85106, -A 85108, -A,-C 85700 85701 85712 85A-712 85715 85717 85718 85719 85800 to 804 85

Meck, JohnXSC614TTM -700717C, 717TTM -717CTM -717T720C, 720TTM -720C3M -720T90219022902390249026

8989898989898989898989898989

Montgomery Ward15WG-3046C 9315WG-3049A 9315WG-3050A 9315VIG-3051C 93

Motorola14B1B14T414T4B17K8, -A17K8B, -BA17K9A, -BA17K1017K1OE17K1OM

105105105979"9797

10597

17K11, -A 9717K11B, -BA 9717K11C 9717K11D 9717T3 9717T5A,-C,-D 9717T5E to -F 10517T6BD 9717T6BF 9717T6C, -D 9717T6F 9717T6G 10520K6, -B 9720T2A, -BA 9720T3, -B 97TS -196 97TS -214 97TS -216 105

192

Motorola, cont.TS -228 97TS -236 97TS -307 97TS -314, -A 105TS -315 105

Olympic Radio752, 752U 107753, 753U 107755, 755U 107764, 764U 107766, 766U 107769 107

PhilcoClCP1DlC2F2D43233353738414452-T161052-T161252-T180252-T1(30452-T180852-T131052-T181252-T183152-T183952-T184052-T184152-T184252-T184452-T188252-T210652-T210852-T211052-T214052-T214252-T214452-T214552-T218252-T224552-T2282

RCA Victor4T101 1254T1417T103,7T104,7T111B7T112,7T122,7T123,7T1247T125B7T1327T1439T1059T1269T128

-B-B

-B-B-B

125121121121121121121121121121121121121121

RCA (Continued)

9T14716T15217T15317T15517T16017T17421T17621T17721T17821T179KCS-47BKCS-47CKCS-47DKCS-47EKCS-47FKCS-47GKCS-47GF-2KCS-48AKCS-49B, -CKCS-60A61KCS-62KCS-66,KCS-66AKCS-68C

Eflytheon

2QAY21C -2001AC -2002AC -2005AC -2006AM -2007AM -2008A

Sentinel438IU-438439IU-439440IU-440441IU-441443IU-443444IU-444

121138131131131131139139139139121121121138121121121121121121125125131131139

143143143143143143143

147147147147147147147147147147147147

Sparton(SoMA.m-Wilailngton)

255172 15325SD201A 15326SD170D 15326SD171 15326SS171,-A 15326SD172,-A. 15326SS172,-A 1535107, -X51085162X5163X5165X5166X5175X5178X519151925207, -A

153153153153153153153153153153153

Sparton,520852625263526552665268

cont.153153153153153153

Stewart -Warner9200 1599202 1599203 1599204 159

Stromberg-Carlson

317317 -RPM321

167167167

Sylvania Elect.

1-356 1711-366 1711-387 1711-437-1 1711-441 1711-462-1 1711-502-1 17122M 17122M-1 17123B, 23M 17123M-1 17124M, -1 17124M3 17125M 17171M, -1 17172B, -1 17172M, -1 17173B, 73M 17174B, -1 17174M, -1 17175B, 75M 171

Western AutoTruetone2D1185A2D1185B2D11902D11942D2052

173178178178178

WestinghouseH -639T17 182H -640T17 182H -641K17H -642K20H-642K20AH -646K17H -647K17H -648T20H -649T17H -650T17H -651K17H -651T17H -652K20H -653K24H -654T17H -655K17

182182182182182182181181182181182182182181

Westinghouse(Continued)

H -656K17 181H -657K17 181H -658T17 182H -659T17 181H -660C17 182H -661C17 182H -662K20 182H -663T17 181H -664K17 181H -665T16 182V-2175-3 182V-2175-4 182V-2178-1 182V-2178-3 182V-2192-1 to

-6 182V-2194,-1 182V-2194-3 182V-2200-1 181V-2201-1 182V-2202-2 182V-2203-1 182V-2204-1 181V-2206-1 182

Zenith Radio20H2020J2120J2221J2021J21J2026RJ2027EJ2027RJ2029EJ2029RJ2030EJ2 03 OR

J2040EH2041RJ2042RJ2043RJ2044EJ2044RJ2051EH2052RH2053EJ2053RJ2054RJ2055RJ2126RJ2127EJ2127RJ2129E, -RJ2130E, -RJ2140EJ2142RJ2143RJ2144E, -RJ2151E

185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185185

J2153R 185J2154R 185J2155R 185J2968R 185J3069E 185H3074R 185J3169E 185

Another

Supreme Publications

Service Manual

Supreme Publications are Available at All Leading Parts Jobbers

Documents

1952Chassis TE300, TE315, Models 5204, 5206, 5210, 5211, 5212 22 to 26 (Similar Chassis TE286, TE302, Models 4162, 5170-5173) Bendix Radio and Television Models T171, C172, C182, and